46584686684

BRAZILIAN NAVY
DIRECTORATE OF PORTS AND COASTS
MARITIME AUTHORITY STANDARDS

FOR VESSELS USED IN OPEN SEA
NAVIGATION
NORMAM-01/DPC
- 2005 -
MARITIME AUTHORITY STANDARDS FOR VESSELS USED IN
OPEN SEA NAVIGATION
AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET

AMENDMENT DETERMINING AMENDED AMENDMENT
NUMBER DOCUMENT AND PAGES DATE INITIALS
DATE

5-14, 5-16, 9-6,
Ordinance No. 88/DPC of
Mod 1 9-9, 9-14 to 9- 10/25/2005
October 25, 2005
17 and 11-3

Mod 2 16-1 and16-2 3/17/2006
March 17, 2006

Mod 3 9-11 and 4-D-1 3/28/2006
March 28, 2006

Mod 4 9-11 and 16-1 5/22/2006
May 22, 2006
Mod 5 2-9 11/30/2006
November 30, 2006
1-1 to 1-3, 1-5, 1-6,
Ordinance No. 8/DPC of 1-8 to 1-12, 1-14,
Mod 6 2/6/2007
February 06, 2007 1-16, 1-17, 2-9, 1-
C-1, 2-B-1and 1-D-1
6-1 to 6-21 and
Mod 7 3/27/2007
March 27, 2007 6-B-1

Mod 8 6-9, 6-16 and 6-18 3/17/2008
March 17, 2008

Mod 9 16-1 4/16/2008
April 16, 2008

Mod 10 7-7 and 10-D-3 6/2/2008
June 02, 2008
Mod 11 5-21 and 9-8 10/20/2008
October 20, 2008
4-1 to 4-26, 4-A-1,
Ordinance No. 134/DPC of 4-B-1, 4-D-1, 4-F-
Mod 12 12/8/2008
December 08, 2008 1, 5-21, 9-1and 9-8
to 9-11
1-1 to 1-17, 1-A-1,
Ordinance No. 72/DPC of 1-A-2, 1-B-1, 1-B-
Mod 13 7/9/2009
July 09, 2009 2, 1-B-3, 1-C-2, 1-
C-3 and 10-D-3

Mod 14 9-14 and 16-1 7/22/2009
July 22, 2009
Mod 15 6-9, 6-10 and 6-16 8/31/2009
Monday, August 31, 2009
Mod 16 3-3, 3-4 and 3-M-7 9/18/2009
September 18, 2009
Ordinance No. 214/DPC of 1-8, 1-10 and 1-12
Mod 17 10/8/2010
October 08, 2010 to 1-15
- II - NORMAM-01/DPC
AMENDMENT DETERMINING AMENDMENT AMENDMENT
NUMBER DOCUMENT AND PAGES DATE INITIALS
DATE

Mod 18 2-1 and 1-D-4 12/22/2010
December 22, 2010
Mod 19 4-23 4/6/2011
April 06, 2011
Ordinance No. 117/DPC of X; -3-19; -3-20; -
Mod 20 6/21/2011
June 21, 2011 3-21 and -10-E-1
Ordinance No. 156/DPC of -4-5; -4-10; -4-
Mod 21 7/25/2011
July 25, 2011 11; and -9-7
IX to XVIII. Chapter
Ordinance No. 172/DPC of 6 and its annexes A
Mod 22 8/12/2011
August 08, 2011 and B were
suppressed .
Mod 23 -11-3 and -11-4 8/31/2011
August 26, 2011
Mod 24 1-2, 1-3, 1-8and 1-9 1/9/2012
December 21, 2011
2-2; 2-3; 2-4; 2-6;
2-7; 2-8; 2-13; 2-
Ordinance No.44/DPC of
Mod 25 14; 3-12; 3-14; 3- 3/29/2012
March 27, 2012
15; 2-B-2; 2-E-2 and
2-E-3
- III - NORMAM-01/DPC
INDEX
Cover Sheet.. .. I
Amendment Record..................................................................................................... II
Index .............................................................................................................................. IV
Introduction. ................................................................................................................... XIX
CHAPTER 1 - SAFE MANNING DETERMINATION FOR VESSELS

0101 - APPLICATION. .................................................................................................. 1-1
SECTION I - SAFE MANNING CERTIFICATE - CTS

0102 - VESSELS EXEMPTED FROM THE CTS 1-1
0103 - REQUEST OF SURVEY FOR ISSUANCE OF THE CTS ............................... 1-1
0104 - SURVEY REPORT FOR ISSUANCE OF THE 1-1
0105 - VALIDITY OF THE 1-4
0106 - RAISING OR LOWERING OF THE QUALIFICATION LEVEL ON THE 1-5
0107 - REVISION OF THE 1-5
0108 - APPEAL ................................................................................................. 1-5
0109 - RIGHT TO EXERCISE ABOARD, FUNCTIONS CARRIED OUT PRIOR
TO JUNE 09, 1998 (COMMAND, CHIEF ENGINEER, ETC.)........................ 1-5
SECTION II - SAFE MANNING DETERMINATION

0110 - DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM LEVELS OF SAFE MANNING FOR
SERVICE ON DECK AND ENGINE (OFFICERS) ............ 1-5
0111 - GENERAL SERVICES ................................................................................. 1-7
0112 - CHAMBER SERVICE.............................................................................. 1-7
0113 - HEALTH SERVICE.............................................................................. 1-7
0114 - GENERAL RADIO OPERATOR AND RADIOTELEPHONY SERVICE 1-7
0115 - NAVIGATION WATCHKEEPING SERVICE (DECK SECTION).............. 1-8
0116 - ENGINE SECTION WATCH SERVICE ........................................ 1-8
0117 - PLATFORMS, FPSO, FSU AND DRILL SHIPS OF PROSPECTION OR UNDERWATER
PETROLEUM EXPLORATION.................................... 1-9
0118 - AUTHORIZATION FOR CHAMBER SERVICES BY
COMPANIES SPECIALIZED IN MARITIME HOTEL SERVICES. .......... 1-18
CHAPTER 2 - ENROLLMENT, REGISTER, MARKINGS, NAMES AND COLORS OF

VESSELS, VESSEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY
SECTION I - VESSEL ENROLLMENT AND REGISTER

0201 - APPLICATION......................................................................................... .... 2-1
0202 - DEFINITIONS................................................................................................. 2-1
0203 - PLACE OF ENROLLMENT.................................................................... .... 2-1
0204 DEADLINES OF ENROLLMENT AND 2-2
0205 - PROCEDURES FOR ENROLLMENT AND 2-2
0206 - VESSEL COMPULSORY INSURANCE..................................................... 2-3
0207 - DUPLICATES OF THE TIE OR PRPM................................................... ... 2-4
0208 - PROOF OF OWNERSHIP OF A VESSEL................................................ .... 2-4
0209 - OWNER NATIONALITY................................................................. 2-5
0210 CANCELLATION OF ENROLLMENT AND/OR REGISTER .... 2-6
- IV- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0211 - TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP...................................................... .... 2-7
0212 - CHANGE OF A VESSEL CHARACTERISTIC, CHANGE OF THE OWNER NAME OR
ADDRESS............................................................................................. 2-7
0213 - REGISTER AND CANCELLATION OF DEBTS AND ANNOTATIONS.. .... 2-7
0214 - REGISTRATION, CANCELLATION AND ANNOTATION OF THE SHIPOWNER
CONDITION.................................................................................... .... 2-8
0215 - SUPPLY OF INFORMATION OR CERTIFICATE ABOUT
VESSELS...................................................................................................... 2-9
0216 - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS.............................................................. 2-10
SECTION II - MARKINGS AND APPROVAL OF NAMES AND COLORS

0217 - MARKING AND INDICATION OF SIDE PROPELLER................................. 2-10
0218 - MARKING AND INDICATION OF BULBOUS BOW................................. 2-11
0219 - MARKINGS AND INSCRIPTIONS ON THE HULL ................................... 2-11
0220 - COLORS OF THE HULL, SUPERSTRUCTURES AND FUNNELS......... 2-12
0221 - VESSEL NAMES ........................................................ 2-13
SECTION III - SHIP IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

0222 - PROCEDURES FOR ACQUISITION OF THE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
OF SHIPS............................................................................................ .. 2-13
SECTION IV - BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY (REB)

0223 - APPLICATION. ....................................................................................................................... 2-14
0224 - PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE OF A CERTIFICATE ...................................................... 2-14
SECTION V - CONTINUOUS SYNOPSIS RECORD (CODE ISPS)

0225 - ENTRY INTO FORCE ............................................................................... 2-17
0226 - PURPOSE. ........................................................................................................................... 2-17
0227 - APPLICATION................................................................................................. 2-17
0228 - DEFINITION................................................................................................... 2-17
0229 - FILING OF THE RCD .............................................................................. 2-17
0230 - FORMAT AND ISSUANCE OF THE RCD .................................................. 2-18
0231 - PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING THE RCD OF VESSELS REGISTERED
AT THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL................................................................ 2-18
0232 - PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING THE RCD OF VESSELS NOT SUBJECT TO
REGISTER AT THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL................................................ 2-19

0233 - CHANGE OF DATA REGISTERED IN THE RCD........................................ 2-19
0234 - PROCEDURES TO BE ADOPTED BY OCCASION OF A CHANGE OF
DATA IN THE RCD...................................................................................... 2-20
0235 - PROCEDURES TO BE ADOPTED BY OCCASION OF A CHANGE
OF THE VESSEL FLAG ............................................................................ 2-20
CHAPTER 3 - CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION AND REGULARIZATION

OF VESSELS
SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

0301 - DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 3-1
0302 - APPLICATION OF INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND CODES 3-3
0303 - OBLIGINGNESS OF CLASSIFICATION............................................ 3-4
0304 - OBLIGINGNESS OF THE LICENSE FOR CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION,
RECLASSIFICATION 3-4
- V- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0305 - REGULARIZATION OF VESSELS ALREADY BUILT................................. 3-5
0306 - PROVISIONAL LICENSE .......................................................................... 3-5
0307 - FISHING BOATS............................................................................... 3-6
0308 - TUGBOATS ....................................................................................... 3-6
0309 - STAMPS AND PLANS ........................................................................... 3-6
0310 - VESSELS INTENDED FOR EXPORT ........................................... 3-6
0311 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND INFORMATION ON LICENSES FOR
CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION OR LCEC ..................................3-7
SECTION II - PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANT OF A CONSTRUCTION LICENSE

0312 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 1 (EC1)............................... 3-7
0313 - SOLAS VESSELS AND REMAINING CLASSIFIED VESSELS .. 3-8
0314 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 2 (EC2)............................... 3-9
0315 - VESSEL SERIES...................................................................................... 3-10
0316 - PERFORMANCE WAIVER OF AN INCLINATION TRIAL . 3-11
SECTION III - PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANT OF AN ALTERATION LICENSE

0317 - GENERAL INFORMATION...................................................................... 3-11
0318 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 1 (EC1)............................................... 3-12
0319- SOLAS VESSELS AND REMAINING CLASSIFIED VESSELS .. 3-13
0320 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 2 (EC2)............................................... 3-13
SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANT OF A RECLASSIFICATION LICENSE

0321 - GENERAL INFORMATION................................................................. 3-14
0322 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 2 (EC2)........................................... 3-15
0323 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 1 (EC1)........................................... 3-15
0324 - SOLAS VESSELS AND REMAINING CLASSIFIED VESSELS ..... 3-16
0325 - DUAL CLASSIFICATION..................................................................... 3-16
0326 - RECLASSIFICATION FOR A SINGLE TRIP....................................... 3-17
SECTION V - RESPONSIBILITY
0327 - PLANS.................................................................................................... 3-17
0328 - ANNOTATION OF TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY ............................. 3-17
0329 - CONSTRUCTION ABROAD.................................................................. 3-17
SECTION VI - OPERATIONAL AND PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

0330 - STATIC TRACTION TEST ................................................................... 3-18
0331 - STATIONARY UNITS OF PRODUCTION, STORAGE AND TRANSFER
OF OIL (FPSO/FSO)............................................................................. 3-19
0332 - HABITABLENESS AND ACCESSIBILITY........................................... 3-19
0333 - INTERPRETATION OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOLAS
CONVENTION . .. 3-21
0334 - APPLICATION OF REQUIREMENTS FROM ANNEX 1 OF THE MARPOL
73/78 CONVENTION - SPECIAL CASES.............................................. 3-21
0335 - ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS............................................................ 3-21
0336 - ENGINE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 3-22
SECTION VII - SPECIAL CASES

0337- VESSELS THAT STARTED LICENSING PROCESSES FOR CONSTRUCTION,
ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION OR REGULARIZATION IN THE PERIOD
BETWEEN JUNE 09, 1998 AND OCTOBER 31, 2001...................................... 3-22
- VI - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0338 - VESSELS WITHOUT PROPULSION, NOT INTENDED FOR PASSENGER
TRANSPORT, WITH GT HIGHER THAN 100 AND NO HIGHER THAN 200, AND
FLOATING UNITS OPERATING WITH 12 OR LESS PERSONS ON BOARD AND
WITH GT ABOVE 100 AND NO HIGHER THAN 200 3-22
CHAPTER 4 - SAFETY MATERIAL FOR VESSELS
S ECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

0400 - APPLICATION......................................................................................... 4-1
0401 - ALLOCATION OF SALVAGE AND SAFETY MATERIAL.................... 4-1
0402 - ACCEPTANCE OF FOREIGN-MADE MATERIALS...................... 4-1
0403 - HOMOLOGATION CHECKING ........................................................ 4-1
0404 - CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS ........................................................... 4-1
0405 - DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 4-1
0406 - MARKINGS ON LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT.................................. ... 4-2
SECTION II - SURVIVAL AND RESCUE CRAFT

0407 - LIFESAVING BOATS (LIFEBOATS).................................................. 4-3
0408 - LIFESAVING 4-3
0409 -SERVICE BOAT FOR ABANDONMENT 4-4
0410 RESCUE CRAFT (RESCUE BOAT)............................................... 4-5
SECTION III - INFIRMARY, INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE EQUIPMENT

0412 - IMMERSION SUITS AND THERMAL PROTECTION AIDS..................................................4-6
0413 - LIFEBUOYS...................................................................................... 4-6
0414 - PYROTECHNICS ......................................................................... 4-7
0415 - ABANDONMENT 4-7
0416 - OTHER EQUIPMENT.............................................................................. 4-8
SECTION IV - ALLOCATION OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT AND DOCUMENTATION

0417 -...ALLOCATION OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT ....................................... 4-9
0418 - HOMOLOGATION OF EQUIPMENT ............................................................ 4-10
0419 - NAVIGATION LIGHTS................................................................................... 4-10
0420 - PUBLICATIONS. ............................................................................................ 4-10
0421 - BOARDS....................................................................................................... 4-11
0422 - TABLES WITH THE VESSEL DATA ........................................................... 4-12
0423 - OTHER DOCUMENTS................................................................................. 4-12
SECTION V - ALLOCATION OF DRUGS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL

0424 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 4-13
SECTION V - ALLOCATION OF DRUGS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL ................ 4-13
SECTION VI - ALLOCATION OF RADIO COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

0426 - GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS SAFETY SYSTEM - GMDSS. ......................................... 4-14
0427 - SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS OF THE GMDSS ......................................................................... 4-14
0428 - MARITIME AREAS........................................................................................ 4-15
0429 - ALLOCATION OF EQUIPMENT ................................................................... 4-15
0430 - ALLOCATION FOR MARITIME AREA A1 ................................................... 4-15
0431 - ALLOCATION FOR MARITIME AREAS A1 and A2 ..................................... 4-15
0432 ALLOCATION TO THE MARITIME AREAS A1, A2 and A3 ..................................................... 4-16

- VII - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0433 - ALLOCATION FOR MARITIME AREAS A1, A2, A3 AND A4 ............................................... 4-16
0434 - MANDATORY FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO ALL FISHING VESSELS WITH GT
EQUAL OR HIGHER THAN 300............................................ 4-16
0435 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF RADIO EQUIPMENT........................... 4-16
0436 - RADIO WATCHKEEPING SERVICES...................................................... 4-17
0437 - POWER SOURCES ................................................................................. 4-18
0438 - APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT ................................................................... 4-18
0439 - MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS........................................................... 4-18
0440 - EXEMPTIONS........................................................................................... 4-18
0441 - RADIO SAFETY CERTIFICATE ............................................................... 4-19
0442 - RULES FOR THE EPIRB .......................................................................... 4-19
SECTION VII - REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE PROTECTION AND FIREFIGHTING

0443 - SOLAS Vessels ......................................................................................... 4-19
0444 - FUEL SYSTEMS ...................................................................................... 4-19
0445 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ........................................................................... 4-20
0446 - KITCHEN GAS INSTALLATIONS.............................................................. 4-21
0447 - FIRE AND BILGE PUMPS......................................................................... 4-21
0448 - PIPING, OUTLETS, HOSES AND THEIR FITTINGS . 4-22
0449 - ESCAPE ROUTES.................................................................................... 4-23
0450 PIPING AND FITTINGS............................................................................... 4-23
0451 - RECOMMENDATIONS.............................................................................. 4-23
SECTION VIII - INSTRUCTION AND WARNING POSTERS AND SYMBOLS

0452 - GENERAL INFORMATION......................................................................... 4-24
0453 - ALLOCATION ............................................................................................ 4-24
0454 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................. 4-24
SECTION IX - PILOT EMBARKATION DEVICES

0455 - GENERAL INFORMATION........................................................................ 4-25
0456 - RULES AND TECHNICAL
REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 4-25
0457 - SPECIAL DEVICES .................................................................................. 4-25
SECTION X - CREW AND PASSENGER PROTECTION

0458 - CREW AND PASSENGER PROTECTION............................................... 4-26
SECTION XI - MOORING AND ANCHORING DEVICES

0460 - APPLICATION............................................................................................ 4-26
CHAPTER 5 - CARGO TRANSPORT
SECTION I - TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS CARGOES

0500 - PURPOSE.................................................................................................... 5-1
0501 - DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................................................... 5-1
0502 - CLASSIFICATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS...................................... 5-1
0503 - REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS PRODUCTS .. .. 5-3
0504 - OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS............................................................... 5-4
0505 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PACKAGED DANGEROUS PRODUCTS . 5-5
0506 - INTERMEDIATE CONTAINERS FOR BULK CARGO (IBC)......................... 5-7
- VIII - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0507 - SPECIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DANGEROUS PRODUCTS IN LIMITED
QUANTITIES ................................................................................................ 5-7
0508 - TRANSPORTATION OF PACKAGED DANGEROUS GOODS CLASSIFIED
AS POLLUTANT........................................................................................................... 5-9
0509 - INFORMATION IN CASE OF ACCIDENTS.................................................... 5-9
0510 - APPLICABLE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ............................................. 5-9
0511 - FOREIGN FLAGGED VESSELS ..................................................................... 5-10
0512 - VESSELS CARRYING FUELS........................................................................ 5-10
0513 - UNFORESEEN CASES ............................................................................... 5-10
SECTION II - CARGO TRANSPORT ON DECK

0514 - APPLICATION................................................................................................. 5-10
0515 - REQUIREMENTS FOR CARGO TRANSPORT ON DECK............................ 5-10
0516 - SPECIAL CASES ........................................................................................... 5-12
0517 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR THE PROJECT ..................................... 5-12
0518 - RESPONSIBILITY........................................................................................... 5-13
SECTION III - TRANSPORTATION OF ALCOHOL, PETROLEUM AND DERIVATIVES

0519 - DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................ 5-13
0520 - APPLICATION............................................................................................... 5-14
0521 - OBLIGINGNESS OF CLASSIFICATION........................................................ 5-15
0522 - REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................................... 5-15
0523 - VESSELS WITHOUT PROPULSION ............................................................ 5-22
0524 - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE ................................................................ 5-22
0525 - PROCEDURES FOR AN INSPECTION FOR ISSUANCE OF THE
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE............................................................................... 5-22
0526 - SCOPE OF THE INSPECTION .................................................................... 5-23
0527 - PROCEDURE FOR THE RELEASE OF SHIP FOR LOADING.. 5-23
0528 - VALIDITY PERIOD OF THE STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE AND THE
INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE ................................................ 5-24
0529 - CONTROL.................................................................................................... 5-24
CHAPTER 6 - HELIDECK CERTIFICATION
Refer to NORMAM-27/DPC - MARITIME AUTHORITY STANDARDS FOR THE
CERTIFICATION OF HELIDECKS FITTED ON VESSELS AND PLATFORMS
CHAPTER 7 - FREE BOARD AND INTACT STABILITY
0700 - PURPOSE.................................................................................................... 7-1
SECTION I - DEFINITIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

0701 - APPLICATION......................................................................................... 7-1
0702 - EXEMPTIONS FOR FREE-BOARD ASSIGNMENT 7-1
0703 - DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 7-2
0704 - PROCEDURES FOR TIGHTNESS TESTS ................................... 7-3
0705 - FREE-BOARD DETERMINATION OF SOLAS VESSELS 7-3
0706 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-SOLAS VESSELS................ 7-4
SECTION II - FREE-BOARD DETERMINATION OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS
0707 - MINIMUM BOW HEIGHT (Hp)................................................................... 7-6
0708 - FREE-BOARD CALCULATION OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS.................. 7-6
0709 - CORRECTION FOR FRESH WATER NAVIGATION .................................. 7-7
SECTION III - FREE-BOARD MARKINGS OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS
0710 - DECK LINE MARKING...................................................................... 7-7
0711 - LOAD LINE MARKING (PLIMSOLL DISK)....................................... 7-8
0712 - MARKING OF THE RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITY 7-8
- IX - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0713 - FRESH WATER MARKING......................................................................... 7-9
0714 - MARKING DETAILS.................................................................................. 7-9
SECTION IV - CERTIFICATION OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS

0715 - NATIONAL CERTIFICATE OF FREE-BOARD FOR THE NAVIGATION IN
OPEN SEA ................................................................................................ 7-10
0716 - CALCULATIONS........................................................................................ 7-10
0717 - PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE OF A CERTIFICATE ........................... 7-11
0718 - LOSS OF VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATE............................................ 7-12
0719 - RENEWAL OF THE CERTIFICATE........................................................... 7-12
0720 SURVEYS AND INSPECTIONS................................................................... 7-12
0721 - MAINTENANCE OF THE ASSIGNED CONDITIONS............................... 7-13
SECTION V - CERTIFICATION OF SOLAS VESSELS

0722 - INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE......................................... 7-13
0723 - PROCEDURES 7-13
SECTION VI - INTACT STABILITY

0724 - CALCULATION OF THE STABILITY CURVES......................................... 7-14
0725 - CALCULATION OF THE FREE SURFACE EFFECT ............................... 7-14
0726 - LOADING CONDITIONS........................................................................... 7-16
0727 - STABILITY CRITERIA............................................................................... 7-18
0728 - CALCULATIONS OF OVERTURNING MOMENTS AND LEVER ARMS . 7-22
0729 - PRECAUTIONS AGAINST OVERTURNING............................................ 7-25
SECTION VII - INCLINING TEST

0730 - PREPARATION OF THE TEST................................................................. 7-27
0731 - RECOMMENDATIONS.............................................................................. 7-27
0732 - INSTRUMENTS AND MATERIALS FOR THE INCLINING TEST ............ 7-31
0733 - TEST EXECUTION SEQUENCE................................................................ 7-34
0734 - MOVING OF THE INCLINING WEIGHTS.................................................. 7-35
0735 - PRESENTATION AND CALCULATION OF THE INCLINING TEST ....... 7-35
0736 - PRESENTATION OF DATA AND CALCULATIONS................................. 7-37
SECTION VIII - COMPARTMENTALIZATION

0737 - MINIMUM NUMBER OF WATERTIGHT BULKHEADS FOR
METAL-HULLED VESSELS ...................................................................... 7-38
0738 - POSITIONING OF THE COLLISION BULKHEADS IN
METAL-HULLED VESSELS ...................................................................... 7-38
0739 - FLOOD-RETARDING BULKHEADS IN VESSELS WITH
NON-METAL HULL ................................................................................... 7-39
0740 - OPENINGS IN WATERTIGHT BULKHEADS ............................................ 7-39
0741 - ACCESSES................................................................................................ 7-40
SECTION IX - DETERMINATION OF THE PASSENGER CAPACITY AND MAXIMUM

LOAD WEIGHT FOR VESSELS WITH GROSS TONNAGE EQUAL OR LOWER THAN 20
0742 - APPLICATION.............................................................................................. 7-40
0744 - LIMITS OF NAVIGATIONAL AREAS..................,,...................................... 7-41
0745 - RESPONSIBILITY...................................................................................... 7-41
-X- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
CHAPTER 8 - DETERMINATION OF THE TONNAGE, DISPLACEMENTS AND DEADWEIGHT
0800 - PURPOSE.................................................................................................... 8-1
SECTION I - DETERMINATION OF THE TONNAGE

0801 - APPLICATION ........................................................................................................................ 8-1
0802 - EXISTING VESSEL........................................................................... 8-1
0803 - OBLIGINGNESS OF THE TONNAGE DETERMINATION............................ 8-1
0804 - DEFINITIONS ..........................................................................................................................8-2
0805 - PROCEDURES FOR THE TONNAGE DETERMINATION ................... 8-5
0806 - GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF VOLUMES.... 8-6
0807 - DETERMINATION OF THE TOTAL VOLUME OF CLOSED SPACES (V)... 8-7
0808 - DETERMINATION OF THE TOTAL VOLUME OF CARGO SPACES (Vc).. 8-8
0809 - DETERMINATION OF THE VOLUME OF EXCLUDED SPACES ................ 8-9
0810 - QUICK METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF THE HULL VOLUME. 8-13
0811 - SIMPSON METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF THE HULL VOLUME .. 8-14
0812 - CALCULATION OF THE GROSS TONNAGE ............................................... 8-15
0813 - CALCULATION OF THE NET TONNAGE .................................................... 8-16
0814 - RE-DETERMINATION OF TONNAGE ........................................................ 8-16
0815 - CERTIFICATION ......................................................................................... 8-16
0816 - TONNAGE SURVEY................................................................................... 8-17
0817 - NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE ....................................................... 8-17
SECTION II - CALCULATION OF DISPLACEMENTS AND DEADWEIGHT

0818 - DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................... 8-17
0819 - DETERMINATION OF THE LIGHT DISPLACEMENT.................................. 8-19
0820 - DETERMINATION OF THE LOAD DISPLACEMENT................................... 8-19
0821 - DETERMINATION OF THE DEADWEIGHT ................................................ 8-19
0822 - DETERMINATION OF DISPLACEMENTS BY THE EXPEDITE METHOD. 8-19
CHAPTER 9 - VESSELS AND PLATFORMS USED IN THE PROSPECTION AND EXTRACTION

OF PETROLEUM AND MINERALS

0901 - APPLICATION......................................................................................... 9-1
0902 - DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 9-1
0903 - INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND CODES AND CERTIFICATION APPLICABLE TO
PLATFORMS ................................................................. 9-2
0904 - INTERNATIONAL TRIP ................................................................... 9-3
0905 - APPROVAL CHECKING ............................................................... 9-4
0906 - ACCEPTANCE OF FOREIGN-MADE MATERIALS...................... 9-4
0907 - MONITORING ..................................................................................... 9-4
SECTION II - CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND RECLASSIFICATION OF PLATFORMS

0908 - LEGISLATION ........................................................................................................................ 9-4
0910 - PLATFORM DRY DOCKING AND CONDUCTION OF UNDERWATER
INSPECTIONS........................................................................................... 9-5
SECTION III - PLATFORM SIGNALING
0911 - PROCEDURES FOR THE SET UP OR ALTERATION OF
SIGNALLING ................................................................................................. 9-5
- XI - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
0912 - VISUAL IDENTIFICATION.................................................................... 9-5
0913 - NIGHT SIGNALING........................................................................... 9-5
0914 - SOUND SIGNALING........................................................................... 9-5
0915 - OTHER TYPES OF SIGNALING .......................................................... 9-5
0916 - ASSEMBLING AND DISASSEMBLING OF STRUCTURES 9-6
0917 - UNDERWATER OBSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................9-6
SECTION IV - ALLOCATION OF SALVAGE MATERIAL FOR PLATFORMS

0918 - SURVIVAL CRAFT ........................................................................... 9-6
0919 - RESCUE CRAFT.............................................................................. 9-7
0921 - LIFEBUOYS...................................................................................... 9-7
0922 - PYROTECHNICS ......................................................................... 9-8
0923 - ELEVATION AIDS ........................................................................... 9-8
SECTION V - INFIRMARY AND DRUG ALLOCATION

0924 - INFIRMARY.................................................................................................. 9-8
0925 - DRUGS....................................................................................................... 9-9
SECTION VI - OTHER SAFETY EQUIPMENT

0926 - RADIO COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT................................................. 9-9
0927 - AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM (AIS) .................................... 9-11
0928 - FIRE PROTECTION MATERIAL............................................................... 9-11
0929 - PUBLICATIONS........................................................................................ 9-12
0930 - BOARDS.................................................................................................. 9-12
0931 - TABLES.................................................................................................... 9-14
0932 - OTHER DOCUMENTS............................................................................. 9-14
SECTION VII - OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

0933 - LOCATION OF BALLAST PIPING ........................................................... 9-14
0934 - OIL DISCHARGES................................................................................... 9-14
SECTION VIII - INSPECTION IN PLATFORMS, DRILL SHIPS, PRODUCTION AND

STORAGE UNITS AND OIL STORAGE UNITS
0935 - DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................... 9-15
0936 - APPLICATION........................................................................................... 9-15
0937 - EXECUTION OF INSPECTIONS 9-15
0938 - INSPECTION PREREQUISITES .............................................................. 9-15
0939 - SCOPE OF THE INSPECTION ................................................................. 9-16
0940 - RELEASE FOR OPERATION ................................................................... 9-16
0941 - NECESSARY DOCUMENTS FOR THE REQUEST OF INSPECTIONS IN PLATFORMS,
DRILL SHIPS, FPSO AND FSU........................................ 9-17
0942 - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE AND VALIDITY PERIOD .. 9-17
0943 - CONTROL .. 9-17
CHAPTER 10 - INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION
SECTION I - VESSEL INSPECTIONS

1001 - APPLICATION.............................................................................................. 10-1
1003 SURVEY TYPES...................................................................................................... 10-2
- XII - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
1004 - PERIODICITY OF INSPECTIONS PROVIDED IN THE CSN..................... 10-3
1005 - EXECUTION OF INSPECTIONS................................................................. 10-4
1006 - COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES RENDERED....................................... 10-5
SECTION II - NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE

1007 - OBLIGINGNESS ......................................................................................... 10-5
1008 - PROCEDURES . 10-6
1009 - VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATE............................................................... 10-6
1010 - DEMANDS ................................................................................................... 10-9
1011 - EXTENSION OF THE NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE ................... 10-9
SECTION III - TERM OF RESPONSIBILITY

1012 - OBLIGINGNESS .......................................................................................... 10-9
1013 - EXEMPTION................................................................................................. 10-9
1014 - PRESENTATION AND FILING...................................................................... 10-10
1015 - VALIDITY ..................................................................................................... 10-10
1016 - DUAL CLASSIFICATION............................................................................. 10-10
SECTION IV - CONDITION SURVEY IN BULK CARRIER SHIPS

1017 - DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................. 10-10
1018 - APPLICATION............................................................................................... 10-10
1019 - APPLICATION AND AUTHORIZATION FOR THE SURVEY.................... 10-11
1020 - EXEMPTION FROM THE CONDITION SURVEY ...................................... 10-11
1021 - EXECUTION OF THE SURVEYS .............................................................. 10-11
1022 - PLACE OF THE SURVEYS ....................................................................... 10-12
1023 - SCOPE OF THE SURVEY ..................................................................... 10-12
1024 - STRUCTURAL EVALUATION AND PENDING ISSUES OF THE SURVEY... 10-12
1025 - RELEASE OF SHIP FOR LOADING 10-12
1026- CONDITION SURVEY REPORT AND OTHER NECESSARY DOCUMENTS .. 10-13
1027 - REMOVAL OF DEFICIENCIES................................................................. 10-13
1028 - VALIDITY OF THE SURVEY AND CONTROL OF SHIPS ......................... 10-13
CHAPTER 11 - INSTRUCTIONS, TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE SECTION I -
INSTRUCTIONS AND TRAINING

1102 - RULES AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS............................................ 11-1
1103 - PROCEDURES FOR TRAINING AND DISSEMINATION OF
INSTRUCTIONS......................................................................................... 11-2
1104 - DRILLS........................................................................................................ 11-3
1105 - DRILL SUPERVISION................................................................................ 11-4
1106 - LIGHTING OF THE ABANDONMENT POSTS........................................... 11-4
1107 - FIREFIGHTING DRILL............................................................................... 11-4
1108 - REGISTER ................................................................................................ 11-5
SECTION II - MAINTENANCE AND READINESS FOR OPERATION

1110 - RULES AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS............................................ 11-5
1111 - MAINTENANCE......................................................................................... 11-6
1112 - SPARE PARTS AND REPAIR MATERIALS ............................................. 11-7
1113 - REGULAR INSPECTIONS ........................................................................ 11-7
- XIII- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
1114 - OPERATION OF THE SURVIVAL CRAFT, AND SUPERVISION... 11-7
CHAPTER 12 - OPERATIONAL RECORDS SECTION I -
NAVIGATION LOG BOOK

SECTION II - COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LOG BOOK

SECTION III - ENGINE LOG BOOK

1205 - GENERAL INFORMATION....................................................................... 12-5
1206 - COMPUTERIZATION ............................................................................... 12-5
SECTION IV - OIL REGISTER BOOK

1207 - PART I - ENGINE ROOM OPERATIONS.................................................. 12-5
1208 - PART II - OPERATIONS OF LOADING AND BALLAST........................... 12-5
CHAPTER 13 - ISSUANCE OF A LIABILITY CERTIFICATE OVER DAMAGES CAUSED BY

POLLUTION BY OIL
1300 - PURPOSE.................................................................................................. 13-1
1301 - APPLICATION............................................................................................. 13-1
1302 - PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING THE CERTIFICATE ......................... 13-1
1303 - ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.............................................................. 13-1
1304 VALIDITY ................................................................................................... 13-2
CHAPTER 14 - MANNED SUBMERSIBLES FOR TOURISM AND LEISURE

1401 - OPERATION OF MANNED SUBMERSIBLES .......................................... 14-1
1402 - APPLICATION............................................................................................ 14-1
1403 - DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................... 14-1
1404 - CLASSIFICATION OF A SUBMERSIBLE REGARDING NAVIGATION . 14-1
1405 - COMPULSORY INSURANCE .................................................................. 14-2
1406 - CREW AND QUALIFICATIONS................................................................. 14-2
1407 - RULES OF TRAFFIC AND STAY............................................................. 14-2
1408 - 0PERATION AREA
..................................................................................... 14-3
1409 - DISPLACEMENT ON THE SURFACE..................................................... 14-3
1410 - CONSTRUCTION LICENSE ................................................................... 14-3
1411 - SUBMERSIBLE ACQUIRED ALREADY BUILT ABROAD....................... 14-4
1412 - CLASS CERTIFICATE............................................................................. 14-4
1413 - CONSTRUCTION..................................................................................... 14-4
1414 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS............................................................... 14-4
1415 - SURVEYS................................................................................................ 14-4
1416 - MAINTENANCE....................................................................................... 14-6
1417 - INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE EQUIPMENT.................................................... 14-6
1418 - OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS.......................................................... 14-6
1419 - 0PERATION MANUAL...................... ................................................ 14-8
1420 - RESCUE................................................................................................... 14-8
1421 - SUPPORT AND EMERGENCY RESOURCES AND EQUIPMENT........ 14-9
1422 - EVALUATION OF THE SYSTEMATIC.................................................... 14-9
- XIV- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
CHAPTER 15 - INTERNATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT CODE
1501 - APPLICATION........................................................................................... 15-1
1502 - DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................... 15-1
1503 - COMPLIANCE CHECKING WITH THE ISM CODE.................................. 15-2
1504 - ISSUANCE AND VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATES ............................ 15-2
1505 - CERTIFICATION PROCESS ................................................................. 15-4
1506 - CONTROL BY THE DPC ........................................................................ 15-7
CHAPTER 16 - INTERNATIONAL PROTECTION CODE FOR VESSELS AND PORT FACILITIES
1601 - DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 16-1

1602 - APPLICATION............................................................................................ 16-1
1603 - APPROVAL AND CERTIFICATION .......................................................... 16-4
1604 - SOLAS VESSELS, MODU UNIT AND PLATFORMS NOT SUBJECT TO
THE ISPS CODE ...................................................................................... 16-2
1605 - RECORDS.................................................................................................. 16-2
1606 - REVISION OF THE PROTECTION PLAN................................................. 16-2
1607 - COMPLIANCE WITH ISPS CODE PART B ............................................ 16-2
ANNEXES
1-A - SAFE MANNING DOCUMENT.................................................................. 1-A-1
1-B - INSPECTION REPORT FOR ISSUANCE OF THE CTS........................... 1-B-1
1-C - .SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE CTS......... 1-C-1
1-D - CREW TABLE FOR MARITIME SUPPORT VESSELS............................ 1-D-1
2-A - INDEX OF THE RELEVANT LEGISLATION............................................. 2-A-1
2-B - VESSEL UPDATING BULLETIN (BADE)................................................. 2-B-1
2-C - VESSEL ENROLLMENT TITLE ............................................................... 2-C-1
2-D - PROVISIONAL DOCUMENT OF OWNERSHIP ..................................... 2-D-1
2-E - TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP, ALTERATION OF VESSEL OR OWNER
CHARACTERISTICS, DEBT REGISTRATION, DEBT ANNOTATION, DEBT
CANCELLATION, SHIPOWNER REGISTRATION, ANNOTATION OF SHIPOWNER
CONDITION AND OTHER ANNOTATIONS ......................................... 2-E-1
2-F - REQUEST OF A CERTIFICATE ABOUT A VESSEL .......................... 2-F-1
2-G - MARKING AND INDICATION OF SIDE PROPELLER ...................... 2-G-1
2-H - MARKING AND INDICATION OF BULBOUS BOW .............................. 2-H-1
2-I - VESSEL QUALIFICATION CERTIFICATE FOR THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY
.......................................................................................... 2-I-1
2-J - DOCUMENTS VERIFICATION LIST FOR THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL
REGISTRY ........................................................................................... 2-J-1
2-K - REQUEST OF IMO NUMBER.............................................................. 2-K-1
2-L - REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF VESSELS WITH THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL
REGISTRY (REB) .................................................................... 2-L-1
2-M - COMMITMENT TERM................................................................................ 2-M-1
2-N - ANNOTATION OF VESSEL DATA IN THE REB.................................... 2-N-1
2-O - DATA CONTINUED REGISTRATION............................. .............. 2-O-1
3-A - CONSTRUCTION / ALTERATION / RECLASSIFICATION LICENSE, AND CONSTRUCTION
LICENSE FOR VESSELS ALREADY BUILT - LCEC... 3-A-1
- XV- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
3-B - PROVISIONAL LICENSE FOR STARTING CONSTRUCTION OR
ALTERATION....................................................................................................... 3-B-1
3-C - PROVISIONAL LICENSE FOR TRAFFIC ENTRY.................................. 3-C-1
3-D - MODEL OF STATEMENT BY THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER FOR
OBTAINING A PROVISIONAL LICENSE FOR TRAFFIC ENTRY 3-D-1
3-E - STAMP MODELS ............................................................................... 3-E-1
3-F - PLANS AND DOCUMENTS ............................................................... 3-F-1
3-G - DESCRIPTIVE MEMORIAL ............................................................... 3-G-1
3-H - MODEL OF STATEMENT BY THE RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER..... 3-H-1
3-I - LONGITUDINAL STATIC TENSION TEST (BOLLARD-PULL).......... 3-I-1
3-J - MODEL OF A STATIC TENSION CERTIFICATE ............................. 3-J-1
3 - HABITABLENESS REQUIREMENTS....................................................... 3-L-1
3-M - INTERPRETATION OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FROM THE SOLAS CONVENTION
.................................................................................. 3-M-1
3-N - TRANSITORY PROCEDURES ........................................................ 3-N-1
3-O - ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS......................................................... 3-O-1
3-P - MACHINERYREQUIREMENTS........................................................... 3-P-1
4-A - ALLOCATION TABLE OF SURVIVAL AND RESCUE ..................... 4-A-1
4-B - ALLOCATION TABLE OF INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE ......................... 4-B-1
4-C - ALLOCATION OF PYROTECHNICS................................................ 4-C-1
4-D - ALLOCATION TABLE OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT ................. 4-D-1
4-E - ALLOCATION TABLE OF DRUGS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL... 4-E-1
4-F - GMDSS DATA SPREADSHEET...................................................... 4-F-1
4-G - .ALLOCATION TABLE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS....................... 4-G-1
4-H - STANDARD SYMBOLS ................................................................. 4-H-1
4-I - RECOMMENDED SYMBOLS INDICATING THE LOCATION OF
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLY AND BOARDING
STATIONS FOR SURVIVAL CRAFT ............................................. 4-I-1
4-J - RADAR REFLECTOR ................................................................... 4-J-1
5-A - STATEMENT OF DANGEROUS GOODS...................................... 5-A-1
5-B - ADVANCE NOTIFICATION MODEL .............................................. 5-B-1
5-C - TERM OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS PRODUCTS
.......................................................................................... 5-C-1
5-D - .PACKAGING TYPE CODES.......................................................... 5-D-1
5-E - IMO STANDARD SYMBOLS........................................................... 5-E-1
5-F - EMERGENCY CARD MODEL......................................................... 5-F-1
5-G - SEGREGATION TABLE.................................................. ............... 5-G-1
5-H - IBC TYPES AND CODES .............................................................. 5-H-1
5-I - TERM OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRANSPORTATION OF CARGO ON
DECK.............................................................................................. 5-I-1
5-J - OPERATIONAL SAFETY CHECK LIST OF VESSELS CARRYING OIL AND
DERIVATIVES................................................................................ 5-J-1
5-L - INSPECTION REQUEST FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF OIL AND DERIVATIVES IN
BULK................................................................ 5-L-1
5-M - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OIL TRANSPORT .......... 5-M-1
5-N - INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OIL TRANSPORT.... 5-N-1
7-A - NATIONAL CERTIFICATE OF FREE-BOARD FOR THE NAVIGATION IN
OPEN SEA ......................................................................................... 7-A-1
- XVI- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
7-B - NOTES ON NATIONAL FREE-BOARD MARKING (NAVIGATION IN
OPEN SEA) ......................................................................................... 7-B-1
7-C - CONDITION REPORT FOR THE ASSIGNMENT OF NATIONAL
FREEBOARD (OPEN SEA NAVIGATION)........................................... 7-C-1
7-D - INCLINING TEST REPORT ................................................................ 7-D-1
7-E - CONVERSION OF DRAUGHTS READ ON THE SIDE TO THE
PERPENDICULARS AND MIDSHIP SECTION, AND DISPLACEMENT
CALCULATION FROM THE DRAUGHTS........................................... 7-E-1
7-F - RULES FOR DETERMINATION OF THE PASSENGER CAPACITY AND
MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT (PMC) FOR VESSELS WITH GROSS
TONNAGE EQUAL OR LOWER THAN 20 ........................................ 7-F-1
7-G - CHECKING REPORT ON PASSENGER CAPACITY AND MAXIMUM LOAD
WEIGHT FOR VESSELS WITH GROSS TONNAGE
NO HIGHER THAN 20....................................................................... 7-G-1
7-H - PROCEDURES FOR RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATES OF EXISTING
VESSELS.......................................................................................... 7-H-1
7-I - NATIONAL FREE-BOARD CERTIFICATE ......................................... 7-I-1
7-J - CHECKING LIST FOR CONDUCTING RENEWAL SURVEYS AND ANNUAL
INSPECTIONS RELATED WITH THE INTERNATIONAL FREEBOARD
CERTIFICATE................................................................................... 7-J-1
8-A - NATIONAL TONNAGE CERTIFICATE ............................................. 8-A-1
8-B - NOTES ON TONNAGE MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS WITH RULE
LENGTH (L) NO HIGHER THAN 24 METERS.................................... 8-B-1
8-C - INTERNATIONAL TONNAGE CERTIFICATE (1969).......................... 8-C-1
8-D - FORMULAS ...................................................................................... 8-D-1
8-E - COEFFICIENTS K1 (OR K2) AS A FUNCTION OF V (OR Vc) ....... 8-E-1
8-F - "M" MULTIPLIER AS A FUNCTION OF THE SUM OF BREADTH +
CONTOUR ......................................................................................... 8-F-1
9-A - ALLOCATION OF SALVAGE MATERIAL.......................................... 9-A-1
9-B - ALLOCATION TABLE OF DRUGS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL. 9-B-1
9-C - REQUEST OF COMPLIANCE INSPECTION FOR AN OFFSHORE
INSTALLATION (SPCP)...................................................................... 9-C-1
9-D - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS.... 9-D-1
9-E - INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OFFSHORE
INSTALLATIONS.......................................................................................... 9-E-1
9-F - CHECKLIST FOR COMPLIANCE INSPECTION........................................ 9-F-1
10-A - CHECKLIST FOR SOLAS VESSELS........................................................... 10-A-1
10-B - NON-SOLAS VESSELS USED IN OPEN SEA NAVIGATION: CHECKLIST
FOR INITIAL AND RENEWAL INSPECTIONS .............................................. 10-B-1
10-C - REQUEST OF A CONDITION INSPECTION................................................ 10-C-1
10-D - COMPENSATION TABLE.................................................. .......................... 10-D-1
10-E - NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE........................................................ 10-E-1
10-F - TERM OF RESPONSIBILITY ON NAVIGATION SAFETY.......................... 10-F-1
10-G - STATEMENT OF CONDITION INSPECTION............................................. 10-G-1
12-A - COVER OF THE NAVIGATION DAILY LOGBOOK ................................... 12-A-1
12-B - COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LOG.......................................................... 12-B-1
13-A - INSURANCE CERTIFICATE OR OTHER FINANCIAL GUARANTEE
REGARDING LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY OIL POLLUTION.. 13-A-1
14-A - MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SAFE MANNING OF
TOURISM AND RECREATION SUBMERSIBLES .................................. 14-A-1
- XVII- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
14-B - TECHNICAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS OF MANNED SUBMERSIBLES
FOR TOURISM AND RECREATION..................................................... 14-B-1
14-C - BASIC LIST OF TESTS AND CHECKING FOR INSPECTIONS OF MANNED
SUBMERSIBLES FOR TOURISM AND RECREATION........................ 14-C-1
15-A - PROCEDURES FOR CONDUCTING AUDITS REGARDING
THE CERTIFICATIONS PROVIDED IN THE ISM CODE ..................... 15-A-1
15-B - REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET BY EVERY COMPANY, FOR THE
EMISSION OF A STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH CODE ISM
(DOC)...................................................................................................... 15-B-1
15-C - REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET BY EVERY SHIP, FOR THE EMISSION
OF A SAFETY MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE (CGS).......................... 15-C-1
- XVIII- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 22
INTRODUCTION
1 - PURPOSE
To provide standards of the Maritime Authority for vessels intended for operation
in open sea.
2 - APPLICATION
a) These standards apply to all Brazilian-flagged vessels intended for open sea
navigation, with the exception of:
1) sports and/or recreation vessels, when not ruled by specific standards for
such vessels (NORMAM-3); and
2) Brazilian Navy vessels.
3 - DEFINITIONS
a) Vessel - any construction (including floating platforms and fixed platforms
when towed) subject to enrollment with the Maritime Authority and susceptible of
locomotion in the water by own means or not, carrying people or cargo;
b) Open sea navigation - the navigation performed in maritime waters
considered as not sheltered; and
c) There shall apply here the definitions provided in Article 2 of Law No. 9,537 of
December 11, 1997, which provides for the safety of waterways traffic (LESTA) and its
regulation (Decree No. 2,596 of May 18, 1998 - RLESTA).
4 - PENALTIES
Violations of these standards, found either at the time of occurrence or later, are
subject to the penalties provided for in Law No. 9,537 of December 11,1997, which
provides for the safety of waterways traffic (LESTA) and its regulation (Decree No. 2,596 of
May 18, 1998 - RLESTA).
5 - COMPENSATIONS
a) All expenses for services rendered by the Maritime Authority regarding the
application of these standards, such as inspections, plan analysis, tests and homologation
of equipment, opinions, expert surveys, issuance of certificates and others, will be
compensated by the interested party according to the values shown in Annex 10-D and
paid on occasion of the service request.
b) Vessels pertaining to the Brazilian State (for ex: Army, Air Force, Firefighter
Corps, Federal Police, Revenue Service, IBAMA, Fishing Agency, Sanitary Vigilance, etc)
are exempt from paying the compensations stated in this item.
6 - TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
Vessels class 1 (EC1) and class 2 (EC2) as defined in Chapter 3 of these
standards, may be certified by specialized entities. The Classification Societies are
authorized to certify those vessels, WITH NO OBLIGATION OF BEARING A CLASS
CERTIFICATE.
The preparation of Statutory Certificates, already in process at the date of the
entry into force of present standards, may continue to be processed by the GEVI.
As far as necessary, and at the discretion of the DPC, the GEVI may continue to
render certification services to those vessels.
- XIX - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 17
CHAPTER 1
DETERMINATION OF THE SAFE MANNING FOR VESSELS
0101 - APPLICATION
For safety reasons, every vessel or platform must be manned observing a
minimum number of crew members, coupled with a qualitative distribution and known as
safe manning, a model of which is shown in Annex 1-A.
The safe manning differs from the capacity. Capacity is the maximum number of
people authorized to embark, including the safe manning, additional crew members,
passengers and non-crew professionals.
SECTION I
SAFE MANNING DOCUMENT - CTS;
0102 - VESSELS EXEMPT FROM THE CTS

Vessels with gross tonnage (AB) no higher than 10 are exempt from emission of
the CTS, and their safe manning shall be established as provided for in item 0104. Th
number of crew members shall be recorded in the field "Tripulantes" and their respective
categories in the field "Observaes" of the Vessel Enrollment Title (TIE).
0103 - REQUEST OF EXPERT SURVEY FOR ISSUANCE OF THE CTS

a) It is for the company, proprietor, shipowner or their legal representative to
request from the convenient CP, DL or AG office, the emission of a CTS
in the following cases:
1) On occasion of the request of a Construction License, the CP, DL or AG will
issue a provisional CTS based on the vessel plans and the suggestion of safe manning
made by the applicant, prior to issuing the Construction License. For such purpose there
will be considered, among other factors, the parameters listed in item 0104;
2) For the vessel entry into operation, on which occasion the provisional CTS
will be canceled and replaced by the definitive one;
3) In the cases of vessel reclassification or alteration, or when of the occurrence
of a change in any parameter from the Survey Report, in accordance with item 0104; and
4) On the level of appeal, in cases when one of the interested parties does not
agree with the determined safe manning.
b) On occasion of a request for survey, the company, proprietor, shipowner or legal
representative must deliver the following documentation:
1) a proposal of CTS in which it must be demonstrated the adequacy of the
proposed minimum crew composition;
2) a copy of the Survey Report for emission of the CTS (Annex 1-B) duly
completed by the applicant, in accordance with the vessel characteristics; and
3) other documents verifying the adequacy of the suggested safe manning.
0104 - SURVEY REPORT FOR EMISSION OF THE CTS

a) The safe manning will be established in accordance with the Survey Report
(Annex 1-B), prepared by the CP, DL or AG, utilizing the copy forwarded by the applicant
(item 0103 b) as a reference;
-1-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
b) In the preparation of the Survey Report, certain parameters will be considered
such as: vessel size, type of navigation, total propulsion power, intended service or activity,
the various on board systems and their maintenance, particularities of the stretch to be
navigated and relevant aspects of the operation itself. The status, categories and quantities
of crew members and their qualifications will be established as a function of those
parameters;
c) The following principles must be observed when determining a vessel's safe
manning:
1) The capability of:
I) maintaining watch keeping services of navigation, propulsion and radio
communications, in accordance with Rule VIII/2 of Convention STCW 78/95, and also
maintaining the general watch on the ship;
II) berthing and unberthing;
III) management of the vessel safety functions when operating in stationary
mode or dynamically positioned at sea;
IV) effecting operations appropriately, in order to prevent damages to the
marine environment;
V) maintaining all safety devices and the cleanness of all accessible spaces
so as to minimize the risk of fire;
VI) providing medical care on board;
VII) guaranteeing cargo safety during the vessel sailing;
VIII) inspecting and maintaining, appropriately, the structural integrity of the
ship;
and IX) maintaining the vessel on dynamic positioning (DP).
2) Activities not directly related to the vessel operation:
Activities of operation of seismic ROV, laying of cables and ducts,
anchor handling, diving operations and other not fitting the capabilities listed above, will not
be computed for effect of determining the vessel's safe manning; however, they will imply
the embarkation of other crew members or non-crew professionals whenever the vessel is
scheduled to perform those services.
It is the shipowner's responsibility to determine the number of persons
necessary for these activities.
If any crew member included in the safe manning, exercises cumulatively any
of the activities described in this item, such fact will be considered within the roll of activities
of that crew member.
3) The ability to:
I) operate all tight-closing arrangements and keep them effective, as well as,
participate in the damage control groups;
II) operate all emergency, fire fighting and salvage equipment, carrying out on
such equipment all maintenance items scheduled to be done on board; gather and
evacuate all the people on board; and
III) operate the main propulsion and auxiliary machinery, keeping them in safe
conditions, enabling the ship to overcome foreseeable risks throughout the voyage.
4) Resting period:
I) as from January 1st, 2012, resting periods will be observed for every crew
member assigned as officer in charge of a watchkeeping service period, or a subordinate
taking part in one, and anybody whose duties involve assignments of safety, pollution
prevention and protection of the ship. The resting periods must be no shorter than:
-1-2- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
a) a minimum of 10 hours of rest in any period of 24 hours; and
. b) 77 hours in any period of 7 days.
II) The resting hours may be divided in up to two periods, one of
which must have a duration of at least 6 hours, and the intervals between consecutive
resting periods must be no longer than 14 hours.
III) The requirements relating to resting periods laid down in I) and II) need not
be maintained in the event of an emergency or other operating conditions that overlay
them. The drills of gathering, firefighting and the ones involving lifeboats, and the drills
established by national laws and regulations and by international regulations must be
carried out in a manner that minimizes the disturbance of rest periods and does not lead to
fatigue.
IV) Exceptions::
Exceptions are allowed regarding rest hours as prescribed in
subparagraph I) (b), once the resting period is no shorter than 70 hours in any 7-day
period.
Exceptions regarding the weekly resting period as established in
subparagraph I) (b) are not allowed for over two consecutive weeks.
The rest hours established in subparagraph I) (a) may be divided in up to
three periods, one of which must have a duration of at least 6 hours, and none of the
remaining two periods will have a duration shorter than one hour. The intervals between
two consecutive resting periods must be no longer than 14 hours. The exceptions must not
surpass two 24-hour periods in any 7-day period.
V) Service and Rest Timetables
The watchkeeping service timetables and the rest timetable must be
posted where they can be easily accessible. The timetables must be prepared in the
working language, or languages of the ship and in English for SOLAS vessels.
The seafarers must receive a copy of the records relating to them, duly
endorsed by the Captain/Master or a person authorized by him, and by the seafarers
themselves.
5) Regulations in force.:
The regulations in force must be taken into consideration when applying these
principles, with special attention to:
I) watchkeeping service;
II) work and rest hours;
III) safety management;
IV) seafarer certification;
V) seafarer training;
VI) hygiene and occupational health; and
VII) crew accommodations.
d) All necessary information elements must be collected on board for determination
of levels, categories and numbers of crew members for the safe operation of the vessel.
The survey will be, preferably, conducted with the vessel sailing and operating in the
intended activity, enabling for the identification of all tasks involved and which ones may
occur simultaneously;
e) Upon completion of the survey, the data shown in the Survey Report must be
sufficient to enable for the issuance of a CTS;
f) In the case of a vessel under construction, those data will be extracted from the
plans prior to issuing the Construction License;
-1-3- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
g) For vessels kept to class, the Notations for Level of Automation of the Engine
Room (NGAPM) issued by recognized Classification Societies must be taken into account;
h) For vessels and offshore installations equipped with a dynamic positioning
system, including vessels classified for maritime support navigation, the following must be
considered:
1) the equipment class, for determining the qualification of the DP operator;
2) that the operator has completed the Qualification Program provided in the
Dynamic Positioning Operator Registration Book (DPC-1101) or in the Dynamic Position
Watchkeeping Log Book from the Nautical Institute of London, besides bearing the DP
Operator Certificate Full* or Limited*;
*Full Certificate - apt to operate DP vessels with equipment class 1, 2 or 3.
*Limited Certificate - will only be authorized to operate DP vessels with
equipment class 1.
3) that the DP operation must be carried out by seafarers, employed
exclusively for that function, except when the accumulation of other functions does not
result in loss of safety of the vessel, the people on board, or does not imply in excessive
functions for the DP operator; and
4) that on platforms, the DP operator function may be exerted by a non-seafarer
crew member with certification acknowledged by the DPC- Directorate of Ports and Coasts;
i) The CTS must be issued by a CP, DL or AG;
j) The specific guidelines for preparation of the CTS regarding systems of
navigation, deck, engine and the basic safe manning crews are shown in Annex 1-C;
l) During the expert survey for emission of a Survey Report, the shipping company
must present in writing to the surveyor(s) their guidelines regarding on-voyage
watchkeeping service, in accordance with the provided in Part 3, Section B-VIII/2 of the
STCW-95 (International Code on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for
Seafarers, 1978, amended in 1995 (STCW-95). If the guidelines are found to be
satisfactory, the surveyor will stamp and sign the cover sheet and initial the remaining
ones, and forward them to the CP, DL or AG together with the Survey Report. The cover
sheet must contain, compulsorily, the document name Diretrizes Relativas ao Servio de
Quarto em Viagem, the vessel name, shipowner name, date and number of pages in the
document. For vessels engaging in international voyages, the guidelines in English
language version must also be produced; and
m) Whenever found necessary, the DPC may prepare, or audit the preparation of,
a vessel Survey Report.
n) for vessels subject to the ISPS Code, it is mandatory for the Company or the
Captain to appoint a crew member as Ship Security Officer - SSO. On platforms, according
with the crew and routine, a qualified person must be appointed to coordinate the duties
relating to the ISPS Code along the lines of the Ship Security Officer.
0105 - VALIDITY OF THE CTS

The CTS will be valid for an indeterminate period, subject to the maintenance of
safety conditions observed by occasion of the emission of the Survey Report, and must be
re-examined whenever alterations or reclassifications occur which affect the safety
conditions.
Vessels equipped with engine room automation must keep within validity their
respective Notation of Automation Level, attached to the CTS.
-1-4- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
0106 - RAISING OR LOWERING OF THE QUALIFICATION LEVEL IN THE CTS
If the operation conditions of a specific vessel indicate the need for raising or
lowering the qualification level of their Captain and/or other crew members in the Survey
Report, making it essential to execute amendments regarding the criteria laid down in the
present Standards, the CP, DL or AG must do this through inclusion in the Standards and
Procedures for the Harbor Master Offices ( NPCP or NPCF ). The CTS documents issued
with changes in the qualification levels must contain a note specifying the area for which
this change is being granted, in case the grant is related to a specific area only.
0107 - REVISION OF THE CTS

The proprietor, shipowner or their agent may request a revision of the CTS, by
means of an application. If the revision is requested at a CP, DL or AG other than the one
where the vessel was enrolled, such military organization (OM) must request from the OM
of enrollment of that vessel the Survey Report related to the CTS to be revised, the
NGAPM if relevant, and any other information or document deemed as necessary for the
preparation of a new Survey Report. A copy of the new CTS document must be forwarded
for filing at the OM of enrollment of the vessel, together with the respective Survey Report.
0108 - APPEAL
The person concerned may file an appeal with the DPC as a last administrative
instance against the decision of a CP, DL or AG regarding the CTS revision.
For that purpose, an application to the DPC presenting the argumentation deemed
as relevant should be entered at the CP, DL or AG which executed the revision.
The CP, DL or AG will forward the application to the DPC duly instructed with
their opinion, in order to subsidize the decision.
0109 - RIGHT TO EXERCISE ABOARD FUNCTIONS CARRIED OUT PRIOR TO

JUNE 09, 1998 (COMMAND, CHIEF ENGINEER, ETC)
The seafarer must follow the provisions of Chapter 2 of NORMAM -13/DPC.
SECTION II
SAFE MANNING DETERMINATION
0110 - DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM LEVELS OF SAFE MANNING FOR SERVICE

ON DECK AND ENGINE (OFFICERS)
The minimum quantities of crew members for each function in the safe manning
are shown in the following tables, and the level and category of a crew member to be
embarked must be in compliance with that provided for in NORMAM-13/DPC.
a) Vessels Used in Deep Sea Navigation:

Section Function GT(AB) - any
Captain, Master 01

Executive Officer 01

Deck Officer in charge of navigation
02
watchkeeping service
Radio Communications Officer (*1) 01
-1-5- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24

Section Function Total Propulsion Power (kW) any

Chief Engineer Officer 01
Machinery Deputy-Chief Engineer Officer 01

Officer in charge of engine
02
watchkeeping service (*2)
b) Vessels Used in Open Sea Navigation:

Function AB
Section up to 501 through higher than
Captain, Master 01 01 01

Executive Officer 01 01
Deck Officer in charge of navigation 02 02
Radio Communications Officer (*1) (*3) 01 01
Section Function Total Propulsion Power (kW)

up to 750 751 to 3000 higher than 3000
Chief Engineer Officer 01 01 01
Machinery Deputy-Chief Engineer 01 01
Officer in charge of engine 02
c) Maritime Support Vessels:
The determination of crews for maritime support vessels is consolidated in
Annex 1-D and must also be in compliance with the provisions of paragraph h) of item
0104.
d) Other Vessels:
Section Function Gross Tonnage
Captain, Master 01 01 01

Executive Officer 01 01
Deck Officer in charge of navigation 01
Radio Communications Officer (*1) (*3 01 01
Section Function Total Propulsion Power (kW)
Machinery Chief Engineer Officer 01 01 01
Deputy-Chief Engineer Officer 01 01
charge of engine watchkeeping 01
service
(*1) - For vessels not equipped with GMDSS, the function must be held by at least
one crew member with a Certificate of Limited Radio Operator. The function of Radio
Communications Officer may be accumulated by a crew member fitting STCW Rule IV/2.
(*2) - Two (2) Engine Officers may be authorized, since the Deputy-Chief
Engineer does not perform maintenance services in addition to the watchkeeping service.
(*3) - Vessels with GT>300, except fishing vessels, must have a crew member
fitting STCW Rule IV/2.
-1-6- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
0111 - GENERAL SERVICES
For establishing the number of crew members employed in general services of
deck and engine(SGC/SGM), the chores susceptible to occur simultaneously and how
many crew members will be involved must be considered. The available equipment such
as winches and capstans, radars with advance alarm, autopilot, etc, must also be taken
into consideration.
The organization of service on board is also a relevant factor for this evaluation,
such as occurs in vessels where the Master holds the steering wheel, a common fact in
Fishing and Maritime Support.
0112 - CHAMBER SERVICE

In Deep Sea Navigation it is mandatory the embarkation of at least one
Cook (CZA) and one Steward (TAA).
For other types of navigation, the quantity of seafarers for Chamber Service will be
a function of the vessel type of activity and the available resources, such as: thermal
counter, self service, washing machines, coolers, etc.
The distances between compartments such as kitchen, provision stores, eating
rooms, refrigerating chamber, etc, must also be considered.
Vessels with sailing times lower than twelve hours and cruising in areas where food
support from land is possible are exempted from having cooks and stewards.
0113 - HEALTH SERVICE

In Deep Sea Navigation the embarkation of one Nurse (ENF)
or Health Aid (ASA) is mandatory.
In Open Sea Navigation, the embarkation of one ENF/ASA is required on sailings
longer than 48 hours for passenger vessels, and on sailings longer than 72 hours for
vessels carrying only cargo.
0114 - GENERAL RADIO OPERATOR AND RADIO TELEPHONY SERVICE

a) Vessels with Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS)
The quantity of Officers for radio communications service, on Safe Manning
Documents of vessels with GMDSS and navigating in areas A1, A2, A3 and A4, must
comply with the following requirements:
1) Vessels which opted for duplicity of equipment and land-based maintenance
will have the Nautical Officers provided in the CTS with a Special General Radio Operator
Course (EROG) accredited with the DPC (certificates in compliance with Code STCW
78/95 Rule IV/2.
As detailed in Chapter 9, mobile or fixed platforms, FPSO, FSU and Drill
ships, when anchored and in operation will be allowed to alternatively accept non-seafarer
professionals,as long as they are qualified in accordance with the provisions of Convention
STCW 78/95 and have certification from a GMDSS operation course accredited with and
certified by the DPC to operate in areas A1, A2, A3 and A4 (General Operator).
The land-based maintenance will always be carried out by factory-qualified
professionals for electronic equipment, and with all technical resources specified by them
(special tools, spare parts, technical documentation, testing equipment, etc).
2) Vessels which opted for duplicity of equipment and on board maintenance
must have at least one officer with the following qualifications:
I) Nautical Officer with:
-1-7- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24

(a) General Radio Operator Special Course (EROG), accredited with the
- DPC;

(b) Technical course of electronics, at a high-school level, concluded in a
Technical School; and
(c) Certification by the equipment manufacturer for GMDSS radio
communications equipment repair, or
II) Radio communications Officer with:
(a) Improvement course for 1st Radio Communications Officer
(APPR), from 1991 or later;
(b) EROG course or equivalent, accredited by the DPC (when not included
in the Improvement course for 1st Radio Communications Officer - (APPR); and
(c) Certification by the equipment manufacturer for GMDSS radio
communications equipment repair.
d) Other Vessels:
Other vessels with radio-telephony equipment must have at least one crew
member in the deck section bearing a Limited Radio-telephony Operator Certificate.
0115 - NAVIGATION WATCHKEEPING SERVICE (DECK SECTION)

The navigation watchkeeping service must be kept in accordance with the
provisions of Chapter VIII, Part A, of STCW 78/95 and will be necessary when the duration
of a trip between two consecutive ports is higher than twelve (12) hours. On vessels used
in Deep Sea and Open Sea navigation, at least three service watches will be established,
and for other vessels, at least two watches. The service watch on the bridge must be
composed of three (3) Nautical Officers.
When defining the number of necessary crew members, it must be considered the fact
that the Executive Officer or the Captain may take part in service watches.
In cases where there is no formally assigned Executive Officer, the Captain's
eventual substitute will be the one following him in terms of level at the Deck Section.
The necessary certifications of personnel to compose the Service Watch are
indicated in NORMAM-13/DPC.
The shipping companies must prepare and disclose to crews of their ships the
guidelines relating to the watch service on trip, according to the provided in Part 3, Section
B-VIII/2 of the STCW 78/95, and post the navigation watchkeeping service timetable in
easy access places on board their ships.
0116 - ENGINE SECTION WATCHKEEPING SERVICE

The engine section watchkeeping service must be kept in accordance with the
provisions of Chapter VIII, Part A, of STCW 78/95 and will be necessary when the duration
of a trip between two consecutive ports is higher than twelve (12) hours.
For Deep Sea and Open Sea vessels, the watch service will be composed of three
(3) engine officers.
The deputy-chief engineer may take part in a service watch, since not performing
maintenance services in addition to the watchkeeping service.
a) Level - the level of the members in a service watch is closely linked to the Chief
Engineer's level, once it is in direct relation with the vessels total engine power and the
complexity of such an installation. It is important to note that, in case of Deep Sea and
Open Sea vessels, the Classification Societies issue the Notes for Level of Automation of
the Engine Room (NGAPM), which determine the levels and number of personnel in the
Engine Section. There will be no formally assigned Deputy-Chief Engineer in the CTS for
vessels with propulsion engines with less than 750 kW of power, and for
-1-8- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
vessels operating in maritime support navigation with propulsion engines powered at less
than 3000 kW. In these cases, the eventual substitute for the Chief Engineer Officer will be
the one following him in terms of level at the Engine Section.
b) Quantity - the quantity of crew members for engine service watches is related to
the duration of sailings, automation level and complexity of the installation, the participation
or not of the Chief Engineer in the watch service, etc.
So, in vessels using engine room telegraph for example, with the engine room
always manned, the service will be divided in watches if the sailing exceeds six (6) hours.
Vessels with combined command, where the engine has a remote alarm system at the
bridge, do not require a division in service watches for it will be only necessary to check
sporadically the engine work.
In vessels with a high automation level, the crew member on engine watchkeeping
service may not have to stay in the engine room, and will monitor the equipment work by
means of alarms and other indicating instruments.
In this situation the number of service watches may be reduced, as the crew
member will be less subject to fatigue.
The shipping companies must prepare and disclose to the crews of their ships the
guidelines relating to the watch service on trip according to the provided in Part 3, Section
B-VIII/2 of the STCW 78/95, and post the engine watchkeeping service timetable in easily
accessible places on board their ships.
0117 - PLATFORMS, FPSO, FSU AND DRILL SHIPS OF UNDERWATER

PROSPECTION OR EXPLORATION FOR OIL
The safe manning of fixed and mobile platforms, FPSO, FSU and Drill Ships of oil
prospection or exploration is composed of seafarers and non-seafarer crew members. It is
established as a function of operational circumstances in which those units are involved.
The non-seafarer part of the safe manning is provided for in the IMO Resolution
A.891 (21) and is known as Operations Section, and according to the type of offshore
installation it may be composed of:
- Offshore Installation Manager (GIO) - a person officially appointed by the
shipowner, proprietor or company as the main responsible for the installation, to whom all
the personnel on board is subordinated;
- Vessel Supervisor - a person in charge of the control of ballast operation in mobile
units (not applicable to the fixed platforms);
- Ballast Control Operator - a person responsible for the conduction of ballast
operations in mobile units (not applicable to fixed platforms); and
- Maintenance Supervisor - a person responsible for the inspection, operation,
testing and maintenance of the machinery and essential equipment for the safety of human
life on board and pollution prevention possibly caused by the installation or its operation.
The level and the hierarchy of personnel on board Platforms, FPSO, FSU and Drill Ships
will be in accordance with the following flowchart:
-1-9- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
OFFSHORE
INSTALLATION
MANAGER
MAINTENANCE RESCUE
VESSEL
GROUP
SUPERVISOR SUPERVISOR (not (ONLY FOR MATTERS RELATED
applicable to fixed platforms) WITH THE RESCUE GROUP)
-
ENGINESECTION DECKSECTIONSEAFARERS
SEAFARERS(sortedbylevel) (sortedbylevel)(infixed BALLASTCONTROL
platformstheyshallbe OPERATOR(notapplicableto
directly subordinated to the GIO) fixedplatforms)
a) Operational Situation of Mobile Platforms

The operational situation of a platform is characterized by the following working
circumstances:
1) Platform on voyage for an area of exploration or exploitation - normal travel
situation between a port and a determined point of exploration or exploitation or between
an area of exploration or exploitation and another area of a different geological structure
;
2) Platform moving between locations in the same area - a situation in which the
vessel moves generally in short trips, within an area among regions of same geological
structure; and
3) Stationed platform, positioned by anchors or in dynamic positioning, operating
in exploration or exploitation - a situation in which the vessel normally stays for long periods
of time in an operation of exploration for or exploitation of petroleum.
For the effect of these standards, the safe manning crew of the offshore
installations must be composed in accordance with the referred working situations, aiming
at establishing a system which allows for all crew members periodic ashore leave either
during the vessels stationed periods or when under displacement.
b) Safe Manning Determination for Fixed and Mobile Platforms
The safe manning of platforms must be established by the CP and
DL according to the following tables:
- 1 - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
1) Self propelled mobile platform on trip of over 12 hours
Section Function Quantity

Offshore Installation Manager 1
Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations Ballast Control Operator 1
Maintenance Supervisor 1
Deck Officer (*1) 1

Deckl Officer (*2) 2
Deck Open Sea Master *(3) 1
Deck Sailor *(3) 3
Dynamic Positioning Operator *(4) 2
Deck Officer (*1) 1
Engine Engineer Officer (*2) 2
Engineer Sailor 3

Cook 1
Chamber
Steward 1
Health ENF/ASA 1
TOTAL 22
*(1) Officer in charge of navigation watchkeeping service
*(2) Integrate the navigation watchkeeping service
*(3) Starting June 30, 2010, it is mandatory to have the Special Course of
Proficiency in Survival Boats and Rescue at Sea (ESPM).
*(4) When existing a Dynamic Positioning system.
Notes:
1) At least two Deck Officers must have qualification in GMDSS
(STCW Rule IV/2); and
2) If the functions of Vessel Supervisor, Ballast Control Operator and
Maintenance Supervisor are held by Officers, these ones may accumulate the assignments
of Deck or Engine Officers (whichever is in relation to), since there is no interference in the
tasks related to the respective functions.
2) Self propelled mobile platform on trip of duration equal or less than 12
hours

Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations
Ballast Control Operator 1
Deck Officer 1

Open Sea Master *(1) 1
Deck
Deck Sailor *(1) 1

Engineer Officer 1
Machinery
Engineer Sailor 2
Health ENF/ASA *(3) 1
TOTAL 13
*(2) When existing a Dynamic Positioning system.
*(3) This function can be performed by a non-seafarer crew member who is a
physician, nurse, nursing technician or medic aid, with a course accredited with the
- 1 - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
Regional Council of its category, when applicable.
Notes:
1) The Deck Officer must have a qualification in GMDSS (STCW Rule IV/2);
and
3) Stationed mobile self propelled platform

Section Function Quant

Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations

Deck Officer 1
Deck
Deck Sailor *(1) 1
Engine When on DP, apply the same quantity as in item 2 -
TOTAL 10
*(2) When stationed on Dynamic Positioning.
Notes:
1) The Officer must have a qualification in GMDSS (STCW Rule IV/2); and
4) Non-propelled mobile platform, towed in transit


Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations
Deck Officer 2
Deck Open Sea Master *(1) 1
Deck Sailor *(1) 1
Health ENF/ASA 1
TOTAL 9
Notes:
1) The Deck Officers must have a qualification in GMDSS (STCW Rule
IV/2); and
- 1 - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
2) If the functions of Vessel Supervisor and Ballast Control Operator are held
by Deck Officers, they may accumulate the assignments of Deck Officers since there is no
interference in the tasks related to the respective functions.
5) Non-propelled mobile platform, stationed

Sectio Function Quantity

Vessel Supervisor *(4) 1
Operations
Ballast Control Operator *(4) 1
Deck Officer 1

Deck
Deck Sailor *(2) 1
TOTAL 10
*(4) Exempted on self-elevating platforms when they are, effectively, in their
elevated position.
Notes:
1) The Deck Officer must have a qualification in GMDSS (STCW Rule IV/2),
and may be replaced by a Limited Radio Operator with a GMDSS course; and
2) If the functions of Vessel Supervisor and Ballast Control Operator are held
by Deck Officers, they may accumulate the assignments of Deck Officers since there is no
interference in the tasks related to the respective functions.
6) Fixed platform
Sectio Function Quantity

Operations
Communications Radio Operator *(1) 1

Rescue
Deck Sailor *(2) *(3) 1
TOTAL 6
*(1) This function may be performed by a Limited Radio Operator
.
*(3) This function may be performed by a non-seafarer crew member, called
"the AREA MAN", as long as he fulfills the following requirements:
a) Course Certificate on Survival Boats and Rescue (CESS);
- 1 - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
b) Certificate of the Basic Course on Platform Safety (CBSP); and
c) Proof of at least 3 years experience in the offshore area as Area Man
and cargo operator on platforms .
Note: on uninhabited fixed platforms, when an eventual embarkation of five or
more persons occurs, one of those must be a deck section seafarer of, at minimum, level 6.
c) Operational Situation of Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU
The operational situation of these vessels is characterized by three (3)
distinct working situations:
1) On trips to an area of exploration or exploitation - normal travel situation
between a port and a determined point of exploration or exploitation or between an area of
exploration or exploitation and another area of a different geological structure
2) Moving between locations in the same area - a situation in which the vessel
moves generally in short trips (12 hours), within an area among points of same geological
structure; and
3) Stationed, positioned by anchors or on dynamic positioning, operating in
exploration or exploitation - a situation in which the vessel remains normally for long
periods.
For the effect of these standards, the safe manning crew of Drill ships, FPSO
and FSU will be composed in accordance with the referred working situations, aiming at
establishing a system which allows for all crew members periodic ashore leave, either
during the vessels stationed periods or when under displacement.
d) Safe Manning Determination for Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU

When determining safe manning crews, the CP/DL will observe the following:
1) On trip lasting longer than 12 hours:

Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations
Deck Officer (*1) 1

Deck Officer (*2) 2
Deck Dynamic Positioning Operator *(4) 2
Deck Sailor *(3) 3
Engine In accordance with the NGAPM table, Annex 1-C *(5)

Cook 1
Chamber
Stewar 1
Health ENF/ASA 1
TOTAL 16 + NGAPM
*(1) Officer in charge of navigation watchkeeping service
*(2) Integrate the navigation watchkeeping service
*(4) When having a Dynamic Positioning system.
- 1 - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
*(5) The quantity of engine crew members may be reduced if the vessel does
not have propulsion means or if the same are deactivated.
Notes:
1) At least two Officers must have a qualification in GMDSS (STCW Rule
IV/2); and
Maintenance Supervisor are held by Officers, they may accumulate their respective
navigation watchkeeping services, since there is no interference in the tasks related to the
respective functions.
2) On trip lasting no longer than 12 hours:


Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations
Deck Officer 1

Deck
Deck Sailor *(1) 1
Engine In accordance with the NGAPM table, Annex 1-C *(3) 1
Chamber Cook 1
Steward 1
TOTAL 13 + NGAPM
*(2) When having a Dynamic Positioning system.
Note:
1) The Officer must have a qualification in GMDSS (STCW Rule IV/2); and
Maintenance Supervisor are held by Officers, they may accumulate the assignments of
Deck or Engine Officers (whichever is relevant), since there is no interference in the tasks
related to the respective functions.
3) Stationed or on dynamic positioning, in operation of exploration,
storage or exploitation

Vessel Supervisor 1
Operations
Deck Officer 1

Deck
Deck Sailor *(1) 1
- 1 - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24

Section Functio Quantity

Engine In accordance with the NGAPM table, Annex 1-C *(4) -
TOTAL 10
Notes:
1) The Deck Officer must have a qualification in GMDSS (Rule IV/2) of the STCW;
and
2) If the functions of Vessel Supervisor, Ballast Control Operator
and Maintenance Supervisor are held by Officers, they may accumulate the assignments of
Deck or Engine Officers (whichever is relevant), since there is no interference in the tasks
related to the respective functions.
e) Rescue Group, Qualification and Training of Seafarers and Other
Individuals on Board fixed and mobile Platforms, FPSO, FSU and Drill ships:
1) Rescue Group
All inhabited platforms, FPSO, FSU and Drill ships must compulsorily have a
Rescue Group. This group will be directly subordinated to the Offshore Installation Manager
- GIO, for matters relating to their Rescue Group functions. The GIO must be well aware of
the Rescue Group characteristics, its possibilities and limitations, besides having full
knowledge of measures to be adopted in situations which may be configured as an
emergency.
The Rescue Group will be led by a deck section seafarer of a level 6 as a
minimum, and must be composed by the regularly embarked personnel. It will have as
assignments the maneuver, operation and maintenance of boats and equipment for rescue,
survival and firefighting.
2) Categories of Offshore Personnel
The personnel to embark on fixed platforms, mobile platforms, FPSO, FSU and
Drill ships, must be divided among the following categories:
Category A - embarked visitors not formally appointed, and staying on board
for a limited period of time usually not exceeding three (3) days, without assignments
related to the normal operation of the unit. For these visitors, a qualification course is not
required, being only necessary some training immediately after embarking on the platform.
Note: Visitors of Category A staying on board for a period of less than 24
hours and not overnight, may have their training reduced as provided in item 5.2.2 of IMO
Resolution A.891 (21).
Category B - personnel regularly embarked and not exercising functions with
responsibility over the rescue of others;
Category C - personnel regularly embarked and exercising functions with
responsibility over the rescue of others; and
Category D - members of the seafarers crew - comprising the Offshore
Installation Manager - GIO, the Vessel Supervisor, the Ballast Control Operator and the
Maintenance Supervisor, as well as all other Deck Officers and Engine Officers, Radio
- 1 - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
Operators and subordinate seafarers, as set out in Rule I/1 of the STCW 95 Convention
Annex as amended.
3) Qualification
The personnel on board, seafarers included, must be submitted to a
qualification course prior to the embarkation, at institutions accredited by the DPC
according to the provisions in IMO Resolution A.891(21).
In addition to the qualifications provided in IMO Resolution A.891(21), all
persons embarked within categories B, C and D must be qualified in the Basic Course of
Platform Safety (CBSP), ministered by institutions accredited with the DPC .
In addition to the requirements described above, a specialty qualification will
also be required for the professionals discriminated as follows, according to what is
provided for in the annex of IMO Resolution A.891(21), at institutions accredited with the
DPC:
- Offshore Installation Manager - Offshore Installation Manager Course
(CGIO);
- Vessel Supervisor - Vessel Supervisor Course (CSEM);
- Ballast Control Operator - Ballast Control Operator Course (COPL); and
- Maintenance Supervisor - Maintenance Supervisor Course (CSMA).
4) Training
(a) Training sessions carried out through exercises for the maintenance
of qualifications referred to above, except only for the ones related to Code STCW-95 as
amended, must be ministered by the shipowners or by the companies responsible for the
operation of fixed and mobile platforms, FPSO, FSU and Drill ships.
(b) Training sessions ministered to visitors (category A) shall be carried out as
soon as those persons board the unit, and must comply with the requirements of IMO
Resolution A.891(21) .
(c) A copy of the records of all training sessions ministered to each person
who will carry out functions in the unit, as well as their respective individual certificates of
qualification courses, must be kept on board.
f) Emergency Drills
1) All the personnel embarked on fixed and mobile platforms, FPSO, FSU and
Drill Ships must receive training on survival procedures by means of abandonment and fire
drills. These drills will be conducted weekly, in such a way that all on board participate at
least once a month. The drills must be conducted in a way as to ensure that all persons are
aware of their emergency stations and are able to perform quickly and correctly the actions
assigned to them on the Emergency Stations Table, in the following events:
- Fire on board;
- Collision and / or other serious accidents;
- Storm and severe sea condition;
- Man overboard; and
- Vessel abandonment.
2) The drills must be conducted as if the emergency situation were real, and
must demonstrate that the equipment and systems are in good condition and ready for use.
3) The drills must involve, as much as possible, the operation of salvage and
firefighting equipment existing on board, including at least the following:
- General alarm, as specified on the Emergency Stations Table;
- Dress and utilize lifesaving jackets;
- 1 - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24

- Displacement and gathering at stations indicated in the Emergency Stations
Table;
- Preparation, embarkation and launching of the survival boats.
Whenever possible, the launching drill must include the lowering and / or launching on
water of any survival, craft;
- Operation of survival and rescue boat motors;
- Operation of communications equipment (without emission of signals on
distress frequencies);
- Fire alarms and others, if existing;
- Firefighting equipment such as fire pumps, outlets and hoses, foam
generators and firefighting vests;
- Demonstration of the use of portable fire extinguishers;
- Watertight and fireproof hatches, and other closing devices and escape
routes;
- Remote devices for interruption of ventilation and oil supply to machinery
spaces; and
- Lighting of abandonment stations, survival and rescue craft and escape
routes.
4) It is also for the Offshore Installation Manager (GIO) to make sure that all
persons working on board know their stations and duties in case of fire, collision,
abandonment and other emergency chores, by carrying out calls and drills as prescribed in
International Acts ratified by Brazil and in the Maritime Authority Standards.
0118 - AUTHORIZATION FOR THE PROVISION OF CHAMBER SERVICES BY

SPECIALIZED COMPANIES OF MARITIME HOTEL SERVICES
a) General information
The Chamber Section services in platforms, drill ships, FPSO and FSU during a
stationed period, may be carried out by specialized companies of maritime hotel services.
b) Documentation
The provision of services will be authorized through a license issued by a CP or
DL of enrollment or with jurisdiction over the operation area of the unit, and ratified by the
DPC.
For the ratification, the interested party must forward to the DPC through the CP or DL
mentioned above, the following documents attached to the ratification request:
1) CNPJ;
2) Articles of Association;
3) Location Permit; and
4) Sanitary Permit.
Additionally, the forwarding memorandum of the CP or DL must contain their
opinion over the requested ratification.
c) Basic Course on Platform Safety (CBSP)
In addition to the process for obtaining a license to provide the services, on
occasion of the embarkation of their personnel the interested company must verify to the
CP or DL that all personnel have been submitted to the Basic Course on Platform Safety
(CBSP) provided in Resolution A.891(21) of the International Maritime Organization, and
that the course was ministered at an institution accredited with the DPC.
- 1 - 18 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 24
CHAPTER 2
ENROLLMENT, REGISTER, MARKINGS, NAMES AND COLORS OF VESSELS,

VESSEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY
SECTION I
ENROLLMENT AND REGISTER OF VESSELS
0201 - APPLICATION
All Brazilian vessels are subject to enrollment at the Harbor Master Offices (CP),
Delegate Offices (DL) or Agent Offices (AG), excepting those belonging to the Brazilian
Navy.
Vessels with gross tonnage equal to or higher than 100, besides being enrolled at a
CP, DL or AG, must be registered at the Maritime Tribunal.
Mobile platforms are considered as vessels, and also subject to enrollment and / or
registration. Fixed platforms, when being towed, are considered as vessels, and also
subject to enrollment and / or registration.
Small, self-propelled vessels are subject to the simplified enrollment as prescribed
in subparagraph 0205 c)
Small vessels without propulsion and floating devices intended for towing, with
length of up to ten (10) meters , are exempt from enrollment.
The list of applicable laws appear in Annex 2-A.
0202 - DEFINITIONS
a) Vessel enrollment: recording of the vessel with the Maritime Authority, with
assignment of name and enrollment number, and issuance of the respective enrollment
document;
b) Deep sea navigation: navigation between Brazilian ports and foreign ports;
c) Open sea navigation: navigation between ports or points of Brazilian territory,
using sea ways or a combination of those and inland waterways;
d) Maritime support: navigation to give logistic support to vessels or offshore
installations in national territorial waters and in the Exclusive Economic Zone, which
operate in activities of exploration for and extraction of minerals and hydrocarbons;
e) Coastal navigation: navigation in open sea, up to the visibility limit from the
coast established at twenty (20) nautical miles. For the purpose of maritime support, this
definition is extended to the limit of two hundred (200) nautical miles from the coast.
f) Small vessel: any type of vessel or floating device will be considered as a small
vessel when:
1) With length equal to or lower than five (5) meters; or
2) With total length lower than eight (8) m and showing the following
characteristics: open deck, closed deck without habitable cabin and without a fixed
mechanical propulsion, and in cases where an outboard engine is used, it shall not exceed
30 HP. A habitable cabin is here considered as one with offers living conditions.
0203 - PLACE OF ENROLLMENT

The vessels shall be enrolled and / or registered by means of an application with
the CP, DL or AG (enrollment offices), in which jurisdiction the proprietor or shipowners are
domiciled or where they will operate.
-2-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0204 - DEADLINE FOR ENROLLMENT AND REGISTER
The requests for vessel enrollment and / or registration must be effected, according
to the provisions of Law No. 7.652/88 altered by Law No. 9774/98, within a time of up to
fifteen (15) days counted from the date:
a) Of the Delivery Instrument by the builder, when built in Brazil;
b) Of the vessel acquisition or, in case of a purchase and sale commitment
contract, of the date of right and action; or
c) Of the vessel arrival to the port of enrollment or registration, when acquired or
built abroad.
0205 - PROCEDURES FOR ENROLLMENT AND REGISTER

At the discretion of the Harbor Master, Delegate or Agent, an inspection of the
vessel may be carried out prior to executing the enrollment, enabling for the verification of
truthfulness of all characteristics shown in the Vessel Updating Bulletin (BADE) or in the
Simplified Bulletin of Vessel Updating (BSADE), subparagraph c), as applicable.
The procedures for enrollment will depend on the vessel size, on a basis of its
gross tonnage.
a) Vessels with GT equal to or lower than 100
For enrollment of these vessels, the interested party must present to the
Enrollment Agency (CP, DL or AG) the Vessel Updating Bulletin (BADE), a model of which
is shown in Annex 2-B, duly completed, as well as all the documents required and
described on its back page.
Once in possession of the duly completed BADE and all relevant documentation,
the interested party will enter their application at the Enrollment Agency, which will issue
the respective
Title of Vessel Enrollment (TIE), by means of the Vessel Management System
(SISGEMB). When that is not possible, the model provided in Annex 2-C must be used.
If for any motive the TIE cannot be issued immediately, or at a maximum on the
next working day following the request for enrollment, the protocol document from the CP,
DL or AG will be the document enabling the vessel to sail, for up to thirty (30) days, until the
TIE is received.
Additionally, vessels with gross tonnage lower than or equal to 20 and carrying
any number of passengers, must produce a color photograph of the vessel on size 15 X 21
cm, dated (under owner responsibility), showing a side view in such a way that the full
length from bow to stern is visible and fills the photograph length. This procedure is
mandatory for vessels which apply for enrollment, undergo alterations or change ownership
starting from June 30, 2005.
b) Vessels with GT higher than 100
For enrollment of these vessels, the interested party must follow identical
procedure as on paragraph a) above, however a TIE will not be issued.
For these vessels, registration at the Maritime Tribunal (TM) is mandatory.
Therefore, the Enrollment Office once in possession of the BADE duly filled out and the
relevant documentation, must proceed to include the vessel data into the SISGEMB and
issue through that system a Provisional Document of Ownership (DPP), Annex 2-D. The
documents referred must be forwarded to the TM by the Enrollment Office, aiming at the
completion of the Maritime Ownership Register Provision (PRPM).
The DPP will have an initial validity of one (1) year counting from the issue date,
and must be withdrawn when of the delivery to the interested party of the PRPM issued by
the TM.
-2-2- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
In case the PRPM is not delivered within that time limit, the enrollment offices may extend
the validity of the DPP, since the owners are not subject to sanctions provided in the relevant
legislation for not complying with demands.
Vessels already enrolled, but for some motive needing to register with the TM, will have
their TIE canceled by the enrollment offices once the PRPM has been issued by the TM. In such
cases, the enrollment offices will also make the necessary alterations in the SISGEMB.
c) Small vessels
Small vessels with engine propulsion are subject to the simplified enrollment, and the
procedures laid down in Chapter 2 of NORMAM-02/DPC shall be followed.
d) Exemption from enrollment
The following vessels are exempted from enrollment:
1) Floating devices without propulsion, destined to being towed, with length of up to ten
(10) m; and
2) Small vessels without engine propulsion.
e) Application of Standards to Vessels Exempt from Enrollment
The vessels, equipment and floating devices exempt from enrollment are still subject to
standards provided in the legislation in force and to the Maritime Tribunal jurisdiction.
0206 - VESSEL COMPULSORY INSURANCE

All proprietors or shipowners of national or foreign vessels subject to enrollment and / or
registration at the CP, DL or AG offices are obliged to acquire the "compulsory insurance against
personal injury caused by vessels or their cargo" (DPEM),
and must proceed as follows:
a) Vessels not yet Enrolled or Registered
For the acquisition of insurance, the owners or their legal representative must report to the
Enrollment Office and proceed as detailed on item 0205 above, when they will be delivered a
protocol document showing the following vessel data:
1) Vessel name;
2) Name of the proprietor or shipowner;
3) Number of crew members;
4) Passenger carrying capacity; and
5) Vessel classification.
Once receiving this protocol, the interested party will effect the insurance of the vessel in a
competent insurance agency.
b) Vessels Enrolled and / or Registered
The owners or their legal representative must report to a competent insurance agency,
bringing their TIE or PRPM according to the case, and acquire the insurance.
c) Vessels not subject to enrollment and / or registration
The DPEM insurance is compulsory only for vessels subject to enrollment and / or
registration at the CP, DL or AG offices. However, in case the owners or legal representatives of a
vessel not subject to enrollment or registration wish to acquire the insurance, they must proceed as
discriminated on item 0205 above and enroll the vessel. In this occasion, the interested party will
receive a protocol document with the data referred to in subparagraph a) above. Once receiving this
protocol, the interested party may effect the insurance of the vessel in a competent insurance
agency.
-2-3- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0207 - DUPLICATES OF THE TIE OR PRPM
In case of loss or deviation of the TIE or the PRPM, the owners must request a
duplicate from the office where the vessel was enrolled.
0208 - PROOF OF OWNERSHIP OF A VESSEL

The acts related to commitments, transfers, purchase and sale or any other kind of
property transfer of a vessel , subject to registration at the Maritime Tribunal (TM) will be
made through public deeds, executed by any notary office.
The proof of ownership necessary for enrollment and / or registration has the
following types:
a) By purchase:
1) In the Country - Invoice or a public instrument of purchase and sale (public
deed or private receipt transcribed in a notary office of titles and documents) or a private
receipt with notarized signatures of the buyer and the seller, where the vessel must be
perfectly characterized, and the purchase, the price, the seller and the buyer are recorded.
The public instrument and the private receipt can only be accepted as proof of
ownership for vessels already enrolled and which, consequently, bear the document of
enrollment (TIE or PRPM).
Only for national vessels of handcrafted construction, can a statement from
the owner as proof of ownership be accepted , and this must be registered in a notary office
of titles and documents and in which the issuer must also be qualified and the vessel and
its motor must be perfectly characterized.
For the acceptance of this declaration, the following procedures must be
adopted by the CP, DL or AG:
I) carry out a vessel inspection to verify that the information shown on the
declaration is genuine;
II) perform a search on the SISGEMB in order to check about the existence of
a vessel already enrolled with the same characteristics as the ones informed by the
declarer;
III) consult the military organizations (OM) of the SSTA asking them to inform
if there is any factor impeding the vessel enrollment (discriminate type, length, color,
breadth, brand, model and No. of motor, chassis No., etc) in the name of the declarer
(discriminate declarer name, address and CPF/CNPJ);and
IV) analyze the explanatory memorandum, which must be submitted by the
declarer, basing the request of registration of the vessel on the Declaration.
Additional expenses of displacement due to the inspection referred to on
subparagraph I) will be at the applicant's account, when applicable.
2) Abroad - In addition to the proof of import regularization with the competent
agency, there must be produced the instrument of purchase and sale in compliance with
the laws of the country where the transaction was effected.
b) By Outbidding:
1) Judicial - Letter of Adjudication or Outbidding from the competent court;
2) Administrative - Receipt of the total purchase amount from the public office,
made on the collection form; or
3) In a public auction - Public deed.
c) By succession:
1) Civil - Deed of Distribution or Adjudication Letter extracted from the court
documents; or
2) Commercial - Public or Private Instrument filed with the competent office of
the Commercial Registry or the competent official agency.
-2-4- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
d) By Donation:
Public deed where the vessel, its value, the donor and the recipient are perfectly
characterized.
For small vessels, the deed may be replaced by the presence at the Enrollment
Office, of both the donor and the recipient bearing a donation statement in which the donor,
recipient and vessel are perfectly characterized.
e) By Construction:
Construction License, Construction Contract and its price quittance.
For vessels exempted from construction license or which do not have a
construction contract, a statement must be required from the owner as responsible for the
effective construction, in which there must be discriminated all the vessel characteristics
like type, length, color breadth, brand, model, motor No., chassis No., etc. This document
must be subscribed by two witnesses with their signatures duly notarized, and also contain
the place and the construction period
The contacted CP, DL or AG may carry out a vessel inspection to verify that the
information shown on the declaration is genuine.
Additional expenses of displacement due to the inspection will be at the
applicant's account, when applicable.
Any falsehood in this statement or witness to such will subject the violator (s) to
legal action.
In case there is a proven lack of public notary office at the place, the owner and
witnesses must report personally to the CP, DL or AG bearing official identity documents.
They will sign a statement in the presence of the office (OM) holder or his appointed
representative, who will authenticate the signatures.
f) By Liberating or Subrogation Abandonment:
Formal instrument of abandonment.
g) By Exchange:
Public instrument, or with the presence of all interested parties bearing official
identity documents and CPF/ CNPJ cards and the respective document of exchange.
0209 - OWNER NATIONALITY

The vessel ownership registration will be granted to a resident and domiciled
natural person in the Country or to a public or private entity subject to the Brazilian Law,
except in cases provided in the relevant legislation.
The proof of nationality will consist of:
a) Natural Person:
Identity Card, Birth or Marriage Certificate or Military Discharge Certificate for a
native Brazilian, and Letter of Naturalization for a naturalized Brazilian. For a foreigner,
passport or identity card;
b) Sole Proprietorship Corporation:
Declaration of Register at the Junta Comercial and proof of nationality of the
corporation owner;
c) Regular Corporation:
Articles of Incorporation and subsequent amendments, proof of filing with the
Junta Comercial and proof of nationality of the managers and controlling shareholders at a
percentage fixed by law;
d) Joint Stock Corporation:
Corporate Statute filed with the "Junta Comercial" and proof of nationality of the
managers and controlling stockholders at a percentage fixed by law; and
-2-5- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
e) Government-Owned Enterprise:
Constitutive Act with copy of the Official Diary in which it has been published, and
Act of Nomination of the managers.
0210 - CANCELLATION OF ENROLLMENT AND/OR REGISTER

a) Register Cancellation
1) The register cancellation of vessels must precede the cancellation of
enrollment, and will be determined ex-officio by the Maritime Tribunal or on request by the
owner.
I) The cancellation ex-officio will occur when:
(a) There is proof that the register was effected through a declaration,
documents or acts corrupted by intention, fraud or simulation; or
(b) Determined by a final court decision judgment.
II) The cancellation on request by the owner will occur within a maximum of
two (2) months counted from the date of the following events:
(a) The vessel ceases to belong to any of the persons characterized in
item 0209;
(b) The vessel has to be dismantled;
(c) The vessel perishes or, being on voyage, there is no news from it for
over six (6) months;
(d) The vessel was confiscated or seized by a foreign government, if
considered as a lawful seizure in the latter case; or
(e) Once extinct the encumbrance that caused the vessel .registration
2) The register cancellation of a vessel may also be requested by the owner in
case of an amendment of relevant legislation releasing vessels of certain characteristics
from being registered at the TM. In this case, the following measures must be taken:
I) The interested party must request from the TM the vessel register
cancellation, via CP, DL or AG at which it was enrolled;
II) The PRPM must be attached to the cancellation application;
III) While the process runs at the TM, the OM must issue the DPP through
the SISGEMB, with the same validity as provided in item 0205;
IV) When the CP, DL or AG receive the "granted" from the TM in the
process, the DPP must be returned and, afterwards, the TIE is issued in identical form as
provided in item 0205; and
V) All the above process must be recorded in the field histrico of the
- SISGEMB.
b) Cancellation of Enrollment
1) The cancellation of enrollment of a vessel will occur compulsorily when:
I) The vessel ceases to belong to any of the persons
characterized in item 0209;
II) The vessel has sunk;
III) The vessel is scrapped;
IV) The vessel is abandoned;
v) The vessel has its whereabouts ignored for over two (2) years;
VI) The vessel has its register cancelled;
VII) There is proof that the enrollment was effected through a declaration,
documents or acts corrupted by intention, fraud or simulation; or
VIII) Determined by a final court decision.
2) The request for cancellation of enrollment is mandatory, and must be effected
by the owners or their legal representative within a time of fifteen (15) days counted from
the date in which the determining cancellation circumstance was found.
-2-6- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
In case the request for cancellation of enrollment has not been made and the
owners' address in unknown, the Enrollment Agency will publish and affix a notice requiring
compliance with the established in this subparagraph.
3) After the enrollment has been canceled, any vessel will only be allowed to
navigate by means of a revalidation request for the canceled enrollment, payment of fine (if
any), presentation of the necessary documents and the execution of an inspection (when
applicable).
4) Vessels subject to inspections and with their whereabouts ignored for over a
three-year period, will have their enrollments canceled and must be excluded from the
SISGEMB.
0211 - TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP

The transfer of ownership must be requested by the new buyer whenever a change
of owners occurs, following the model shown in Annex 2-E and within the time limit of
fifteen (15) days after the acquisition.
The change of ownership of a vessel does not imply a new enrollment, except
when the new owners or their legal representative reside in the jurisdiction of another CP,
DL or AG. In this case, the transfer of ownership must be requested at the CP, DL or AG of
the area in which jurisdiction the vessel will be used. All documents verifying the ownership,
as listed on the back of said model, must be attached to the application document.
The enrollment number of the vessel will not be changed.
For vessels not subject to surveys and, consequently, not obliged to bear a
Certificate of Navigation Safety (CSN) or Statutory certificates, the Instrument of
Responsibility (Annex 10-F) must be replaced always when a change of vessel ownership
occurs.
In cases where a transfer of jurisdiction occurs, the CP, DL or AG must:
a) Request the transfer and all vessel documents from the Military Organization
where the vessel was previously enrolled; and
b) Issue a new TIE through the SISGEMB.
The Military Organization where the vessel was previously enrolled must execute
through the SISGEMB the procedures related with the transfer of jurisdiction.
For vessels subject to registration, the Enrollment Agencies must forward the
application to the TM after checking all relevant documentation.
When forwarding the PRPM to the TM for the due amendments, there must be
issued the DPP in identical manner as referred to in paragraph (b) of item 0205.
0212 - CHANGE OF VESSEL CHARACTERISTICS, CHANGE OF THE OWNER NAME

OR CHANGE OF THE OWNER ADDRESS
In the case of alterations of vessel characteristics, its name, engine or motor
replacement or owner address, the model shown in Annex 2-E must be completed by the
owners or their legal representative.
The Enrollment Office will issue a new TIE with the verified alterations. For vessels
bearing the PRPM, the request for annotation of the alterations must be addressed to the
TM.
For the change of address, presentation of a proof of residence shall be required.
0213 - REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF LIENS AND ANNOTATIONS

a) Registration
The registration of effective rights and liens relating to Brazilian vessels must be
made at the TM, otherwise they will not be valid against third parties.
While not registered, the effective rights and liens subsist only between the
parties, and the efficacy of registration will be retroactive to the date of the title booking.
-2-7- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
For obtaining the registration of an encumbrance, the interested party must
previously promote the registration at the TM of the vessel(s) not yet registered or exempt
from it, proceeding in accordance with the provided in item 0205, and forward an
application to the TM (Annex 2-E with the necessary documents to attach listed on the
back).
b) Cancellation
The cancellation of a lien register will occur on request by the interested party
when ceased the encumbrance applied over the vessel, either from relinquishing by the
creditor, loss of the vessel or by extinctive prescription.
c) Control
All lien registrations, cancellations and annotations granted or not granted, with
the respective justifications, must be entered in the SISGEMB (field HISTRICO). The
documents related to liens and annotations must be filed at the CP, DL or AG.
d) Other Annotations
For the registration of other annotations, identical procedure as referred to in
subparagraph a) must be followed, and all necessary documents shown on the back of
Annex 2-E must be presented.
0214 - REGISTRATION, CANCELLATION AND ANNOTATION OF THE SHIPOWNER

CONDITION
In terms of the legislation in force, the natural person or legal person in which name
and under which responsibility the vessel is set up with commercial purposes, and set to
navigate on their own account or not, will be considered a shipowner.
Within this concept are also included those who have the exclusive control of
shipping, under any concession mode, even when they receive the vessel
duly equipped, since they exercise over it the powers of administration.
a) Registration and Annotation
1) Registration at the TM of the shipowner of a vessel subject to ownership
registration is mandatory, even when the activity is conducted by the respective proprietor.
2) The shipowner of a vessel with GT no higher than 100, when provided with
mechanical propulsion and used in any lucrative commercial activity outside the limits of
port navigation, or when the total sum of GT for all vessels presented by them is higher
than 100, must also be registered at the TM.
3) For the registration and / or annotation of the shipowner condition, the
interested party must report to the CP, DL or AG and acquire the form of Annex 2-E which
must be filled in, and on its back are discriminated the documents necessary for the
requested act.
4) When the request involves foreign vessels, there must be annexed a copy of
the Certificate of Temporary Enrollment for Foreign Vessels (AIT).
5) Once the documentation is complete, the CP, DL or AG will forward the
request directly to the TM.
Once the vessel PRPM has been forwarded to the TM, and while the process of Shipowner
Registration or Annotation of Shipowner Condition is running, the Enrollment Offices must
issue the DPP following the validity criterion specified in subparagraph 0205 b).
b) Cancellation
The cancellation of a Shipowner Register will be determined "ex-officio" by the
TM in accordance with the specific legislation or on request.
-2-8- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0215 - DELIVERY OF INFORMATION OR CERTIFICATE ABOUT VESSELS
a) Conceptualization
Certificates are documents originated from authorities or agents of the Public
Power, who in this function, prove or verify a determined act or fact; not being discriminated
copies or photocopies among the certificates.
To request the emission of a necessary certificate, the form of Annex 2-F must
be used.
b) Legitimacy of the Applicant
1) Every person entitled to an individual or collectively pursued right, once such
circumstance is demonstrated;
2) Besides the proof of legitimacy, it is indispensable from the interested party to
show proof of connection with the possible right invoked;
3) The natural or legal persons are capable of exercising rights and duties of civil
order. However, those not capable of exercising in person, or not willing to do so, may
appoint representatives or proxies through a power of attorney to deal with their personal
interests, as well as lawfully constituting an attorney;
4) Requirements from the Federal Public Treasury in the form of Legislation for
Income Tax, INSS ( National Institute of Social Security), Judicial Order and Federal Public
Attorney Office (see paragraph e),and subparagraph 2)) and States, Union Accounting
Tribunal and Union Public Defenders Office; and
5) Other authorities pursuant to the Law.
In case of doubt, the OM office holder must consult with the DPC.
c) Deadlines
1) Up to ten (10) days from presentation, for overruling or denial of access to the
information;
2) Up to fifteen (15) days, counted from the recording of the application at the
agency, for the Certificate delivery; and
3) Up to fifteen (15) days, counted from the recording of the application at the
agency, in case the demands of Article 2 of Law No.9051/95 are not met (ends and motives
of request not clarified).
d) Nature of the Request
1) For the defense of rights or clarification on a situation of personal interest.
May be overruled in the hypothesis of non-existence or no adequate presentation of a
justification for the request, as its ends and motives are imperative;
2) To be specific, certain, determined and not generic;
3) Not be too long, as an entire process, as it undermines the principle of
reasonableness. The interested party must supply a clear discrimination of which act or
acts are the purpose of the certificate; thence the reason for not issuing "certificates of
whole context" when the request is not reasonable; and
4) Not be generic in such a way as to imply encroaching upon the rights of
third parties.
e) Consultation with the DPC
1) When the subject involves a group of vessels or owners, for it will be
necessary to check about legitimacy against the possible existence of a statute or law and,
if being the case, the affiliation of the interested parties;
2) The request from agencies of the Public Attorney's Office, for analysis of
claims in terms of an adequate formalization on the supply of information required; and
3) In case of doubts over an apparent collision of interests.
-2-9- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0216 - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS
The vessels shall be classified as follows:
a) Types of Open Sea Navigation:
1) Deep sea navigation;
2) Coastal navigation;
3).Maritime support.
b) Activities or Services:
1) Passenger;
2) Cargo;
3) Tugboat and pusher;
4) Fishing;
5) Sports and / or recreation; and
6) Other activity or service.
c) Propulsion:
1) With propulsion; and
2) Without propulsion.
d) Vessel Type:
1. Raft 21. Other vessels
2. Barge 22. Other bulk carriers
3. Boat 23. Passenger / general cargo
4. Pontoon crane 24. Passenger / roll-on roll-off
5. General cargo 25. Passenger
6. Refrigerated cargo 26. Fishing vessel
7. Lighter 27. Research
8. Tanker 28. Oil tankers
9. Floating dock 29. Platform
10. Dredger 30. Container carrier
11. Schooner 31. Ice-breaker
12. Ferry boat 32. Chemical carrier
13. Floating stage 33. Tugboat / pusher
14. Liquefied gas carrier 34. Roll-on roll-off
15. Bulk carrier 35. "Saveiro" schooner
16. Ore-oil bulk carrier 36. Drill ship
17. Hovercraft 37.Offshoreplatform
18. "Jangada" raft supply
19. Speedboat 38. Trawler
20. Pilot speedboat 39. Sail ship
SECTION II
MARKINGS AND APPROVAL OF NAMES AND COLORS
0217 - MARKING AND INDICATION OF SIDE PROPELLER

A vessel with a side propeller must show a specific marking of this characteristic on
both sides, as close as possible to the vertical line of the position where the propeller is
located, and in accordance with the following specifications:
a) Shape and Dimensions
The indication marks must comply with the drawing shown in Annex 2-G, where
"M" is the modulus measured in mm.
- 2 - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
The dimension of the modulus "M" will be a function of the vessel total length
(Loa, in mm), and in accordance with the following table:
TABLE 2.1
M (mm) Total Length (Loa)
400 mm Less than 50 m
600 mm Between 50 and 100 m
800 mm Over 100 m
b) Location
Location above the maximum load waterline, in a position where the painting will
neither be subject to be damaged by the peaks of the anchor flukes nor to have the visibility
compromised by an anchor chain;
c) Painting and Fixation
The mark must be painted or molded in steel, with a 6 to 7 mm thickness, and
whenever possible, attached directly to the side by a continuous weld bead. Both marking
types must be painted in a color that provides a strong contrast with the hull side painting.
0218 - MARKING AND INDICATION OF BULBOUS BOW

A vessel with bulbous bow must show an indication marking of this characteristic
on both side bows (port and starboard bow), in compliance with the following specifications:
a) Shape and Dimensions
The indication marks must comply with the drawing shown in Annex 2-H, where
"M" is the modulus measured in mm.
The drawing must show the bulb turned forward.
The dimension of the modulus "M" will be a function of the vessel total length (in
mm), and in accordance with the following table:
TABLE 2.2
M (mm) Total Length (Loa)
750 mm Less than 50 m
1,000 mm Between 50 and 100 m
1,200 mm Over 100 m
b) Location
Location above the maximum load line, in a position where the painting will
neither be subject to be damaged by the anchor peaks nor to have the visibility
compromised by an anchor chain;
c) Painting and Fixation
The mark must be painted or molded in steel, with a 6 to 7 mm thickness, and
whenever possible, attached directly to the side by a continuous weld bead.
Both marking types must be painted in a color that provides a strong contrast
with the hull side painting.
Any vessel with bulbous bow indication markings, when anchored or berthed at
night, must provide lighting on both sides in such a way as to allow for the perfect visibility
of the indication marks at a distance of fifty (50) m.
0219 - MARKINGS AND INSCRIPTIONS ON THE HULL

a) Vessels with GT equal to or higher than 20.
The vessel must be marked in a visible and durable way, with letters and
numbers of appropriate size in relation to the vessel dimensions, and according to the
following:
- 2 - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
1) Vessel name and port of enrollment
Letters with a minimum height of 10 cm, names distributed as follows:
I) At the stern - vessel name together with the port of enrollment; and
II) At the bow - vessel name on both sides.
2) Draught scale
Must be placed on both starboard and port sides, forward and aft (at the
points where the keel meets the stem and the stern-post contours) and at midship, in
metric measures.
3) Vessels carrying passengers
Vessels which carry passengers must have affixed at a place visible to the
passengers, a plate containing the vessel enrollment number, maximum load weight,
maximum authorized passenger capacity per deck, and the telephone number of the
Military Organization office in which jurisdiction the vessel is operating.
b) Vessels with GT lower than 20
The vessel must be marked in a visible and durable way, with letters and
numbers of appropriate size in relation to the vessel dimensions, and according to the
following:
1) Vessel name, port of enrollment and enrollment number:
Letters with a minimum height of 10 cm, names distributed as follows:
I) At the stern - vessel name together with the port of enrollment and
enrollment number; and
II) At the bow - vessel name on both sides.
2) Draught scale
Must be placed on both starboard and port sides, fore and aft (at the points
where the keel meets the stem and the stern-post contours) and at midship, in
metric measures.
3) Vessels carrying passengers
Vessels which carry passengers must have affixed at a place visible to the
passengers, a plate containing the vessel enrollment number, maximum load weight,
maximum authorized passenger capacity per deck, and the telephone number of the
Military Organization office in which jurisdiction the vessel is operating.
c) Vessels with a rectangular waterline plan
Those vessels like rafts or pontoons, will have their markings of name and port
of enrollment on the sides near the stern.
d) Vessels of Public Agencies
Vessels pertaining to public agencies will be characterized by means of the
letters (acronyms) and logos adopted by their respective agencies.
e) Small vessels
Small vessels, with exception of those used in sports and / or recreational
activities, must be marked with their visual identification. The alphanumeric groups of their
simplified enrollment will be used, marked in a visible and durable way at the forward half of
both vessel sides, with a color contrasting with the side painting and with dimensions not
lower than ten (10) cm for the letters and numbers. The vessel name may be added
optionally, since the mandatory marking items are observed.
0220 - COLORS OF THE HULL, SUPERSTRUCTURES AND FUNNELS

Merchant vessels pertaining to the same shipowner will use for painting hulls,
superstructures and funnels, their characteristic colors and logos. There will not be allowed
paintings and logos for vessels, which may cause them to be
- 2 - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
mistakenly identified as warships, Naval Inspection vessels, Federal Police vessels and
Firefighting Corps vessels.
Advertising paintings must not compromise the perfect identification of the
mandatory markings provided in this section.
0221 - VESSEL NAMES

a) Same names prohibition
The use of the same name among vessels navigating in open sea will not be
allowed.
b) Name authorization and alteration
Vessel names may only be authorized thereto, or altered, through the respective
permission from the CP, DL or AG offices.
For the authorization of names for vessels navigating in open sea, the CP, DL or
AG must consult the SISGEMB. In case an existing vessel with the same name is found,
the authorization must not be granted.
Names that may cause constraints, such as obscene terms and the ones
offensive to persons or institutions, must not be authorized.
SECTION III
VESSEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
0222 - PROCEDURES FOR ACQUISITION OF A VESSEL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

a) Obligingness
According to rule 3 of SOLAS chapter XI, which entered into force on
January 12, 1996, the following vessels are obliged to acquire an identification number
from the IMO - International Maritime Organization: all passenger ships with GT equal to or
higher than 100, as well as the cargo ships with GT equal to or higher than 300 used in
navigation between Brazilian and foreign ports, exception made to those fitting one of the
following items:
1) Vessels used only in fishing;
2) Vessels with no mechanical propulsion means;
3) Sports and / or recreational vessels;
4) Vessels used in special services (lighthouse support, radio station, search
and rescue, etc);
5) Hydroplanes;
6) Hovercraft;
7) Floating docks and similarly classified structures;
8) Warships or troop carriers;
9) State Ships; and
10) Wooden ships in general.
b) Procedures
For obtaining the IMO identification number, the following procedures must be
adopted:
1) New ships (ordered or under construction):
The interested party must address an application to Lloyds Register - Fairplay
Ltd, which model and addressing local are indicated in Annex 2-K. In case of difficulties to
contact the above address, contact directly the Maritime Safety Division - TCI , PM Section
- telefax (fax) No. 00-44-20-75873210 (the responsible sector at the IMO).
- 2 - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
As for information regarding the vessel type, the following descriptions must
be considered:
Passenger Ferry General cargo
Specialized cargo Cellular container Ro-ro cargo
Bulk Specialized bulk Ore carrier
Gas tanker Gas carrier Factory
Specialized tanker Tug Tanker
Dredger Sand carrier over ORSV / supply
2) Existing ships:
For existing ships, the application requesting the ship identification number
(IMO No) must be addressed to Lloyds Register - Fairplay Ltd., Lombard House/3 Princess
Way/ Redhill / Surrey RH1 1UP/United Kingdom, and adding also the information items
shown in Annex 2-K.
In case of difficulties to contact the above address, contact directly the
Maritime Safety Division - TCI PM Section - telefax (fax) n 00-44-20-
75873210, (the responsible sector at the IMO).
3) Reporting to the CP, DL or AG:
Upon receipt of the identification number assigned by the Lloyd's Register or
by the IMO Secretariat, the shipowners and / or the vessel proprietors must report it to the
CP, DL or AG office where the vessel was (or will be) enrolled, which will proceed to enter
this number into the SISGEMB.
SECTION IV
BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY (REB)
0223 - APPLICATION
Under the terms of Law No. 9432 of 01/08/1997, regulated by the Decree No. 2256
of 06/17/1997, the REB applies to:
a) Bareboat chartered foreign vessels with a provisional flag suspension, observing
article 2 - single paragraph of the above mentioned Decree, if the charterer has an interest
in registering the vessel in the REB; and
b) Brazilian vessels existing or under construction at a national shipyard, if
operated by a Brazilian shipping company registered at the Maritime Tribunal, on request.
0224 - PROCEDURES FOR EMISSION OF A CERTIFICATE

The preregistration, the registration, the record keeping and the respective
cancellations will be done by the TM. For the effectiveness of the REB in the case of a
Brazilian vessel, the interested party must provide for the enrollment at a CP or DL.
The TM registration of bareboat chartered foreign vessels with provisional flag
suspension, in the REB, is on condition of prior presentation at the
CP or subordinated DL office, of a favorable Condition Inspection Report and
International Certificates on navigation safety, pollution prevention and liability, in
accordance with items e), f) and g) of paragraph 3, article 4 of the Decree No. 2256 of
06/17/1997 which regulates the REB.
The CP and subordinated DL office, upon receipt of a formal request from the
interested party for the registration in the REB, must issue a Certificate of Vessel Fitness
for the Brazilian Special Registry, Annex 2-1, against presentation of the documents listed
in Annex 2-J.
- 2 - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
The instructions for Preregistration and Registration of vessels in the REB are
described as follows:
a) Vessels under construction (PREREGISTRATION)
The Brazilian shipping company registered at the Maritime Tribunal must apply
for Preregistration in the REB, attaching the following documents:
1) Two-copy application in accordance with Annex 2-L;
2) Company Articles of Incorporation or Statutes and their last amendments,
duly registered at the Commercial Records Office;
3) Vessel construction contract;
4) Affidavit of commitment about operating the vessel under the Brazilian flag, in
accordance with Annex 2-M; and
5) Document of Federal Tax Collection - DARF, with collection code
1505 relative to the payment of registration fees, duly paid and authenticated by a Bank, in
accordance with the Table of Fees approved by Decree No. 645 of 09/08/1992. The REB
Preregistration fees will be the same as specified for the Maritime Property Registration.
The documents mentioned in items 2) and 3) may be presented as copies, duly
authenticated by a notary public office.
In the case of a company located outside the Rio de Janeiro city limits, prepaid
mailing through a courier service like SEDEX may be used at the applicant's discretion.
The mailing costs of the documents, for both ways, will be at the applicant's account.
The 2nd copy of the registration request application mentioned in item 1) above,
will serve as a receipt to be returned to the applicant in case the documentation is found
correct at delivery.
Upon completion of the process, a REB Preregistration Certificate will be
delivered by the Maritime Tribunal to the applicant.
b) Brazilian vessels registered at the Maritime Property Registry of the
Maritime Tribunal, or enrolled at a CP, DL or AG office
Brazilian vessels already registered at the Maritime Property Registry or enrolled
at CP, DL or AG offices must request from the Maritime Tribunal their REB registration,
through the Brazilian shipping company which is the vessel owner or its charterer.
The following documents must be presented to the Secretariat of that Court:
2) An authenticated copy of the Charter Contract, in case the company is not the
vessel owner;
3) A negative certificate of debt, issued by the National Institute of Social Security
- INSS;
4) A negative certificate of federal tax and contribution debts administered by
the Federal Income Secretariat;
5) A negative certificate of debt towards the FGTS (Service Time Guarantee
Fund), issued by Caixa Economica Federal;
6) Document of Federal Tax Collection - DARF, with collection code
1505 relative to the payment of registration fees, duly paid and authenticated by a
Bank, in accordance with the Table of Fees approved by Decree No. 645 of 09/08/1992.
The REB Registration fees will be the same as those specified for the Maritime
Property Registration.
The forwarding procedure of the registration request to the Maritime Tribunal will
be identical to that of preregistration mentioned above.
Upon completion of the process, a REB Registration Certificate will be delivered
by the Maritime Tribunal to the applicant.
- 2 - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
c) Bareboat chartered foreign vessels with provisional flag suspension
The shipping company chartering the vessel, duly registered at the Maritime
Tribunal, must request registration in the REB of a bareboat chartered foreign vessel with
provisional flag suspension, by forwarding to the Maritime Tribunal the following
documents:
2) Certificate of Temporary Enrollment - AIT;

3) Registration at the foreign country registry office;
4) A copy of the Charter Contract, duly authenticated by a notary public office

5) Proof of provisional suspension of the original country flag;
6) Certificate of vessel fitness for registration in the REB, issued by the
relevant CP or DL, in accordance with the DPC standards and verifying the compliance
with all requirements about safety, pollution prevention, and liability as provided in items e),
f), g) and i) of the 3rd paragraph of Article 4th of the Decree No. 2256 of 06/17/1997;
7) A negative certificate of debt, issued by the National Institute of Social
Social Security (INSS);
8)A negative certificate of federal tax and contribution debts administered by
the Federal Income Secretariat;
9)A negative certificate of debt towards the FGTS (Service Time Guarantee
Fund), issued by Caixa Econmica Federal; and
10) Authorization from the National Waterways Transportation Agency, referred
to in the single paragraph of Article 2nd of the Decree No. 2256 of 06/17/1997.
All documents listed above, if written in a foreign language, must come together
with a sworn translation.
The forwarding procedure of the registration request to the Maritime Tribunal will
be identical to that of preregistration mentioned above.
Upon completion of the process, a REB Registration Certificate will be delivered
by the Maritime Tribunal to the applicant.
d) Cancellations and general annotations
The cancellation of a Preregistration or a Registration in the REB will occur in the
following situations:
1) Preregistration:
I)Upon request by the Brazilian shipping company; and
II)When of the Property Registration at the Maritime Tribunal.
2) Registration:
I)Upon request by the Brazilian shipping company;
II)If the registration of the Brazilian shipping company is canceled at the
Maritime Tribunal;
III) Due to bareboat chartering of the vessel to a foreign shipping company,
duly reported to the Maritime Tribunal;
IV) Due to the vessel sale, reported to the Maritime Tribunal;
V) For termination of the bareboat charter contract, reported to the
Maritime Tribunal;
VI) For failure to deposit the Agreement or the Collective Labor Convention
within the deadline of 120 days after registration of the vessel in the REB; or
VII) When the Brazilian shipping company, by force of alienation of an own
vessel or cancellation of construction, has exceeded its capacity of registration in the REB
of bareboat chartered vessels with provisional suspension of flag, duly reported to the
- 2 - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
Maritime Tribunal by the National Waterways Transportation Agency.
The Application shown in Annex 2-L will be utilized in the case of cancellation.
The requests for annotations will generally be made by using the model
of Annex 2-N.
The forwarding procedure of requests to the Maritime Tribunal for REB
cancellation and annotations will be identical to that of preregistration previously
mentioned.
e) Special provisions
1) The REB registration depends on the absence of debts of the Brazilian vessel
owner or charterer, or the charterer of a foreign vessel, towards the federal public sector,
confirmed by prior consultation by the TM to the Registry of Outstanding Credits of Federal
Agencies and Entities - CADIN, except for debts for which there are pending judicial or
administrative appeals. In these cases, copies of the appeals authenticated by a notary
public office must be attached to the registration processes by the owners or charterers.
2) The requirements described above apply to the vessel registration in the REB
when the owners opt for it and not for the Maritime Property Registration. However, all
other requirements provided in this Standard remain valid even for vessels registered in the
REB.
Any omitted cases will be resolved by the Presidency of the Maritime Tribunal.
SECTION V
CONTINUOUS SYNOPSIS RECORD (CODE ISPS)
0225 - ENTRY INTO FORCE

By force of Resolution 1 of the December 12, 2002 Conference of Contracting
Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS
74), amendments were adopted to Chapter XI of said Convention in such a way to
implement the International Code for Protection of Ships and Port Facilities (ISPS CODE),
which provides for the Continuous Synopsis Record (CSR).
0226 - PURPOSE
Establish Standards and requirements for obtaining and updating the CSR (RCD)
0227 - APPLICATION
Applicable to SOLAS vessels of Brazilian flag which perform international voyages.
0228 - DEFINITION
For the purpose of present section and according to what is provided for in Rule 1
of Chapter XI of the SOLAS Convention, "company" means the vessel owners or any other
organization or person such as a manager or charterer, who took over the responsibility for
the vessel operation from its owners and, by assuming such responsibility, agreed to bear
all obligations and responsibilities imposed by the International Code of Safety
Management (ISM CODE).
0229 - FILING OF THE CSR (RCD)

The CSR must be kept on board and be available for inspection at any time
A copy of said document must be kept on file at the DPC.
- 2 - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0230 - FORMAT AND EMISSION OF THE CSR (RCD)
It is for the DPC to issue the CSR (RCD), against presentation of the necessary
documentation to verify all data which will be registered in said document.
The RCD (CSR) which model is shown in Annex 2-O, must be filled in with the data
supplied by the Maritime Tribunal in case the vessel is registered at that Court, and for
vessels only enrolled at the CP, DL or AG offices, with data from those offices. The data
from the documents forwarded to the DPC by the shipowner or their representative must
also be entered in the RCD.
0231 - PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING THE CSR (RCD) OF VESSELS REGISTERED

AT THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL
In order to enable the DPC to issue the CSR (RCD), the following steps must be
taken:
a) The shipowner or their legal representative must request from the Maritime
Tribunal a Maritime Property Registration Certificate containing the data listed below, and
attach to their application a copy of a Statutory Certificate related to the vessel which
shows its respective IMO number;
DATA THAT MUST BE SHOWN BY A MARITIME PROPERTY REGISTRATION
CERTIFICATE
1) Vessel IMO number;
2) Vessel name;
3) TM registration number;
4) TM registration date;
5) Port of enrollment;
6) Proprietor name and address registered at the TM;
7) Shipowner name and address registered at the TM;
and
8) Name and address of the bareboat charterer registered at the TM, if applicable.
The fees related with the issuance of the Property Register Certificate will be set
by the Maritime Tribunal.
b) Once in possession of the Certificate issued by the TM, the shipowner or their
legal representative will forward an application to the DPC requesting emission of the CSR
(RCD), informing the name and address of the company responsible for the vessel as laid
down in item 0228, attaching the following documents:
1) Provision of Maritime Property Registration;
2) Certificate of Maritime Property Registration;
3) Document of Compliance (DOC), issued in accordance with the provided in the ISM
Code;
4) Vessel Class Certificate;
5) Safety Management Certificate (CGS), issued in accordance with the provided in the ISM
Code;
6) International Certificate of Ship Protection, issued in accordance with the provided in
the International Code for Protection of Ships and Port Facilities (ISPS CODE);
7) Payment form issued by the Maritime Authority System of Control and Collection,
together with the respective proof of quittance or showing a mechanical authentication,
relative to the compensation for the emission of the CSR (RCD), as prescribed in Annex 10-
D of present Standard (*); and
8) Photocopy of the power of attorney to the shipowner
representative.
(*) - The payment form can be obtained at the DPC. The payment may be effected
at banking branches of Banco do Brasil or through the internet, using in this case the bar
code printed in the form.
- 2 - 18 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0232 - PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING THE CSR (RCD) OF VESSELS NOT SUBJECT
TO REGISTRATION AT THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL
a) The shipowner or their legal representative must request from the CP, DL or AG
office of the vessel port of enrollment, a Certificate containing the following information:
1) Vessel IMO number;
2) Vessel enrollment number;
3) Vessel name;
4) Date of enrollment at the CP, DL
or AG office;
5) Proprietor name and address;
6) Shipowner name and address; and
7) Name and address of the bareboat charterer, if applicable.
b) Once in possession of the Certificate issued by the CP, DL or AG of the vessel
enrollment port, the shipowner or their legal representative will forward an application to the
DPC requesting emission of the CSR (RCD), informing the name and address of the
company responsible for the vessel as laid down in item 0228, and attaching the following
documents:
1) Certificate issued by the CP, DL or AG office of the vessel enrollment port;
2) Document of Compliance (DOC), issued in accordance with the provided in the ISM
Code;
3) Vessel Class Certificate;
4) Safety Management Certificate (CGS), issued in accordance with the provided in the
ISM Code;
5) International Certificate of Ship Protection, issued in accordance with the provided in
the International Code for Protection of Ships and Port Facilities (ISPS CODE);
6) Payment form issued by the Maritime Authority System of Control and Collection,
together with the respective proof of payment or showing a mechanical authentication,
relative to the compensation for the emission of the CSR (RCD), as prescribed in Annex
10-D of present Standard (*); and
7) Vessel Enrollment Title (TIE).
(*) - The payment form can be obtained at the DPC. The payment may be effected
at banking branches of Banco do Brasil or through the internet, using in this case the bar
code printed in the form.
0233 - CHANGE OF DATA REGISTERED IN THE CSR (RCD)

Any amendment in relation to data already in the CSR (RCD) must be recorded in
red, in the corresponding field to the item which will be amended.
For such purpose, the company as defined in item 0228, or the vessel Master, may
amend the CSR (RCD) available on board until a revised and updated version is issued.
For the emission of a new, updated and corrected version of the CSR (RCD) by the
DPC, the shipowner or their legal representative must request new certificates from the TM
or the CP, DL or AG office where the vessel was enrolled, according to the case, within 3
months from the date of the fact generating the RCD amendment, and proceed in identical
way to that specified in items 0231 or 0232.
In the cases of amendments to the CSR (RCD), the DPC, the TM and the CP, DL or
AG office of the vessel enrollment must immediately informed.
No data item written in the CSR (RCD) may be altered, eliminated, erased or struck
through.
- 2 - 19 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0234 - PROCEDURES TO BE ADOPTED BY OCCASION OF A CHANGE OF DATA IN
THE CSR (RCD)
The RCD must be kept on board in any of the following situations:
a) Transfer of flag;
b) Change of owner;
c) Change of charterer; or
d) Another company taking responsibility for the vessel operation.
0235 - PROCEDURES TO BE ADOPTED BY OCCASION OF A CHANGE OF THE

VESSEL FLAG
a) When a vessel undergoes a change of flag, the company must ask the
Administration of the the new flag to request from the DPC a copy of the CSR (RCD)
covering the period in which the vessel had been flying the Brazilian flag.
b) In compliance with what is established in paragraph a), the DPC will forward to
the Administration of the vessel new flag, as soon as possible and after effecting the
transfer of jurisdiction, a copy of the CSR (RCD) covering the period in which the vessel
had been flying the Brazilian flag, together with all other CSR (RCD) previously issued by
Administrations of other countries, if being the case.
c) A vessel transferred to the Brazilian flag will have attached to the RCD to be
issued by the DPC, all RCD issued by Administrations of countries which flags it has been
flying, as provided for in items 0231 and 0232, in such a way as to enable for a continuous
historic record of the vessel.
- 2 - 20 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
CHAPTER 3
CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION AND

REGULARIZATION OF VESSELS
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
0301 - DEFINITIONS
a) Alteration - means all and any modification or change:
1) in the vessel main characteristics (length, breadth, moulded depth);
2) in the arrangement drawings represented in the plans required for the
construction licensing process;
3) of location, replacement, withdrawal or installation on board of items or
equipment shown in the Descriptive Memorandum or represented in Plans required for the
granting of the Construction License;
4) of location, replacement, withdrawal or installation on board of any items or
equipment implying in lightweight differences higher than 2% or
0.5% of the LPP for the longitudinal position of the vessel center of gravity;
5) in the maximum permissible loading capacity and / or in the authorized load
distribution; and
6) in the passenger capacity and / or in the authorized passenger distribution.
b) Class Certificate - means the certificate issued by a Classification Society in
order to certify that the vessel is in compliance with their rules, in every aspect related to
the selected class.
c) Statutory Certificates - means the certificates provided in the Standards of the
Brazilian Maritime Authority (NORMAM) and in the International Conventions and Codes
ratified by the Brazilian Government.
d) Navigation Safety Certificate (CSN) - means the certificate issued for a vessel
in order to verify that all the surveys and inspections provided in these Standards have
been carried out within the scheduled deadlines.
e) Construction License (LC) - means the document issued following the model
of Annex 3-A, for vessels to be built in the Country for flying the national flag or for export,
or to be built abroad for flying the national flag, which demonstrate that their projects are in
compliance with all requirements established by these Standards.
f) Alteration License (LA) - means the document issued following the model of
Annex 3-A, to demonstrate that the alterations to be made (or already made) in relation to
the project presented by occasion of the emission of a Construction License or an LCEC
(Construction License for Vessels already Built), formerly known as Document of
Regularization, are in compliance with all the requirements established in these Standards.
g) Reclassification License (LR) - means the document issued following the
model of Annex 3-A, to demonstrate that the project presented is in compliance with all the
requirements established by these Standards in relation to the new classification desired
for the vessel.
h) Construction License for Vessels already Built - LCEC - means the former
Document of Regularization, issued following a model shown in Annex 3-A, for vessels
which construction has already been finished without the procedure for obtaining a
Construction License, in order to verify that its project is found in compliance with all the
requirements established by these Standards.
-3-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
i) Classified Vessel - means any vessel bearing a Class Certificate. Additionally,
any vessel which is under a classification process before a recognized Classification
Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian Government, will also be considered as Classified.
j) Certified Vessels (EC) - means all non-SOLAS vessels, which may be
subdivided in:
1) Class 1 (EC1) - meaning those fitting one of the following situations:
I) Vessels intended for the transportation of passengers, with or without
propulsion, and with GT>50;
II) Floating stages operating with over 12 people on board, with GT>50;
III) Vessels not intended for the transportation of passengers, with or without
propulsion, and with GT>100; or
IV) Floating stages with GT>100.
2) Class 2 (EC2) - all other non-SOLAS vessels.
l) SOLAS vessels - means all merchant vessels used for international maritime
voyages or employed in the merchant maritime traffic among Brazilian ports, oceanic
islands, port terminals and offshore platforms, with exception to:
1) cargo vessels with GT<500;
2) passenger vessels with GT<500 and not used for international voyages;
3) vessels with no mechanical propulsion means;
4) wooden vessels of primitive construction;
5) fishing vessels; and
6) vessels with a ruled length (L) lower than twenty-four (24) meters.
m) Prototype - means the first vessel of a "Vessel Series" for which a Construction
License (or a LCEC) has already been issued.
n) Vessel Series (sister ships) - defined as a set of units with equal
characteristics, built at the same place and following the same project.
o) Passenger Vessel - means all vessels transporting over 12 passengers.
p) Fishing Vessel - means those vessels intended exclusively and permanently for
the capture, transformation or research of animal and vegetable beings which have the
waters as their natural or most frequent environment.
q) Tanker Vessel - means the vessel built or adapted for the transportation in bulk
of liquid loads of a flammable nature. All other ships which carry liquid bulk loads are
considered as cargo ships (e.g. a ship carrying orange juice).
r) Flotel - means a vessel which renders support services to the activities of the
offshore platforms, like electric power generation, hotel services and maintenance utilities.
s) Floating stage - means all floating structures without propulsion which operate
at a fixed and determined place.
t) Tugboat and / or Pusher - means all vessels designed or adapted to perform
the operations of towing and / or pushing.
u) New Vessel
1) SOLAS Vessel - means the one fitting as such according to the definitions
contained in the International Conventions and Codes ratified by the Brazilian Government,
as applicable; and
-3-2- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
2) Non-SOLAS Vessel- means the one for which a process of Construction,
Alteration or Reclassification License is initiated or which request Enrollment (for those not
obliged to obtain the mentioned licenses) after June 30, 2004.
v) Existing Vessel - means the one which is not a new vessel.
x) Platform - means a fixed or floating structure or facility intended for activities
directly or indirectly related to the research, exploration and exploitation of resources
coming from the bed of inland waters and their subsoil or from the seabed, including the
continental shelf and its subsoil.
y) Mobile Platform - means the generic designation of vessels used directly in the
activities of prospection, extraction, production and / or storage of oil and gas. They include
the Semi-Submersible and Self-Elevating units, Drill Ships, Tension Leg units, Deep Draft
(Spar) units, Stationary units of Production, Storage and Transfer (FPSO) and Stationary
units of Storage and Transfer (FSO). Vessels intended for the execution of other works or
services, even when presenting construction characteristics similar to the units fitting the
above definition, must not be considered as "Platforms" for the purpose of application of the
requirements established in these Standards and in other codes associated with oil-related
activities.
z) Fixed Platform - means a construction placed in a permanent way at the sea or
inland waters, intended for the use in activities related to the prospection and extraction of
oil and gas. It is not considered as a vessel.
0302 - APPLICATION OF INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND CODES

a) All SOLAS vessels must comply entirely with the requirements of the
International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS - 1974) and its amendments
in force, the International Convention on Load Lines (LL 66) and its amendments in force,
and the International Convention for the Tonnage Measurement of Ships (1969) and its
amendments in force, even when not employed in international voyages;
b) All vessels operating within the marine environment must comply entirely with
the requirements of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
(MARPOL-73/78) and its amendments in force, as applicable.
Ships not intended for carrying chemicals or ships for the transportation of
liquefied gas, certified for the carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk identified in
Chapter 17 of the International Code of Chemical Products in Bulk, which fit in the
definitions of Regulation 11, second paragraph, Chapter 4 of the MARPOL 73/78, must
comply with the requirements of the IMO Resolution A.673(16) as amended.
c) All vessels intended for the transportation of dangerous cargoes must comply
with the requirements established by international standards, considering their applicability
in accordance with the vessel construction date and the type of merchandise to be
transported, even when not engaged in international voyages, and in accordance with the
following table:
Type of Dangerous Cargo International Standard

- International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG
1. Packaged
Code)

- Code of Safety Practices related to the
2. Solid Bulk Cargoes
Solid Bulk Cargoes (BC Code)
- Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships for
3. Chemicals the Transportation of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (BCH
Code)
- International Code for the Construction and Equipment of
Ships for the Transportation of Dangerous Chemicals in
Bulk (IBC Code)
-3-3- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25

Type of Dangerous International Standard

- International Code for the Construction and Equipment of
Ships for the Transportation of Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC
Code)
4. Liquefied Gases in - Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships for the
Bulk Transportation of Liquefied Gases in Bulk (Gas Carrier
Code)
- Code for Existing Ships which Carry
Liquefied Gases in Bulk (Existing Ships Code)
d) Complementary criteria of the Maritime Authority - Always when, in the

International Conventions and Codes in force in the Country or in the Resolutions and
Notices of the International Maritime Organization (IMO) adopted in Brazil, specific criteria
are provided to be established by the Brazilian Maritime Authority (Administration), not yet
defined in the Maritime Authority Standards, the following procedures must be observed:
1) The Recognized Organizations (ROs) must consult the DPC about the criterion
to be adopted. The consultation must be made with due advance, in order to avoid delays
or losses to the interested parties;
2) After due consideration, the DPC will establish the criterion or requirement to be
adopted and, when found necessary, its application and / or entry into force; and
3) The DPC may adopt or authorize, whenever found convenient, the utilization of
criteria contained in the Classification Rules of the recognized Classification Societies, in
substitution to the established in item 2) above, through consultation on a case by case
basis.
0303 - OBLIGINGNESS OF CLASSIFICATION

a) All national vessels which carry noxious liquid substances, dangerous chemical
products or liquefied gases in bulk, in compliance with Annex II of the MARPOL
Convention, the IBC/BCH or IGC/GC Codes for which were requested Licenses of
Construction, Alteration (with a major structural alteration, to be judged by the DPC -
Directorate of Ports and Coasts), Reclassification or a Document of Regularization (now
LCEC) after 06/09/1998, must compulsorily be kept to class by a recognized Classification
Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian Government in matters related with open sea
navigation.
b) All national vessels with GT greater than or equal to 500, including the mobile
platforms employed in activities related to prospecting for and extracting oil and gas, for
which have been requested, after June 09, 1998 a Construction License (including an
LCEC), an Alteration License (with a major structural alteration to be judged by the DPC), a
Reclassification License or a Document of Regularization (now LCEC), must compulsorily
be kept to class by a recognized Classification Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian
Government in matters related with open sea
navigation.
0304 - OBLIGINGNESS OF THE LICENSE FOR CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION OR

RECLASSIFICATION
All Certified Vessels class 1 (EC1), either classified or not, may only be constructed
in the Country or abroad, for flying the Brazilian flag, after obtaining the respective
Construction License.
In the same way, they may only undergo alterations or be reclassified by means of
a previous acquisition of the Licenses of Alteration or Reclassification, respectively. All
Certified Vessels class 2 (EC2) are exempt from the acquisition of Licenses for
Construction, Alteration, Reclassification and the LCEC.
-3-4- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0305- REGULARIZATION OF VESSELS ALREADY CONSTRUCTED
a) For national vessels which construction or alteration has already been
completed, either in the Country or abroad, without having been acquired the respective
Licenses of Construction or Alteration, and if such licenses are mandated in these
Standards for the type of vessel in question, they must be requested from a Classification
Society, a Specialized Entity or the GEVI through a CP, DL or AG office, according to the
case, by following identical procedure as defined in Sections II and III of the present
Chapter.
b) The License to be issued (see model shown in Annex3-A), must specify the
date of conclusion of the vessel construction and include a note emphasizing the fact of
being a case of construction already concluded.
c) It will be the shipowners or proprietors responsibility to carry out the
modifications eventually considered necessary during the project analysis, even when such
modifications imply the dismantling of parts of the vessel, or dry docking.
d) A Construction License issued for a vessel in such conditions will be designated
as "Construction License for a Vessel already Constructed - LCEC", and must be
presented to the Maritime Tribunal for the purpose of obtaining the vessel registration
(Provision of Maritime Property Registration - PRPM).
0306 - PROVISIONAL LICENSE

a) For starting a Construction or Alteration
1) During the process running time for licensing a construction or alteration of a
Cass 1 Certified Vessel, the interested party may, if so desired, request from a Specialized
Entity or from the GEVI through a CP, DL or AG office, a Provisional License for Starting a
Construction or Alteration. In the case of a Classified Vessel,
such license must be requested from the Classification Society which is going to monitor the
services.
2) The interested party must present a statement of their commitment to carrying
out any modification eventually considered necessary during the project evaluation, even
when such an alteration implies the dismantling of parts of the ship already constructed or
altered, free of expenses or debts from the Union, Specialized Entity or Classification
Society in charge of issuing the respective Provisional License.
3) The model for such license is shown in Annex 3-B. The initial period of
validity for the provisional license will be of 180 days, extendible for two additional periods
of 180 days each, according to the process due course. Any extensions for longer periods
must be authorized by the DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts.
4) The issuance of a provisional license does not exempt the interested party
from acquiring a a definitive construction license as provided in item 0304.
b) For Entering in Traffic
1) The vessels which are in condition for entering into operation, but which are
not yet duly legalized because of existing pending issues of an administrative nature, may
acquire a Provisional License for Entering in Traffic - LPET, by using the model shown in
Annex 3-C.
2) Such license must be requested by the owner of the vessel through an
application to the CP, DL or AG office in which the vessel was enrolled, attaching a
statement from a naval architect in compliance with the model shown in Annex 3-D, a
descriptive memorandum signed by the engineer in charge and a proposal of safe manning
which must be approved by the CP, DL or AG office and will be valid only during the LPET
validity period.
3) The license will be issued by the CP, DL or AG office based exclusively on the
statement by the naval architect attached to the application, with no demand for
presentation of any additional document or for a vessel inspection,
-3-5- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
thus characterizing the responsibility of that professional for checking the safety conditions
for releasing the vessel for entering in traffic.
4) The process for emission of the above mentioned LPET is applied for both the
vessels certified by the GEVI and those vessels with their certification in course by a
Classification Society or by a Specialized Entity.
5) The LPET are issued with a validity period of 60 days, and may be renewed
for two more periods of 60 days each at the discretion of the CP, DL or AG.
6) The Provisional License for Entering in Traffic - LPET will lose its validity
automatically in case there is a loss of the minimum safety conditions of the vessel, in
consequence of modifications, damages, or any other change in the initial condition or that
modifies the information initially supplied by the naval architect and presented by occasion
of the formal request for emission of the license.
0307- FISHING BOATS

Regarding the vessels intended for fishing, it must be noted that the granting of a
Construction License does not exempt the owners from the need to acquire all licenses
eventually required by the Federal Agency in control of fishing activity, before the vessel
entry in operation.
0308 - TOWING VESSELS

Towing vessels intended for operation in open sea are obliged to bear a Static
Traction Certificate.
0309 - STAMPS AND PLANS

a) In Annex 3-E are presented the models of stamps employed by the
GEVI- Management of Surveys and Inspections of the DPC, for the endorsement of the
documents provided for the granting of Licenses of Construction, Alteration Reclassification
and the LCEC, which must also be employed by the Classification Societies and
Specialized Entities.
b) All plans and other documents must also be identified, immediately below the
stamp presented in Annex 3-E, with the stamp and initials of the technical person
responsible for the documentation analysis; and
c) Annex 3-F presents a summarized description of the characteristics of plans and
other documents provided in the processes for granting of Licenses of Construction,
Alteration, and Reclassification or of the LCEC, and also the minimum of information to be
contained in each of them.
0310 - VESSELS INTENDED FOR EXPORT

The vessels intended for export will be considered in one of the following situations:
a) Classified Vessel: must have a Construction License and the applicable
Statutory Certificates, issued by a Classification Society;
b) Non-Classified Vessel:
1) The owners who wish to certify and legalize the vessel in compliance with the
Brazilian laws, must have it constructed in compliance with all the requirements and
procedures prescribed in these Standards;
2) The owners who do not wish to certify and legalize the vessel in compliance
with the Brazilian laws must present a document, issued by the government of the flag
state, certifying that the vessel is in compliance with all operational and project
requirements established by the relevant standards and regulations of that Administration.
In this case, by occasion of the sea trials or any other voyage eventually necessary before
the vessel departure from Brazil, the respective release order will be on condition of the
-3-6- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
presentation of a statement at the CP, DL or AG office, issued by a naval architect with
CREA register and certifying that the vessel is fit to operate and in satisfactory conditions of
safety for carrying out the intended voyage.
0311 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND INFORMATION IN THE LICENSES OF

CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION OR LCEC
a) The Licenses of Construction, Alteration, Reclassification or LCEC may contain:
1) notes or comments on relevant aspects considered throughout the analysis of
the process;
2) information which enable a better characterization of the vessel;
3) demands for the presentation of plans and / or documents, in case the same
have not been presented by occasion of the granting of the Licenses of Construction,
Alteration, Reclassification or LCEC ;
4) small imperfections indicated in the endorsed plans, which must be corrected
in the vessel; and
5) eventual operational restrictions considered during analysis of the
process.
b) Whenever all the required plans and / or documents were not presented, or in
cases where presented documentation contains deficiencies which, at the discretion of the
person responsible for the analysis, make impossible the perfect characterization of the
vessel, its operation, its equipment or safety items, or of the compliance with requirements
established in the applicable rules, the Licenses of Construction, Alteration, Reclassification
or the LCEC will not be issued.
SECTION II
PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANTING OF A CONSTRUCTION LICENSE
0312 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 1 (EC1)

a) The Construction License or LCEC will be issued according with the model
shown in Annex 3-A by a Classification Society, a Specialized Entity or by the GEVI. The
builder, owner or their legal representative will produce at least three copies of the following
documents:
1) Annotation of Technical Responsibility (ART) relative to the vessel project and
/ or construction, in the case of a new vessel; ART relative to the technical investigation, in
the case of a vessel constructed without the due follow up of a technically responsible
person;
2) Descriptive Memorandum, in accordance with the model shown in Annex 3-G;
3) General Arrangement Plan;
4) Lines Plan;
5) Crossed and Hydrostatic Curves and / or their Tables (or computer listing);
6) Safety Plan (dispensable for unmanned vessels and those which do not
have equipment or devices of safety and / or firefighting);
7) Navigation Lights Arrangement Plan;
8) Capacity Plan;
9) Master Section Plan and Structural Profile;
10) Report of the Inclining Test or, for vessels in compliance with the
requirements established in item 0316, the Report of Tonnage Measurement;
11) Definitive Trim and Stability Booklet;
12) Provisional Safe Manning Document (CTS); and
-3-7- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
13) Damage Trim and Stability Booklet (only when required by the provisions of
applicable international conventions and codes, whenever the vessel operates in the
Southeastern Basin or in case the provisions of Section III of Chapter 5 apply).
b) On occasion of the request for a Construction License, it will be possible to
present just the Light Weight Estimation and the Preliminary Trim and Stability Leaflet,
leaving as a demand to be entered in the Construction License the later presentation of all
documents provided in items 10, 11 and 13 (if applicable) above, and the ART related with
the execution of those services.
c) Upon completion of the analysis, in case the produced documentation is found
satisfactory, the GEVI, Specialized Entity or Classification Society will issue the
Construction License or LCEC in four copies, identifying all plans and documents
presented with the License number.
d) The distribution of licenses issued and the endorsed plans and documents must
meet the following criteria:
1) One copy of the Construction License (or the LCEC) and of the endorsed
plans and documents must be forwarded for filing at the vessel Enrollment Agency (CP, DL
or AG office) within 30 days after the License was issued;
2) One copy of the Construction License (or the LCEC) must be forwarded to the
DPC within 30 days from its emission;
plans and documents must be returned to the interested party;
plans and documents must be kept on file at the Classification Society or Specialized
Entity, when the License was issued by them.
e) Exemptions from compliance with any requirement provided in these Standards
can only be granted by the DPC, and whenever this happens, they must be transcribed into
the issued License.
f) Whenever the endorsement made to plans and documents by a Classification
Society or Specialized Entity carries a reference to a letter or any other document laying
down the conditions for approval, one copy of such document must be annexed to the set
of approved plans.
0313 - SOLAS VESSELS AND REMAINING CLASSIFIED VESSELS

a) The Construction License or LCEC of SOLAS vessels, which model is shown in
Annex 3-A, will be issued by a recognized Classification Society acting on behalf of the
Brazilian Government in matters of open sea navigation, which must evaluate and endorse,
when applicable, the documents listed below. The Classification Society may require, at
their own discretion, other plans and documents for compliance with their rules.

2) Lines Plan;
4) Crossed and Hydrostatic Curves ;
5) Capacity Plan;
6) Navigation Lights Arrangement Plan;
7) Master Section Plan;
8) Structural Profile Pan;
9) Plating Expansion Plan;
10) Safety Plan (dispensable for unmanned vessels and those which do not
have equipment or devices of safety and / or firefighting);
11) Firefighting Plan;
-3-8- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
12) Surface Coatings Plan;
13) Linings and Bulkheads Arrangement Plan;
14) Inclining Test Report;
15) Trim and Intact Stability Booklet, including calculations of the Bending
Moment and Cutting Effort for each analyzed loading condition;
16) Manual of Grain Loading;
17) Trim and Stability Booklet, in two copies;
18) Emergency Plan for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil (SOPEP), in two
copies;
19) Cargo Securing Manual, in two copies;
20) Annotation of Technical Responsibility (ART) related to the project of
new vessels, or ART related to the technical investigation, in the case of a vessel
constructed without the due follow up by a technically responsible person;
21) Provisional Safe Manning Document (CTS).
b) Whenever the approval stamp of a Classification Society carries a reference to
a letter or any other document laying down the conditions for approval, one copy of such
document must be annexed to the set of approved plans.
c) The plans and documents mentioned in sub-paragraphs (11), (12), (13), (16),
(17), (18) and (19) of paragraph a) must only be presented when required by provisions of
applicable International Conventions or Codes.
d) The plans and documents approved by the Classification Society in their final
version (as built) must be digitized, recorded in a CD-ROM and forwarded to the DPC for
filing, within 30 days from the vessel delivery date.
e) Whenever the follow up of vessel construction is included in the scope of the
classification service, only the final plan versions must be endorsed and duly identified with
the Construction License number. In such cases, it is not necessary to forward to the DPC
or to the enrollment agency the preliminary plans analyzed on occasion of the emission of
the Construction License, and the following additional procedures must be adopted:
1) The Construction License must contain, in the field "Notes", information
characterizing that the Classification Society is following up the the vessel construction;
and
2) One copy of the plans and documents initially considered for emission of the
Construction License must be kept on file at the Classification Society, at least until the
final plans (as built) are approved.
f) The distribution of copies of the issued licenses and the plans and documents
endorsed for SOLAS vessels and all other classified vessels must follow the same criteria
set established in item 0312 d).
g) Exemptions from compliance with any requirement provided in these Standards
and / or in applicable International Conventions and Codes can only only be granted by the
DPC, and whenever this happens, they must be transcribed into the issued License and /
or the relevant certificates.

a) Vessels with GT higher than 20
Vessels with GT higher than 20 are exempted from the Construction License, by
the presentation of the following documents to the CP, DL or AG office of enrollment:
1) ART related to the project of a new vessel, or ART related to the technical
investigation, in the case of a vessel constructed without the due follow up by a technically
responsible person;
-3-9- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
3) Statement by the technically responsible person, specifying the loading
conditions in which the vessel must operate, in accordance with the model shown in Annex
3-H; and
4) A plan presenting in a schematic way all the required information for the
General Arrangement, Safety and Capacity plans, in compliance with the established in
Annex 3-F (only for passenger vessels).
b) Vessels with GT lower than or equal to 20
Vessels with GT lower than or equal to 20 are exempted from the Construction
License. However, passenger vessels must have the following documents presented to the
CP, DL or AG office of enrollment:
1) ART related to the services rendered;
2) Report provided in Annex 7-G, observing the formulations and definitions of
Annex7F;
3) A plan presenting in a schematic way all the required information for the
General Arrangement, Safety and Capacity plans, in compliance with the provided for in
Annex 3-F ; and
4) A vessel photograph, following the specifications shown in item 0204 a).
c) In case the interested party desire that a Construction License is issued despite
of not being obligatory, the procedures set forth for a Certified Vessel class 1 (EC1) must
be followed.
d) The vessels exempted from enrollment do not need to present the
documentation provided in the above paragraphs.
e) The documents required in compliance with the established in the present item
must only be presented for filing at the CP, DL or AG office of enrollment, and will not need
to be analyzed or endorsed.
f) One copy of the schematic plan required for passenger vessels must be
necessarily kept on board with a stamp from the CP, DL or AG verifying that it is a true
copy of the plan which was delivered for filing at that Military Organization.
g) The documentation listed in the above paragraphs, if applicable, is mandatory
for all Certified Vessels class 2 (EC2) constructed starting June 15,
2002 and must be required by the CP, DL or AG until June 30, 2005.
h) It is only for the DPC to grant exemptions from compliance with any requirement
provided in these Standards.
0315 - VESSEL SERIES

a) For emission of a Construction License or LCEC of a "series of vessels", only
the documents related with the prototype will be analyzed. For the remaining vessels of the
series, it will be enough to present the following documents:
1) ART related to the project of a new vessel, or ART related to the technical
investigation, in the case of a vessel constructed without the due follow up by a technically
responsible person;
and
3) Report of the Inclining Test or Tonnage Measurement, and the Study of
Definitive Stability.
b) In case of ownership change, one copy of the prototype approved plans must be
produced by the constructor or owner who requested the plan approval.
c) In case the interested party wish to enroll a series vessel at an Enrollment Office
other than the one where the prototype plans were presented, a copy of the referred plans
must be delivered to this other office.
- 3 - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
d) It is only for the DPC to grant exemptions from compliance with any requirement
0316 - EXEMPTION FROM PERFORMING THE INCLINING TRIAL

a) Vessels without Propulsion
1) Vessels without propulsion which do not present constructions above deck
are exempted from undertaking an inclining test, since the value of the vertical position of
the light weight vessel center of gravity is deemed as no lower than 65% of the moulded
depth, for the purpose of the evaluation of the vessel stability; and
2) The exemption referred to in sub-paragraph 1) will also be valid for the
vessels without propulsion which present deck houses, scuttles, coamings or other small
dimension constructions above deck which, at the sole discretion of the DPC, do not modify
in a significant way the vertical position of the vessel center of gravity.
b) Vessel Series
1) For vessels with gross tonnage higher than or equal to 300, constructed in
series, the inclining test will only be mandatory for each four vessels, since the limits
established in subparagraph 2) of paragraph a) are observed. The result of the prototype
inclining test may be extrapolated for the second, third and fourth vessels; the fifth vessel
will have to be submitted to a new test and its result may be extrapolated to the sixth,
seventh and eighth vessels of the series, and then successively;
2) The procedure described in subparagraph 1) will be valid since the values of
the longitudinal position of the center of gravity and the vessel weight in the lightweight
condition, obtained through a tonnage measurement, do not show differences higher than
0.5% of the LPP in relation to the result obtained in the Inclining Test to be extrapolated
and 1% of the measured light weight, respectively; and
3) Whenever these limits are exceeded, the vessel will have to be submitted to a
new Inclining Test which results may be extrapolated for the three subsequent vessels of
the same series
SECTION III
PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANTING OF AN ALTERATION LICENSE
0317 - GENERAL INFORMATION

a) Navigation Safety Certificate (CSN)
The CSN will lose its validity whenever alterations are made on the vessel, in
accordance with the definitions of paragraph (a) of item 0301. In these cases, the
procedures contained in item 1009 e) 1) II shall be followed
b) Change on Tonnage and / or Freeboard

1) When the alteration implies a change in values of the Gross Tonnage, Net
Tonnage and / or the value of freeboard initially assigned, the necessary steps will have to
be taken in order for the vessel to be submitted to new tonnage measurements or have its
freeboard recalculated; and
2) Special attention must be given to alterations which change the vessel gross
and / or net tonnage, keeping in mind the fact that the applicability of some regulations is
based on these parameters.
c) Updating of the SISGEMB

1)The data related with alterations which involve changes of the vessel
characteristics recorded in the SISGEMB must be updated; and
- 3 - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
2) The number of each Alteration License issued for a vessel must be entered by
the CP, DL or AG office into the field "notes" of the SISGEMB.

a) The Alteration License must be requested by the shipyard, owner or their legal
representative to the GEVI via CP, DL or AG, to a Classification Society or a Specialized
Entity against presentation of the following documentation:
1) ART related to the project of the intended alteration;
2) Report in two copies, containing information about the nature of the service
and a clear indication of all alterations carried out;
3) One copy of the plans and documents endorsed on occasion of the granting
of the Construction License or LCEC; and
4) Three copies of the new plans and / or documents of a regular Construction
License, which have been modified due to the vessel alterations.
b) After analyzing the application, when the presented documentation is deemed as
satisfactory, the Classification Society, Specialized Entity or the GEVI will issue the
Alteration License in four copies, specifying in the field "notes" the main alterations
authorized and identifying with the license number all plans and / or documents presented.
c) The distribution of licenses issued and the endorsed plans and documents must
1) One copy of the Alteration License and of the endorsed plans and documents
must be forwarded for filing at the vessel Enrollment Agency (CP, DL or AG office) within
30 days after the License was issued;
2) One copy of the Alteration License must be forwarded to the DPC within 30
days after the License was issued;
must be returned to the interested party; and
must be kept on file at the Classification Society or Specialized Entity, when the License
had been issued by them.
d) The vessels with gross tonnage lower than 500 and which would need to be
submitted to an Inclining Test for occasion of the granting of a Construction License or
LCEC, may be exempted from undergoing a new test after an alteration , if the variation of
their light weight has not been superior to 2% of its original value. In these cases, a
theoretical estimation must be presented about the variation in weight and in the vertical
and longitudinal position of the lightweight vessel center of gravity, due to the alterations
introduced.
e) For the vessels with gross tonnage higher than or equal to 500, the exemption
provided in the above paragraph will only be granted if the variations in the light weight and
the longitudinal position of the center of gravity have been no higher than 3%, and 1% of
the LPP, respectively.
f) In case it is found necessary by the GEVI, Specialized Entity or Classification
Society, it may be required for the vessels fitting paragraphs d) and e) above, the
presentation of a Tonnage Measurement Report after the alterations are carried out, and
such requirement must be shown in the Alteration License or the LCEC with the purpose of
checking if the established limit has not been exceeded.
- 3 - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
a) For the Classified Vessels, the Classification Societies may require additional
plans, calculations or documents to the ones provided in items 0318 and 0320 for the
purpose of complying with their rules
b) Whenever the approval stamp of a Classification Society carries a reference to
a letter or any other document laying down the conditions for approval, one copy of such
document must be annexed to the set of approved plans.
c) The plans and documents approved by the Classification Society in their final
version (as built) must be digitalized, recorded in a CD-ROM and forwarded to the DPC for
filing, within 30 days from the vessel delivery date after alteration.
d) Whenever the follow up of vessel alteration is included in the scope of the
classification service, only the final plan versions must be stamped, dated and duly
identified with the Alteration License number. In such cases, it is not necessary to forward
to the DPC or to the enrollment agency the preliminary plans analyzed by occasion of the
emission of the Alteration License, and the following additional procedures must be
adopted:
1) The Alteration License must contain, in the field "Notes", information
characterizing that the Classification Society is following up the the vessel alteration works;
2) One copy of the plans and documents initially considered for emission of the
Alteration License must be kept on file at the Classification Society, at least until the final
plans (as built) are approved; and
3) One copy of the final plans recorded in CD-ROM must be forwarded by the
Classification Society for filing at the DPC, as soon as it is available.
e) The distribution of the licenses issued and the endorsed plans and documents
for SOLAS vessels and all other classified vessels must be made in compliance with the
same criteria established in item 0318 c).
f) Exemptions from compliance with any requirement provided in these Standards
and / or in applicable International Conventions and Codes can only only be granted by the
DPC, and whenever this happens, they must be transcribed into the issued License and /
or the relevant certificates.
g) The vessels with gross tonnage lower than 500 and which would need to be
submitted to an Inclining Test by occasion of the granting of a Construction License or
LCEC, may be exempted from undergoing a new test after an alteration , since the
variation of their light weight has not been superior to 2% of its original value. In these
cases, a theoretical estimation of the variation in weight and in the vertical and longitudinal
position of the lightweight vessel center of gravity must be presented.
h) For the vessels with gross tonnage higher than or equal to 500, the exemption
provided in the above paragraph will only be granted if the variations in the light weight and
the longitudinal position of the center of gravity have been no higher than 3%, and 1% of
the LPP, respectively.
i) In case it is found necessary by the Classification Society, it may be required for
the vessels fitting paragraphs g) and h) above, the presentation of a Tonnage
Measurement Report after the alterations are carried out, and such requirement must be
shown in the Alteration License with the purpose of checking if the established limit has not
been exceeded.

a) For the Certified Vessels Class 2 (EC2), it will not be necessary the
Alteration License. However, the applicable plans and documents listed in item
- 3 - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
0314, will have to be updated whenever the alterations to be introduced in the vessels
imply modifications of the information contained in them.
b) In these cases, the following documents must be presented to the CP, DL
or AG office where the vessel was enrolled:
1) A Report containing information about the nature of the service and a clear
indication of all alterations carried out;
2) One copy of the new plans and / or documents which need to be updated;
3) ART related to the services rendered; and
4) A vessel photograph, following the specifications shown in item 0204 a).
c) The copy of the schematic plan required for passenger vessels, which must be
kept on board, must be replaced whenever the information contained therein needs to be
updated as a consequence of the alterations to be introduced in the vessel.
d) In case the interested party desire the emission of an Alteration License despite
not being obligatory, the procedures set forth for a Certified Vessel class 1 (EC1) must be
followed.
e) The following vessels are exempted from presenting the documentation provided
in subparagraph b) above:
1) All vessels exempted from enrollment, as provided for in subparagraph 0205
d);
and 2) Small vessels with propulsion which, however, must present the
documentation provided in subparagraph
0205 c).
f) The documentation for authorizing an alteration, as provided above, will be
mandatory for all Certified Vessels class 2 (EC2), except for the ones listed in e), with the
beginning of alteration on or after June 15, 2004, and must be required by the CP, DL or
AG office with the possibility of granting an extension for this reference date to meet certain
criteria, priorities or schedules. However, all EC2 vessels must have it after January 15,
2007. However, item (b) (4) is in force since June 30, 2004.
g) It is only for the DPC to grant exemptions from compliance with any requirement
SECTION IV
PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANTING OF A RECLASSIFICATION LICENSE

a) Navigation Safety Certificate (CSN)
In case of Reclassification, the CSN will be automatically cancelled and the
procedures set forth in items 1009 e) 2) and 1009 e) 3) must be followed.
b) Change on Tonnage and / or Freeboard
When the reclassification imply a change in values of the Gross Tonnage, Net
Tonnage and / or the value of freeboard initially assigned, the necessary steps will have to
be taken in order to the vessel be submitted to new tonnage measurements or have its
freeboard recalculated.
c) Safe Manning
When in operation under any authorized classification, including the cases
provided of "Dual Classification", the vessel must have assigned a minimum safety crew in
compatibility with the considered class and service.
d) Updating of the SISGEMB
1)The data related with reclassifications which involve changes of the vessel
characteristics recorded in the SISGEMB must be updated.
- 3 - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
2) The number of each Reclassification License issued for a vessel must be
entered by the CP, DL or AG office into the field "notes" of the SISGEMB.
e) Preparation of New Plans
In case the reclassification implies a modification of plans and / or documents
endorsed when of the granting of the Construction License, Alteration License or LCEC or
a need for preparation of new plans not yet presented, the same procedure described in
these Standards for the granting of an Alteration License must be followed.
f) Exemptions
Independently of that established in the other items of this Section, the vessels
which require an alteration of the intended navigation area into a less strict one are exempt
from the presentation of plans and documents, since the same type of service and / or
activity is maintained. Such reclassification may be granted automatically by the
Enrollment Office, independently of the vessel size.

The reclassification of these vessels will be granted by the CP, DL or AG office of
the vessel enrollment, through an application presented by the owners or their legal
representative, containing the documentation provided in item 0314 related to the new
desired classification.

a) The Reclassification License of these vessels will be issued by a
Classification Society, Specialized Entity or by the GEVI- Management of Surveys and
Inspections, against presentation of the following documentation:
1) One copy of the plans and documents endorsed by occasion of the Licensing
of Construction or Alteration or the LCEC
2) Three copies of the new plans and documents which need to be modified due
to the vessel reclassification; and
3) ART related to the services rendered.
b) After analysis, in case the documentation submitted issued is deemed as
satisfactory, the Classification Society, the Specialized Entity or the GEVI will issue the
Reclassification License in four copies, identifying the plans and documents produced with
the license number, including all the old plans which did not need to suffer modifications
and so will be maintained in force.
c) The distribution of licenses issued and the endorsed plans and documents must
1) One copy of the Reclassification License and of the endorsed plans and
documents must be forwarded for filing at the vessel Enrollment Agency (CP, DL or AG
office) within 30 days after the License was issued;
2) One copy of the Reclassification License must be forwarded to the DPC within
30 days after the License was issued;
documents must be returned to the interested party; and
documents must be kept on file at the Classification Society or Specialized Entity, when the
License had been issued by them.
- 3 - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
a) For the Classified Vessels, the Classification Societies may require additional
plans, calculations or documents to the ones provided in items 0322 and 0323 for the
purpose of complying with their rules.
b) Any exemption from compliance with any requirement set forth in these
Standards can only be granted by the DPC, and such exemption must be defined in a clear
way in the Reclassification License issued.
c) The new plans and / or documents resulting from a process of Construction or
Alteration License, which have been modified due to the reclassification, must be approved
by the Classification Society.
d) The new plans and documents approved by the Classification Society must be
digitalized, recorded in CD-ROM and forwarded to the DPC for filing, within 30 days from
the reclassification.
e) The distribution of copies of the issued licenses and the plans and documents
endorsed for SOLAS vessels and all other classified vessels must follow the same criteria
set established in item 0323 c).
0325 - DUAL CLASSIFICATION

In case it becomes necessary to alternate periodically the navigation area and / or
the activity or service of a vessel, a dual classification may be established, when the
following procedures must be adopted:
a) The documentation presented by occasion of the request for a License of
Construction, Alteration or Reclassification or a LCEC must provide the conditions,
allocations, navigation lights and requirements corresponding to each intended navigation
area and / or activity or service;
b) The certificates of Tonnage and Freeboard must establish the values
corresponding to each navigation area and / or activity or service intended, whenever
differences occur;
c) The following information must be necessarily shown in the issued licenses of
Construction, Alteration or Reclassification or the LCEC:
1) The navigation areas and / or the activity or service in which the vessel is
authorized to operate; and
2) The specific conditions, if existing, for the vessel to operate in each
navigation area and / or activity or service, including the changes in the allocations of safety
material corresponding to each condition.
d) For vessels bearing a CSN, the following aspects must be observed:
1) The Certificate will have a validity corresponding to the navigation area and /
or activity or service which implies the shortest time;
2) The surveys will be carried out considering the navigation area and / or
activity or service which implies the shortest periodicity;
3) The Certificate must contain a note indicating in which navigation areas and /
or activities or services the vessel is authorized to operate; and
4) When the dual classification is requested during the validity period of a CSN,
the following procedures must be adopted:
I) if the new navigation area and / or activity or service do not abbreviate its
validity, such Certificate will remain in force since the intermediate surveys eventually
expired are immediately carried out;
II) if with the new navigation area and / or activity or service the vessel
becomes obliged to have a Certificate with a validity shorter than the one originally
established, a new Certificate must be issued; and
- 3 - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
III) if the vessel is found with the deadline for the conduction of the renewal
survey related to the new classification expired, the Certificate must be automatically
canceled and a renewal survey must be carried out for emission of a new Certificate.
0326 - RECLASSIFICATION FOR A SINGLE VOYAGE

a) For vessels which need to perform a voyage in a navigation area with
requirements more rigorous than the ones of the area in which the vessel is authorized to
operate, a reclassification for such voyage must be requested to the CP, DL or AG by
means of the following procedure:
1) Presentation of a statement by a naval architect, certifying that the vessel has
satisfactory stability and structural resistance for performing the intended voyage. For the
vessels classified or certified by Specialized Entities, such statement may be issued by
these entities.
2) Conduction of an inspection by the CP, DL or AG, when there must be
checked the sectors of equipment, salvage and radio contained in the checklist applicable
to the type of navigation intended. For the vessels classified or certified by Specialized
Entities, such inspection may be carried out by those entities and a document reporting the
satisfactory inspection result must be presented to the CP, DL or AG.
3) Conduction of an expert survey by the CP, DL or AG for evaluating the need
of an eventual alteration into the CTS and emission of a Survey Report.
b) Once the above requirements are complied with, the CP, DL or AG may
authorize the voyage of the vessel with a restriction over transportation of cargo or
passengers and a prohibition against operations of towing or pushing during that sailing.
SECTION V
RESPONSIBILITY
0327 - PLANS
a) All information contained in the plans, documents, calculations and studies
presented are of the responsibility of the naval architect or naval constructor who
elaborated the project and / or executed the determination of characteristics. The GEVI, the
Specialized Entities and the Classification Societies are responsible for checking the
compliance with all requirements set forth in these Standards.
b) All the plans and documents must be elaborated in accordance with the provided
in Annex 3-F.
0328 - ANNOTATION OF TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITY

The plans and documents must bring together the original Annotation of
Technical Responsibility (ART), as provided in Annex 3-F.
0329 - CONSTRUCTION ABROAD

In the case of construction or acquisition abroad, the project must be checked and
endorsed by a naval architect with CREA register.
- 3 - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
SECTION VI
OPERATIONAL AND PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
0330 - STATIC TRACTION TEST

a) Definition
For the application purpose of this Standard, it is considered Longitudinal Static
Traction of a vessel its maximum continuous thrust force which can be developed and kept
in the longitudinal direction, for a minimum period of 30 minutes.
b) Application
1) The towing boats employed in the open sea navigation will only be allowed to
carry out towing services, even when eventual or on a temporary basis, after being
submitted to a static traction test in accordance with the procedures established in Annex
3-I.
2) The towing boats employed in the inland navigation which have an installed
engine power lower than or equal to 300 HP may only perform towing services in open sea
navigation, even on a temporary basis, after being submitted to a static traction test in
accordance with the procedures established in Annex 3-I.
3) All vessels, either national or foreign, which are employed in towing activities
during their support services to other vessels or to maritime platforms used for the
prospection, production, processing and / or storage of petroleum or minerals, must also be
previously submitted to a static traction test, in accordance with the procedures
established in Annex 3-I.
4) The foreign vessels included in the previous item, at the sole discretion of the
DPC, may present in substitution to the Static Traction Certificate provided in Annex
3J,astatictractioncertificateissuedbythegovernmentalauthorityofthecountryofits
Flag. In these cases, when the vessel is scheduled to continue operating in Brazilian
waters after the foreign certificate has expired, it will have to be submitted to a static
traction test in accordance with the procedures established in Annex 3-I.
5) In the case of vessels for which there cannot be found, in the Country,
adequate equipment to withstand the required effort for the static traction test provided in
this item, a static traction certificate issued abroad by a Classification Society will be
accepted.
c) Procedures
1) The test must be conducted by a Naval Architect, a Specialized Entity or a
Classification Society hired by the interested party, which will issue the Certificate and its
annexes and will be responsible for all the information contained therein.
2) Test follow up.
3) The Naval Architect, Specialized Entity or Classification Society hired to carry
out the test must inform to the DPC, with at least five (5) working days in advance, the date
scheduled for performing the test.
d) Static Traction Certificate
1) The result of the static traction test will be certified by means of a
Static Traction Certificate, which model is presented in Annex 3-J.
2) The Static Traction Certificate will be valid for five (5) years, counted from the
test conduction date.
3) The Certificate will lose its validity in the case of occurrence of alterations in
the vessel characteristics which, at the discretion of the DPC or the person responsible for
its emission, will influence the value of longitudinal static traction previously assigned.
- 3 - 18 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
4) The Certificate will also lose its validity whenever the vessel is submitted to a
new test, for any reason whatsoever, within thirty days from the date of this new test.
e) Risks
All the risks and eventual damages resulting from performing this test will be of
the responsibility of the interested party and the naval architect, Specialized Entity or
Classification Society hired for the job.
f) Expenses
All the costs resulting from the test follow up by DPC representatives will run at
the interested party's expense.
0331 STATIONARY UNITS OF PRODUCTION, STORAGE AND TRANSFER OF OIL

(FPSO/FSO)
The process for obtaining a Construction License or an Alteration License (this one
in the case of open sea vessels transformed into one of those units) must comply with the
provided in Section II or Section III respectively, in addition to the procedures mentioned in
Chapter 9.
0332 - HABITABLENESS AND ACCESSIBILITY

a) Habitableness
1) The minimum requirements of habitableness for the vessels with Gross
Tonnage higher than 20 which are employed in the open sea navigation are presented in
Annex 3-L, and must be entirely followed by all the vessels which apply for a Construction
License or a LCEC after the entry into force of these Standards.
2) For the vessels which are the object of a request for Alteration License,
Reclassification License or LCEC, which imply a change in the passenger capacity
assigned after 05/04/97, there also must be followed entirely the specifications contained in
Annex 3-L, except in what relates to subparagraph (2) (b) and (6) of said Annex.
3) The passenger capacity of existing vessels with Gross Tonnage higher than
20 must be reevaluated during the next Renewal Inspection to be carried out, starting
02/04/1999, as a function of the habitableness requirements presented in Annex 3-L and /
or the stability criteria presented in Chapter 7. In that occasion, it must be followed the
procedure provided for the granting of an Alteration License.
b) Accessibility in the mass waterways transportation of passengers
In compliance with the Convention on the Rights of Handicapped Persons, the
Decree No.5,296 of 12/02/2004 which regulates the Laws No.10,048 of 11/08/2000 and
No. 10,098 of 12/19/2000 and the Technical Cooperation Agreement No.13 of 09/10/2010
celebrated between the Brazilian Navy, the National Institute of Metrology, Standardization
and Industrial Quality (Inmetro), the National Secretariat of Promotion of the Rights of the
Handicapped Person (SNPD) and the National Waterways Transportation Agency (Antaq),
which establish general provisions and basic criteria to promote the accessibility of the
handicapped persons, all vessels employed in the mass waterways transportation of
passengers must comply with the specific requirements of accessibility according to the
provided as follows.
For the exclusive effect of application of the accessibility requirements, the
following definitions are here adopted:
Accessibility: Means the possibility and condition of reach, perception and
understanding for the utilization with safety and total or assisted autonomy, of the urban
spaces, furniture and equipment, the buildings, the transportation services and the
devices, systems and means of communication and information, by all persons, including
those bearing deficiencies or with reduced mobility.
- 3 - 19 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25

Existing vessels: Means the passenger vessels which by 09/10/2011 are :
. - enrolled or under enrollment process at the CP, DL or AG; and
- with their Construction License, Construction License for a Vessel already
Built, Alteration License or Reclassification License already issued.
New vessels: Means the passenger vessels with GT higher than 20 which after
09/10/2011:
- request enrollment at a CP, DL or AG; and
- in case of not having yet requested enrollment, vessels which have a
Construction License, Construction License for a Vessel already Built, Alteration License or
Reclassification License issued after September 10, 2011.
Passenger vessels: Means the ones employed in mass waterways
transportation of passengers.
Mass waterways transportation of passengers: Means all those which have
been authorized, granted or permitted by a competent authority to render services of
waterways passenger transportation.
All passenger vessels intended for usage in the activity of waterways mass
transportation must comply with the following requirements:
1) new passenger vessels with gross tonnage higher than 20 and employed in
the activity of waterways mass transportation of passengers must be designed and
constructed in such a way as to assure the access, accommodation and utilization by
handicapped persons or by those with reduced mobility, in a safe and autonomous manner;
2) new passenger vessels with GT higher than 20 and employed in the activity of
waterways mass transportation of passengers must meet the accessibility requirements
provided in ABNT-NBR 15450, starting September 10, 2011;
3) existing vessels with gross tonnage higher than 50 and employed in the
activity of waterways mass transportation of passengers must be adequate, in such a way
as to guarantee the accessibility in a safe and autonomous fashion to the handicapped
persons or those with reduced mobility, following the requirements provided in the
Technical Regulation of Quality for the Inspection of Accessibility Adaptations in Existing
Vessels Employed in Mass Transportation of Passengers, approved by the Ordinance No.
232/2008 of the INMETRO and its amendments, and all other regulations in force. Those
vessels must be in compliance with the mentioned regulation by occasion of the first
Renewal Inspection of the CSN to be conducted after December 31, 2012; and
4) the compliance with accessibility conditions of vessels employed in the activity
of waterways mass transportation of passengers must be shown in the Navigation Safety
Certificate (CSN), as provided in Annex 8-C.
c) Compliance Identification Seal
As determined by Decree No. 5,296 of 12/02/2004, for all vessels employed in
the activity of mass transportation of passengers, after obtaining the CSN including the
accessibility conditions met in accordance with the previous paragraph, it must be
requested the vessel registration before the INMETRO following the established in
Resolution No. 5 of 05/06/2008 of the National Council of Metrology, Normalization and
Industrial Quality (CONMETRO).
The registration will occur by means of a specific and formal request to
INMETRO through a system available on the site
http://www.inmetro.gov.br/qualidade/regobjetos.asp The register granting authorizes the
use of the INMETRO Identification Seal of Compliance, which indicates that the vessel is
found in conformity with all established requirements of accessibility.
The vessels subject to this obligation must be registered before the INMETRO
within two months counted from the CSN date of issue. The lack of compliance within the
established deadline implies a violation, subject to a penalty in case
- 3 - 20 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
it is found in surveys or inspections conducted in the vessel, for not following the provision
in this paragraph.
0333 - INTERPRETATION OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOLAS

CONVENTION
Annex 3-M presents interpretations related with Chapter II-2 of SOLAS 74 and
amendments in force, which complement the requirements set forth in the referred rules.
0334 - APPLICATION OF REQUIREMENTS FROM ANNEX 1 OF THE MARPOL 73/78

CONVENTION
- SPECIAL CASES
a) Brazilian flag vessels employed in the support of platforms
1) Vessels carrying maritime diesel oil, with a capacity lower than 200
cubic meters.
Must meet entirely the requirements for vessels which are not oil tankers and,
in case of having a Gross Tonnage equal to or higher than 400, they must bear a
Certificate IOPP - FORM A, even when not performing voyages between ports or terminals
under jurisdiction of other contracting countries to the Convention, as established in
subparagraph b).
2) Vessels carrying maritime diesel oil, with a capacity equal to or higher
than 200 cubic meters.
In relation with the compliance with Rule 2 (2) of Annex I, they may be
exempted from meeting Rule 15 (1), (2), (3) and (4) while operating exclusively within
Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters (AJB) and since:
I) The ballast system is totally segregated from the systems of cargo oil and
fuel oil;
II) The vessel is transporting only diesel oil; and
III) It will not be necessary to use cargo tanks for ballast.
They may also, while operating exclusively within Brazilian Jurisdictional
Waters, be exempted from meeting the requirements of Rule 24 (4), since the volumes of
the cargo tanks are lower than the allowable volumes of oil tanker ships of similar
dimensions. They must, however, comply entirely with the requirements of Rules 9, 10, 14,
18 and 20 as oil tankers, and must have Parts I and II of the Oil Register Book.
in case of having a Gross Tonnage equal to or higher than 400, they must
bear a Certificate IOPP - FORM B, even when not performing voyages between ports or
terminals under jurisdiction of other contracting countries to the Convention, as established
in subparagraph b) below.
For vessels which benefit from the above exemptions, the issued IOPP
certificates must contain a note stating that they are not valid for international voyages and
must also specify the exemptions granted and respective conditions.
b) Brazilian flagged vessels not engaged in voyages between ports or
terminals under jurisdiction of other contracting countries to the Convention
Oil tankers with Gross Tonnage equal to or higher than 150, and any other ships
with Gross Tonnage equal to or higher than 400, even when no engaged in international
voyages, must bear a IOPP Certificate and meet entirely the requirements of Annex I, as
applicable.
0335 - ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

a) The minimum requirements for the electrical installations of vessels with an
installed electric power superior to 4 KVA and employed in the open sea navigation are
presented in Annex 3-O.
- 3 - 21 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
b) These requirements must be complied with by all vessels constructed, or which
undergo alterations in their electrical installations, after the entry into force of Ordinance
No. 99/DPC of December 16, 2004.
c) All existing vessels must be in compliance with these requirements by occasion
of the first Renewal Inspection occurring after January 1st, 2005.
0336 - ENGINE REQUIREMENTS

a) The minimum requirements for the machinery installations of vessels employed
in the open sea navigation are presented in Annex 3-P.
b) These requirements must be complied with by all vessels constructed, or which
undergo alterations in their machinery installations, after the entry into force of Ordinance
No. 99/DPC of December 16, 2004.
c) All existing vessels must be in compliance with these requirements by occasion
of the first Renewal Inspection occurring after January 1st, 2005.
SECTION VII
SPECIAL CASES
0337 - VESSELS THAT STARTED LICENSING PROCESSES FOR CONSTRUCTION,

ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION OR REGULARIZATION IN THE PERIOD
BETWEEN JUNE 09, 1998 AND OCTOBER 31, 2001.
Vessels fitting these conditions, by force of the provisions of versions 1998 and
2000 of these Standards, which contained different definitions of what was considered a
"GEVI Vessel", as well as provided the emission of a "Regularization Document", were the
subjects of a specific treatment according to the provisions of the Transitional Procedures,
which text is stated in Annex 3-N.
0338 - VESSELS WITHOUT PROPULSION, NOT INTENDED FOR THE

TRANSPORTATION OF PASSENGERS, WITH GT HIGHER THAN 100 AND
EQUAL OR LOWER THAN 200,
AND FLOATINGS OPERATING WITH 12 PERSONS OR LESS ON BOARD AND
WITH GT HIGHER THAN 100 AND EQUAL OR LOWER THAN 200.
a) The vessels mentioned above which started licensing processes for
Construction, Alteration or Reclassification after October 31, 2001, by force of the
provisions of DPC Technical Orientation 020/2001, became considered for all effects as
"Certified Vessel class 1" (EC1, formerly GEVI) and must, consequently, present the
complete documentation as provided in items 0312, 0318 or 0323 of the present
Standards, accordingly to the case.
b) All vessels fitting this item which had their licensing processes of Construction,
Alteration, Reclassification or Regularization initiated in the period between June 09, 1998
and October 31, 2001 are not obliged to possess the plans provided in items 0312, 0318
and 0323, and must only have the Descriptive Memorandum, the Statement of Responsible
Person and the respective ART in accordance with what was required for those vessels in
the versions 1998 and 2000 of these Standards. However, only for the effect of application
of Chapter 8, these vessels have turned to be considered as "GEVI Vessels" starting from
10/31/2001. Starting from the publication date of Ordinance No. 99/DPC, dated 12/16/2004,
they have turned to be denominated "Certified Vessels class 1" (EC1), with all other
provisions kept in force.
- 3 - 22 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
CHAPTER 4
SAFETY MATERIAL FOR VESSELS
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
0400 - APPLICATION
Establishing requirements and allocation of safety material for vessels employed in
open sea navigation, aiming at minimizing the risks of accidents and providing the
safeguard of human life at sea.
0401 - ALLOCATION OF SALVAGE AND SAFETY MATERIAL

As a function of their size, navigation area and type of service, national vessels
must have allocated salvage and safety equipment according to the provisions of these
Standards.
Such equipment must be approved by the DPC, through the emission of a
Homologation Certificate, and must be kept in a good sate of conservation and within their
validity or maintenance periods, when applicable.
0402 - ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS MANUFACTURED ABROAD

Regarding materials and equipment of foreign manufacture to be used on board
national vessels, for which the International Conventions and Codes require being of an
"approved type" (class I), the respective documents issued by the
Maritime Authority of the originating country will be accepted, if they declare explicitly that
the
material or equipment have been approved in accordance with the requirements or rules
established in the International Convention or Code to which they relate. In case the
certificate has not been issued in English, it must bring attached a translation to
Portuguese.
0403 - HOMOLOGATION CHECKING

It is for the inspectors from the Special Management of Surveys and Inspections
(GEVI), Harbor Master offices (CP), Delegate offices (DL), Agent offices (AG), Specialized
Entities and Classification Societies to check during the construction phases, or in the
surveys and naval inspections of national vessels, if the employed materials and
equipment, either national or foreign-made, possess the relevant certificate issued by the
DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts or by the Maritime Authority of the originating
country.
0404- CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS

The salvage and safety equipment referred to in this Chapter may be classified as
sated below:
a) CLASS I - manufactured according to requirements provided in the International
Convention for the Safety of Human Life at Sea (SOLAS). Used in the vessels employed in
navigation between Brazilian and foreign ports;
b) CLASS II - manufactured based on the requirements above, but with less
requirements for the use in vessels employed in open sea navigation between Brazilian
ports; and
c) CLASS III - for the use in vessels engaged in inland waterways navigation.
-4-2- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
0405 - DEFINITIONS
Besides the definitions presented in Chapter 3 of these Standards, the following
also apply to this Chapter:
a) Rescue Vessel - means the one conceived for rescuing people in danger in the
water, as well as for reuniting and towing survival boats. It is also called "Rescue Boat".
b) Survival Boat - means the collective craft for abandonment of an endangered
vessel or maritime platform, which is capable of preserving the life of people during a
certain period while on wait for help. The lifesaving boats (whalers), the lifesaving rafts
and the abandonment organic boats are considered survival boats.
c) Thermal Protection Aid - means a sac or vest made of a material
impermeable to water and of low thermal conductivity. Its constitution is simpler than the
one of an immersion vest. Makes it difficult for the user to move.
d) Existing Vessel - means a vessel already existing on occasion of the entry into
force of a certain international convention or amendment, being thus exempted from its
adoption within a certain time limit.
e) New Vessel - in this Chapter, means the vessel constructed after a certain
date, starting from which it became mandatory to comply with a certain SOLAS
Amendment.
1) The reference dates to be considered are:

I) to SOLAS/60 is the vessel constructed after 05/28/65;
II) to SOLAS/74 is the one constructed after 05/25/80;
III) to the Protocol/78 is the one constructed after 05/01/81; IV) to

the Amendments/83 is the one constructed after 07/01/86; and
V) to the Amendments/88 is the one constructed after 02/01/92.

2) A vessel will be considered as "constructed after the reference date" if:

I) it had its keel laid down after the reference date;
II) it had its construction initiated, and identifiable as a specific ship; and
III) it had its assembling initiated with the employment of at least 50 tons
or 1% (one percent) of the estimated mass of the whole material structure, whichever is the
lowest value.
f) Passenger - means everyone who is transported by the vessel without being a
crew member or a non-crew professional rendering services on board.
g) Immersion Vest - means a protecting vest which reduces the heat loss from
the body of a person who is wearing it in cold waters. It allows for the person's movements
and displacement.
0406 - MARKINGS ON LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT

a) The equipment must bear the following markings in big-cap roman letters and
with waterproof paint:
- vessel name; and
- vessel port of enrollment.
b) The equipment must also bear the following markings:
- number of the Approval Certificate;
- name of the manufacturer;
- model;
- class;
- serial number; and
- manufacturing date.
c) The life-jackets are exempt from the marking of the vessel port of enrollment.
-4-3- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
SECTION II
SURVIVAL AND RESCUE CRAFT
0407- LIFESAVING BOATS (WHALERS)

a) Technical Requirements
Rescue craft are normally of the whaleboat type, i.e., with pointed bow and
stern. They are rigid, have their own propulsion and are normally lowered by davits or by
free fall. The rescue craft will not have a capacity superior to
150 people and may be of the following types:
1) Completely closed rescue boat: equipped with a propulsion engine, self-
righting, with three possible models to meet the application:
(a) totally closed;
(b) totally closed and equipped with an autonomous system for the supply
of air;
and (c) totally closed, equipped with an autonomous system for the supply
of air and fire-resistant.
2) Partially closed rescue boat: motor-propelled, and may be self-righting;
3) Open rescue boat: may be propelled by engine, oars, sails or other
mechanical means, and having no self-righting characteristics.
b) Allocation of Rescue Boats
1) SOLAS Vessels
The allocations are provided in Chapter III of the SOLAS/74 Convention and
its amendments, conditioned to the construction date of each vessel.
2) Non-SOLAS Vessels (a)
Tanker Vessels
The tanker vessels must have an allocation of life saving boats
completely closed on each vessel side, for 100% of the total individuals on board. If the
vessel carries gaseous or chemical products capable of releasing toxic vapors or gases,
the rescue boats must be one of the completely closed type and equipped with an
autonomous air supply system. If the tanker vessels carry gaseous or chemical products
which have a flash point lower than 60 Deg C (closed crucible test ), the rescue boats must
be of the completely closed type and fire resistant.
Existing tanker vessels related with the SOLAS/74 Amendments/83
(constructed after July 1st,1986) may be equipped with rescue boats of the open type,
being at least one among them motor-propelled.
(b) Other Vessels
The remaining vessels are not required to allocate this equipment.
0408 - LIFESAVING RAFTS

a) Stowage and launching
The rafts weighing over 185 kg and stowed higher than 4.5 m must be launched
to the sea through a launching device.
The rafts for which the embarkation needs to be made at more than 4.5 m above
the vessel lightweight floating line must be lowered by means of an approved launching
device, already inflated and loaded.
The lifesaving rafts are required to have an automatic release device, in order to
allow for their release in the case of vessel sinking.
-4-4- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
The vessels which present a distance of over 100 meters measured between the
bow or the stern and the nearest abandonment station must have a lifesaving raft at the
bow or stern, for which the automatic release device is not mandatory.
b) Allocation of Rescue Rafts
1) SOLAS Vessels
its amendments (Class I rafts). Regarding the transfer operation of a raft from one vessel
side to the other, as referred to in the SOLAS Convention, the maximum transfer time must
not exceed one minute.
2) Non-SOLAS Vessels
These vessels must be equipped with Class II rescue rafts for 100% of the
total number of individuals on board.
3) Vessels used in the fishing activity
(a) Vessels operating south of the latitude 22o52' S ( Cabo Frio - RJ )
I - Fishing vessels with a gross tonnage higher than 10 which operate
south of the latitude 22o52' S (Cabo Frio - RJ), must be equipped with inflatable rescue rafts
class II, starting from the first CSN renewal inspection occurring after
6/30/2009;
II) All fishing vessels with no obligation to bear a Navigation Safety
Certificate (CSN) must be equipped with inflatable rescue rafts class II, starting 12/31/2009;
(b) Fishing vessels in existence on 6/8/1998, classified for navigation near the
Brazilian coastal line and within the visibility limit from the coast, may be equipped with
rescue rafts class III since not undergoing alterations in their characteristics, according to
the provisions of Section III of Chapter 3; this rule does not apply to the fishing vessels
mentioned in paragraph (a).
0409 - ABANDONMENT ORGANIC BOATS

a) Stowage and launching
The abandonment organic boats must be launched to the sea by two men, and
those weighting above 90 kg must be launched by means of a launching device (this device
does not require approval). Their stowage must contemplate an automatic release device,
in order to allow for the boats to be released in the case of vessel sinking.
b) Allocation
1) The vessels employed in fishing activities which have been constructed before
3/1/1984 may have allocated, at the sole discretion of the Harbor Master in the vessel's
operation area, abandonment organic boat(s) for 100% of the total number of people on
board.
2) Fishing vessels in existence on 6/8/1998, which were then classified for
navigation near the Brazilian coastal line and within the visibility limit from shore may, at the
sole discretion of the Harbor Master, have allocated abandonment organic boat(s), since
not undergoing alterations in their characteristics, according to the provided in Section III of
Chapter 3.
c) Exception
Abandonment organic boats are not applicable to the fishing vessels which
operate south of the latitude 22o52' S (Cabo Frio - RJ).
d) Homologation
Abandonment organic boats must have a Homologation Certificate issued by the
DPC.
-4-5- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
0410 - RESCUE CRAFT (RESCUE BOAT)
Allocation of Rescue Craft
a) SOLAS Vessels
The allocations are provided in Chapter III of the SOLAS/74 Convention and its
amendments. This allocation is mandatory for all SOLAS vessels constructed after
7/1/1986.
b) Non-SOLAS Vessels
Only the vessels engaged in the activity of maritime support, while performing
"stand by" type services, are required to allocate rescue craft.
c) The allocation of survival and rescue craft is consolidated in the Table of Annex
4-A.
SECTION III
INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE EQUIPMENT
0411 - LIFESAVING JACKETS

a) Stowage of Lifesaving Jackets
The lifesaving jackets must be stowed in such a way as to be readily accessible,
and their locations must be clearly indicated.
b) Allocation of Lifesaving Jackets
1) SOLAS Vessels
its amendments.
2) Other Vessels
I)They must have lifesaving jackets Class II, and the jackets allocation must
be summation of:
(a) one large-size jacket for each adult person on board, and one small-
size jacket for each child, distributed among their respective cabins or lodgings;
(b) one for each existing bed in the infirmary plus one for the nurse.
.
(c) two at the bridge;
(d) one at the radio station; and
(e) three at the Engine Room (if manned) or at the Engine Control Center
(if existing);
II) in the passenger vessels, in each one of the abandonment stations, a
quantity of lifesaving jackets must be additionally stowed, corresponding to
5% of the total capacity of the survival craft corresponding to that station;
III) the passenger vessels must also allocate a quantity of lifesaving jackets
adequate for children (small size jacket) equal to, at least, 10% of the total passenger
number, or a higher quantity if necessary, in such a way as to have available one jacket for
each child;
IV) the vessels with GT lower than 100 are exempted from having additional
lifesaving jackets at the bridge,radio station, engine room and infirmary;
V) it is mandatory the use of Class II lifesaving jackets by the operators of
small auxiliary boats used in support of the mother-vessel in the fishing activities; and
VI) the allocation of lifesaving jackets is consolidated in the table of Annex 4-B.
-4-6- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
c) Certification in accordance with the NORMAM-05
1) Since June 10, 2000, the vessels bearing a Navigation Safety Certificate
(CSN) must, on occasion of the first Renewal Inspection, have all their lifesaving jackets
certified in accordance with the NORMAM-05.
2) Since June 10, 2001, the vessels not obliged to have a CSN must have all
their lifesaving jackets certified in accordance with the NORMAM-05.
0412 - IMMERSION SUIT AND THERMAL PROTECTION AID

a) SOLAS Vessels
1) Vessels exempt from allocating immersion suits
Vessels which navigate within the latitude band between
36o North and 36o South, with exception of bulk carriers, are exempted from allocating
immersion suits for each person on board. However, they must allocate three immersion
suits destined to the crew of each open lifesaving boat, if existing, and two for each rescue
boat.
2) Obligingness of allocating immersion suits
All vessels navigating beyond the limiting latitudes of 36o North and 36o South,
as well as all bulk carrier vessels, shall allocate immersion suits for each person on board.
Such vessels shall also allocate additional immersion suits in a proportion of, at least, two
suits near each lifesaving raft when located at the bow or stern areas, two at the bridge and
two in the machinery spaces.
b) Other Vessels
1) Not required to allocate immersion suits.
2) They shall allocate the thermal protection aids which are intended for
integrating the standard inventories of survival boats and rescue craft.
0413 - LIFESAVING Buoys

a) Distribution on Board
The buoys shall be distributed on board in such a manner that a person does not
have to move more that 12 m to throw one of them into the water.
At least one lifesaving buoy on each side must be equipped with a floating line of
length equal to double of the height from where it will be stowed to the vessel's lightweight
load line or 30 m, whichever is the greatest.
b) Signaling Devices Associated with the Lifesaving Buoys
At least half of the total number of lifesaving buoys, on each side, must be
equipped with an automatic lighting device.
All SOLAS vessels must have, on each end of the bridge, at least one buoy
equipped with an automatic lighting device and a floating smoke signaling device of 15
minute emission.
The buoy to be thrown from a bridge end must be designed to activate both the
quick release system of the automatic smoke signal and the automatic lighting device. For
that purpose, it must have a weight of at least enough for the activation of the quick release
mechanism, or a weight of four (4) kg, whichever is the greatest.
c) Automatic Lighting Device
The automatic lighting device is associated with the lifesaving buoys and
intended for indicating a person's position in the water, in relation to a rescue craft or to the
vessel itself from which the person had fallen.
d) Hangers for Lifesaving Buoys
The buoys must not be directly attached to the vessel. They shall be hung
together with their lines, by fixed hangers and must not be tied to the vessel.
-4-7- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
e) Allocation of Lifesaving Buoys
1) SOLAS Vessels
its amendments.
2) Other Vessels
I) The vessel shall have allocated a number of lifesaving buoys as a function
of its total length, in accordance with the table of Annex 4-B of the present Standards.
II) Unmanned vessels, when operating in convoys, will be exempted from
allocating lifesaving buoys.
III) All small vessels are exempted from allocating lifesaving buoys.
0414 - PYROTECHNIC ARTIFACTS

a) Application
Pyrotechnic artifacts are devices intended for indicating that a vessel or a person
is in danger, or that an emitted distress signal was acknowledged. Such artifacts may be
utilized during day or night hours, and are designated, respectively, as help signals and
rescue signals.
b) Help Signals
Help signals may be of the following types:
1) Manual rocket, red star with parachute
The manual rocket red star with parachute is a manually activated device
which, upon reaching the height of three hundred (300) m, ejects a parachute with an
intense red light of 30,000 candles for 40 seconds. It is used in vessels and in rescue
crafts, for the emission of help signals visible at a great distance.
2) Manual beam, red light
The manual beam, red light is a manually activated device which emits an
intense red light beam of 15,000 candles for 60 seconds. It is used in survival crafts for
the indication of their position at night hours, in order to help vectoring the rescue vessel or
aircraft towards their position.
3) Floating signal, orange smoke
The floating signal, orange smoke is a manually activated device which emits
smoke for 3 or 15 minutes, to indicate at daytime the position of a survival vessel or a
person who had fallen into the water.
c) Allocation of Pyrotechnic Artifacts
The allocation of pyrotechnic artifacts for vessels is established in the table
shown in Annex 4-C of these Standards.
0415 - ABANDONMENT RATION

a) Application
Abandonment ration is a food ration intended for use in survival craft with the
purpose of maintaining the shipwrecked persons in psycho-physical conditions which allow
for their survival and later recovery.
b) Ration Composition
1) Each unit of food ration is composed by a solid part and a liquid part.
2) The solid part of an abandonment ration (solid ration) is composed of, in a
general way, stable carbohydrates (sugar) and starch or their equivalents, all in a quantity
capable of providing the shipwrecked persons with the minimum conditions for their
survival.
3) The liquid part of an abandonment ration (liquid ration) is composed of potable
water.
-4-8- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
c) Allocation of Abandonment Rations
1) SOLAS Vessels
its amendments, and must be capable of providing each shipwrecked person with a
minimum survival condition for six (6) days.
2) Other Vessels
The allocations must be such as to provide each shipwrecked person with
survival conditions for two days. The ration allocation is consolidated in the table of Annex
4-B.
d) Packaging and Marking
The markings on ration packaging must be made in contrasting colors and
include the following information: number of the homologation certificate, manufacturer's
name, ration type, manufacturing date and validity date.
0416 - OTHER EQUIPMENT

a) Line-throwing Devices
1) SOLAS and maritime support vessels
These vessels are required to have on board an approved line-throwing
device. The line-throwing device must:
I)be capable of throwing a line to a distance of at least 230 m with
acceptable precision; II) include no less than 4 launching projectiles;
III) include no less than 4 lines each;
IV) have clear and succinct instructions, illustrating the correct manner for
using the device; and
V) be contained in a package resistant to humidity and severe weather. Other
types of line-throwing devices may be accepted, if they are
approved and have the capacity of performing at least four launchings.
2) Other Vessels
For other vessels, the utilization of this equipment is recommended.
b) Systems of Communication and General Emergency Alarm
1) There must exist on board the SOLAS vessels an Internal Communication
System for emergencies, composed of fixed or portable units (or a mix of both), intended
for bi-lateral communications among emergency control stations, meeting stations and
embarkation stations. For other vessels, the utilization of this equipment is recommended.
2) A general emergency alarm system must be provided, satisfying all the
prescriptions below, which will be used for calling the passengers and crew to the meeting
stations and for starting the operations indicated in the station tables. This system shall be
complemented by a loudspeaker system or by other adequate communications means.
3) The general emergency alarm system must be capable of sounding the
general emergency alarm signal, consisting of seven or more short blasts followed by a
long blast, produced by the vessel's whistle, besides a bell or an electrically operated horn,
or another equivalent alarm system, which will be energized by the vessel's main electrical
power source and the emergency power source. The system must be capable of being
operated from the bridge and, with exception of the ship's whistle, also from other strategic
spots. The system must be audible in all the accommodation spaces, all the spaces where
the crew customarily work and on the open deck.
c) Equipment of the Small Auxiliary Boats of the types Employed in
Fishing, based at a Mother-Vessel
1) Those boats must have one electric flashlight of medium size, with batteries.
-4-9- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
2) The equipment listed below have their use recommended for the vessels
which operate during night hours and, specially, in areas of intense traffic of larger vessels:
I) radar reflector;
II) one manual beam, red light signal device; and
III) approved retro-reflective tapes all around the hull, on the upper part,
spaced at no more than 0.50 m from each other.
3) In accordance with the peculiarities of their specific jurisdictional areas and
the incidence of accidents involving these types of boats, the Harbor Masters may declare
mandatory the use of all or part of the equipment items of paragraph 2).
d) Radar reflector - the fishing vessels must be equipped with a radar reflector,
which minimum dimensions are provided in Annex 4-J.
SECTION IV
NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT AND DOCUMENTATION
0417 - ALLOCATION OF NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT

a) SOLAS Vessels
The allocation of navigation equipment is provided in Chapter V of the
SOLAS/74 Convention and its amendments, according to the keel laying date of each
vessel.
b) Other Vessels
1) Steering magnetic compass
All the manned vessels must be equipped with a steering magnetic compass,
which must be duly compensated (certificate valid for
one (01) year), and its deviation table or curve available on board.
2) Radar
The passenger vessels with GT higher than 300 must be equipped with a
radar installation capable of operating in the frequency band of 9 GHz.
All existing passenger vessels which do not have a radar installation
operating in this frequency and are equipped with a conventional radar installation must
allocate, starting January 15, 1999, a radar capable of operating in the frequency band of 9
GHz.
3) Echo-sounder
All manned vessels with GT higher than 500 must be equipped with an echo-
sounder. For all other existing vessels, the utilization of this equipment is recommended.
4) Auxiliary instruments
All manned vessels must have, at least, the auxiliary navigation instruments
listed below:
I) 1 pair of binoculars 7X50;
II) 2 chronographs;
III) 1 chronometer, duly cased;
IV) 1 bridgewatch
V) parallel rulers, divider caliper, pencil, eraser, magnifying glass, etc; and
VI) 1 sextant.
Notes:
1) Passenger vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 50, and the remaining
self propelled vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 100 are exempted from allocating the
instruments of subparagraphs II, III, IV, V and VI.
- 4 - 10 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
2) All the vessels which have satellite navigation equipment are exempted
from allocating the instruments of subparagraphs II, III and IV.
5) Equipment of recommended use
I) Optical marking devices (alidades or other); and
II) Satellite navigation equipment (GPS). All the vessels which operate with
satellite navigation equipment are exempted from allocating the instruments mentioned in
subparagraphs 4) - II, III and VI.
c) Vessels used in the fishing activity, with GT higher than 500
Besides the prescribed in paragraph b) above, these vessels must be provided
with indicators of the rudder angle, the rotation speed of each side thrust propeller, the
pitch and the operation mode of those propellers. These indicators must be installed in a
way they can be read from the steering station.
0418 - HOMOLOGATION OF EQUIPMENT

All equipment installed by determination of these Standards must be of a certified
type. All equipment installed on board ships on or after September 1st, 1984, must comply
with appropriated performance standards no inferior than the ones prescribed by the IMO
Resolutions. The equipment items installed prior to the adoption of the performance
standards related to them, may be exempted from the full compliance with these standards,
at the discretion of the DPC.
0419 - NAVIGATION LIGHTS

All vessels must be equipped with navigation lights, of a certified type and in
compliance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea -
RIPEAM/72 and its amendments.
0420 - PUBLICATIONS
a) SOLAS Vessels
Must have available, at an accessible and appropriate place, marked with the
vessel name, the following publications:
1) Sailing Directions for the intended navigation areas, issued by the DHN (last
edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) below is acceptable);
2) Lighthouse List (last edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) below is
acceptable);
3) Radio Aids List (last edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) below is
acceptable);
4) Tides Table (last edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) below is
acceptable);
5) International Code of Signals (last edition);
6) Booklet Ao do Rebocado (Action of the Towed);
7) Booklet Ao do Encalhado (Action of the Stranded);
8) Standards and Procedures of Sea and River Harbor Master Offices
(NPCP/NPCF)
under which the vessel will operate;
9) Search and Rescue Manual (MERSAR);
10) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, (RIPEAM-
1972) and its amendments;
11) Up-to-date National or International nautical charts, relative to the vessel's
intended areas of operation;
12) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), last
edition and supplement (for vessels which carry packaged dangerous goods);
- 4 - 11 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
13) MFAG - Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous
Goods (IMO - ILO - WHO) for vessels which carry dangerous goods (not necessary in case
the vessel has the supplement to the IMDG, which includes the MFAG;
14) IGC Code (for the vessels which transport liquefied gases in
bulk);
15) IBC/BCH Code (for the vessels which transport liquid chemical
substances in bulk);
16) Registry Book of Chronometers;
17) Book of Azimuths;
18) Nautical Almanac (last edition);
19) Navigational Table (Norie HO-214 or similar);
20) Navigation Diary (electronic media accepted);
21) Radio Communications Diary (electronic media accepted);
22) International Convention for the Safety of Human Life at Sea
SOLAS/74 and its amendments, last edition;
23) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
MARPOL 73/78 and its amendments, last edition;
24) International Medical Guide for Ships;
25) Standard vocabulary of maritime navigation (for vessels used in navigation
between Brazilian and foreign ports);
26) International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch-
keeping for Seafarers 1995 (STCW/95) and its amendments, last edition.
b) Other Vessels
Must have available, at an accessible and appropriate place, marked with the
vessel name, the following publications:
1) Sailing Directions for the intended navigation areas, issued by the DHN (last
edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) is acceptable);
2) Lighthouse List (last edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) is
acceptable);
3) Tides Table (last edition; a digital file as detailed in paragraph c) is
acceptable);
4) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, (RIPEAM-
1972) and its amendments; and
5) Up-to-date national nautical charts, relative to the vessel's intended areas of
operation;
The vessels with gross tonnage lower than or equal to 50 are exempted from
maintaining on board the publications listed above, except for the one of subparagraph 4).
c) Publications in digital media
For the publications listed in sub-paragraphs 1 through 4 of paragraph a) and
sub-paragraphs 1 through 3 of paragraph b) of this item, it is authorized the use in digital
format or printed copy of the files available on the DHN internet website
(https://www.mar.mil.br/dhn/bhmn/publica.htmal).
0421 - BOARDS
All vessels must allocate, in places of easy visualization, the boards as
follows:
a) At the bridge:
1) Steering and Sailing Rules;
2) Table of Rescue Signals;
3) Beaconing;
4) Sound and Light Signals;
- 4 - 12 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
5) Lights and Marks;
6) Emergency Stations (Fire, Collision and Abandonment);
7) Alphabetic Codes of Flags and Semaphore Flags;
8) Procedures Necessary for Pilot Embarkation (whenever applicable);
9) Standard Symbols for the Indication of Emergency Equipment;
10) Clouds Board; and
11) Wind and Sea Conditions Board.
b) At other places of easy visualization:
1) First Aid;
2) Artificial Breathing;
3) Instruction board on How to Fight Fires on Board (classes A, B and C); and
4) Instruction board on the use of lifesaving jackets.
Vessels with GT lower than or equal to 50 are exempted from keeping
on board the boards listed above, except for the ones of sub-paragraphs 1) and 2) of
paragraph a).
Vessels without an adequate physical space for presentation of the boards
mentioned above may, at the discretion of GEVI, CP or DL inspectors, keep those boards
on file or stored in easily accessible places, or reproduce them in smaller sizes which allow
for fast consultations.
For chartered foreign vessels, the boards adopted by the vessel's originating flag
country, as indicated by the Master, shall be required.
0422 - TABLES WITH THE VESSEL DATA

The SOLAS vessels must have,at the bridge, in places of easy visualization, tables
showing the following data of the vessel:
a) vessel's tactical data: gyration curves for different speeds, and their respective
advances and deviations;
b) vessel's characteristic data: length, maximum breadth, depth, minimum and
maximum draughts and lightweight and loaded displacements;
c) heights: above load lines, from the compass bridge, the bridge and the main
deck, as well as the corresponding distances from the horizon; and
d) correspondence between the motor revolutions per minute (rpm) and the
vessel's speed in knots.
0423 - OTHER DOCUMENTS

All vessels must bear, when applicable, the documents listed below:
a) Maritime Ownership Register Provision (PRPM) or Vessel Enrollment Title (TIE);
b) Certificate of Registry of Foreign Vessels issued by the originating country (for
chartered foreign vessels);
c) Charter Authorization Certificate (CAA), issued by ANTAQ (for chartered foreign
vessels);
d) Certificate of Temporary Enrollment (for chartered foreign vessels);
e) Compulsory insurance policy for personal injury caused by vessels or their cargo
(DPEM);
f) Magnetic Compass Compensation Certificate and Deviation Curve; and
g) The SOLAS vessels must have all Certificates and other documents related with
the relevant instruments of the International Conventions adopted by Brazil, and their
amendments (SOLAS 74/78, MARPOL 73/78, Load Lines/66, Tonnage/69, STCW/78
and others). The documents listing is included among the checklists of Chapter 10 -
Surveys and Certification.
- 4 - 13 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
Vessels with GT lower than or equal to 50 are exempted from keeping on board the
documents listed above, except for the ones of sub-paragraphs a), e) and f), when
applicable.
SECTION V
INFIRMARY, MEDICATIONS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL
0424 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

a) Infirmary
1) All SOLAS vessels which, routinely, perform voyages with duration between
ports of over three days and which have a crew of twelve or more persons, must be
equipped with an infirmary.
2) The infirmary must be conveniently separated from other habitable spaces,
and must have physical dimensions allowing for an adequate assistance to the sick person.
The entrance must have both the width and position such as to enable for an easy passage
of a hammock. The infirmary shall not be allowed for uses other than those related with the
attendance of sick or injured people.
3) All of the vessel's medical material and medications shall be kept in the
infirmary, under the responsibility of a nurse or nursing helper with specialty course(s)
acknowledged by the federal agency in charge of controlling such profession.
4) When the vessel's authorized crew does not have a health professional
fulfilling the above requirements, the medications and medical-surgical material shall be
kept under the guard of a crew member specifically assigned by the Master.
5) The infirmary must have a bathroom composed of a wash basin, sanitary
toilet and a bathing tub or shower, in a space accessible from its interior or in its
surroundings, for the exclusive use of its occupants. It must also be provided with cabinets
for keeping medicinal products and medical-surgical material, besides all necessary
supporting furniture.
6) The infirmary must be provided with beds at the ratio of one bed for every 12
crew members or fraction, of the ones not lodged in single cabins. However, the total
number of beds does not need to exceed 6.
b) Medication Box
The vessels not provided with an infirmary must have a medication box for
keeping the medical products and the indicated surgical material.
c) Controlled Medication
It shall be of the vessel Master's responsibility, the guard of all controlled
medications.
0425 - ALLOCATION OF DRUGS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL

a) Consolidation
The tables shown in Annex 4-E consolidate the minimum quantities of medicinal
products and surgical material for the vessels.
The allocation of medicinal products and surgical material, provided in these
Standards, was established by a specific Ordinance from the National Agency of Sanitary
Vigilance of the Ministry of Health, being subject to changes by said Agency.
b) Vessels which Carry Dangerous Cargoes
The vessels which carry dangerous cargoes shall be provided with the
medications shown in the tables of Annex 4-E, as well as, with those specified for the
treatment against each transported chemical substance, the corresponding auxiliary
equipment and the detailed instructions for their use, in compliance with the relevant
legislation.
- 4 - 14 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
c) Similarity
The medications and other items indicated in the allocation tables may be
replaced by similar or generic ones, since they all appear in an equivalence table organized
and signed by a physician licensed by a Regional Medicine Council.
SECTION VI
RADIOCOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
0426 - GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS SAFETY SYSTEM - GMDSS

The fundamental role of the GMDSS is to alert the onshore Maritime Authorities of
Search and Rescue, as well as neighboring maritime traffic, of an endangered vessel, with
the highest possible brevity so the necessary steps required by the circumstances can be
taken.
Furthermore, the GMDSS must meet the requirements of urgency and safety
communications, and the dissemination of messages both from land to the vessel and the
other way around.
The system started operations on February 1st, 1999.
No rule established in this Chapter shall limit the use by any vessel, rescue craft or
persons, of any other means available to them with the purpose of calling attention, make
their position known and get help.
0427 - SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS OF THE GMDSS

a) Digital Selective Call - DSC - a technique which, by the use of digital codes,
enables a radio station to establish contact with another radio station or group of stations,
or transfer information and meet the relevant recommendations of the International Radio
Consultative Committee (CCIR).
b) NAVTEX International Call - coordinated transmission and automatic
reception, in 518 kHz, of information about maritime safety (MSI) by means of narrow
bandwidth telegraphy and direct printing (NBDP) using the English language.
c) INMARSAT - International Organization of Maritime Satellite.
d) Polar Orbit Satellite Service - a service based on satellites which gravitate in
a polar orbit, receiving and transmitting messages of help originated from EPIRB
equipment which position they supply.
e) EPIRB (Emergency Positioning Indicator Radio Beacon) - a radio beacon
indicating an emergency position , installed in all ships employed in voyages within the
maritime areas A1, A2, A3 or A4, operating in the frequencies of 121.5 and
406 MHz.
Starting from February, 2009, the COSPAS-SARSAT system will no more
process the frequency of 121.5 MHz.
f) BRMCC - Brazilian Mission Control Center - a Brazilian organization in charge
of controlling Search and Rescue Missions.
g) COSPAS-SARSAT - a global system of search and rescue satellites.
- 4 - 15 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
0428 - MARITIME AREAS
Are considered as follows:
a) Maritime Area A1 - an area within the radio-telephonic coverage of, at least,
one coastal VHF station which has available a continuous DSC alert, and limited to a
distance of 30 nautical miles from the coast.
b) Maritime Area A2 - an area excluding the maritime area A1, within the radio-
telephonic coverage of, at least, one coastal MF station which has available a continuous
DSC alert, and situated between 30 and 100 nautical miles from the coast.
c) Maritime Area A3 - an area excluding areas A1 and A2, within the coverage of
an INMARSAT satellite which has available a continuous DSC alert, and situated
beyond the distance of 100 nautical miles from the coast and between parallels 70 N and
70 S.
d) Maritime Area A4 - an area outside areas A1, A2 and A3.
0429 - ALLOCATION OF EQUIPMENT

The vessel's allocation of equipment shall be determined by the maritime area and
the type of navigation in which the vessel is engaged. The items below specify quantities
and types of equipment to be allocated on board.
The SOLAS vessels must comply with the prescriptions provided in the SOLAS/74
Convention and its amendments.
Unmanned vessels are exempted from allocating radio-communications
equipment.
0430 - ALLOCATION FOR MARITIME AREA A1

Vessels employed exclusively within area A1.
a) Vessels with GT equal to or higher than 300, except the ones for fishing
Must meet the prescribed in Chapter IV of the SOLAS/74 Convention and its
amendments, according to the keel laying date of each vessel.
b) Fishing Vessels with GT equal to or higher than 300
Must be provided with the following equipment:
1) radio-telephonic station in VHF; and
2) radar receptor - transmitter (transponder) operating in the 9 GHz band.
c) Vessels with GT lower than 300
Must be provided with a radio-telephonic station in VHF.
0431 - ALLOCATION FOR MARITIME AREAS A1 and A2

Vessels employed beyond the area A1, but within the limits of the area
A2.
Must meet the prescribed in Chapter IV of the SOLAS/74 Convention and
its amendments, according to the keel laying date of each vessel.
1) radio-telephonic station in VHF;
2) radio-telephonic station in HF;
3) radar receptor - transmitter (transponder) operating in the 9 GHz band; and
4) radio-beacon indicative of the position in emergency (EPIRB 406 MHz, with
the 121.5 MHz frequency being acceptable until February, 2009.
1) radio-telephonic station in VHF; and
- 4 - 16 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
0432 - ALLOCATION FOR THE MARITIME AREAS A1, A2 and A3
Vessels employed beyond the areas A1 and A2, but within the limits of area A3.
3) radar receptor - transmitter (transponder) operating in the 9 GHz band; and
4) radio-beacon indicative of the position in emergency - EPIRB (406 MHz, with
the 121.5 MHz frequency being acceptable until February, 2009).
the 121.5 MHz frequency being acceptable until February, 2009).
0433 - ALLOCATION FOR MARITIME AREAS A1, A2, A3 AND A4

Vessels employed beyond the areas A1, A2 and A3, but within the limits of area
A4.
a) Vessels with GT equal to or higher than 300, including the ones for fishing
the 121.5 MHz frequency being acceptable until February, 2009); and
0434 - MANDATORY FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS TO ALL FISHING VESSELS

WITH GT EQUAL OR HIGHER THAN 300
a) Fishing vessels operating in the maritime area A4 must comply with the
prescriptions of Rule 4, Chapter IV of the SOLAS 74 Convention and its amendments.
b) Fishing vessels used, exclusively, in maritime areas A1, A2 and A3
are exempted from meeting the provisions of last paragraph.
0435 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF RADIO EQUIPMENT

The equipment provided in the allocations for vessels must meet the following
requirements:
a) a VHF radio set able to transmit and receive in:
1) 156.300 MHz - channel 6
2) 156.650 MHz - channel 13
3) 156.800 MHz - channel 16
4) 156.525 MHz - channel 70 DSC
The VHF channel 70 must be provided with a permanent reception watch
service. The same VHF set , or a separate one, may be used for this purpose;
- 4 - 17 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
b) an easy handling radar transponder capable of operating in the 9 GHz band;
c) a receiver capable of receiving the International NAVTEX Service (518 kHz), if
the ship is intended for use in voyages within any area in which there is an International
NAVTEX System in operation.
All ships with GT higher than or equal to 300 must be equipped to receive
irradiations from the International NAVTEX Service in the frequency of 518 kHz when
navigating in maritime areas covered by this service.
Vessels of Brazilian flag may be exempted from the installation of a NAVTEX
receiver, if they sail exclusively in Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters.
1) The exemption from a NAVTEX receiver shall be valid until this service is
made available in Brazil;
2) The referred exemption must be entered as a note in the Certificate of
Radio Safety of the vessels; and
3) Foreign vessels bearing a Temporary Enrollment Certificate shall be equally
exempted from the utilization of such equipment, while operating under the same
conditions as stated above.
d) ease of radio-reception of information about maritime safety through the
INMARSAT EGC System (System of Enhanced Group Call), if the ship is engaged in
voyages through areas covered by the INMARSAT system but in which an International
NAVTEX Service is not available.
The Enhanced Group Calling (EGC) may be waived, since the vessel has
available an equipment capable of receiving information on maritime safety through high-
frequency direct printing telegraphy (HF NBPD) in the frequencies of 6448.0, 12709.0 and
16974.0 and in F1B emission (PACTOR FEC transmission protocol) . This exemption is
valid for the vessels which sail exclusively within Brazilian jurisdictional waters, and must
be entered as a note in the Radio Safety Certificate.
e) a satellite EPIRB capable of transmitting a distress signal through the polar orbit
satellite service, with or without the capability of "homing" in 406
MHz or 121.5 MHz. Starting from February, 2009, the COSPAS-SARSAT system will no
longer process the frequency of 121.5 MHz; and
f) a general purpose radio-communications facility operating in the bands of
1605 through 4,000 kHz or 4,000 through 27,500 kHz, either in radio-telephony or in direct
printing telegraphy combined with the mentioned equipment, in or through an INMARSAT
land-based ship station.
0436 - RADIO WATCHKEEPING SERVICE

All vessels when sailing must keep a permanent reception watch:
a) on channel 70 (156.525 MHz) of VHF/DSC, if having a VHF equipment with such
capability;
b) in the 2187.5 kHz DSC distress and safety frequency, if the ship has a medium
wave (OM) receiver with such capability;
c) besides the prescribed in b), in at least one of the DSC distress and safety
frequencies: 4207.5 kHz, 6312.0 kHz, 8414.5 kHz, 12577.0 kHz and 16804.5 kHz (this
service can be performed by using a variable syntony receiver).
The choice of frequency will be made according to the time of the day and the
vessel's geographic position, and will depend on whether it has or has not an HF receiver
with a DSC feature;
d) for satellite distress warnings from shore to the vessel, if it is equipped with an
INMARSAT station;
- 4 - 18 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
e) in the appropriate frequencies for distress and safety in which this information is
disseminated in the area in which the vessel is sailing;
f) on channel 16 (156,800 MHz) if a VHF receiver is available with no DSC
feature; and
g) in the 518 MHz frequency (NAVTEX Int'l Service, except for the
cases provided on item 0435 c).
0437 - POWER SOURCES

a) When sailing, the vessel must have permanently available a supply of electric
power enough for the operation of all the radio equipment and the charging of any used
batteries, as a part of one or more spare power sources for the radio installations.
b) All vessels must be provided with one or more spare electric power sources for
energizing the radio equipment, with the purpose of establishing distress and safety radio
communications in the eventuality of failures in the main power sources and the emergency
ones.
c) The power sources must additionally meet the remaining provisions of Rule 13 of
Chapter IV of the SOLAS/74 Convention and its amendments.
0438 - APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT

All electronic communications equipment must be in compliance with the standards
of the National Telecommunications Agency.
0439 - MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

a) For the vessels employed in navigation within the maritime areas A1 and A2, the
actual availability of equipment must be guaranteed by the use of methods such as
duplication of equipment, land-based maintenance or the capability of on-voyage electronic
maintenance, or a combination of them.
b) For the vessels employed in navigation within the maritime areas A3 and A4, the
availability of equipment must be guaranteed through the use of a combination of, at least,
two methods such as the land-based maintenance or the capability of on-voyage
electronic maintenance, with the method of duplication of equipment.
c) The equipment availability guarantee through the method of equipment
duplication must be done in conformity with IMO Resolution A.702(17).
d) In case the shipowner opts for the method of land-based maintenance, this one
must always be conducted by manufacturer-certified professionals of the electronic
equipment, and with manufacturer-specified technical resources (tools, spare parts,
technical documentation testing equipment, etc). The checking about compliance with this
paragraph must be made through a contract signed between the shipowner and the
equipment manufacturer or a company accredited by the manufacturer.
e) In case the option is made for the on board maintenance method, the person
responsible for executing the functions of electronic maintenance at sea must bear a 1st
Class Radio-communications Certificate.
f) The option for one of the methods mentioned above,or a combination of them,
must be recorded in the Radio Safety Certificate.
0440 - EXEMPTIONS
The requests for exemptions provided in Rule 3 of Chapter IV of SOLAS 74 and its
amendments shall be examined on a case-by-case basis by the DPC.
- 4 - 19 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
0441 - RADIO SAFETY CERTIFICATE
a) The SOLAS cargo vessels must bear a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate,
issued by a recognized Classification Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian Government;
b) All cargo vessels with propulsion, except the ones for fishing, with GT higher
than or equal to 300 and not classified as SOLAS Vessels, must also bear a Cargo Ship
Safety Radio Certificate, issued by a Specialized Entity or a Classification Society
recognized to act on behalf of the Brazilian Government.
0442 - RULES FOR THE EPIRB

a) Technical Requirements
1) Every Satellite-driven Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon
(EPIRB) must be installed on board in a place of easy access;
2) It must have dimensions and weight appropriate for their transportation, by a
single person, until the survival craft and have its release, floating and activation
automatically performed in the case of shipwreck; and
3) The EPIRB units must, furthermore, have a manual activation device either at
their place of installation or, remotely, from the governing station.
b) Approval of the EPIRB
Every EPIRB installed in vessels must be of an approved type. The approved
EPIRB units are listed on the website www.cospas-sarsat.organd may be consulted for
information.
c) Operational Frequency
The EPIRB units must be capable of transmitting a distress signal through a
polar orbit satellite in the 121.5 MHz or 406 MHz bands. Starting from February, 2009,
the COSPAS-SARSAT system will no longer process the frequency of 121.5 MHz.
d) Single Identification Code
The equipment must be provided with a single codification, composed by the
digits 710 (identifying Brazil), followed by other six digits which will identify the vessel's
station, in accordance with appendix 43 of the International Telecommunication Union
(UIT) Radio Regulation. This code is known as MMSI (Maritime Mobile Safety Identities).
e) Registration of an EPIRB
The EPIRB units must be registered at the BRMCC through the website
www.decea.gov.br, e-mailbrmcc@cindacta1.era.mil.br.
f) Change of Registration Data
Any changes on characteristics of the EPIRB unit, company information, change
of ownership, address or telephone changes, or the company's vessels, must be reported
to the BRMCC with the purpose of keeping the data entered into the Salvamar Brazil
System reliable and allowing for a precise identification of the vessel and its owner in the
case of a possible emission of a distress signal.
SECTION VII
REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE PROTECTION AND FIREFIGHTING
0443 - SOLAS VESSELS

The requirements and allocations of equipment for fire protection and firefighting
are provided in Chapter II of the SOLAS Convention and its amendments. The remaining
vessels must comply with the requirements and allocations specified in this Section.
- 4 - 20 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
0444 - FUEL SYSTEMS
The fuel systems of any vessel with GT higher than 20 must meet the following
requirements:
a) fuels with a flash point lower than 60o C (such as alcohol, gasoline and LPG)
must not be used;
b) no fuel tank or piping is allowed to be positioned in a location where any spilling
or leaking coming from it may constitute a risk of fire, through the contact with heated
surfaces or electric equipment; and
c) in the outlet of each fuel tank there must be a shutting valve of remote operation,
capable of interrupting the flow in the piping.
0445 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

a) Classification of extinguishers
For the purpose of application of these Standards, the portable fire extinguishers
are classified by a combination of a number and a letter. The letter indicates the class of
fire for which the extinguisher is expected to be used, while the number represents the
relative size of the unit.
The extinguishers may also be classified according to their extinguishing
capability, as explained in paragraph c).
b) Classes of fire
1) Class A - fire on solid materials which leave residues. Example: timber,
paper, cushions, fiberglass, rubber and plastics. Only in this class of fire, water can be
used safely;
2) Class B - fire on liquids, gases and combustible or flammable greases; and
3) Class C - fire involving energized electrical equipment and installations. In
case these equipment or installations are not energized, the fire turns to be Class A.
c) Extinguishing capability
Means the measure of the fire extinguishing power of an extinguisher, obtained
in a standardized practical essay. In other words, it is the fire size and class that the
extinguisher must fight.
Example: 2-A:20-B:C
2-A: size of the class A fire
20-B: size of the class B fire
C: adequate for extinguishing a class C fire
The minimum extinguishing capacity of each type of portable fire-extinguisher
must be:
1) Water charge: an extinguisher with a minimum extinguishing capacity of 2-A;
2) Mechanical foam charge: an extinguisher with a minimum extinguishing
capacity of 2-A:10-B;
3) CO2 charge: an extinguisher with a minimum extinguishing capacity of 5-B:C;
4) BC powder charge: an extinguisher with a minimum extinguishing capacity of
20-B:C;
5) ABC powder charge: an extinguisher with a minimum extinguishing capacity of
2-A:20-B:C; and
6) Halogenated compound charge: an extinguisher with a minimum
extinguishing capacity of 5-B.
d) Weight -extinguishers with a gross weight of 20 kg or less when charged, are
considered as portable. Extinguishers with a gross weight higher than 20 kg when
charged, will be considered as semi-portable and must have adequate hoses and nozzles
or other practical means so they can serve the whole space for which they are destined.
Table 4.1 presents the correlation among the most usual extinguishers.
- 4 - 21 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
TABLE 4.1 - CORRELATION AMONG EXTINGUISHERS

Foam Chemical
Class Water CO2
Mechanical powder

A-2 10 l 9 l - -

B-1 - 9 l 4 kg 1 kg

B-2 - 9 l 6 kg 4 kg

B-3 - 9 l 10 kg 6 kg

B-4 - 9 l 25 kg 12 kg

B-5 - 9 l 50 kg 25 kg

C-1 - - 4 kg 1 kg

C-2 - - 6 kg 4 kg
e) Allocation and Location - the fire extinguishers must be installed on
board following the provisions of Annex 4-G.
f) Tests - the cylinders of fixed firefighting systems must undergo hydrostatic tests
each five years. These tests must meet the ABNT standards in force or the ones provided
in these Standards, if those ones are incomplete. If these cylinders have been inspected
annually and have not shown loss of pressure, corrosion, and have not been discharged
within that period, the execution of a hydrostatic test may be postponed for 5 (five) more
years in, at the most, 50% of the cylinders in the system; the remaining cylinders must be
tested during the 5 (five) following years. If any one of the cylinders presents an
unsatisfactory result of hydrostatic test, all remaining cylinders in the same fixed system
must be tested.
0446 - KITCHEN GAS INSTALLATIONS

The kitchen gas installations of any vessel must meet the following requirements:
a) The gas cylinders must be positioned in external areas, in a safe and ventilated
place, with the valve protected from the direct action of sunlight and far from any sources
that may cause ignition; and
b) The gas distribution piping used must have an adequate protection against heat
and, when made out of plastic, they must be manufactured with material specifications
complying with the ABNT standards.
0447 - FIRE AND BILGE PUMPS

a) All vessels with GT higher than 20 and employed in the transportation of
passengers, dangerous goods (self-propelled vessels only) or as tugs and pusher craft,
and the remaining self-propelled vessels with GT higher than
100, must be provided with at least one bilge pump with a total discharge rate higher than
or equal to 15 m3/h which may, at the designer's discretion, be dependent from the main
engine;
b) All self-propelled vessels with GT higher than 300 must be provided with at least
one non-manual fire pump, with a discharge rate higher than or equal to 15 m3/h, which
may be driven by the main engine;
- 4 - 22 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
c) The non-SOLAS, self-propelled vessels with GT higher than 500 must have at
least two non-manually driven fire pumps, being one of the pumps provided with a distinct
power source from the other one and independent from the main engine. The combined
discharge rate of these fire pumps must not be lower than 20 m3/h, and none of them may
have a discharge rate lower than 45% of the total required;
d) The fire pump(s) of self-propelled vessels with GT higher than
300 when working at their maximum discharge rate must be capable of, at least,
maintaining two distinct fire outlets with a water jet reach from the hoses never lower than
15 m; and
e) Pumps of sanitary, ballast, bilge or general services may be considered as fire
pumps since they are not normally used for pumping oil and, if occasionally used in fuel oil
operations, they are provided with appropriate devices for the reversion back to their
normal functions.
0448 - PIPING, FIRE OUTLETS, HOSES AND THEIR FITTINGS

The piping, fire outlets, hoses and their fittings of self-propelled vessels with GT
higher than 300 must meet the following requirements:
a) The number and location of fire outlets must be such that, at least two water jets
not coming from the same fire outlet, one of which delivered through a single hose section
and the other one through at most two sections, may reach any vessel area including the
cargo spaces when empty;
b) The hoses and their fittings (nozzles, hose wrenches) must be stowed on
hangers or fire stations consisting of a cabinet
painted red, with its front panel provided with a door and a glass visor,
destined exclusively for the storage of the fire hose and its fittings;
c) A person who is near a fire outlet must always have a fire station at sight. One
fire station may serve one or more fire outlets;
d) A fire outlet and a fire station must be provided at the Engine Room entrance
(external side). The fire station, besides the normally required items, must have one hose
section and one mist application nozzle. The hose section must be provided with
accessories of fast connection to the fire outlet;
e) Fire pipings and fire outlets must not be made of materials which characteristics
are affected by heat, such as plastics. The fire outlets must be positioned in such a
way as to facilitate the connection of hoses;
f) A valve or similar device must be installed on each fire outlet and in positions
which allow for shutting down the outlet even with the fire pumps running;
g) It is recommended that fire pipings have no ramifications for other purposes;
h) The fire piping and outlets must be painted red;
i) The fire hose sections must not exceed a length of 15m, and must be provided
with the necessary union fittings and a nozzle;
j) The number of hose sections, including the fittings and nozzles, must be of one
for each 25m of the vessel's length plus one spare, and this number must not be lower than
3 in any case. For the non-SOLAS vessels with GT higher than 500, this number must not
be lower than 4. These numbers do not include the hose(s) for the Engine Room;
- 4 - 23 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21

k) The diameter of the fire hoses must not be smaller than 38 mm (1.5 in).
-
l) Unless there is one hose and one nozzle for each fire outlet,
the interchangeability among unions, hoses and nozzles must be total;
m) All the nozzles of hoses serving the fire outlets located in the engine room or
near flammable liquid cargo tanks must be of the dual-purpose type, i.e., water mist or solid
jet, including a shutoff device; and
n) Nozzles with a diameter lower than 12 mm shall not be allowed.
0449 - ESCAPE ROUTES

The requirements set out below must be observed in any vessel with GT
higher than 50:
a) in all levels of accommodations, service compartments or the Engine Room
there must be, at least, two escape routes widely separated, coming out of each restricted
compartment or group of compartments;
b) below the lowest open deck, the main escape route must be a stairway and the
other one may be a conduit passage or a stairway;
c) above the lowest open deck, the escape routes must be stairways, doors or
windows or a combination of them, leading to an open deck;
d) no dead-end corridor longer than 7m shall be accepted. A dead-end
corridor is a corridor or a part of it, from which there is only one escape route;
e) In the case of utilization as escape routes, of accesses through vertical openings
or manholes on bulkheads, the opening must not be smaller than
600mm x 800mm. In the case of utilization of horizontal openings, hatches or manholes,
the minimum free opening must not be smaller than 600mm x 600mm; and
f) the escape routes must be marked by means of indicating arrows painted red
and showing the words "Sada de Emergncia". The marking must enable passengers and
crew for the identification of all evacuation routes and the fast identification of exits.
0450 - PIPING AND FITTINGS

All SOLAS vessels must use steel piping systems and accessories made of fire-
resistant materials near the hull, in the scuppers, in sanitary discharges and in other
discharges placed below the watertight deck and in places where the material failure may
cause a risk of flooding in the eventuality of the occurrence of a fire.
The identification of pipings by colors in vessels must be made in compliance with
the provided for in the NBR8421 Standard of the BRAZILIAN ASSOCIATION OF
TECHNICAL STANDARDS - ABNT.
0451 - RECOMMENDATIONS
a) It is recommended for self-propelled vessels made of steel, that the designer
make use of non-combustible materials with characteristics of low flame propagation for
exposed surfaces, hallway finishings, stairs, accommodations and service spaces; and
b) All allocation requirements of materials for fire protection and fire extinguishing
must be regarded as recommendable, for vessels in which their installation is not
mandatory.
- 4 - 24 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
SECTION VIII
INSTRUCTION AND WARNING POSTERS AND SYMBOLS

This Section establishes the requirements for utilization of IMO recommended
symbols for indicating the location of emergency equipment, gathering stations and survival
craft boarding stations.
0453 - ALLOCATION
All SOLAS vessels, passenger vessels with GT higher than 300 and the remaining
vessels with GT higher than 500 must allocate the instruction and warning posters and
symbols here prescribed.

a) Pattern of colors
All the symbols of Annex 4-H must be white over a royal-blue background. All
the symbols of Annex 4-I must be white over a flag-green background.
-
When found convenient, a white arrow over a green background may be used in
conjunction with another symbol, to indicate the direction.
b) Reference Numbers
The numbers used in references do not indicate the sequence of events.
c) Plastic Adhesives for Identification
The adhesives containing symbols must have a minimum size of 15 x 15 cm.
d) Station Number
A station number, when indicated in the symbols, must be placed on the
symbol's right side.
e) Dashed Lines
Dashed lines indicate that the symbols may consist of one or two separate
parts (one for the signal and the other for the number). When a direction indicator
(arrow) is used, it may also be a part of the symbol or a separate part. The dashed line
must not be shown.
f) Boarding Stations
The symbol for embarkation stations may be used in the place of the one for
meeting stations when one station serves both ends.
An appropriate symbol must be used to indicate the type of survival craft of a
certain station. The station number must be included on the symbol's right side.
g) Direction Indicator
1) the direction indicator is a symbol made to be used with any other
symbol;
2) an arrow must point in the direction of the equipment or station;
3) the appropriate symbol (reference number from 1 through 21) must be inserted
on the
left side of the arrow; and
4) in the symbols of emergency exits (reference numbers 23 through 25), the
arrow must point in the direction of the emergency equipment or station.
h) Installation
The posters and signs of this Section must be installed in the lifesaving boats or
in the vicinity of their launching devices.
- 4 - 25 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
SECTION IX
PILOT EMBARKATION DEVICES

All vessels employed in voyages during which the use of pilots is probable must be
equipped with pilot embarkation devices.
A pilot embarkation device must be built and approved in compliance with the IMO
Codes or Conventions.
The pilot embarkation devices may be of the ladder type, mechanical elevator or
any other approved type.
0456 - RULES AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

a) Maintenance and Safety Conditions
The pilot ladder must be approved by the DPC, and be kept safe and in good
condition.
The pilot ladder must allow for a safe embarkation of the pilot, and also for the
use by other people when entering or leaving the ship.
b) Location
The pilot ladder must allow for its installation on both sides of the ship, in a safe
position such that there will be no risk of being hit by eventual discharges from the ship. It
must be, as much as possible, away from the ship's edges, and situated over the flat
portion of the ship's side near midship.
c) Operation
1) In order to receive the pilot, the ladder must be launched at downwind.
2) In order to allow for a safe and comfortable access onto the ship, the pilot
must not be required to climb less than 1.50 m or more than 9 m..
3) When the height to be climbed by the pilot is over 9 m, the the access on
board from the pilot ladder must be made with the help of the gangway ladder or any other
equally safe and comfortable means.
4) Two painter lines with a circumference size no smaller than 65 mm and solidly
tied to the vessel must be ready to be used in the case of need, and also a safety line.
5) If the ship is in movement, the pilot embarkation or disembarkation must be
made with the ship moving ahead and on a maximum speed of 5 to 6 knots.
6) The ladder must be assembled by a qualified crew member and under the
supervision of an Officer.
0457 - SPECIAL DEVICES

a) Attachment
The vessels must be provided with appropriate devices which allow for a safe
and comfortable move from the top of the pilot ladder to the deck or boarding ladder. When
this move is made by means of a bulwark ladder, the ladder must be solidly attached to the
bulwark's handrail. The two handrails must be between 70 and 80 cm apart from each
other, and be rigidly attached to the ship's side with a minimum distance of 1.20 m above
the bulwark's upper edge. They must be built of steel or equivalent material with a diameter
of at least 40 mm.
b) Lighting
The embarkation spot must be provided with night lighting, in such a way as to
illuminate properly the ladder's upper part, the intermediate part, and also the position
where the pilot boards the vessel. The lighting device must be positioned in such a way as
to avoid obfuscating the pilot's sight.
- 4 - 26 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
c) Lifesaving Buoys
A lifesaving buoy must be kept near the ladder, with a floating device of
automatic lighting and a floating line which length must be equal to double of the height
from where it will be stowed to the vessel's lightweight load line or 30 m, whichever is the
greatest.
SECTION X
CREW AND PASSENGER PROTECTION
0458 - CREW AND PASSENGER PROTECTION

1) For the vessels not subject to assignment of a freeboard, as defined in item
0701, there must be provided a permanently unobstructed passage from the vessel's bow
to the stern with a minimum width in conformity with the provided for in Annex 3-L, which
shall not be allowed to run over hatch covers or any other obstacle which may constitute a
difficulty for the displacement of people.
2) In all exposed parts of the main decks and superstructures, there must be
placed adequate handrails or bulwarks, which may be removable, with a height no lower
than one meter (1 m).This height may be reduced, or such requirement may even be
suppressed at the discretion of the Harbor Master office of the vessel's enrollment
jurisdiction, whenever it may interfere in the vessel's normal operation, on condition of a
guarantee of adequate protection to the crew and / or passengers.
3) The handrail's lower opening must present a height lower than or equal to
230 mm, and the remaining openings shall not present spacings higher than 380 mm. If the
vessel's deck has rounded edges, the handrail supports must be placed on the deck's flat
part.
4) This item applies only to the following cases:
I) manned vessels or vessels transporting passengers; and
II) non-manned vessels which, for operational reasons, need people on board
during normal operation.
SECTION XI
MOORING AND ANCHORING DEVICES

It is for the person technically responsible for the vessel the dimensioning of the
mooring and anchoring system, through the use of tables and/or calculation methods of
verified practical efficiency. Adverse environmental factors such as currents, river rapids,
seabed types, winds and waves must be taken into consideration.
The anchor chains may have the links with or without studs, steel cables or
synthetic materials.
Classified vessels must follow the requirements provided for in the rules of the
Classification Society.
0460 - APPLICATION
a) Classified Vessels
Classified vessels must have mooring and anchoring devices in compliance with
the requirements provided for in the rules of their Classification Society.
b) Other Vessels
Non-classified vessels must have mooring and anchoring devices in conformity
with the vessel characteristics, and must follow the prescriptions of item 0459 of these
Standards.
- 4 - 27 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 21
c) Exemptions
Non-propelled and unmanned vessels are exempted from allocating
mooring and anchoring devices.
CHAPTER 5
CARGO TRANSPORT
SECTION I
TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS CARGOES
0500 - PURPOSE
Establishment of specification criteria of the several types of packaging for goods
and their stowage on board, aiming at the people's safety, the vessel's integrity and the
minimization of risks to the environment.
Special focus is given to dangerous merchandise packaged or in bulk, their
classification and the special procedures to which they are subject when transported.
0501 - DEFINITIONS
a) Dangerous Cargoes - means cargoes which by being explosive, compressed
or liquefied gases, flammable, oxidant, venomous, infecting agents, radioactive, corrosive
or contaminating substances, may present risks to the crew, the ship, the port facilities or to
the aquatic environment. These goods, according to their nature, may be transported
packaged or in bulk. The dangerous goods here defined are listed in the international
conventions and codes published by the IMO.
b) Dangerous Solid Cargoes in Bulk - means those that imply risks of a
chemical nature, included in appendix B of the Safety Practices Code
Related with Solid Cargoes in Bulk (BC Code in English or Ccgr in Spanish) from the IMO.
c) Intermediate Bulk Container - IBC - means rigid, semi-rigid or flexible
portable packages which do not fit the package specifications listed in paragraph d) and
have a capacity equal to or lower than 3 m3 (3000 litres). They are designed to be
mechanically handled and to resist the efforts caused by handling and transportation. Such
requirement is verified by means of specific essays (homologation).
d) Packages - means the enclosures or containers intended for containing
dangerous goods, dealt with in Annex I of the IMDG Code.
e) Massive Explosion - means the one that affects almost all the cargo, instantly.
f) Oil Tanker Ship - means a ship built or adapted mainly for the transportation of
oil in bulk in its cargo compartments, or a chemical tanker ship when carrying a total or
partial load of oil in bulk.
g) Chemical Tanker Ship - means a ship built or adapted mainly for the
transportation of noxious liquid substances in bulk, or a tanker ship when carrying a total or
partial load of noxious substances in bulk.
h) UN Number - means a number assigned by the United Nations Committee of
Experts on Transportation of Dangerous Goods to each product or substance, for its
identification.
i) Cargo Unit - means a group of packages forming a unified block. For example:
a certain number of cardboard boxes, palletized and tied together with straps.
0502 - CLASSIFICATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

The dangerous goods are divided in classes, according to their characteristics, as
follows:
-5-1- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
a) CLASS 1 - Explosives
These are the most dangerous goods that can be transported, and for this
reason the precautions prescribed for this class are particularly severe.
Class 1 is characterized by the fact that the type of package or enclosure is, in
many cases, an indication risk factor, and therefore, a factor influencing the determination
of the class itself for that substance.
This class has five subdivisions, corresponding to the distinct risks presented, as
follows:
1) Division 1.1 - substances or products presenting a risk of massive
explosio
n. 2) Division 1.2 - substances or products presenting a risk of projection,
but not a risk of massive explosion.
3) Division 1.3 - substances or products presenting a risk of fire and a risk of
producing slight effects of shock wave or projection or both effects, but which do not
present a risk of massive explosion. Comprehending substances or goods which:
I) ignite with great irradiation of heat, and
II) burn sequentially, but without risk of projections or shock.
4) Division 1.4 - substances or products not presenting a considerable risk. The
effects are restricted to the package, without projection of fragments at considerable
distances. The package's external fire is not expected to cause any explosion.
5) Division 1.5 - substances highly insensitive but presenting a risk of massive
explosion.
The substances in this division present a risk of massive explosion but are so
insensitive that, in normal conditions of transportation, they present little probability of
initiating a combustion or that its combustion may originate a detonation.
Note: It is more probable that the combustion may originate a detonation
when great volumes of these substances are carried by the ship. In these cases, the
substance must be considered as pertaining to Division 1.1 in what concerns to the
stowage.
6) Division 1.6 - substances highly insensitive, not presenting a risk of massive
explosion.
b) CLASS 2 - Compressed, liquefied or dissolved gases under pressure
1) Class 2.1 - Flammable gases;
2) Class 2.2 - Non-flammable and non-toxic gases; and
3) Class 2.3 - Toxic gases.
c) CLASS 3 - Flammable liquids;
These are mixtures of liquids, or liquids containing solids in solution or
suspension (e.g. paints and varnishes) which emanate flammable vapors at temperatures
below 61o C (in a closed crucible test) or 65o C (open crucible test), often referred to as
flash point.
d) CLASS 4 - Flammable solids;
1) Class 4.1 - Flammable solids (easily combustible);
2) Class 4.2 - Substances subject to spontaneous combustion; and
3) Class 4.3 - Substances which emit flammable gases when in contact with
water.
e) CLASS 5 - Oxidizing Substances and Organic Peroxides
1) Class 5.1 - Oxidizing Substances - substances which, in separate, are not
necessarily combustible and may, in contact with oxygen, cause or contribute to cause a
combustion of other materials; and
2) Class 5.2 - Organic Peroxides - substances thermally unstable which may
produce an exothermic auto-decomposition.
-5-2- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
f) CLASS 6 - Toxic or Infecting Substances
1) Class 6.1 - Toxic substances - substances capable of causing death, serious
wounds or health damages when inhaled, ingested or placed in contact with the skin; and
2) Class 6.2 - Infecting substances - substances containing live
microorganisms or their toxins, which cause or are suspected to cause illnesses in animals
or human beings.
g) CLASS 7 - Radioactive Substances
Means substances which emit radiation. Their transportation must be made in
accordance with the standards of the National Commission of Nuclear Energy (CNEN).
h) CLASS 8 - Corrosive Substances
Means the substances which, through chemical action, cause damage when in
contact with live tissue or, when spilled, cause damages to the ship or to other cargoes.
i) CLASS 9 - Miscellaneous Dangerous Substances and Materials
Means the dangerous substances and materials which do not fit in the remaining
classes.
They also include the products classified as sea pollutants, which
represent risk to the aquatic environment in the case of a spill.
0503 - REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

a) Packaged Goods
The transportation, packaging, segregation, marking, tagging and labeling of
packaged dangerous goods are governed by the IMO Code IMDG.
1) Package Homologation
The national packages must be homologated by the DPC, which shall issue
the competent homologation certificate. This certificate will show the UN marking to be
placed on the packages. A copy of this certificate must accompany each loading, aiming
at composing the cargo documentation.
When the package is originated from other countries, it must have the
respective UN marking of homologation by the originating country.
2) Statement of Dangerous Goods
The forwarder of a dangerous good must present a statement of dangerous
goods in accordance with the model of Annex 5-A, which must accompany the cargo
manifest. The dispatcher is responsible for the compatibility of the enclosed product with
the homologated package.
When the cargo is going to be transported in containers or inside vehicles, the
person responsible for its stowage must also sign a statement shown in the appropriate
field of the model in Annex 5-A.
3) Advance Notice
The vessels which carry packaged dangerous goods must report in advance
about the existence of this type of cargo to the CP, DL or AG with jurisdiction over the ports
of call, by means of a written notification. This notification must enter the referred office
with a minimum advance of 24 hours from the arrival to or departure from the port. The
model for this notice is shown in Annex 5-B.
4) Granting of a License for the Transportation of Dangerous Goods.
This license is applicable to Brazilian-flagged vessels classified for the
transportation of general cargo or passengers. The vessel's Master must present the
application for a transport license by means of a statement of responsibility as shown in
Annex 5-C. where he declares that all requirements relating with the packaging, the
packager, documentation, marking, tagging, strapping and segregation of the transported
dangerous goods have been met.
-5-3- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
The license will be statement of responsibility itself, after processed by the
CP, DL or AG. This grant shall be valid for all subsequent ports, since there is no further
embarkation of other dangerous goods.
In case the CP decides to perform a naval inspection, they will check the
following items:
I) Complete documentation filled in correctly;
II) Stowage and tying of the cargo;
III) Marking, tagging and labeling appropriately for each dangerous good
transported;
IV) Correct segregation;
V) Tying;
VI) Correct signaling of the places where the dangerous goods are; and
stowed;
VII) Availability of instructions about emergency procedures for the case of
accidents (for each class or type of dangerous good on board).
5) Dangerous Goods Manifest (Cargo Manifest).
On occasion of the vessel's dispatch, a list must be delivered to the CP, DL or
AG with all the dangerous goods on board, their quantities, types of packages, UN umbers,
class and location on board, following the model shown in Annex 5-A.
A detailed stowage plan, which identifies the goods per class and indicates
the location of all the dangerous goods on board may also be accepted
b) Substances in Bulk: Solid, Liquid and Liquefied Gases
The vessel which carries dangerous goods in bulk must keep on board the
competent Compliance Certificate in accordance with the respective code mentioned
in item 0510, issued by an organization recognized by the Brazilian Government, certifying
that the vessel is fit for loading the products intended for transportation.
Eventual waivers or exemptions may be authorized, at the discretion of the
DPC, through previous consultation.
0504 - OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

a) Access to the Vessel
The access way to the vessel must be kept unblocked, either when anchored or
moored.
b) Towing Facility
All vessels with dangerous cargo on board, either moored or anchored, must be
provided with towing cables of adequate dimensions at the bow and stern areas, kept ready
for immediate use. Steps must also be taken in order to provide facilities for releasing the
mooring lines quickly, without any help from land.
c) Signaling
All vessels when performing loading or unloading operations of flammable or
explosive products must fly during daytime the BRAVO flag of the International Signaling
Code, and at night, a circular red light with a minimum reach of 3 miles for vessels with GT
higher than 50 and 2 miles for vessels with GT lower than or equal to 50.
d) Adverse Meteorological Conditions
It shall not be allowed the moving of dangerous goods when the weather
conditions imply the increase of risks to the goods themselves or to the integrity of the
packages, except in the case of a previous analysis and authorization by the CP, DL or AG.
-5-4- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
e) Crew
In every vessel which performs the transportation of dangerous cargoes, there
must be a qualified crew for effecting the correct cargo handling and also for acting
appropriately in emergency situations.
The crew must be provided with individual protection equipment (EPI)
adequate for dealing with spills and fires related with the dangerous cargoes transported.
0505 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PACKAGED DANGEROUS GOODS

a) Casing
1) The packages or cargo units for the casing of dangerous goods must be with
their integrity guaranteed, with no signs of violation of the closing or seal. The packages
presenting signs of spillage must be rejected.
2) The arrangements of packages or cargo units must be done in such a way as
to preserve the integrity and safety of the cargo and the people working or moving nearby.
3) The stacking height of packages must be no higher than 3 m, except in the
case of devices being used which allow for the reaching of a superior height without
overloading the packages and which avoid compromising the safety.
4) The stowage of packages must be made in such a way as to allow for a
marked and labeled face stay visible in order to facilitate the identification.
5) The closing of packages containing humidified or diluted substances must be
such that there will be no release of vapor or spillage.
6) The packages must meet all requirements described in the IMDG Code
regarding types and limits, and must be compatible with the enclosed product.
b) Package Groups
The dangerous goods, except the ones of classes 1, 2, 6.2 and 7 are divided in
three groups according to the dangerousness of the enclosed product:
Group I - Merchandise presenting high dangerousness;
Group II - Merchandise presenting medium dangerousness; and
Group III - Merchandise presenting low dangerousness.
This division influences all provisions regarding the construction and the proof of
reliability of the different types of standardized packaging or bottling and the enclosures
which can be accepted for the transport
c) Homologation for the Transport of Dangerous Goods
1) The packages, intermediate containers, and tanks must have been
homologated by the Maritime Authority of the originating country, if the cargo comes from
abroad. The Brazilian packages must have been homologated by the DPC.
2) The CP, DL and AG offices must have a list of materials, equipment and
services homologated by the DPC, showing all the homologated packages and their
respective homologation certificates with dates of validity.
3) The shipowner must present a copy of the homologation certificate from the
DPC, relative to the specific package or transport unit, verifying its validity.
d) Package Marking
Packages containing dangerous goods must be marked in a durable way, able
to last for a minimum period of 3 months when immersed in water. They must show the
correct technical name (commercial names only are not acceptable),
and also the corresponding UN number and the characters identifying the
package homologation in accordance with the IMDG.
The marking must contain the United States (UN) symbol, followed by two lines
containing codes.
-5-5- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
1) The first line must contain:
I) The package type code according to Annex 5-D;
II) The designation X, Y or Z, being:
-X for products of package groups I, II and III;
-Y for products of package groups II and III; and
-Z for products of package group III, followed by the relative density of
the liquid used for testing, in the case of a package for liquids. This data may be omitted if
the density is lower than 1.2. In the case of solids, the gross weight in kg must be shown;
III) The letter S, when the package is tested for carrying solids, or the value of
the hydraulic pressure in KPa rounded to the nearest multiple of 10 KPa, when the package
is homologated through this test; and
IV) The two digits of the package's manufacturing year.
When the package is refurbished, the marking must contain the letter R and
the refurbishing year.
2) The second line must contain:
I)The acronym of the country where the homologation tests were
made; II) The package manufacturer's acronym; and
III) The code of the competent authority responsible for the homologation,
followed by the number of the package homologation certificate.
3) Example of marking adopted in Brazil (figure 5.1):
u 1G/Y 145/S/96 (manufacturing year)
n BR/VL/DPC-038/95
FIGURE 5-1: Example of Marking

This is the case of a cardboard drum (1G) intended for the transportation of
dangerous goods of package groups II and III (Y), tested with a gross weight of
145 kg, appropriate for containing solids (S) and manufactured in 1996 (96). Homologated
in Brazil (BR), manufactured by VAN LEER (VL), and homologated by the DPC, with the
Homologation Certificate No. 038/95 (DPC - 038/95).
4) The marking must be made on at least two faces or sides of the packages or
cargo units.
e) Labeling
1) The labeling must be made in conformity with the symbols standardized by
the United Nations, according to the IMDG general introduction section 8, as shown in
Annex 5-E of these Standards.
2) In the case of utilizing reusable plates for the identification of dangerous
goods on cargo or transport units, the plates must have the back side in blank.
f) Signaling
The storage places for flammable dangerous goods must be signaled with
posters determining the prohibition of smoking, and informing about the special precautions
for handling the cargo and protecting human life.
g) Emergency Card
The emergency card must contain the symbol of the product class, the technical
name, the UN number and information about the actions to be taken in cases
of spillage, fire and contact of the product with people. The model of Annex 5-F must be
followed.
-5-6- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
h) Segregation
The several classes and subclasses of dangerous goods which are incompatible
between each other must be duly kept apart among themselves. Such a measure aims at
avoiding the interaction of contents in the case of an accidental spillage which, by reacting
with each other, might cause an even greater damage. The segregation table shown in
Annex 5-G must be followed.
0506 - INTERMEDIATE CONTAINERS FOR BULK CARGO (IBC)

These containers are normally used for the transportation of products from
package groups II and III. They are commonly known by the English acronym IBC, which
will be adopted hereafter.
a) Homologation
The IBC containers must be homologated in compliance with the IMDG
prescriptions, by the Maritime Authority of the originating country. The ones manufactured
in Brazil shall be homologated by the DPC.
b) Marking
The IBC are codified for marking as follows:
Two arabic numerals indicating the IBC type, followed by one or more capital
letters in latin characters indicating the material's nature, followed if necessary by arabic
numerals indicating the IBC category within the type to which it pertains.
In the case of a compound IBC, the second position in the code must be filled in
with two capital letters in latin characters: the first one for indicating the internal enclosure's
material and the second one for the material of the outer enclosure.
The numerals applicable to the several types of IBC are shown in table
5.1.
FOR SOLID CONTENT FOR
TYPE UNLOADED BY UNLOADED LIQUID
GRAVITY UNDER CONTENT
PRESSURE (0.1
Rigid 11 21 31
Flexible 13 - -
TABLE 5.1
For identifying the material, the following letters are used:
A - Steel (all types and linings);
B - Aluminum;
C - Natural wood;
D - Plywood;
F- Recycled wood;
G - Cardboard;
H - Plastic material;
L - Textiles;
M - Multilayer paper;
N - Metal (except steel and aluminum).
The IBC types and codes are shown in Annex 5-H
0507 - SPECIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DANGEROUS PRODUCTS IN LIMITED

QUANTITIES
Products of certain classes when in small containers are exempt from compliance
of some requirements (marking, labeling, segregation) for transportation. These
exemptions are listed in paragraph b).
-5-7- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
The limits of quantities in containers for classes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8 are specified in
table 5.2.
TABLE 5.2

MAXIMUM
PACKAGE PHYSIC
CLASS QUANTITY BY
GROUP AL
INTERNAL
STATE
2 - Gas 120 ml
1 liter (metal)
3 II Liquid 500 ml
(glass or plastic)
3 III Liquid 5 liters
4.1 II Solid 500 g
4.1 III Solid 3 kg
4.3 II Liquid 25 ml
4.3 II Solid 100 g

Liquid or
4.3 III 1 kg
Solid

Liquid or
5.1 II 500 g
Solid

Liquid or
5.1 III 1 kg
Solid
5.2 (*) II Solid 100 g
5.2 (*) II Liquid 25 ml
6.1 II Solid 500 g
6.1 II Liquid 100 ml
6.1 III Solid 3 kg
6.1 III Liquid 1 liter
8 II Solid 1 kg
8 II Liquid 500 ml (**)
8 III Solid 2 kg
8 III Liquid 1 liter
Note:
(*) (See subparagraph a) 5) of this item.
(**) Internal enclosures made of glass, porcelain or ceramic must be surrounded by
a compatible rigid intermediate enclosure.
a) Exceptions
The recommendations of this item do not apply to:
1) Explosives - class 1;
2) Gases - class 2 (except if in aerosol), if they are flammable, corrosive, toxic
of oxidizing;
3) Self-reacting substances - subclass 4.1, which present a subsidiary risk as
explosive.
4)Substances subject to spontaneous combustion - subclass 4.2;
5) Organic peroxides - subclass 5.2, with the exception of kits for tests or repair,
or compound packages which may contain small amounts of these substances;
6) Infecting substances - subclass 6.2;
7) Radioactive materials - class 7;
8) Aerosols included in class 9;
9) Dangerous Products with package group I; and
-5-8- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
10) Substances identified as sea pollutants (see item 0508).
b) Softening and Exemptions
1) Dangerous products transported in accordance with these special
recommendations must be encased only in internal containers placed inside adequate
external packages, which must meet the requirements for package group III. The total
gross weight of an external package must not exceed 30kg and must not, in any case,
exceed the limits shown in the product's individual card, provided in the IMDG Code.
2) Different products in limited quantities may be placed in the same external
package, if taken into consideration all the segregation requirements contained in the
individual product cards, and after being sure that the products will not interact dangerously
if spillage occurs.
3) Packages with dangerous products, when transported in accordance with
these special recommendations, are exempted from carrying tags. However, unless it is
specified to the contrary, they must be marked with the correct technical name or as
"dangerous good in limited quantity Class ......" If the second identification option is
adopted, the package does not need to be marked with the UN number(s). The description
"dangerous good in limited quantity Class ......" shall be considered equally as the correct
technical name.
4) Requirements related with segregation do not need to be observed for a
cargo or transport unit.
5) Regarding the documentation, the statement of dangerous goods must show
one of the two expressions: "limited quantity" or "QUANT. L.T.D.A..
6) Limited quantities of dangerous products packaged and distributed for sale in
the retail market, and which are intended for consumption by individuals for purposes of
personal care or domestic use, may be exempted from the requirements relating to
transport documentation.
0508 - TRANSPORTATION OF PACKAGED DANGEROUS GOODS CLASSIFIED AS

POLLUTANT
The IMDG Code applies entirely to the transport of goods classified as "marine
pollutants", independent from the ship size. The exceptions regarding package marking
in terms of the limitation of quantities are:
a) Pollutants - internal packages with a capacity of up to 5 liters for liquids or
5 kg for solids; and
b) Severe pollutants - internal packages with a capacity of up to 0.5 liters for
liquids or 0.5 kg for solids.
0509 - INFORMATION IN CASE OF ACCIDENTS

The vessels carrying dangerous cargoes, which suffer accidents involving these
cargoes, must report the fact immediately to the competent authorities of the area where
the accident has taken place.
0510 - APPLICABLE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS

The requirements for construction and equipment of the vessels intended for the
transportation of dangerous cargoes must be in compliance with the international standards
relative to the type of good to be transported.
The reference to conventions and codes issued by the IMO includes the respective
amendments in force..
The international standards applied to each type of dangerous cargo are listed
according to each case, in the table of item 0302.
-5-9- NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
0511 - FOREIGN FLAGGED VESSELS
a) For the maritime transportation of packaged dangerous goods and / or packaged
hazardous substances, stowed in unitary containers or tanks, the foreign vessels must
produce, when applicable:
1) Document of Compliance for the transportation of dangerous goods, in
accordance with the provided for in rules 53 and 54, chapter II-2 of the SOLAS convention
and its amendments in force.;
2) Cargo Manifest or special list, as provided for in rule 5(5), chapter VII of the
SOLAS convention and rule 4(3), Annex III of the MARPOL 73/78 convention. This
document may be replaced by a detailed stowage plan;
3) A certificate or statement about the goods to be embarked, as provided for in
rule 5(2), chapter VII of the SOLAS convention and rule 4(2), Annex III of the MARPOL
73/78 convention.
4) A notification, with an advance of 24 hours when applicable, about the
transportation of hazardous substances as provided for in rule 8, Annex III of the MARPOL
73/78 convention.
b) The above listed documents must be checked with the models employed by the
Maritime Authority of the flag country, on occasion of the Port State Control (PSC) actions.
c) If clear signs are found that the transportation is not being effected in compliance
with these standards, the vessel must undergo a PSC inspection.
0512 - VESSELS TRANSPORTING FUELS

Vessels transporting alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives shall only be allowed to
do it in appropriate tanks, other than the fore peak tanks
or the aft peak tanks, equipped with the necessary devices for safety, transfer and control,
as prescribed in Section III of this chapter.
0513 - UNFORESEEN CASES

Any unforeseen cases shall be analyzed by the DPC.
SECTION II
ON-DECK CARGO TRANSPORT
0514 - APPLICATION
To establish standards for the on-deck cargo transportation, for all vessels with GT
> 50 which carry cargo on open decks and for the vessels which, even if not carrying on-
deck cargo, take part in a convoy where some other vessel is transporting cargo on open
decks.
0515 - REQUIREMENTS FOR CARGO TRANSPORT ON DECK

a) Stability
The vessel must present, for each loading condition, a satisfactory intact
stability, i.e., to meet all the stability criteria provided in these standards for the intended
sailing region.
b) Visibility from the Bridge
1) Angular tolerance
No cargo, crane or any aft obstruction to the view from the bridge may create a
blind sector of over 10o. The summation of blind sectors must not exceed
20o, and any free sector between two blind sectors must have at least 5o.
- 5 - 10 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
2) Bridge windows
I) The height of the front windows baseline from the floor at the bridge must
be the smallest possible. This baseline must in no case represent a restriction to the
forward visibility, as established in this item.
II) The height of the top line of the bridge's front windows must allow for a
view of the horizon in the bow direction, for a person with a height to the eyes of 1.80 m
and placed at the main steering position (steersman position) when the ship is scending.
3) Horizontal vision field
I) The horizontal vision field of an observer from the bridge must be of 112.5
to each side, from the bow.
II) From each bridge wing, the horizontal vision field must extend by an arc of
at least 225, counted from 45 to the opposite side of the center line, plus 180 of the
referred wing side.
III) The horizontal vision field from the main steering position must extend
over an arc going from the forward center line through at least
60 to each ship side.
IV) The ship's sides must be visible from the corresponding bridge wings.
4) Bridge vision reach
The sight of the sea surface ahead of the vessel, taken from the bridge, must
not be obstructed beyond a distance corresponding to more than
2 (two) vessel lengths or 500 m, whichever is the lowest, within an arc of 10 to each side
from the center line, independent of the vessel's draught, the trim or the deck cargo.
c) Structure
The scantlings composing the vessel's structure on a deck for cargo transport
must be dimensioned for the weight to be carried there, considering the cargo stowage
factor, the overloading from water embarkation, the dynamic effects and the increase in
weight due to water absorption. The safety factors and eventual additional considerations,
as a function of specific characteristics of each vessel or region of operation, shall be a
responsibility of the engineer in charge of the vessel design.
d) Accesses
1) The cargo arrangement on deck must enable access of the crew to the bow, the
stern and to the vessel's command.
2) The deck cargo must enable access to and the effective shutting of the openings
of compartments destined to:
- the crew;
- the passengers;
- the firefighting equipment; and
- the salvage equipment.
3) The deck cargo must not be allowed to obstruct the following items:
- scuppers;
- bulwark ports;
- fire outlets and fire stations;
- sounding tubes;
- air vents
- fan discharges;
- mooring and anchoring elements; and
- access to machinery placed on deck for effecting berthing, anchoring and
towing maneuvers.
- 5 - 11 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
4) The deck cargo must not be allowed to block the launching of salvage
equipment and must be stowed in such a way as to leave at least one access to the
vessel's cargo holds, without the need to displace it.
5) When the access to the above mentioned places has to be made over the deck
cargo or through the vessel's gunwales, there must be installed handrails, crosswalks or
bulwarks with a minimum height not lower than
1.00 m, in order to enable the crew to circulate with safety.
e) Marking
The open deck intended for cargo transportation must have an indelibly marked
stripe, defining the area where the cargo will be transported. The stripe must have a
minimum width of 5 cm and its color must contrast with the deck color.
f) Lashing
1) The cargo's lashing on deck must block its movement when the vessel is
sailing. It is advisable that the lashing of the deck cargo allows for its separation and even
its ejection, total or partial, in the case of danger.
2) The characteristics of the cables, turnbuckles, chains and other accessories
of deck cargo lashing must be such as to assure the cargo immobility.
0516 - SPECIAL CASES

a) Tanker vessels
It is forbidden for tanker vessels, when carrying flammable substances, liquefied
gases or noxious liquid substances, to transport cargo on deck. Furthermore, in other
tanker vessels which carry cargo on deck,
the cargo arrangement must allow for the access to all loading and unloading elements
positioned on deck and to the valves of the tank bilge and ventilation systems.
b) Passenger vessels
Passenger vessels are forbidden from carrying cargo on a deck other than the
main deck. The passengers of vessels which transport cargo on the main deck must,
preferably, not stay on this deck when sailing.
c) Transportation of dangerous cargo
The vessels carrying dangerous cargo on deck must follow the instructions
contained in Section I of this chapter.
0517 - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR THE PROJECT

Passenger vessels with GT higher than 50, cargo vessels with GT higher than 100
(including tanker vessels) and vessels without self-propulsion with GT higher than 200,
which are going to transport cargo on deck, must present the following additional
information in the plans and documents required for the granting of a license for
construction, alteration or reclassification:
a) A clear indication in the general arrangement and safety plans, of the limiting line
for the cargo area, the fore and aft passage areas for the crew, and if applicable, the
passenger transportation area on the considered deck;
b) The maximum permissible cargo weight per square meter for the considered
deck, in the master section and structural profile plans;
c) The chart "maximum cargo height x draught", with its respective calculation
record; and
d) The visibility distance for each loading condition shown in the trim and stability
booklet.
- 5 - 12 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
0518 - RESPONSIBILITY
The vessel Master shall be the responsible person before the Maritime Authority
agents, as applicable, for the fulfillment of the requirements provided in section II of this
chapter, and must sign the responsibility statement for cargo transportation on deck, which
model is shown in Annex 5-1 of the present standards.
SECTION III
TRANSPORTATION OF ALCOHOL, PETROLEUM AND DERIVATIVES
0519 - DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this section, the following definitions are adopted:
a)AJB - Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters.
b) ANP - National Petroleum Agency.
c) Interim Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport - a document valid for up
to ninety days, authorizing the vessel's operation until the Statement of Compliance for Oil
Carriage is issued.
d) Rafts - vessels without propulsion, used in bulk transportation of alcohol,
petroleum and derivatives or other products.
e) Breadth (B) - means the greatest width of the ship, measured at the midship
section through the frame molded line, in meters.
f) Statutory Certificate - a certificate issued compulsorily for a vessel, in
compliance with the established in International Conventions and Codes and applicable
national regulations.
g) Rule Length (L) - 96% of the total length on a waterline corresponding to
85% of the lowest molded depth measured from the baseline, or the length from the aft part
through the rudder stock axis, measured on the same waterline, whichever is the greatest.
In ships with an inclined keel, the waterline on which this length is measured must be
parallel to the design waterline. The rule length is expressed in meters.
h) Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport - a document stating the vessel's
conformity with all requirements laid down in applicable standards in force for the bulk
carriage of oil and its derivatives.
i) ISGOTT - International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals.
j) Tanker Ships for the Carriage of Gas (Gas Tankers) - ships built or adapted
mainly for the carriage of liquefied gases in bulk.
k) Tanker Ship for the Carriage of Petroleum (Oil Tanker) - a ship built or
adapted mainly for the carriage of oil and its derivatives in bulk inside its cargo tanks.
Includes combined carriers (ORE-OIL and ORE-BULK-OIL) and any tanker ship built or
adapted mainly for the carriage of chemicals products or noxious liquid substances in bulk,
when carrying petroleum and its derivatives.
l) Tanker Ship for the Transportation of Alcohol - a ship built or adapted
mainly for the carriage of alcohol in bulk, including oil tankers when employed in this type of
transportation.
m) Tanker Ship for the Carriage of Chemicals (Chemical Tanker) - a ship built
or adapted for the carriage of dangerous chemicals or noxious liquid substances in bulk.
Includes oil tankers when carrying chemicals or noxious liquid substances in bulk.
- 5 - 13 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
n) Permeability of a compartment - means the ratio between the compartment's
volume assumed to be occupied by water (in the flooded condition) and the compartment's
total volume.
o) Petroleum and its derivatives - any form of petroleum, including crude oil, fuel
oil, naphta, diesel, aviation fuel, oil sludge, oil residues and refined products, comprised by
the list shown in the Appendix I of Annex I of the MARPOL 73/78 Convention as amended.
p) Cargo Tank - the compartment intended for containing the cargo.
q) New Vessel - means a vessel which Construction, Alteration or
Reclassification License or Enrollment (when not subject to bearing those documents) for
operation in the carriage of alcohol, petroleum and derivatives have been requested after
June 30, 2004.
Any alterations introduced in an "existing vessel" with the purpose of meeting
the requirements established in items 0520 b), c) and d), shall not be considered as
alterations for the effect of classifying as "new vessel", thence it will not be necessary the
emission of an Alteration License.
r) Existing Vessels - means all vessels not classified as new.
s) Cargo Area - means the part of the vessel where are located the cargo tanks,
cargo pumps room, including ballast tanks, empty spaces, cofferdams and pump rooms
adjacent to cargo tanks, and all the deck area over the above mentioned spaces.
t) Alcohol - means the ethanol ( ethyl alcohol - CH3CH2OH ) in its forms utilized
as automotive fuel ( anhydrous ethanol and hydrated ethanol ).
u) IBC Code - means the International Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Carrier Ships of Dangerous Chemical Products in Bulk.
0520 - APPLICATION
a) Unless when expressly established to the contrary, this section applies to the
new vessels which carry alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives or other products.
b) Items 0522 (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), excepting (c) / 11 / 12 and (e) / 2 / Vll / IX
/ X / XI / XII, apply to the existing vessels which carry alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives
starting from December 31, 2004.
c) Items 0522 (d), (e) / 2 / VII / IX / X / XI / XII apply to the existing vessels which
carry alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives, starting from the first renewal survey occurring
after December 31, 2004.
d) Items 0524, 0525, 0526, 0527, 0528 and 0529 apply immediately to all existing
vessels which carry petroleum and its derivatives.
e) Items 0524, 0525, 0526, 0527, 0528 and 0529 do not apply to the vessels which
carry, exclusively, alcohol in bulk.
f) This Section does not apply to the substances listed in chapters 17 and 18 of the
IBC Code with exception for the ethanol (ethyl alcohol) as defined in item 0519 (t).
g) Items 0522 (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g) and (h), are applicable to the vessels with gross
tonnage lower than 500 which carry alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives and other
products in the open sea navigation.
h) Item 0522 (e) applies to the vessels with gross tonnage lower than 150 which
carry alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives or other products in the open sea navigation.
- 5 - 14 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
0521 - OBLIGINGNESS OF CLASSIFICATION
All the new vessels with gross tonnage higher than or equal to 500 must,
compulsorily, be classified and kept to class by a recognized Classification Society acting
on behalf of the Brazilian Government.
Existing vessels shall have a compulsory classification according to the provided
for in Chapter 3 of these Standards.
0522 - REQUIREMENTS
The vessels which this section applies to, as defined in item 0520, must also meet
the remaining requirements contained in the Maritime Authority Standards applicable to the
vessel's type and size, and navigation area.
The vessels employed in transportation of dangerous chemicals and liquefied
gases in bulk must also meet the requirements established in the International Codes, as
determined in chapter 3 of these Standards.
a) Safety Management
1) The operators must have a specific training policy for the crew, and provide
the updating of information and qualification in such a way as to meet the basic
requirements of the job;
2) The operators must have a policy for monitoring the proficiency of the crews
and assuring that the recently hired personnel have adequate qualifications and experience
for the functions to which they are being assigned;
3) All the documents, notices, notes and information on board must be placed in
a way that makes them easily visible and in a language of easy understanding by all the
crew;
4) A minimum of 2 (two) crew members or non-crew professionals in the case of
unmanned vessels (responsible for the operations of loading and
unloading), must have had training on Safety in Operations of Loading and Unloading
Petroleum and its derivatives and other products, in a way that, at any time during the
loading and unloading, one of these crew members is in charge of the operation.
5) The crew must be trained and kept proficient in the operation of all winches
and towing equipment. Training and practice sessions of the crew must be recorded and
must cover the following emergency situations which may be found during a towing
operation:
- propulsion failure;
- rudder failure;
- loss of towage; and
- loss of anchorage.
6) The safety management system must cover, at least, the following aspects:
- operational procedures of the vessel;
- policy and training of safety and the environment;
- policy and training of safety and occupational health;
- policy of alcohol and drugs;
- procedures for smoking on board;
- procedures of risk or emergency;
- procedures for entering confined spaces and heated work; and
- emergency procedures for fire, vessel aground, collision, flooding, severe
weather, rupture of cargo nets or hoses, loss of towage (if appropriate) and other; and
7) The management system must be contained in a Safety Manual. This manual
must be kept on board the vessel and must be of knowledge of all the crew.
- 5 - 15 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
b) Maintenance
All vessels must have a system of scheduled inspection / maintenance for the
equipment of firefighting, individual protection and salvage.
This system must include a record of all the performed maintenance, available
for inspection at any time.
All systems and equipment installed on board must be kept in normal operating
conditions.
Any equipment exceeding the allocation established by the regulations in force
and which are out of order must be repaired or taken out of the vessel, or be isolated and
kept clearly identified as inoperable.
c) Safety Requirements and Procedures
1) Internal combustion engines used must not burn fuels with a flash point lower
than 43 o C (like alcohol or gasoline) and must be provided with spark inhibitors and
overspeed shutoff devices;
2) All electrical installations, their equipment and accessories must be of an
approved type (explosion proof);
3) All portable equipment (electrical / battery) must be of an approved type
(gas tight);
4) Any manned vessel, while in a port, must have on board a buoy with line near
the access;
5) The access to the vessel must be always clean and unblocked;
6) The vessel must have on board a portable gangway with an anti-slipping
surface, lateral handrails and of a width and length enough for providing a safe
embarkation;
7) All cargo load and unload operations must be preceded by an operational
safety checking regarding the safety and risk of pollution, agreed upon, followed up and
signed by representatives of the vessel and the port terminal (or the other vessel). Annex 5-
J presents a model of Vessel Operational Safety Checklist for vessels carrying petroleum
and its derivatives;
8) Vessels transporting alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives shall only be
allowed to do it in appropriate tanks, other than the fore and aft peak tanks, and provided
with the necessary devices for safety, transfer and control;
9) During the loading and unloading operations, the vessels must be provided
with emergency towing cables of adequate dimensions at the bow and stern areas, kept
ready for immediate use. There must also be provided means for releasing the mooring
lines quickly,
10) All vessels when performing loading or unloading operations must fly during
daytime the BRAVO flag of the International Signaling Code, and at night, a circular red
light with a minimum reach of 3 miles for vessels with GT higher than 50 and 2 miles for
vessels with GT lower than or equal to 50;
11) All self-propelled vessels must be equipped with an emergency lighting
system for the pumps room, bridge or the place of operational control and the deck areas
involved in the operation, with a working capacity of 3 hours after a failure of the main
electric power;
12) Accommodation or service spaces shall not be placed in the loading area.
The end bulkhead of these spaces with the loading area shall not contain scuttles or
windows which are not fixed. Doors, windows, scuttles or any other types of openings
giving access to kitchens, accommodations or spaces in which there are equipment units
able to produce flames or sparks, must be situated at a minimum distance of 4 meters from
the loading area;
- 5 - 16 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
13) Packaged dangerous cargoes or dangerous chemicals in bulk, when
transported simultaneously with alcohol, petroleum and its derivatives, must comply with
the IMDG or Codes IBC/IBH respectively;
14) All personnel employed in loading and unloading operations of alcohol,
petroleum and its derivatives, being crew members or not, must be provided with complete
EPI (boots, coverall, helmet, gloves and protection eyeglasses);
15) Existing openings on deck such as scuttles, manholes and air vents must
meet the watertightness requirements as provided for in Chapter 7;
16) The vessel on-deck lighting must be enough for night operations;
17) The vessels must be provided with warning signs, installed on both sides of
the deck, with the following words: PERIGO MANTENHA-SE AFASTADO, RISCO DE
EXPLOSO, NO FUME, NO PROVOQUE CENTELHA (danger, keep distance, risk of
explosion, do not smoke, do not cause sparks);
18) The up-to-date loading piping schematic diagram must be available and on a
visible place;
19) All portable fire extinguishers must be charged, identified, with their
instructions of use and within validity;
20) Contention trays must be kept drained, dry and clean, and their drains shut;
21) The vessel's deck must be kept clean;
22) The cargo and ballast tanks must be identified;
23) During the loading and unloading operations, the main fire piping must be
kept pressurized; The hoses must be positioned and ready for immediate use; and
24) During the loading and unloading operations, the electrical earthing cable
must be connected.
d) Fire Prevention and Combat
Besides the requirements set forth in Chapter 4, the following requirements must
be met:
1) At least one fire pump must be available;
2) The main fire piping must be provided with one ship/ground international fire
connection, well identified and accessible from both of the vessel's sides, made of steel or
other equivalent material, manufactured to withstand the same pressure as the vessel's fire
piping, according with the drawing below:
- 5 - 17 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12

132 mm
178 mm
19 mm
Flange Thickness: 14.5 mm (minimum)

Four bolts with 16 mm diameter and 50 mm length, with nuts.
-
3) All manned vessels with GT higher than 500 must be provided with a
fire detection and alarm system;
4) Be provided with a Firefighting Plan, which must remain permanently posted
at the bridge, control stations, messrooms, recreation and living rooms, and other relevant
places on board, showing clearly for each deck, when existing:
- the control stations;
- fire detection and alarm system;
- the fixed firefighting system;
- specification and location of portable fire extinguishers;
- access means to different compartments; and
- ventilation system including the command of fans.
The plans must be legible and up-to-date, and kept available at the access
points to the vessels when at ports, terminals or moored to another vessel.
e) Pollution Prevention and Combat
1) Emergency Plan
All the vessels which carry more than 200 m3 of petroleum and its derivatives
must have and keep on board an Emergency Plan for
Pollution by Oil.
This plan must contain at least the following:
- a detailed description of the actions to be taken by the people on board to
reduce or control incidents with oil spilling;
- the procedure to be followed by the Master or the person in charge of the
vessel to report an incident of pollution by oil;
- a list of authorities and people to be contacted in the case of an incident of
pollution by oil;
- procedures for a coordinated action on board with national and local
authorities in the combat to the pollution; and
- location of equipment for containing, minimizing or recovering spilled
oil.
- 5 - 18 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
2) Construction Requirements
I) Provision of a continuous containment coaming on the deck, at least 150
mm high, around the entire deck area in such a way that eventual oil spills to the deck are
contained on board;
II) The containment coaming referred to in the previous item must be provided
with scuppers, which must be able to be obstructed by plugs or equivalent devices capable
of blocking the product spillage into the water;
III) The loading and unloading outlets must be provided with trays, with a
capacity no lower than 200 l; one of the tray drains must be connected to the cargo tank
through a piping with valve. Cargo tank vents, independent piping with safety valves and
any other device where an accidental liquid spill is possible must be provided with trays
with a capacity no lower than 20 l, with drains;
IV) Loading outlets, reductions, loading and unloading piping and associated
valves must be made of steel or other adequate material. The use of cast iron or aluminum
is not allowed. All outlets and piping must be attached and rigidly supported to prevent both
lateral and vertical movements;
V) Provision of piping flanges which are completely bolted and tight to liquids.
Open pipings or unused outlets must be provided with blind flanges completely bolted.
These blind flanges must be resistant enough to withstand the working pressure of the
piping;
VI) Perform a pressure test of the whole hose system and load piping at a
test pressure of 150% of the maximum working pressure at intervals of no more than 12
months. These tests must be recorded and the records be kept available on board for an
eventual inspection;
VII) Install in the loading control system an alarm of
high level of the cargo tanks, which must go off when the tank level reaches
95% of its capacity. The alarm must be individual for each tank and audible throughout the
vessel's operational area;
VIII) The discharge net must be provided with a manometer, installed
immediately after the pump, allowing for the monitoring of the operation pressure.
For the monitoring of the loading operation pressure, another manometer must be installed
near the loading / unloading outlet(s).
IX) The motor of the motor-pump unit must be installed outside the loading
area and must be sheltered by a structure which allows for ample natural ventilation.
Between the motor and the loading pump a bulkhead must be installed, with a height of at
least
1500 mm and width of at least 2000 mm. The bulkhead must be positioned near the
pump, in order to block oil splashes from reaching the heated surfaces of the motor;
X) The vessels must be provided with loading/unloading outlet(s);
XI) There must be no direct connection of cargo tanks, retention tanks for
oily residues, bilge pumps and any other spaces or equipment which may result in an
accidental oil discharge to the aquatic environment; and
XII) The bilge piping arrangement may include a device allowing for the
discharge from these spaces directly into the aquatic environment, in emergency situations
which threaten the safety of the own vessel and the people on board. This device, however,
must be provided at least with a sealed valve, kept permanently shut and with a warning
plate for use in emergency only. The seal must be numbered and recorded in the Oil
Registry Book PART I.
3) Operational Safety
- 5 - 19 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
I) Registry Book
All the operations of ballast, de-ballast, fuel oil tank cleansing, discarding
of oily residues from the engine room, bottom draining and other operations associated with
machinery compartments must be recorded in the Oil Registry Book PART I.
The operations of loading and unloading of oil carried as cargo, ballasting
and de-ballasting of cargo tanks, cargo tank cleansing and other operations related with
cargo transportation must be entered into an Oil Registry Book Part II.
The filling up standards of the Oil Registry Book Part I and Part II must
follow the models contained in the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
from Ships - MARPOL 73/78. The adopted Oil Registry Books Part I and Part II must be
kept on board and be always available for inspections.
II) Oil Spillage on Deck
The vessel must be provided with material for removal of oil spilled on
deck, composed by at least: fine wood sawdust (10 kg), absorbing cover (10 kg), sand (10
kg), squeegees (02 u), shovels of a spark-free material (02u), long rubber boots (02 pairs),
impermeable rubber gloves (02 pairs), plastic buckets (04 u), brooms (02 u), rags (10 kg),
tow (5 kg), reinforced plastic bags (20 u), 200 l drums for material storage and recovery of
residues from the cleaning chores (02 u) and a neutral product for oily deck cleaning (20 l).
III) Cargo Tanks
The tank ventilation system must be provided with an appropriate device
for assuring that neither the pressure nor the vacuum in the tanks exceed the parameters
of design (pressure/vacuum - PV valves), certified through bench tests with a validity
no longer than 24 months.
The fore and aft peak tanks shall not be used for the transportation of
cargo or fuel for consumption by the own vessel.
All manned vessels must be provided with equipment for detection of
explosive atmosphere. This equipment must be kept totally operational with testing and
calibration in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions (explosion-meter).
All manned vessels must be provided with equipment for measuring the
oxygen level. This equipment must be kept totally operational with testing and calibration in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions (oxygen detector).
IV) Cargo Plan
Each operation must have a cargo plan, specifically agreed upon with a
representative from the terminal. This Cargo Plan must contain at least the following
information:
- cargo distribution at the arrival and departure;
- density, quantity and temperature of the product;
- the vessel's tanks to be loaded or unloaded and the sequence to be
followed;
-identification of the cargo piping to be used (vessel or terminal);
- maximum cargo transfer flow rate;
- pressure limits;
- temperature limits;
- restrictions related with the accumulation of static electricity;
- any required preparation of tanks before or after the cargo operations.
- communications method and procedures for emergency stops;
- 5 - 20 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
- any simultaneous operation, such as fuel oil loading and storage; and
- previously transported
cargo.
V) Cargo Safety Data
All the transported cargo types must appear in MATERIAL SAFETY
DATA SHEETS (data sheets) covering information on safe handling, emergency
procedures and health related data.
f) Safety in the Confined Pump Spaces
I) At the pump room entrance there must be clearly exposed safety
procedures with the warnings and precautions to be observed by the people before
entering and while staying inside;
II) The pump rooms must have a monitoring system for the cargo pump
temperature;
III) The pump room ventilation must be done by means of forced exhaustion
(a minimum of 20 air changes per hour);
IV) Motors, equipment starting switches and lighting interrupters installed
inside the pump room must be of the explosion-proof type;
V) A device for emergency stopping of the pumps must be installed outside
the pump room. This device must be clearly identified and signaled;
VI) The pump room bottom must be kept free of liquids. The bottom must be
kept dry and free from oil residues;
VII) Vessels which use oil cargo pumps or pipings to perform ballast
operations in emergency situations must be provided with a device allowing for the effective
isolation of the two systems from each other. The devices used must be of the
type "removable reel piping section" , or any other assuring the same degree of
isolation;
VIII) The cargo pumps must be installed in a separate compartment from the
motor compartment, segregated by a gas tight bulkhead. Any penetrations through
bulkheads for the passage of cargo pump driving axles, which driving motors are installed
in a separate compartment, must be gas tight; and
IX) The pump room must be provided with a sounding alarm for high level in
bilge wells. This alarm must sound at the bridge, the pump room itself and the main deck.
g) Safety and Prevention in Machinery Spaces
I) The piping of fuel oil and oil for hydraulic systems must be installed in such a
way as to avoid the occurrence of spillage over heated surfaces; and
II) The equipment installed near these piping must have protection against oil
splashes.
h) Anchoring and Mooring Safety
I) All the mooring cables, shackles, winches and brakes must be kept in good
conditions;
II) All the electrically driven winches must have explosion-proof motors
;
III) Hydraulic winches must be kept free of leakages;
IV) The set of cables used for the vessel's mooring must have
uniform dimensions and be manufactured of the same material (all nylon-made, all
polypropylene, etc); and
V) All self-propelled vessels must be provided with an anchoring system.
The system must have a device in addition to the windlass or winch brake, when existing,
for blocking the anchor and the cable or anchor chain.
- 5 - 21 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
0523 - VESSELS WITHOUT PROPULSION
Vessels without propulsion must meet items 0522 (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (h) (I) and (h)
(IV); except (c) (11), (12) and (23).
0524 - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE

Besides the surveys for emission of statutory certificates, an expert survey must be
conducted for emission of the Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport and its
derivatives, in all vessels used for this type of transportation.
A Statement of Compliance is required for all the vessels which summation of
cargo tank volumes is superior to 200 cubic meters.
0525 - PROCEDURES FOR A SURVEY FOR EMISSION OF THE STATEMENT OF

COMPLIANCE
a) Request of Survey
The shipowner or representative must forward to the Harbor Master or Delegate
Office (CP/DL) of the port where the survey must be conducted, a Request for Expert
Survey of Oil Tanker (SPCP), effected through a document filled in as in the model shown
in Annex 5-L and attaching a copy of the proof of payment of the compensation provided in
Annex 10-D. The request must enter the CP/DL preferably with an advance of a minimum
of three (3) working days from the vessel arrival, postal service or fax accepted.
The surveys shall be carried out during day hours, by a naval inspector from the
Harbor master or Delegate Offices (CP/DL).
The application must contain, attached, documents verifying the shipowner
name.
b) Vessel's Condition for the Survey
Besides complying with the general requirements laid down in the previous
paragraph, the vessel shall be anchored in sheltered waters or moored, with all applicable
safety measures observed.
The survey may be carried out with the vessel in operation of loading or
unloading. However, the surveyor shall be accompanied full time by the Captain or a
person designated by him (when the vessel is manned), or by a shipowner representative
(in the case of an unmanned vessel), with the necessary authority and knowledge to assist
in all that is requested, especially regarding safety aspects.
It is not necessary to have the vessel degassed. However, this may be
requested in case of indication that the inspection must be deepened. In these cases, the
tanks assigned for inspection must be degassed as necessary, after their unloading.
In the case of need for degassing tanks for conclusion of the survey, the vessel
must be impeded from carrying out any loading until the survey is finalized and the
corresponding Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport is issued.
c) Documentation
The certificates provided in the applicable national laws, the vessel registration
certificate and the documents verifying the names of the shipowner and operator must be
available on board on occasion of the survey. If the vessel is classified, the Class
Certificate must also be available.
d) Support
The shipowners or their agents must provide all necessary support regarding
materials, local transportation, etc, for the performance of the compliance survey. A
previous contact must also be made with the CP/DL for detailing the necessary support.
- 5 - 22 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
0526 - SCOPE OF THE SURVEY
a) Certificates
The certificates provided in the applicable national regulations, the vessel's
registration certificate (or the enrollment title) and the documents verifying the names of the
shipowner, operator and proprietor of the vessel must be checked.
If the vessel is classified, the Class Certificate must also be checked.
b) Structure
The last renewal survey report and, if applicable, the results of thickness
measurements, as established in Chapter 10, must be examined. In case the vessel is
classified, the last dry docking report and all remaining reports issued by the Classification
Society must be examined. Internal structural inspections of the ballast tanks, empty
spaces and tanks / cargo holds must be conducted, if signs are found which lead to a
deeper inspection.
c) Systems
It must also be carried out a visual inspection and random operational tests in
systems of navigation, pollution prevention, cargo and ballast, inert gas and crude oil tank
cleansing (COW), if existing, firefighting, anchoring and mooring, communications,
propulsion and steering system, and other.
d) Operational Procedures
Systems of safety management, loading and unloading, transshipment between
vessels and other operational procedures and instructions must be checked.
0527 - PROCEDURE FOR THE RELEASE OF SHIP FOR LOADING

a) Vessel without deficiencies
After concluding the survey, in case there were no deficiencies pointed out, a
Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport shall be issued by the Harbor Master or
Delegate in accordance with the model contained in Annex 5-M, which authorizes the ship
to perform transportation of oil and derivatives.
b) Vessel with minor deficiencies
An Interim Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport must be issued by the
Harbor Master or Delegate, in case the deficiencies noted do not represent risk to the ship.
In this case, the statement must carry attached a list with the pending demands, showing
the nature and deadlines for their fulfillment. After all noted demands have been satisfied, a
new expert survey must be requested for verification of their fulfillment. It will then be
issued the corresponding Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport, with validity from the
date of the initial survey.
c) Vessel with major deficiencies
1) Vessels classified or certified by
Specialized Entities
In case the Expert Surveyor finds deficiencies requiring deeper analysis, the
vessel shall not be released for operation, and the shipowner shall be requested to obtain a
specific opinion about the noted discrepancy from the vessel's Classification Society or
Specialized Entity. Only after analysis of this opinion, the Harbor Master or Delegate shall
evaluate the convenience of issuing the corresponding permit and/or determining the
correction of the deficiencies noted, prior to issuing said document.
In case serious deficiencies or structural damages are found by the Expert
Surveyor, these deficiencies or damages must be repaired with follow-up by the vessel's
Classification Society or Specialized Entity. The vessel's release shall be on condition to
the analysis, by the Harbor Master or Delegate, of the report from the Classification Society
or Specialized Entity, certifying that the
- 5 - 23 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
noted deficiencies have been corrected, as well as the confirmation on board by the
Naval Surveyor.
2) Non-classified vessels
In case the Expert Surveyor finds deficiencies requiring deeper analysis, the
vessel shall not be released for operation, and the shipowner shall be requested to obtain a
specific opinion about the noted discrepancy, issued by a naval engineer duly registered
with the CREA. Only after analysis of this opinion, the Harbor Master or Delegate shall
evaluate the convenience of issuing the corresponding permit and/or determining the
correction of the deficiencies noted, prior to issuing said document.
In case serious deficiencies or structural damages are found by the Expert
Surveyor, these deficiencies or damages must be repaired with follow-up by a naval
engineer duly registered with the CREA. The release of the ship shall be conditioned to
analysis by the Harbor Master or Delegate, of a detailed and conclusive report issued by
the engineer who monitored the repairs, stating that the deficiencies noted were corrected,
as well as of the confirmation on board by the Naval Surveyor.
0528 - VALIDITY PERIOD OF THE STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE AND THE INTERIM

STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
After analysis of the documents and verification of the absence of deficiencies,
or that deficiencies noted in the survey were corrected, the CP/DL shall issue the
Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport for the vessel, valid for one year from the
date of survey. A model of Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport is in Annex 5-M.
The Interim Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport shall be issued by
the Harbor Master or Delegate, with a validity of three months. The model of Interim
Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport is shown in Annex 5-N.
Both the Statement of Compliance and the Interim Statement of Compliance for
Oil Transport will be issued in 3 copies. One copy is intended for the ship and the
remaining ones must be forwarded to the DPC. The DPC shall later forward, one copy to
the ANP.
The renewal of a Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport shall be
effected through the execution of a new Expert Survey.
0529 - CONTROL
The DPC shall publish and keep updated a listing with ships authorized for the
transportation of oil and its derivatives, on their website.
The CP/DL offices shall keep updated the Management System of Surveys and
Inspections - SISGEVI with all surveys and inspections carried out, thus enabling the
updating by the DPC of their information published on the Internet.
The request of an expert survey for cancellation of pending demands may be
forwarded to any CP/DL in which jurisdiction the vessel is found. After verification of the
fulfillment of all pending demands, the CP/DL shall issue the corresponding Statement of
Compliance for Oil Transport.
The vessels authorized to perform transportation of oil and derivatives must keep
on board the Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport or the Interim Statement of
Compliance for Oil Transport.
CHAPTER 6 - HELIDECK CERTIFICATION

Refer to NORMAM-27/DPC - MARITIME AUTHORITY STANDARDS FOR THE
CERTIFICATION OF HELIDECKS FITTED ON VESSELS AND PLATFORMS
- 5 - 24 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 12
CHAPTER 7
FREEBOARD AND INTACT STABILITY
0700 - PURPOSE
To establish specific rules and instructions for determination of the freeboard and
division into compartments of national vessels employed in Open Sea Navigation, and
establish also the criteria and procedures for verification of the intact stability.
SECTION I
DEFINITIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
0701 - APPLICATION
a) Freeboard
1) The rules relating to the assignment of Freeboard, contained in the present
Standards, apply to the following vessels:
(a) the ones which request the emission of a National or International
Freeboard Certificate on or after 2/4/1997;
(b) the ones constructed before 2/4/1997, on request by the proprietor or
shipowner; and
(c) the ones already built and that have been the object of significant
modifications, which demand reevaluation of the freeboard, on or after 5/4/1997.
2) The renewal of Freeboard Certificates of existing vessels with a freeboard
assigned in accordance with instructions no longer in force,
must meet the procedures established in Annex 7-H.
b) Stability
The rules relating to the verification of intact stability, contained in the present
Standards, apply to all vessels employed in the Open Sea Navigation which were
constructed after 6/9/1998.
c) Compartmentalization
1) The rules relating to the compartmentalization, contained in the present
Standards, apply to all Passenger Vessels with gross tonnage higher than 50 which have
been constructed after 6/9/1998.
2) The Passenger Vessels with gross tonnage higher than 50 which have been
constructed prior to 6/9/1998 must meet these requirements on occasion of the first
Renewal Survey due after February 04, 1999.
3) The vessels with gross tonnage higher than 50 which have been reclassified
for operating as Passenger Vessels must meet the rules contained in the present
Standards in relation to the compartmentalization.
4) The Passenger Vessels which underwent major alterations must, at the
discretion of the DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts, also meet the rules regarding
compartmentalization contained in the present Standards.
0702 - EXEMPTIONS FROM FREE-BOARD ASSIGNMENT

a) The following vessels are exempted from the assignment of freeboard, since
they present at least one of the following characteristics:
1) a ruled length (L) lower than twenty (20) meters;
2) a gross tonnage lower than or equal to 50;
3) vessels intended exclusively for sports or recreation; and
4) warships.
-7-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
b) The DPC may exempt a vessel which have devices of a new type, from any
requirement of the present rules which application may seriously impede the research for
development of such devices and their further incorporation to the ships engaged in
maritime navigation. However, these vessels must meet the requirements that, at the
discretion of the DPC, are adequate for the service in which the vessel will be employed
and which assure its safety.
0703 - DEFINITIONS
Except where expressly indicated to the contrary, the definitions contained in Rule
3 of the International Convention on Load Lines (1966) are valid for the application of
present Chapter. The following definitions are additionally considered:
a) Total Length
Means the horizontal distance measured between the extreme points of the bow
and stern. In the case of sail vessels, the bowsprit must not be considered.
b) Weathertight
Means any accessory or structural component which presents a satisfactory
performance in the sense of blocking the passage of water when submitted to an essay
following the procedure described in item 0704 a).
c) Watertight
Means any accessory or structural component which presents a satisfactory
following the procedure described in item 0704 b).
d) Passenger
Means any person who is not the Captain and crew members or other persons
employed or occupied, in any way, on board the vessel,
in services related to them, or a child less than one year old.
e) Passenger Vessel
Means any vessel which carries more than twelve passengers.
f) Tugboat and / or Pusher
Means any vessel designed or adapted to perform operations of towing and / or
pushing.
g) Fishing Vessel
Means any vessel employed exclusively in the capture of live resources
from
the sea.h) Cargo Vessel
Means any vessel that does not fit the definitions contained in the
paragraphs e), f) or g)
above.
i) Barge
Means any cargo vessel presenting, generally, the following characteristics:
1) unmanned;
2) no self-propulsion system;
3) breadth-to-draught ratio higher than 6; and
4) breadth-to-depth ratio higher than 3.
j) SOLAS Vessels
Means all merchant vessels used for international maritime voyages or
employed in the merchant maritime traffic among Brazilian ports, oceanic islands, port
terminals and offshore platforms, with exception to:
1) cargo vessels with gross tonnage lower than 500;
2) passenger vessels with gross tonnage lower than 500 and not used for
international voyages;
-7-2- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
3) vessels with a ruled length lower than twenty-four (24) meters;
5) wooden vessels of primitive construction; and
6) fishing vessels.
k) Non-SOLAS Vessels
Means all those not fitting the definition of
"SOLAS Vessels" shown in the above paragraph.
l) Flooding Angle
Means the transversal inclination angle starting from which are submerged the
openings of the hull and / or superstructure which cannot be shut and / or made
weathertight. Any small openings through which a progressive flooding is not possible do
not need to be considered as open when determining this parameter.
0704 - PROCEDURES FOR TIGHTNESS TESTS

a) Weathertight
In order to evaluate if a device can be considered as Weathertight, the same
must be tested in accordance with the following procedure:
1) shut the object under essay and tighten its clamping aids by hand, without
tools, except where provided by design;
2) apply a water jet (spray) of 2 Kg/cm2 pressure from a distance between 2.5
and 3 meters, for at least 3 minutes and at an angle of 45o;
3) the jet must be applied slowly and gradually around the whole closing area;
and
4) the minimum hose nozzle diameter must be of 16 mm.
For any device to be considered as weathertight, there shall be observed no
leakage whatsoever on the opposite side of where the jet was applied.
b) Watertight
In order to evaluate if a device can be considered as Watertight, the same must
be tested in accordance with the following procedure:
1) shut the object and tighten its clamping aids by hand, without tools, except
where provided by design;
2) apply a solid jet of 2 Kg/cm2 pressure from a maximum distance of
1.5 m and at an angle of 45o, except on hatchcovers or panel junctions, where the jet
application angle must be of 90o;
3) the jet must be applied slowly and gradually around the whole closing area;
and
4) the minimum hose nozzle diameter must be of 12.5 mm.
For any device to be considered as watertight, there shall be observed no
leakage whatsoever on the opposite side of where the jet was applied.
0705 - FREEBOARD DETERMINATION OF SOLAS VESSELS

These vessels must comply entirely with the requirements provided in the
International Convention on Load Lines (1966) and Amendments in force, including those
specific for the calculation of freeboard, surveys, inspections and attachment of vessel side
marks. Vessels of a non-metallic hull and / or which construction characteristics make
advisable not to apply the provisions of that Convention, or even impracticable, may at the
discretion of the DPC, observe only the requirements established in these Standards.
-7-3- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
0706 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-SOLAS VESSELS
a) Doorsteps - external doors giving access to the interior of any compartment
must have a doorstep with a minimum of 380 mm.
b) Openings on the Freeboard Deck
1) The existing scuttles on the freeboard deck must present a coaming at least
380 mm high, while in any other deck the scuttle coamings must be at least 150 mm high.
The shutting of a scuttle must be necessarily made by means of covers with permanently
attached clamps.
2) The hatch coamings existing on the freeboard deck must be at least 600 mm
high, while in any other deck they must be at least 150 mm high.
3) The covers for openings of hatches and scuttles, and their respective closing
aids, must be sufficiently strong to allow for the satisfaction of the tightness conditions
provided and must, also, present all the necessary elements to ensure the said tightness.
4) The required coaming heights mentioned in items 1) and 2) may be reduced
or even suppressed, at the discretion of the DPC, if the vessel's safety is not compromised
by this motive in any sea condition. Manholes and openings for withdrawal of equipment,
closed by means of bolted covers and watertight, are not subject to any requirement for the
minimum height of coamings.
c) Hull Openings
The side scuttles and bull eyes existing on hulls below the freeboard deck must
present the following characteristics:
(a) be watertight (or have shutting devices
which are watertight);
(b) be provided with a combat cover;
(c) be solidly built; and
(d) be provided with tempered glasses with a thickness compatible with their
diameter.
2) The hull openings must have watertight covers or side scuttles
and bull eyes which meet the requirements provided for in subparagraph 1) above, and
must be positioned in such a way that their lower edge will be at least 500 mm above the
loaded waterline, in any foreseen trimming condition.
d) Bulwark Ports
1) All structures which allow for the accumulation of water must have devices
which enable for their prompt evacuation (bulwark ports). The minimum discharge area on
each vessel side and in each well on the freeboard deck must be calculated as follows:
(a) Length of bulwark at the well of up to 20 meters:
A=0.03xL1+0.60 (1)
(b) Length of bulwark at the well higher than 20 meters:
A=0.06xL1 (2)
Where:
A = minimum water discharge area in m2; and
L1 = length of bulwark, in meters.
2) If the bulwark ports will serve wells of the superstructure decks, the
water discharge areas must be equivalent to half of the indicated
above.
3) If the bulwark ports do not meet their purpose due to a pronounced sheer,
their installation may be released, the same way they shall also not be required on
bulwarks placed at vessel bows.
-7-4- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
e) Air vents
1) The external air vents, placed above the freeboard deck, must:
(a) have weathertight closing aids on their ends, through permanently
attached devices;
(b) have a vertical distance between the lowest point of the "U" bottom (air
vent "neck") and the deck where it is installed, no lower than 750 mm when on the
freeboard deck, or 450 mm in all other cases (equivalent arrangements may be accepted at
the discretion of the DPC).
2) The air vents of fresh water storage tanks, diesel and lube oil tanks, deep
ballast tanks with the height greater than the width or sea chests, presenting a negligible
free-surface effect, are exempt from meeting the requirements of minimum height specified
above.
Ventilation or Exhaustion Devices
1) The ventilation or exhaustion ducts serving spaces placed below the
freeboard deck must have their external upper end equipped with weathertight closing aids,
through permanently attached clamps.
2) These closing devices may be forgone if the vertical distance between the
lower edge of the exposed opening and the freeboard deck (h1) is, at least, equal to the
one obtained through the following expression:
h1 1.20+0.56y (3)
where:
h1 = vertical distance between the lower edge of the ventilation/exhaustion
duct exposed opening and the freeboard deck, in meters; and
y = distance from the ventilation/exhaustion duct installation place to the
vessel Center Line, in meters.
3) Venetian blinds installed on external bulkheads or doors, intended for the
ventilation of compartments placed under the freeboard deck or closed superstructures,
and which do not have effective closing means making them weathertight, must meet the
minimum height requirements of the ventilation ducts specified in the previous
subparagraph.
4) Devices for lighting and/or natural ventilation (skylights) placed immediately
above the freeboard deck and intended for serving compartments under that deck must:
(a) be watertight, or have watertight closing means
(watertight);
(b) be built with glasses of compatible thicknesses related to their area and
maximum linear dimension, although not needing to be provided with combat covers; and
(c) have coamings with a minimum height of 380 mm.
g) Discharges from the Ship Side
The ship side end of wastewater discharge pipes must be provided with
retention and closing valves (combined or not) easily accessible, except in the cases where
the discharge is made by gravity and the vertical distance between the point of discharge at
the ship's side and the pipe's upper end is no lower than 2.00m, when the valves may then
be just for closing with no retention.
h) Protection of the Crew
1) In all exposed parts of the freeboard decks and superstructure decks, there
must be placed adequate handrails or bulwarks, with a height no lower than one meter (1.0
m). This height may be reduced, or such requirement may even be suppressed at the
discretion of the DPC, whenever it may interfere in the vessel's normal operation, since an
adequate protection to the crew and / or passengers is assured.
-7-5- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
2) The handrail's lower opening must present a height lower than or equal to
230 mm, and the remaining openings must not present spacings higher than 380 mm. If the
vessel's deck has rounded edges, the handrail supports must be placed on the deck's flat
part.
3) A permanently unobstructed walkway must be provided from the vessel's bow
to stern with, at least, 80 cm width on each side, which shall not be allowed to run over
hatch covers.
SECTION II
FREEBOARD DETERMINATION OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS
0707 - MINIMUM BOW HEIGHT (Hp)

a) The minimum bow height (Hp), measured vertically at the fore perpendicular
from the designed waterline up to the open deck, in accordance to the provided in
subparagraph b), must not be inferior to the value obtained through the following
expressions:
1) Vessels with total length (CT) 24 m:
HP=43xCT+310 (4)
2) Vessels with total length (CT) > 24m:
HP=48xCT+190 (5)
where:
HP = minimum bow height, in mm; and
CT = vessel total length, in m.
b) The minimum bow height must be measured up to:
1) the freeboard deck, which may present a regular sheer starting from the
midship section through the fore perpendicular; or
2) a forecastle deck. closed and weathertight, with a length no inferior to 10% of
the vessel's total length, even when this deck presents a sheer which, however, must not
be higher than the freeboard deck's sheer.
0708 - FREEBOARD CALCULATION OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS

a) Minimum Freeboard
The minimum freeboard value shall be equal to the vertical distance measured
at midship, between the upper face of the freeboard deck stringer and a waterline which is
parallel to the designed waterline and intercepts the fore perpendicular at the point
corresponding to the minimum bow height.
b) Correction to the Deck Line Position
It is applicable when an impediment occurs for the marking of the Deck Line at
its regular position. In such cases, the difference between the real position and the one
established by the rules will be added to or deducted from the value of minimum freeboard
(Fig. 7-1), according to the case.
c) Minimum Value
The minimum freeboard must not be lower than 100 mm, except as a
consequence of the correction to the Deck Line Position.
d) Maximum Draught Checking
The vessels must present satisfactory structural resistance and intact stability, at
the draught corresponding to the minimum freeboard assigned. In case this freeboard
occasions a draught value higher than the maximum draught considered by the designer,
the minimum freeboard must be increased in order to coincide with the maximum draught.
-7-6- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
Special attention must be given to the requirements of positioning of the ship's
side openings, presented in subparagraph 0706 c). The freeboard must be increased
whenever necessary to assure the compliance with those requirements.
e) Alternative Procedure
For a non-SOLAS vessel employed in Open Sea Navigation, the calculation of
its freeboard may be made in compliance with the provisions of the International
Convention on Load Lines (1966) in force, whenever deemed necessary or convenient. In
this case, the remaining provisions of that Convention must be fully met, as well as the
determinations contained in Section V of this chapter. Eventual requests for exemption
from the requirement of minimum bow height established in rule 39 of the Convention will
be assessed by the DPC on a case-by-case basis.
FIGURE 7-1: Correction to the Deck Line Position
0709 - CORRECTION FOR FRESH WATER NAVIGATION

In the case of navigation in fresh water being also foreseen, the minimum
freeboard for this purpose must be reduced by the value obtained through the following
expression:
AD=(D-BL)/48 (6)
where:
AD = correction for fresh water navigation, in millimeters;
D = depth for the freeboard, in millimeters; and
BL = minimum freeboard, in millimeters.
SECTION III
FREEBOARD MARKS OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS
0710 - DECK LINE MARK

a) Characteristics
A horizontal line 300 mm long and 25 mm wide, placed on both ship sides,
centered at midship and with the upper edge coinciding with the intersection between the
extension of the freeboard deck upper face and the external face of the ship's side plating
(Figures 7-2 and 7-3).
-7-7- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
FIGURE 7-2: Marks of Deck Line and Load Line
FIGURE 7-3: Positioning of the Deck Line

b) Location (Special Cases)
1) In vessels with a discontinuous freeboard deck, in which the upper portion of
this deck extends beyond midship, the deck line's upper edge must be positioned
coinciding with the extension of the upper face of the deck's lower portion, parallel to the
upper portion of the same.
2) In the vessels with rounded edges or any other devices which make
impossible to affix the mark at the established place, its position must be determined with
reference to another fixed point on the ship's side, since the freeboard is corrected
accordingly (Figure 7-1).
0711 - LOAD LINE MARKING (PLIMSOLL DISK)

a) Characteristics
It consists of a ring with 180 mm external diameter and 25 mm line width,
crossed by a horizontal line 300 mm long and 25 mm wide which superior edge passes
through the ring center (Figure 7-2).
b) Location
This mark must be affixed on both vessel sides, in such a way that the center of
the ring will be placed at midship and at a vertical distance below the Deck Line's upper
edge equal to the assigned freeboard. (Figure 7-2)
c) Marking for Small Values of Freeboard
Whenever the minimum freeboard is lower than 120 mm, only the lower part of
the ring must be affixed horizontally in a compatible way (Figure 7-4).
FIGURE 7-4: Load Line Mark for a Freeboard Lower than 120 mm
0712 - MARK OF THE RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITY

When the freeboard is assigned by the Harbor Master offices (CP or
CF), Delegate offices (DL) or by the GEVI, there must be affixed on both vessel sides
-7-8- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
the letters "C" and "P", respectively to the left and to the right of the load line mark and
above the horizontal line, each one being 35 mm high and 25 mm wide, to indicate that the
CP(CF)/DL or GEVI was the authority responsible for the measurements, calculations and
assignment of the load line (Figure 7-5).
When the freeboard is assigned by a Classification Society or Specialized
Entity there must be affixed the letters corresponding to each entity.
FIGURE 7-5: Mark of the Responsible Authority
0713 - FRESH WATER MARK

It consists of two horizontal lines and one vertical, all 25 mm wide, and the vertical
line must be positioned 650 mm forward of the load line mark center, uniting the two
horizontal lines with 300 mm each, as indicated
in (Figure 7-6) The vertical distance between the two horizontal lines must be equal to the
correction made for the navigation in fresh water, presented in item 0709.
0714 - MARKING DETAILS

a) All the marks must be permanently affixed on both vessel sides. For the steel
ships, they must be welded or engraved in a permanent way.
b) The marks shall be painted white or yellow when affixed on a dark background,
or black when on a clear background.
c) All marks must be easily visible and, if necessary, special arrangements must be
made with this purpose, at the discretion of the DPC.
350 mm 300 mm
25
mm
AD
300
mm
FIGURE 7-6: Fresh Water Mark
-7-9- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
SECTION IV
CERTIFICATE OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS
0715 - NATIONAL CERTIFICATE OF FREEBOARD FOR THE OPEN SEA

NAVIGATION
a) Obligingness
The non-SOLAS vessels which are not exempted from freeboard assignment, as
established in items 0701 and 0702, must carry a National Freeboard Certificate for Open
Sea Navigation, for which a model is presented in Annex 7-A.
b) Emission
The National Freeboard Certificate for Open Sea Navigation may be issued, for
EC1 vessels, by the recognized Classification Societies acting on behalf of the Brazilian
Government in the open sea navigation, by Specialized Entities or by the GEVI as foreseen
in the transitional provisions contained in this Standard's introduction.
For EC2 vessels subject to the freeboard and not classified, the certificate may
be issued by the CP/DL/AG or by a Specialized Entity.
The classified vessels shall have their certificates issued obligatorily by the
Classification Societies.
c) Validity
The Certificate shall be valid for a maximum period of five years.
0716 - CALCULATIONS
a) Notes for the Marking of National Freeboard (Open Sea Navigation)
1) The necessary calculations for Freeboard determination must be presented
as the Notes for the National Freeboard Marking (Open Sea Navigation), a model of which
is presented in Annex 7-B.
2) When the Certificate is issued by the GEVI or by the CP, DL or AG offices, the
calculations will be carried out by the responsible technical person hired by the builder,
shipowner or proprietor, duly accredited before the Regional Council of Engineering,
Architecture and Agronomy (CREA) under the same jurisdiction of the shipyard or vessel's
enrollment office, which shall be responsible for the accuracy of the information contained
in the notes. In order to better characterize this responsibility, the responsible technical
person must also present the Annotation of Technical Responsibility (ART) in relation to the
services carried out.
3) The Classification Societies and Specialized Entities may require presentation
of the notes signed by the responsible technical person, or prepare them through their own
technical staff. When signed by a responsible technical person, the notes must bring
together the respective ART.
b) Conditions Report for Assignment of the National Freeboard
(Open Sea Navigation)
1) The vessel's conditions to be considered on occasion of the calculations for
freeboard determination must be checked by means of a specific survey, and presented in
the Conditions Report for Assignment of the National Freeboard (Open Sea Navigation), a
model of which is presented in Annex 7-C.
2) When the Certificate is issued by the CP, DL or AG offices, the survey must
be carried out by the responsible technical person hired by the builder, proprietor or
shipowner or , duly accredited before the CREA under the same jurisdiction of the shipyard
or
- 7 - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
vessel's enrollment office, which shall be responsible for the accuracy of the information
contained in the report. In order to better characterize this responsibility, the responsible
technical person must also present the ART in relation to the services carried out.
3) The Classification Societies and Specialized Entities must carry out the
surveys using their own technical staff, when the certificate is issued by these entities.
When the certificate is issued by the GEVI, the survey will be carried out by its
members.
0717- PROCEDURES FOR ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE

a) Documentation
When the Certificate is issued by the GEVI or by the CP, DL or AG offices, the
request for freeboard determination will be effected through an application from the
proprietor, shipowner or builder, forwarded to the CP, DL or AG office of the vessel's
enrollment or of the same jurisdiction as the shipyard, together with at least one copy
(except where otherwise indicated) of the following documentation, previously evaluated on
occasion of the licensing for construction, alteration or reclassification, as applicable:
1) Descriptive Memorandum;
2) Lines Plan;
4) Master Section;
5) Structural Profile;
6) Hydrostatic Curves;
7) Trim and Stability Booklet or Loading Manual (Definitive);
8) A Statement from the Classification Society certifying that the vessel presents
a satisfactory structural strength at the draught corresponding to the assigned freeboard, in
three copies (exempted for non-classified vessels);
9) Notes for the National Freeboard Marking (Open Sea Navigation), in three
copies;
10) Conditions Report for Assignment of the National Freeboard, in three
copies;
11) ART related to the calculations for the preparation of the notes for marking
of the national freeboard; and
12) ART related to the conduction of surveys for the preparation of the
Conditions Report for Assignment of the National Freeboard (exempted when carried out
by GEVI surveyors).
When the Certificate is issued by a Classification Society or Specialized
Entity, the request for determination of freeboard must be forwarded by the proprietor,
shipowner or builder to an recognized Classification Society or Specialized Entity,
respectively, together with the plans and documents previously evaluated on occasion of
the licensing for construction, alteration or reclassification, as applicable. In case the
Classification Society or Specialized Entity so requires, the Notes for the National
Freeboard Marking prepared by the responsible technical person together with the
respective ART must also be forwarded.
b) Construction, Alteration or Reclassification License
The vessels requesting a Construction, Alteration of Characteristics or
Reclassification License may request simultaneously the freeboard calculations. However,
the Freeboard Certificate can only be issued if the process for the granting of a
Construction, Alteration or Reclassification License is deemed as satisfactory.
- 7 - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
c) Number of Copies
The Certificate shall be issued in two copies. One of the copies will remain on
file at the vessel's enrollment office and the other one will be delivered to the interested
party. One copy of the following documentation will also be kept on file at the vessel's
enrollment office, together with the Certificate:
1) A Statement from the Classification Society certifying that the vessel presents
a satisfactory structural strength at the draught corresponding to the assigned freeboard
(exempted for non-classified vessels);
2) Notes for the national freeboard marking;
3) Conditions Report for Assignment of the National Freeboard; and
4) ART related to the calculations for the preparation of the notes for marking of
the national freeboard and/or to the conduction of the survey for the preparation of the
conditions report for assignment of the national freeboard, whenever a technical person is
responsible for the calculations and/or survey.
d) Certificate Issued by a Classification Society or Specialized Entity
After the preparation or checking of the calculations and the conduction of
relevant surveys, the Society or Specialized Entity will issue the certificate with the number
of copies they deem as necessary. One copy of the notes for freeboard marking, of the
conditions report for assignment of freeboard and of the respective certificate will be
forwarded by the same to the DPC and for the vessel's enrollment office.
0718 - LOSS OF VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATE

The Certificate will lose its validity in the following situations:
a) Expiration of its validity period;
b) When the vessel undergoes alterations which lead to modifications in the
previously determined freeboard value; in this case, the Certificate issued prior to the
alterations must be canceled and replaced by a new copy of the same, adequate to the
vessel's new characteristics;
c) When the vessel undergoes alterations and/or reclassification in such a way that
it fits the category of the vessels exempt from having an assigned freeboard, as established
in these Standards; and
d) When the required annual inspections are not conducted within the deadlines
established in these Standards.
0719 - RENEWAL OF THE CERTIFICATE

Procedure
Certificates issued originally by the GEVI may have their renewal survey with
emission of a new Certificate done by a Classification Society, a Specialized Entity or by
that same Management. Certificates issued originally by the CP, DL or AG offices will be
renewed by the same ones, and the surveys will follow the procedures set forth in
subparagraph 0716 b) 2).
Certificates issued originally by Classification Societies or by a Specialized Entity
will be renewed by the same ones.
The number of copies and their distribution will follow the prescriptions of item 0717.
0720 - SURVEYS AND INSPECTIONS

a) Survey for Emission or Renewal of a Freeboard Certificate
Prior to the assignment or renewal of the freeboard, the vessel must be
surveyed in order to check for the adequacy of structures and equipment to the
requirements of these Standards and issue the Report. The items contained in this Report,
as in the model shown in Annex 7-C, constitute the very Checklist for conduction of the
- 7 - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
surveys, which must be conducted in compliance with items 0715 (b), 0719 or 0722 (b),
according to the case.
b) Verification Survey
Prior to delivering a copy of the Certificate to the interested party, a survey must
be carried out to check if the freeboard marks were permanently affixed at the position
determined in the Certificate. This survey must be conducted by the Office or entity
responsible for the certificate's emission. When the certificate is issued by the GEVI, this
survey may be conducted by the CP/DL/AG offices.
c) Annual Inspection
1) All non-classified vessels carrying a Certificate must also be submitted to a
periodic inspection by the Office or entity which issued the certificate, to be performed
every year in the period between 3 months before and 3 months after the anniversary date
of the survey for emission or renewal of the Certificate in force.
2) All classified vessels carrying a Certificate must also be submitted to annual
inspections, conducted in an analogous way as established in the previous subparagraph,
by the same Classification Society which issued the Certificate.
3) Such inspections must assure that no alterations were made to the hull or
superstructures which may alter the freeboard previously assigned, and also assure the
good working conditions of the devices for:
a) protection of openings and maintenance of the tightening conditions
applicable;
b) handrails;
c) bulwark ports; and
d) position checking of the marks.
0721 - MAINTENANCE OF THE ASSIGNED CONDITIONS

It is for the proprietor or representative to maintain the assigned conditions
provided in these Standards and which have been considered or assessed on occasion of
the calculations for emission of the Certificate or of the regular surveys.
SECTION V
CERTIFICATION OF SOLAS VESSELS
0722 - INTERNATIONAL LOAD LINE CERTIFICATE

a) Obligingness
SOLAS vessels for which the assignment of freeboard is mandatory, as
established in items 0701 and 0702, must carry an International Load Line Certificate
following the model presented in the International Convention on Load Lines (1966).
b) Emission
The Certificate will be issued by recognized Classification Societies acting on
behalf of the Brazilian Government in the Open Sea Navigation.
c) Validity
The Certificate shall be valid for a maximum period of five years.
0723 - PROCEDURES
a) The Classification Society issuing the International Load Line Certificate must
forward one copy to the DPC and one to the vessel's enrollment office, as soon as
possible.
- 7 - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
b) The procedures set forth in the International Convention on Load Lines (1966)
must be observed for the emission, renewal and loss of validity of the certificate, as well as
for the conduction of surveys and inspections.
c) It is for the proprietor or representative to maintain the assigned conditions
provided in the International Convention on Load Lines (1966) and which have been
considered or assessed on occasion of the calculations for emission of the Certificate or of
the regular surveys and inspections.
SECTION VI
INTACT STABILITY
0724 - CALCULATION OF THE STABILITY CURVES

a) General Procedures
1) The Hydrostatic Curves and Crossed Stability Curves must be normally
prepared for a condition of parallel flotation. However, when the designed trim and the
vessel's shapes and arrangement are such that a change in trim brings a considerable
effect onto the righting arms, the variation in trim must be considered.
2) The calculations must consider the volume up to the upper face of the deck
lining. In the case of wooden ships, it must be considered the volume corresponding to the
external hull surface.
3) The superstructures and remaining structures above the Freeboard Deck
which have been considered in the calculations of Crossed Curves must be clearly
indicated in the presented documentation, and it must also be informed up to what
inclining angle each structure have been considered as contributing to the
righting arms, in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph b) of this item.
4) In the cases in which the vessel may sink due to flooding through any
opening, the statical stability curve must be interrupted at the corresponding flooding angle
and the vessel must be considered as having lost completely its stability.
b) Superstructures, Deck Houses and other Constructions above Deck
1) Closed superstructures meeting the requirements set forth in the LL(66) may
be considered in the calculations of Stability Cross Curves.
2) Trunks and coaming / hatch cover sets may be considered in the calculations
of Stability Cross Curves, since they meet the requirements of structural strength and
tightness provided in the LL(66).
3) Superstructures, deck houses and other constructions above the Freeboard
Deck which do not meet the requirements for a Closed Superstructure as provided in the
LL(66) may be considered in the calculations of Stability Cross Curves up to the inclination
angle from which the existing openings submerge (at this angle the static stability Curve
must show one or more saliences and, in the subsequent calculations, the flooded space
must be considered as non-existent).
0725 - CALCULATION OF THE FREE-SURFACE EFFECT

a) For all loading conditions analyzed, the initial metacentric height and the static
stability Curves must be corrected for the free surface effect of the tanks.
b) The free surface effect of the tanks must be calculated following the procedure
set forth in this item, except for the cases in which special computer programs previously
authorized by the DPC are used, which balance the liquid inside the tanks and provide the
exact position of their centers of gravity for each analyzed inclination.
- 7 - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
c) When determining the effect of liquids on the stability for all inclination angles,
single tanks or combination of tanks must be considered for each type of liquid (including
those for water ballast) which, depending on the service conditions, may simultaneously
have free surfaces.
d) For determining this free surface effect, the tanks considered in the calculations
must be those presenting the highest Free Surface Moment (MSL) at a 30o inclination, when
filled with 50% of their total capacity.
e) The Free Surface Moment must be calculated through the following expression:
MSL=v x b x x k x (7) where:
MSL= Free Surface Moment in any inclination, in tm;
v = total volume of the tank, in m3;
b = maximum tank width, in m;
= specific weight of the liquid in the tank, in t/m3;
= v / (b xlx h) (block coefficient of the tank);
l = maximum tank length, in m;
h = maximum tank height, in m;
k = dimensionless coefficient obtained in Table 7.1 or through the following
expressions:
- when cot (b / h):
k = [(sen ) / 12] x [1 + ((tan ) / 2)] x (b / h) (8) or
- when cot (b / h):
k = [(cos ) / 8] x {1 + [(tan ) / (b / h)]} - {(cos ) / [12 x (b / h)2]} x {1+[(cot ) /
2]} (9)
where:
= transversal inclination angle.
f) The following tanks that meet at least one of the following
conditions, do not need to be computed in the calculation of free surface moment:
1) tanks which are completely full (tanks not completely full, due only to the
margin for liquid expansion, may be considered as full for the purpose of calculation of the
free surface moment);
2) empty tanks (the liquid residues not possible to be suctioned do not need to
be considered); and
3) small tanks meeting the following condition:
MSL < 0.01xmin (10) where:
MSL= Free Surface Moment in any inclination, in t.m;
min= minimum vessel displacement (lightweight), in t.
TABLE 7.1

5 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 60 70 75 80 90
b/h
20.00 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.01
10.00 0.07 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.01
5.00 0.04 0.07 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.03
3.00 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.04
2.00 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.06
1.50 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.08
1.00 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
- 7 - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10

5 10 15 20 30 40 45 50 60 70 75 80 90
b/h
0.75 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.16 0.17
0.50 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.09 0.16 0.18 0.21 0.25
0.30 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.11 0.19 0.27 0.42
0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.04 0.07 0.13 0.27 0.63
0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.04 0.06 0.14 1.25
Note: intermediate values can be obtained by linear interpolation.
0726 - LOADING CONDITIONS

a) General Considerations
1) The assessment of stability must be made for the loading conditions in which
the proprietor intends to operate the vessel, besides the conditions presented in this item
for each specific type of service. Whenever the proprietor is not able to inform precisely the
usual operational conditions of the vessel, the analysis may be restricted to the standard
loading conditions presented below.
2) In the condition of total load of departure, one must assume that the vessels
are loaded, with their ballast tanks empty, to the levels of:
(a) the summer load line mark, in case the vessel needs to carry an
International Load Line Certificate;
(b) the freeboard mark, in case the vessel needs to carry a
National Freeboard Certificate (Open Sea Navigation); or
(c) the maximum permissible draught, in case the vessel is exempt from the
freeboard assignment.
3) If ballasting with water is necessary in any loading condition, the additional
loading conditions must be analyzed taking into account the water ballast. The amount and
distribution of the ballast water must be specified.
4) In all cases it must be assumed that the cargo (including the deck cargo
carried) is entirely homogeneous, unless this condition is inconsistent with the vessel's
normal service.
b) Passenger Vessels
1) Passenger Vessels must have their stability assessed for, at least, each one
of the following loading conditions:
(a) vessel in the condition of total load of departure, fully supplied with food
and oil and at the maximum capacity of passengers and their baggage;
(b) vessel in the condition of total load of return, at the maximum capacity of
passengers and their baggage, but with only 10% of food and fuel;
(c) vessel unloaded, but with full supply of food and oil and at the maximum
capacity of passengers and their baggage;
d) vessel in the same condition as described in (c) above, but with only 10%
supply of food and fuel;
(e) vessel in the condition of total load of departure, fully supplied with food
and oil, but without passengers; and
f) vessel in the condition of total load of return, with 10% of food and fuel,
without passengers.
2) The weight of each passenger must be assumed as 75 Kg.
- 7 - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
3) The baggage weight per passenger must be assumed as 25 Kg. This value
may be reduced or even considered as null, since justified for such at the discretion of the
DPC.
4) The height of the passengers' center of gravity must be assumed as
1.0 m above the deck level for passengers standing or in hammocks, and 0.30 m above the
seat for seated passengers.
5) The baggage must be considered as being stowed in the appropriate places.
6) Passengers without their baggage must be considered as distributed in such
a way as to produce the most unfavorable combination possible in practical terms for the
capsizing moment due to the accumulation of passengers on one side and/or the vertical
position of the center of gravity in that condition.
7) Whenever the analysis of passenger accumulation on one side shows the
possibility of an intermediate condition (with a number of passengers lower than the
maximum provided capacity) to bring an even more critical loading condition, an analysis
must be presented in the vessel's Stability Booklet determining what passenger number
and distribution lead to the most severe condition, and full compliance with the stability
criterion in that condition. If during this analysis it is found that the vessel does not meet the
stability criteria in a determined intermediate condition, the maximum passenger capacity
must be reduced until the full compliance in any condition is achieved.
c) Cargo Vessels
1) Cargo Vessels must have their stability assessed for, at least, each one of the
following loading conditions:
(a) vessel in the condition of total load of departure, with the cargo distributed
homogeneously throughout all cargo spaces and with full supply of food and fuel;
(b) vessel in the condition of total load of arrival, with the cargo distributed
homogeneously throughout all cargo spaces and with 10% supply of food and fuel;
(c) vessel in the condition of departure unloaded, but with full supply of food
and fuel; and
(d) vessel in the condition of arrival unloaded, but with 10% supply of food
and fuel.
2) In the total load condition (of departure or arrival) of a dry cargo vessel with
tanks for liquid cargo, the effective deadweight must be distributed and the stability
assessed considering the following premises:
(a) cargo tanks full; and
(b) cargo tanks empty.
d) Towing and Pushing Vessels
The towers and pushers must have their stability assessed for, at least, each
one of the following loading conditions:
(a) vessel fully loaded with food and fuel; and
(b) vessel loaded with only 10% of its food and fuel capacity.
e) Fishing Vessels
1) Fishing Vessels must have their stability assessed for, at least, each one of
the following loading conditions:
(a) condition of departure for fishing zones, totally supplied with food and oil;
(b) condition of departure from the fishing zone with total capture and 35% of
food and oil;
- 7 - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
(c) condition of return to the port of origin with total capture, but with only 10%
of food and oil;
(d) condition of return to the port of origin with only 20% of the total capture
and 10% of food and oil;
(e) condition which characterizes the maximum permissible draught of the
vessel
2) In the above described conditions the deck cargo must be included, if this
practice is intended.
3) A margin must be considered for the weight of nets and other wet fishing
equipment.
4) Ballast water must only be normally included if carried in tanks made specially
for this purpose.
f) Vessels which Carry Cargo on Deck
1) Vessels which carry cargo on deck must, additionally, have their stability
assessed for each of the following loading conditions:
(a) vessel in the condition of total load of departure, with the cargo distributed
homogeneously throughout all cargo holds, with cargo on deck, with full supply of food and
fuel and at the maximum passenger capacity;
(b) vessel in the condition of total load of arrival, with the cargo distributed
homogeneously throughout all cargo holds, with cargo on deck, with 10% supply of food
and fuel and at the maximum passenger capacity;
(c) vessel in the condition of total load of departure, with the cargo distributed
homogeneously throughout all cargo holds, with cargo on deck, with full supply of food and
fuel and without passengers; and
(d) vessel in the condition of total load of arrival, with the cargo distributed
homogeneously throughout all cargo holds, with cargo on deck, with 10%
supply of food and fuel and without passengers.
2) The considered quantity and disposition of the deck cargo must be in
compliance with the provisions of Chapter 5.
0727 - STABILITY CRITERIA

a) Passenger or Cargo Vessels
These vessels must meet the following stability criteria:
1) The area under the static stability Curve comprised between the inclination
angles of 0 and 30 must not be smaller 0.055 m.rad.
angles of 0 and 40, or between 0 and the flooding angle (f) in case the latter is smaller
than 40, must not be smaller than 0,090 m.rad.
angles of 30 and 40, or between 30 and the flooding angle (f) in case the latter is
smaller than 40, must not be smaller than 0,030 m.rad.
4) The righting arm corresponding to the inclination angle of 30
must not be smaller than 0.20 m.
5) The maximum righting arm must occur in an inclination angle higher than or
equal to 25.
6) The initial metacentric height (GMo) must not be lower than 0.15 m.
7) The inclination angle caused by the gathering of all passengers
in one side of the vessel must not exceed 10 ( applicable only to passenger vessels).
8) The inclination angle caused by yawing must not exceed 10 (applicable only
to passenger vessels).
- 7 - 18 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
9) Passenger or cargo vessels with ruled length (L) higher than or equal to 24
meters must, additionally, meet the Environmental Criterion presented in paragraph f) of
the present item.
b) Alternative Criterion for Passenger and Cargo Vessels
The passenger or cargo vessels not meeting completely the criterion presented
in paragraph a) may, alternatively, have their intact stability assessed by means of the
following stability criterion:
angles of 0 and 15, when the maximum righting arm occurs at an inclination angle equal
to 15, must not be smaller than 0.070 m.rad. When the inclination angle corresponding to
the maximum righting arm is equal to or higher than
30, the area under the static stability Curve must not be smaller than 0.055 m.rad. When
the inclination angle corresponding to the maximum righting arm occurs between 15 and
30, the area under the static stability Curve through this angle must not be smaller than
the value obtained through the following expression:
A = 0.055+0.001 x (30- max) (11)
where: A = area under the static stability
Curve, in m.rad
max = inclinationanglecorrespondingtothemaximumrightingarm,indegrees.
angles
of 30 and 40, or between 30 and the flooding angle (f), if the latter is smaller than 40,
must not be smaller than 0.030 m.rad.
3) The righting arm corresponding to the inclination angle of 30
must not be smaller than 0.20 m.
4) The maximum righting arm must occur at an inclination angle higher than or
equal to 15.
5) Theinitialmetacentricheight(GMo)mustnotbelowerthan0.15m.
6) The inclination angle caused by the grouping of all passengers
on one side of the vessel must not exceed 10 ( not applicable to cargo vessels).
7) The inclination angle caused by yawing must not exceed 10 (not applicable
to cargo vessels).
c) Barges
Barges must meet the following stability criteria:
1) The area under the static stability Curve through the angle corresponding to
the maximum righting arm must not be smaller than 0.080 m.rad; and
FIGURE 7-7: Characterization of the Stability Criterion Parameters (Barges)
2) The initial metacentric height (GMo) must not be lower than the value of the
required initial metacentric height (GMr), obtained through the following expression:
GMr = P x A x h (12), where:

x tg
- 7 - 19 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
Gmr = required initial metacentric height, in m;
A =projected lateral surface of the vessels portion above the water line
corresponding to the considered loading condition, as indicated in
Figure 7-7, in m2;
h = vertical distance between the centroid of area "A" and half of the average
draught for the considered loading condition, as indicated in Figure 7-7, in m;
= vessels displacement in the considered loading condition, in t;
= inclination angle between the upper half of the freeboard in the
considered condition and the upper corner of the deck, or 14o, whichever is the lowest (see
Figure 7-8).
P = 0.055 + (LPP /1309)2, in t/m2 ; and
LPP = length between perpendiculars, in m.
FIGURE 7-8: Determination of angle
3) The static balance angle due to the grouping of passengers on one side of the
vessel must be lower than 10o (applicable only to passenger carrier barges, self-propelled
or not).
d) Fishing Vessels
Fishing vessels must meet the following stability criteria:
angles of 0 and 30 must not be smaller 0.055 m.rad.
angles of 0 and 40, or between 0 and the flooding angle (f) in case the latter is smaller
than 40, must not be smaller than 0.090 m.rad.
smaller than 40, must not be smaller than 0.030 m.rad.
4) The righting arm corresponding to the inclination angle of 30 must not be
smaller than 0.20 m.
equal to 25.
6) The initial metacentric height (GMo) must not be lower than 0.35 m.
7) Fishing vessels with a ruled length (L) higher than or equal to
45 meters must, additionally, meet the Environmental Criterion presented in paragraph f).
e) Towing and Pushing Vessels
These vessels must meet the following stability criteria:
angles of 0 and 40, or between 0 and the flooding angle (f), or between 0 and the
angle corresponding to the maximum righting arm, whichever is the lowest, must not be
smaller than 0.090 m.rad.
smaller than 40, must not be smaller than 0.030 m.rad.
- 7 - 20 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
equal to 25.
4) The angle corresponding to the null righting arm (different than 0)
must not be smaller than 60.
5) The flooding angle must not be smaller than 30.
6) The initial metacentric height (GMo) must not be lower than the value of the
required initial metacentric height (GMr), obtained through the following expression:
GMr = P x A x h (13), where:
x tg
Gmr = required initial metacentric height, in m;
A =projected lateral surface of the vessels portion above the water line
corresponding to the considered loading condition, as indicated in
Figure 7-9, in m2;
h = vertical distance between the centroid of area "A" and half of the average
draught for the considered loading condition, as indicated in Figure 7-9, in m;
= vessels displacement in the considered loading condition, in t;
= inclination angle between the upper half of the freeboard in the
considered condition and the upper corner of the deck, or 14o, whichever is the lowest (see
Figure 7-8).
P = 0.055 + (LPP / 1309)2, in t/m2; and
FIGURE 7-9: Determination of Parameters to Calculate the required GM
FIGURE 7-10: Stability Criterion for Towing Vessels
7) The area between the curve of righting arms (static stability Curve)
and the curve of capsizing arms due to towing , comprised between
- 7 - 21 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
the angle of the first intersecting point of the two curves and an angle corresponding to the
sum of the angle of the first intersecting point of the two curves with 40, or with the value
of the flooding angle if lower than 40, must not be smaller than 0.090 m.rad, as indicated
in Figure 7-10 (for towing vessels only).
f) Environmental Criterion
The ability of a vessel to withstand the combined effects of cross winds and the
rolling must be checked for each loading condition analyzed, in accordance with the
following procedure (see Figure 7-11):
1) the vessel is submitted to a constant pressure from wind, actuating
perpendicularly to the Center Line, which produces an overturning arm (w1).
FIGURE 7-11: Determination of Parameters for Applying the Environmental Criterion
Note: the angles shown in Figure 7-11 are defined as follows:

o = static balance angle due to the action of a constant wind pressure.
1 = angle of roll to the other side due to wave action.
2 = flooding angle (f) or 50 or c, whichever is the smallest.
c =angle of the second intersection between the curve due to the wind blow (w2)
and the CEE.
2) from the angle of static balance (o) resulting resulting from the action of w1, it
Is assumed that the vessel inclines due to the wave action to the opposite side of which
it was inclined due to the wind effect, up to an angle of heel (1). The angle of static
balance (o) must not be grater than the smallest value between 16 or 80% of the angle of
immersion of the deck.
3) the vessel is then submitted to a wind blow which results in a new overturning
arm due to the wind blow (w2).
4) under these circumstances, area "b" must be greater than or equal to area "a",
represented in (Figure 7-11).
5) the free surface effects must be considered in each analyzed loading
condition, as established in item 0725.
0728 - CALCULATION OF CAPSIZING MOMENTS AND ARMS

a) Calculation of the Capsizing Moment due to Passenger Grouping
1) The calculation of capsizing moment due to passenger grouping on one side
(MP) for each deck of the vessel, must be done through the following expression:
MP= P x N x Yc x cos (14), where:
- 7 - 22 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
MP= capsizing moment due to passenger grouping on one side for the
considered deck, in t.m;
P = weight per passenger, assumed as equal to 0.075 t;
N = number of passengers carried on the considered deck;
YC= distance between the centroid of the area occupied by the passengers
grouped on the considered deck and the Center Line, in m; and
= vessel inclination angle.
2) The total capsizing moment due to the grouping of passengers on one side
(MP) will be equal to the summation of the capsizing moments found for each deck of the
vessel.
3) When determining the centroid of the area occupied by passengers grouped
on each deck, the following procedures must be observed:
(a) the area occupied by passengers grouped on each deck must be equal to
the number of passengers carried on that deck divided by the assumed concentration (4
people/m2);
(b) places with obstructions impeding the normal access of people may be not
considered in the calculation of the area (and its respective centroid) occupied by the
passengers grouped near the deck's side; and
(c) the area calculated in accordance with the procedure above must be
distributed in a way that its center stays the farthest possible from the vessels Center Line.
4) The capsizing arms due to passenger grouping on one side(BP), which curve
must be represented in conjunction with the Static Stability Curve, may be calculated for
each inclination angle by means of the following expression:
BP = MP / ,where: -
BP = capsizing arm due to passenger grouping on
one side, in m;
MP = capsizing moment calculated in accordance with formula (15);and
= vessel displacement in the loading condition considered, in t.
b) Calculation of the Capsizing Moment due to Yawing
1) The calculation of the capsizing moment due to yawing (MG) must be made
through the following expression:
MG= [0.02 x Vo 2 x x(KG-(H / 2))]/L (16), where:
MG =capsizing moment due to yawing, in t.m;
Vo= vessel service speed, in m/s;
= vessel displacement in the loading condition
considered, in t;
KG = height of the center of gravity above the keel, in m;
H = average draught in the analyzed loading condition, in m; and
L = waterline length in the analyzed loading condition,
in m.
2) The capsizing arm due to the yawing (BG), which curve must be
represented together with the Static Stability Curve, may be calculated
through the following expression: BG
= MG / (17), where:
BG = capsizing arm due to the yawing, in m;
MG = capsizing moment calculated in accordance with formula (17); and
= vessel displacement in the loading condition considered, in t.
- 7 - 23 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
c) Calculation of the Capsizing Moment due to Towing
1) The calculation of the capsizing moment due to towing (MR) must be made
MR = F x d x cos (18), where:
MR = capsizing moment due to towing, in t.m;
F = one half of the maximum static traction force, in t;
d =lever arm of the inclination moment due to towing; and
= angle of vessel inclination.
2) The capsizing moment due to towing must be calculated using one half of the
vessels static traction force applied at an angle of 90 with the Vessel Center Line.
3) The statical traction force value must be obtained through a Static Traction
Test. In preliminary considerations, the estimated value of 0.0135 t / BHP may be adopted.
4) The lever arm of the inclination moment due to towing must be assumed as
equal to the vertical distance measured from the upper end of the towing hook through the
lever arm of the inclination moment or, alternately, through the middle of the average
draught, in the loading condition considered.
5) The capsizing arms due to towing (BR), which its curve must be represented
in conjunction with the Static Stability Curve, may be calculated for each inclination angle
by means of the following expression:
BR = MR / (19), where:
BR = capsizing arm due to the towing, in m;
MR = capsizing moment calculated in accordance with formula (19); and
= vessel displacement in the loading condition
considered, in t.
d) Environmental Criterion
1) The capsizing arms due to wind action (w1 and w2) present constant values
for each inclination angle and must be calculated through the following expressions:
w 1= (P x A x Z) / (20)
w 2 = 1.5 x w 1 (21), where:
P = 0.0514, in t/m2;
A = projected lateral surface of the vessels portion and cargo deck above
the waterline, in m2;
Z = vertical distance between the centroid of area A and a point located
approximately at the middle of the draught, in m; and
= displacement, in t.
2) The angle of roll (1) will be calculated through the following expression:
1 =109 x k x X 1x X 2 x r x s (22), where:
1 = angle of roll, in degrees;
X1= factor obtained in Table 7-
2;
X2 = factor obtained in Table 7-3;
k = factor presenting the following values:
k = 1.0 for vessels with a rounded bilge, without bilge keels or keel plate;
-
k = 0.7 for vessels with an edged bilge;
k must be obtained in Table 7-4 for vessels with bilge keels or keel plate;
-
r = 0.73 + 0.6 x OG / d;
- 7 - 24 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
OG = distance between the center of gravity and the waterline, in m (positive
if the center of gravity is above the waterline, negative if below); and
s = factor obtained in Table 7-5.
TABLE 7.2 TABLE 7.3 TABLE 7.4 TABLE 7.5

Values of Factor Values of Factor Values of Factor Values of Factor
Ak.100
B/d X1 CB X2 L.B k T s
2.4 1.00 0.45 0.75 0.0 1.00 6 0,100
2.5 0.98 0.50 0.82 1.0 0.98 7 0,098
2.6 0.96 0.55 0.89 1.5 0.95 8 0,093
2.7 0.95 0.60 0.95 2.0 0.88 12 0,065
2.8 0.93 0.65 0.97 2.5 0.79 14 0,053
2.9 0.91 0.70 1.00 3.0 0.74 16 0,044
3.0 0.90 3.5 0.72 18 0,038
3.1 0.88 4.0 0.70 20 0,035
3.2 0.86
3.3 0.84
3.4 0.82
3.5 0.80
Note: the utilization of Tables 7.2 through 7.5 must be made by observing the following
symbols:
B = vessels molded breadth, in m;
d = vessels molded average draught, in m;
CB = block coefficient;
Ak = total area of bilge keels, area of the lateral projection of the keel plate or the sum
of these areas, in m2;
T = roll period, in seconds, calculated through the following expression: T = 2 x
C x B (23), where:
GM
C = 0.373+0.023(B / d)-0.043(L / 100) (24);
GM = metacentric height corrected for the free surface effect, in m; and
L = length of the vessel, in m.
0729 - PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CAPSIZING

a) Meeting the stability criteria does not guarantee total immunity against capsizing
neither releases the Captains from their responsibilities. The Captains must, therefore, act
with prudence and observe the seamanship rules, considering the season of the year, the
meteorological bulletins and the navigation zone, adopting also an appropriate speed and
course for the circumstances.
b) Special attention must be given prior to starting a voyage in order to have all the
cargo and large pieces of equipment properly stored and lashed, so as to minimize the
possibility of longitudinal or transverse displacement when at sea, under the effect of
accelerations caused by the movements of rolling or pitching.
c) The cargo intended for a vessel must be capable of being stowed in a way as to
enable for the compliance with the stability criteria set forth in these Rules. If necessary, the
cargo capacity must be reduced proportionately to the ballast required for obtaining
compliance with those criteria.
- 7 - 25 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
d) A vessel deployed in towing operations will not be allowed to carry cargo on
deck, except for small quantities, duly lashed, which do not place risks to the safe operation
of the deck crew nor impede the adequate functioning of the towing equipment.
e) The number of tanks partially filled must be reduced to a minimum due to their
adverse effect on stability.
f) The stability criteria shown in these Rules present minimum values. There is no
standard for the maximum values. However, it is recommended to avoid excessive values
for the metacentric height, as forces may be generated due to the acceleration which may
be harmful to the ship and its equipment, the crew members and the safe transportation of
the cargo.
g) All the openings through which water may penetrate the hull, deck houses or
superstructures must be properly closed in adverse weather conditions, and all devices
available on board for this purpose must be kept in good maintenance conditions.
h) Covers, doors and other weathertight or watertight closing devices must be
kept closed during voyages, except when it becomes necessary to open them for the
vessel's operation, on condition of being kept ready for immediate closure and their places
clearly signaled that they must remain closed after used. Hatch covers and other deck
and hull openings of fishing vessels must remain closed when not being used in the fishing
operations.
i) Any closing devices of fuel tank vents must remain closed in adverse weather
conditions.
j) Fishery catch must not be carried in bulk, except after the proper installation of
portable divisions in the holds.
k) The autopilot must not be used in adverse weather conditions, due to the
impossibility of adopting the quick changes in course of speed eventually needed.
l) Under all loading conditions, special attention must be given in order to maintain
an adequate freeboard for the navigated area.
m) Under severe weather conditions, the ship speed must be reduced in the
presence of high amplitude transverse inclinations, emergence of the propeller out of the
water, water embarkation on deck or violent bow slamming. Twenty-five emergences of
the propeller out of the water or six of bow slamming during a period corresponding to one
hundred vessel pitching movements must be considered as dangerous.
n) Special attention must be given to vessels sailing with waves from the stern or
quarter due to dangerous phenomena which may result in excessive rolling amplitudes or
in loss of stability on the wave crests, creating a favorable situation for the capsizing of
vessels. A particularly dangerous situation occurs when the wave length is around 1.0
through 1.5 times the vessel's length. The ship speed and/or its course must be properly
altered in order to avoid these phenomena.
o) Accumulation of water inside existing wells on the open deck must be avoided.
If the bulwark ports are not enough for promoting the drainage of those wells, the ship
speed must be reduced and/or the course altered. Bulwark ports provided with closing
devices must be kept always in operational conditions and are not allowed to have locking
devices.
p) The Captains must pay attention to regions of wave breaking or to determined
combinations of wind and current which occur in river deltas or in low depth areas, due to
the fact that these conditions are dangerous mainly for small vessels.
- 7 - 26 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
SECTION VII
INCLINING TEST
0730 - PREPARATION OF THE TEST

a) Loading Condition
The test must be performed with the vessel in the lightweight condition, or the
closest possible to it, and observing the following:
1) objects not making part of the vessels fixed equipment must be removed as
much as possible;
2) liquids pertaining to boilers, equipment and piping must be kept, as far as
possible, at their normal operation levels; and
3) whenever possible, the tanks must be empty. The number of tanks holding
liquids must be the minimum necessary to assure adequate trim and stability during the
test, and if the test is going to be performed through liquid transfers, to effect the vessel
inclination. The tanks containing liquids for assuring adequate trim and stability must be
completely full or, when inevitable, loaded to a level in which it is perfectly possible to
determine the liquid free surface and the same remain approximately constant during the
vessel's inclination. In the case of tanks totally full, the necessary care must be taken
during the filling of tanks in order to avoid the occurrence of air pockets.
b) Items Susceptible to Undergo Displacements
Devices and other weights which may undergo displacements influencing the
test results must be blocked from doing it and, for this purpose, the following steps must be
taken:
1) Crane booms, lifeboats, tackle or cargo booms must be fixed and in voyage
position at the moment of each reading; and
2) hatch covers must be closed, whenever possible.
c) Trim
The vessel must not present a trim of more than 1% of Lpp, when the hydrostatic
curves were used for the calculations. The heel angle must not be higher than 0.5. This
initial heel angle is tolerated when due to the weight asymmetry and not to a negative initial
stability.
d) Testing Place
The test must be performed, preferably, in a sheltered place with no wind and
current. If that is not practicable, the conditions of sea, wind and current must be such as to
not compromise the test precision.
0731 - RECOMMENDATIONS
a) People on Board
Only the necessary people for the test must remain on board. Unless required to
assume specific positions during the test, they must remain at the vessels Center Line.
b) Vessels Free Oscillation
The vessels free oscillation must be assured during the test readings. For such
purpose, the mooring lines must be loosened, gangways and access ladders withdrawn,
and the connections with land disconnected whenever possible. Some mooring examples
are shown in Figure 7-12.
- 7 - 27 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
c) Test Command Center
A test command center, with means of direct communication with the personnel
responsible for the meter readings, weight transfers, vessel mooring and engine room,
must be installed at an appropriate place. This test command center must provide means
of performing calculations and checking procedures during the test.
d) Test Preparation Schemes

A scheme must be prepared showing the locations of the inclination meters, the
weights to be transferred, the test command center and the communications stations (see
Figure 7-13).
A scheme must be prepared for the moving of weights, in accordance with
Tables 9 and 11 of the Inclining Test Report model presented in Annex 7-D.
e) Estimation of the Inclining Weights
The weights to be moved may be determined through the following formula:
P = GM tg (25), where:
d
P = total weight to be transferred, in t;

= estimated displacement for the test condition, in t;
GM = estimated initial metacentric height for the test condition, in m;
d = transverse path of the inclining weight, in m; and
= heel angle caused by moving the inclining weight. A range of 1 < < 3 is
recommended, depending on the vessels characteristics.
FIGURE 7-12 (a): Example of dock mooring
- 7 - 28 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
FIGURE 7-12 (b): Example of wharf mooring
FIGURE 7-12 (c): Example of anchored vessel
- 7 - 29 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
FIGURE 7-13: Location scheme
- 7 - 30 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
f) Solid Weights
In the case of utilization of solid weights, these must be measured and
numbered. The transfers must be made, if possible, without changing the longitudinal
position of the weights, so the trim is not changed.
g) Transfer of Liquid Ballast
The inclining test must only be performed through the use of liquid ballast as
weight to be transferred, when the use of solid weights is considered absolutely and
technically not practicable. When the use of liquid ballast as weight to be transferred
cannot be avoided, the following care items must be taken:
1) the transfer must be made between directly symmetrical tanks;
2) the transferred liquid density must be measured;
3) the piping used for the transfer must be full prior to the test beginning, and a
rigorous control over the valve maneuvering must be carried out; and
4) the liquid levels inside the tanks used for liquid transfers in the several
movements must be such that the free surface can be perfectly determined in each case.
h) Test Procedure Document
A test procedure document must be prepared containing all the steps to be
taken during the inclining test, as well as all information useful for those people interested
in following it up. It is not necessary to submit this document to previous analysis by the
DPC.
0732 - INSTRUMENTS AND MATERIALS FOR THE INCLINING TEST

a) Requirements for the Pendulums
1) The pendulums (and/or U-tubes) must be no less than two and apart from
each other as much as possible, in the longitudinal direction of the vessel;
2) the pendulums line must be the longest possible, in order to provide the
maximum possible deviation during the vessels inclination;
3) the pendulums body must be heavy enough to keep the line tight and must
have, approximately, the shape shown in detail B of Figure 7-14. The minimum mass of the
pendulum must be 5 Kg;
4) the pendulum's line must be made of flexible steel with enough diameter to
withstand the pendulums mass without being elongated, thus assuring that the pendulum
will not touch the bottom of the oil vase;
5) the pendulum's line support, at the hanging point, must be such as to
guarantee the pendulums free oscillation without slipping, as suggested in Detail A of
Figure 7-14.
6) for dampening the pendulum's oscillations, an oil vase must be used. The
vase dimensions must be such that, at the highest inclination angle and considering the
oscillation, the pendulum will not touch the vase's edge, besides remaining immerse; and
7) for measuring the pendulum's deviations a ruler may be used, graduated or
not, attached to racks blocked from moving, as suggested in Figure
7-14
- 7 - 31 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
FIGURE 7-14: Measurement of the deviations through a pendulum
b) Requirements for the U-Tube

1) the U-tubes (and/or pendulums) must be no less than two and apart from
each other the maximum possible, in the longitudinal direction of the vessel;
2) The distance between the vertical parts of the U-tube must be the greatest
possible and such as to provide the greatest unevenness possible during the vessel's
inclination;
- 7 - 32 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
3) the U-tubes must be rigidly attached to the vessel, in order to avoid their
movement;
4) the system must be constituted of a transparent tube allowing for the
observation of unevenness due to the vessels inclinations. The use of tubes with a greater
diameter at the ends is recommended, as represented in Figures 7-15 and 7-
16;
FIGURE 7-15: Measurement of the deviations through a U-tube
5) preliminary calculations must be made so as to avoid liquid spills from any of

the ends during the inclinations;
6) care must be taken to avoid the presence of air bubbles inside the tube with
liquid; and
FIGURE 7-16: Suggestion to reduce interference (use of a greater diameter at

the ends)
7) a ruler (graduated or not) must be attached to each vertical part of the U-tube
for measuring or marking the unevenness, as indicated in Figures 7-15 and 7-16.
c) Other
Besides the inclination measuring instruments, the following instruments with
adequate characteristics must be available on board during the test:
- 7 - 33 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
(a) a boat or other means of locomotion, adequate for enabling the reading of
the draft marks;
(b) a densimeter;
(c) a bucket with rope, for obtaining water samples;
(d) a tape measure;
(e) tank sounding tapes, with legible marking;
(f) tools for opening the lids of sounding tubes;
(g) flashlights;
(h) communication means between the test management and places of
measurements and vessel mooring; and
(i)keys to access all the vessels compartments.
0733 - TEST EXECUTION SEQUENCE

a) Proceed to and record the draft readings at the marks, with the help of a
damper-tube if necessary, as indicated in Figure 7-17. If the vessel does not have draft
marks attached on the hull sides, a freeboard measurement must be carried out on both
sides, at the regions of bow and stern and, at the discretion of the engineer responsible for
the test, also at the midship region. Record the values in Table
2 of the Inclining Test Report, which model is shown in Annex 7-D.
b) Check if the local depth is enough for the vessel to oscillate freely, without
interference with the bottom.
c) Measure and record the water density. This must be the arithmetical average of
three samples collected with a bucket in places near the draft marks. Enter the value in
Table 2 of the Report.
d) Proceed to the sounding or ullage of all existing tanks on board, checking when
sounding if the sounding apparatus reached the stopper. Enter the values in Table 3 of the
Report.
e) Carry out a survey of any and all weights on board which do not belong to the
lightweight, as well as a survey of weights which belong to the lightweight condition but are
not found on board or are out of their positions during the test., Record in Tables 4 and 5 of
the Report, respectively.
f) Check and enter in Table 1 of the Report, the wind and sea conditions.
g) Check the mooring system. Record in Table 1 of the Report.
h) Check the location and working conditions of the pendulums and/ or U-tubes,
measuring and recording their lengths and/or distances between vertical parts in Tables 6,
7 and 8 of the Report, according to the case.
i) Check the influence of the wind over pendulum lines, if they are exposed and it
is windy.
j) Check the position of weights or tanks used for inclination, following the
prepared scheme for such purpose, and enter their positions in Table 9 or Table 11 of the
Report.
- 7 - 34 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
FIGURE 7-17: Dampening Tube
0734 - MOVING OF THE INCLINING WEIGHTS

a) Eight movements must be made, as indicated in Tables 9 and 11 of the Report.
The number of movements may be reduced in function of the vessel's characteristics, at
the discretion of the DPC.
b) After each weight movement, the pendulum deviation or U-tube unevenness
must be measured. If the readings vary with time, an arithmetical average of at least ten
(10) consecutive oscillations must be used.
c) The "Tangent of the Inclination Angle x Inclining Moment" graph must be plotted
during the test, to enable the checking and correction of possible distortions in obtained
measures. The graph must be attached to the Inclining Test Report.
d) In the case of liquid transferring, the sounding or ullage height of tanks involved
in the liquid transfers must be recorded for each movement, as indicated in Table 12 of the
Report.
0735 - PRESENTATION AND CALCULATION OF THE INCLINING TEST

a) Hydrostatic Calculations
1) The calculation of drafts at the perpendiculars and Midship Section, from the
draft readings at the draft marks, must be made in accordance with the prescriptions of
Annex 7-E.
2) The determination of the vessels hydrostatic characteristics during the test
must be made by using the Bonjean Curves and the flotation line at the test condition. The
hull deflection during the test must be taken into account, considering that the drafts at
each beacon (H) follow2
an equation of the type:
H= A x + B x + C (28), where:
H = draft at the considered beacon, in m;
x = longitudinal position of the considered beacon, in m; and
A, B and C = coefficients determined as a function of the following
relations: (a) x = 0; H = draft at the rear perpendicular.
(b) x = LPP / 2; H = draft at the midship section. (c)
x = LPP; H = draft at the fore perpendicular. LPP =
length between perpendiculars, in m.
- 7 - 35 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
3) The following data must be presented in Table 13 of the Report, except for
the cases where special computer programs are used, previously authorized by the DPC,
which balance the vessel and supply the exact values of hydrostatic characteristics
independent from the calculation of the Bonjean Curves, when it will only be necessary the
presentation of items e) through j) below:
(a) draft at each beacon;
(b) submerged area at each beacon;
(c) height of the submerged area centroid at each beacon;
(d) breadth (or half breadth) at each beacon, at the
corresponding draft
(e) molded volume ();
(f) hull factor (FC);
(g) displacement ();
(h) longitudinal position of the center of buoyancy (LCB);
(i) vertical position of the center of buoyancy (KB); and
(j) vertical position of the transverse metacenter (KM).
4) If the vessels trim is lower than 1% of LPP and the vessel has a shaping in
which brisk changes do not occur, as for example, edged lines, the hydrostatic
characteristics may be determined by using the hydrostatic curves or tables based on the
corresponding draft, calculated as established in Annex 7-E.
In this case, the following data must be presented in Table 14 of the Report:
(a) displacement ();
(b) longitudinal position of the center of buoyancy
(LCB);
(c) moment for trimming 1 centimeter (MTC); and
(d) vertical position of the transverse metacenter (KM).
5) The values of displacement () and moment for trimming 1 centimeter (MTC)
obtained through the hydrostatic curves or tables must be corrected for the water density at
the test place.
b) Calculation of the Metacentric Height at the Test Condition
The metacentric height calculation at the test condition must be made by using
the average of all metacentric heights obtained at each movement.
c) Calculation of the Correction due to the Free Surface Effect
1) For calculating the correction due to the free surface effect of liquids, the free
surface at the level in which the liquid is found inside the tank must be considered. All tanks
containing liquids and not totally filled must be considered.
2) Tanks containing residual quantities of liquids normally not suctioned during
the vessel's operation, must not be taken into account when calculating the correction due
to the free surface effect.
3) If the test is carried out through the moving of liquids and the variation of free
surface among the several tanks involved in liquid transfers is not negligible, the vertical
position of the center of gravity must be corrected for the free surface variation of the
moved liquid, as indicated in Tables 16 and 17 of the Report.
d) Calculation of the Vertical Position of the Center of Gravity
1) The vertical position of the center of gravity in the test condition must be
calculated through the following formula:
KG = KM - GMo - GGo (29), where:
KG = vertical position of the center of gravity, in m;
KM = vertical position of the transverse metacenter, in m;
GMo = initial metacentric height determined in the test, in m; and
GGo = correction for the free surface effect, in m.
- 7 - 36 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
2) If the test is carried out through the moving of liquids, the vertical position of
the center of gravity must be corrected for the variation in the height of the center of gravity
of the moved liquid, as indicated in Table 16 of the Report.
3) If the test is carried out through the moving of liquids and the variation of free
surface among the several tanks involved in liquid transfers is not negligible, the vertical
position of the center of gravity must be corrected for the free surface variation of the
moved liquid, as indicated in Table 17 of the Report.
e) Calculation of the Center of Gravitys Longitudinal Position
1) The longitudinal position of the center of gravity in the test condition, when the
hydrostatic characteristics are obtained through the Bonjean Curves, may be calculated
through the following formulas, valid when the LCB and LCG are taken in relation to the
Rear Perpendicular (positive forward):
LCG =LCB-[(KG-KB) x t / LPP] (30), where:
LCG = longitudinal position of the center of gravity, in m;
LCB = longitudinal position of the center of buoyancy, in
m;
KG = vertical position of the center of gravity, in m;
KB = vertical position of the center of buoyancy, in
m;
t = trim, in m; and
2) The longitudinal position of the center of gravity in the test condition, when the
hydrostatic characteristics are obtained through the Hydrostatic Curves or Tables, may be
calculated through the following formulas, valid when the LCB and LCG are taken in
relation to the Rear Perpendicular (positive forward):
LCG = LCB- [(100xMTCxt)/< ] (31), where:
LCG = longitudinal position of the center of gravity, in m;
LCB = longitudinal position of the center of buoyancy, in m;
MTC = moment for trimming 1 centimeter, in t.m.
t = trim, in m; and
= displacement, in t.
f) Weights Out of Position
Whenever existing on board weights placed in positions different than their
regular ones, the following procedures must be adopted:
1) include the considered weight in Table 4 of the Report (weights to deduct in
the test condition). The horizontal and vertical moments must be calculated in relation to its
position during the performance of the test; and
2) include the considered weight in Table 5 of the Report (weights to add in the
test condition). The horizontal and vertical moments must be calculated in relation to its
regular position on board.
0736 - PRESENTATION OF DATA AND CALCULATIONS

All data obtained in the inclining test and those shown in Tables 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and/or 7, 8, 9 and 10 or 11 and 12, 13 or 14, 15, 16 (if its the case), 17 (if its
the case) and 18 and the "Inclining Moment x Inclination Angle" graph must be presented
together with the following calculations:
a) hydrostatic calculations;
b) position of the center of gravity in the test condition; and
c) calculation in the lightweight ship condition.
- 7 - 37 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
SECTION VIII
COMPARTMENTALIZATION
0737 - MINIMUM NUMBER OF WATERTIGHT BULKHEADS FOR METALLIC HULL

VESSELS
a) Collision Bulkheads
All passenger vessels with a gross tonnage higher than 20 for which the present
Rules apply, according to the prescriptions of item 0701, must have the following watertight
transverse bulkheads:
1) one fore collision bulkhead, at the bow; and
2) one aft collision bulkhead, at the stern.
b) Engine Room Bulkheads
1) Vessels with the Engine Room at the center must, additionally, present two
(2) watertight bulkheads, one immediately forward and the other immediately afterward the
Engine Room, which separate this compartment from the spaces intended for the cargo or
passengers.
2) Vessels with the Engine Room astern must, additionally, present one
watertight bulkhead immediately forward of the Engine Room, which separate this
compartment from the spaces intended for the cargo or passengers.
c) Bulkheads in Cargo and/or Passenger Spaces
1) Additionally to what was prescribed in the previous items, watertight
transverse bulkheads must be installed, properly positioned, subdividing the spaces
intended for carrying cargo and / or passengers, as established in Table 7-6.
2) The distance between bulkheads which subdivide spaces intended for
carrying cargo and / or passengers must not be greater than 30 meters.
Rule Length Number of Bulkheads

Engines at the
Engines Astern
Center
up to 65 m 0 0
65 m < L 85 m 0 1
85 m < L 105 m 1 1
105 m < L 115 m 2 2
115 m < L 145 m 3 3
over 145 m 4 4

0738 - POSITIONING OF THE COLLISION BULKHEADS IN METALLIC HULL
VESSELS
a) Fore Collision Bulkhead
1) The fore collision bulkhead must be located at a distance no shorter that 5%
of the vessels Rule Length (L) or 10 meters, whichever is the smallest value, from the
intersection point of the vessel's stem with the waterline where the Rule Length (L) was
determined.
2) The fore collision bulkhead must not be installed, in principle, at a distance
from the intersection point of the vessel's stem with the waterline where the Rule Length (L)
was determined, longer than:
(a) 13% of the Rule Length (L) in vessels of the barge type where this length
is smaller than or equal to 90 meters; or
(b) 8% of the Rule Length (L), for the remaining vessels.
- 7 - 38 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
3) Greater distances than those presented in the previous subparagraph may
be accepted since, as judged by the DPC, the flooding of the Fore Peak Tank at the
maximum loading condition does not cause the immersion of the Main Deck, emergence of
the propeller or any potentially dangerous condition to the vessel
b) Aft Collision Bulkhead
1) For self-propelled vessels, this bulkhead must be positioned in a way that
limits the stern tube to a watertight space (or spaces) of moderate volume(s).
In barge-type vessels presenting symmetrical shapes of bow and stern, this
bulkhead must be positioned in a similar way as established in the previous subparagraph
for the fore collision bulkhead.
3) For the remaining barge-type vessels, the aft collision bulkhead may coincide
with the aft bulkhead of the cargo spaces.
0739 - FLOOD-DELAYING BULKHEADS IN NON-METALLIC HULL VESSELS (ARA)

a) Vessels of Wooden Hull
1) The basic idea inherent to the installation of Flood-Delaying Bulkheads (ARA)
in wooden vessels is providing a mechanism for delaying the flooding of these vessels in
case of damage to the hull below the waterline.
2) The assembly of bulkheads in wooden vessels must be done with wood
planks disposed horizontally, attached to a previously determined frame by means of nails
and subsequently having the gaps of the unions between planks sealed by using the same
caulking system of the hull.
3) The dimensions of bulkhead planks must be similar to those of
the planks used for the hull; exceptions can be made for the lower planks which may
present greater dimensions due to the hull bottom and bilge geometry.
4) Vertical stiffeners must be additionally installed on the bulkheads, in a quantity
and positioning at the designers discretion, in order to assure a greater rigidity to the
whole.
b) Minimum Number of Bulkheads
When determining the minimum number of bulkheads in non-metallic hull
vessels, the following procedures must be observed:
1) Spaces located below the Upper Deck and intended for carrying cargo,
passengers, or reserved for machinery installations must be separated from each other by
means of Flood-Delaying Bulkheads.
2) No compartment located below the Upper Deck may present a length greater
than 40% of the vessels Rule Length (L).
0740 - OPENINGS IN WATERTIGHT BULKHEADS

a) When there are piping, scuppers, electric cables or other items going through
watertight bulkheads, the necessary measures for maintaining the integrity of the bulkhead
tightness must be taken.
b) Valves not being part of a piping system are not allowed to be installed on
watertight bulkheads.
c) In metallic hull vessels, heat-sensitive materials cannot be used in systems
which pass through watertight bulkheads, where the deterioration of such materials in the
case of fire would compromise the bulkheads' tightness.
- 7 - 39 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
d) Doors, dampers or other access openings are not allowed on collision
bulkheads below the main deck; exceptions can be made for the passage of the necessary
piping to serve the peak tanks. The installation of manholes for inspection of these
compartments will be allowed, if they are watertight and made of steel with reduced
dimensions and attached to the opening by using bolts and nuts.
e) The watertight bulkheads must extend up through the vessel's Freeboard Deck.
f) The existence of any types of doors or openings on flood-delaying bulkheads is
not allowed; exceptions can be made for the passage of cables and piping. The necessary
measures for maintaining the bulkhead integrity must be taken.
0741 - ACCESSES
a) All spaces limited by watertight bulkheads or by flood-delaying bulkheads must
present access means in order to enable the entry into and inspection of those
compartments.
b) In the case of flood-delaying bulkheads, such accesses must not be made
through bulkhead openings in order to comply with the provided in paragraph f) of the
previous item.
c) In the case of watertight bulkheads, as far as possible and reasonable, such
accesses must not be made through bulkhead openings. However, in exceptional
circumstances the DPC may authorize the access through a bulkhead, if the following
conditions are satisfied: the door must be made of steel, of the watertight type and
operated from both sides; indicators at the place and at the bridge must show
the door's open/closed status; and a sign must be affixed to each door indicating that
it must be kept closed.
SECTION IX
DETERMINATION OF THE PASSENGER CAPACITY AND MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT

FOR VESSELS WITH GROSS TONNAGE EQUAL OR LOWER THAN 20
0742 - APPLICATION
a) The procedures set forth in this Section may be used for determining the
passenger capacity and the Maximum Load Weight (PMC) of vessels with gross tonnage
equal to or lower than 20 engaged in the service and/or activity of:
1) passenger and cargo transportation; and
2) passenger transportation exclusively.
b) In case of needing to determine the Passenger Capacity or Maximum Load
Weight of vessels with distinct uses from the ones listed above through the method shown
in annex, the DPC must be previously consulted to assess the viability of its application.
0743 - PROCEDURES
a) The Harbor Masters, Delegates and Agents must determine the passenger
capacity and Maximum Load Weight (PMC) of the vessels described in the previous item
operating within their jurisdiction, in accordance with the instructions presented in Annex 7-
F, in the following situations:
- 7 - 40 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
1) prior to the new vessels' entry in traffic;
2) when authorizing reclassification for the services and/or activities listed in the
previous item; and
3) whenever the vessels undergo alterations which modify their stability
characteristics.
b) At the discretion of the Harbor Masters, the procedure presented in Annex 7-F
may be used for conducting the reassessment of passenger capacity and/or maximum load
weight of existing vessels with gross tonnage equal to or lower than 20, whenever deemed
as necessary.
c) Also at the discretion of Harbor Masters, if found necessary or convenient,
procedures already adopted in certain regions and/or boat types for determining the PMC
or passenger capacity of vessels with GT equal to or lower than 20 may be adopted in lieu
of the standards presented in Annex 7-F. These procedures must be presented to the DPC
for assessment and determination of the viability of their maintenance. During the
assessment period, those parameters will remain being assigned in accordance with the
procedures previously adopted by the CP (Harbor Master offices). If these criteria are
considered as satisfactory, the Harbor Masters must issue an Ordinance regulating their
application.
d) The practical test results must be presented in the Passenger Capacity
Checking and Maximum Load Weight (PMC) Report for Vessels with GT 20, a model is
presented in Annex 7-G. This report must be completed in no less than two copies, of
which one copy must be delivered to the Proprietor or Shipowner and the other must be
filed at the CP, DL or AG of the vessel's enrollment.
e) The proprietors or shipowners may opt for presenting the documents provided
for in Chapter 03 for vessels with 20 < GT 50 on occasion of the regularization of vessels
with GT 20, in lieu of the procedures set forth in annex or the ones eventually adopted
by the CP. In these cases, the determination of PMC and passenger capacity will be
informed in the statement presented by the responsible naval engineer.
0744 - LIMITS OF NAVIGATIONAL AREAS

The Harbor Masters and Delegates must establish the limits between types of
navigational areas (as defined in Annex 7-F) within their jurisdiction, by considering
regional characteristics, operational standards of the boats and limits previously
established in Inland Navigation standards. When determining these limits, the usual
navigation standards already existing, based on environmental conditions of each area,
must be maintained.
0745 - RESPONSIBILITY
a) The practical test described in Annex 7-F must be conducted by a Classification
Society, Specialized Entity or by a responsible technical person duly accredited before the
CREA, who will be in charge of the test conduction and presentation of results. Together
with the results, the due Annotation of Technical Responsibility (ART) related to the test
performed must be presented.
c) The Harbor Masters, Delegates or Agents may determine that the test must be
conducted by a CP, DL or AG representative (preferably an Officer), whenever they find it
necessary or convenient.
- 7 - 41 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 10
CHAPTER 8
DETERMINATION OF THE TONNAGE, DISPLACEMENTS AND

DEADWEIGHT
0800 - PURPOSE
To establish instructions for determining the Gross and Net Tonnage and for the
calculation of displacements and deadweight of vessels engaged in Open Sea Navigation.
SECTION I
DETERMINATION OF THE TONNAGE
0801 - APPLICATION
These rules, based on the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of
Ships (1969), apply to:
a) new vessels;
b) existing vessels submitted to alterations or modifications which, at the discretion
of the DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts, cause a variation in their original Gross or
Net Tonnage;
c) existing vessels, on request by the Shipowner;
d) existing vessels not yet regularized, enrolled at the
Harbor Master (CP), River (FL), Delegate (DL) or Agent (AG) offices, after
6/9/1998; and
e) small vessels are exempted from the assignment of gross and net tonnages.
0802 - EXISTING VESSEL

An existing vessel with its tonnage already determined through methods previously
in force and not fitting any of the paragraphs listed in item 0801must keep its original
tonnage, except in cases where a re-measurement of tonnage is necessary.
0803 - OBLIGINGNESS OF THE TONNAGE DETERMINATION

a) Authorization for Traffic
No vessel shall be allowed to sail without having its tonnage previously
measured, exceptions made for:
- small vessels;
- sports and recreation vessels with L lower than 24 meters; and
- warships.
b) Timing for the Tonnage Measurement
The tonnage measurement must be performed when the vessel is ready or in its
final construction stage and, when applicable, only after its freeboard determination since
this parameter influences the value of maximum draught and, consequently, the values of
deadweight and net tonnage.
For vessels in this stage but for which a Construction License has not yet being
requested, the interested party may request simultaneously a license and the tonnage
determination, independent of applicable penalties.
c) Provisional License for Traffic Entry
In cases where a Provisional License is granted for the Entry in
Traffic in accordance with the prescriptions of Chapter 03, the values of Gross
-8-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
and Net Tonnage estimated by the responsible engineer and shown in the Descriptive
Memorandum must be temporarily adopted for the vessel, subject to later ratification on
occasion of the tonnage determination.
0804 - DEFINITIONS
Besides the definitions shown in Chapter 03, the following listed below apply to the
present Chapter:
a) Gross Tonnage (GT)
It means the expression of the vessel's total size, determined as prescribed in
these rules as a function of the volume of all closed spaces. The Gross Tonnage is a
dimensionless parameter.
b) Net Tonnage (NT)
It means the expression of the vessel's useful capacity, determined in
accordance with the prescriptions of these rules as a function of the closed spaces
intended for the carriage of cargo, the number of passengers carried, the place where the
passengers will be carried, the draft/depth ratio and the Gross Tonnage. The Net Tonnage
is also a dimensionless parameter.
c) Molded Breadth (B)
It means the vessel's maximum width, measured at the master section up to the
molded line of the frames (internal surface of the hull plating) for vessels of metallic hull.
For non-metallic vessels, this measurement is taken outside the hull.
d) Loaded Draft (Hc)
It means the draft corresponding to the vessel's loaded displacement.
e) Lightweight Draft (Hl)
It means the draft corresponding to the vessel's lightweight displacement.
f) Molded Draft (H)
The molded draft will be considered as one of the following drafts:
1) for vessels with their freeboard determined in accordance with the
International Convention on Load Lines, the draft corresponding to the summer load line
mark (other than that specific mark for the carriage of wood);
2) for passenger vessels subject to the International Convention for the Safety
of Life at Sea, the draft corresponding to the subdivision load line marked in accordance
with that convention;
3) for vessels subject to a national freeboard assignment, the draft
corresponding to the assigned freeboard;
4) for the vessels exempt from freeboard assignment, but with its maximum
draft limited by the designer, the maximum draft considered; and
5) for the remaining vessels, 75 % of the molded depth.
g) Tonnage Length (Ca)
It means the horizontal distance measured at the Center Line between the
matching points of the lower face of the upper deck plating with the internal faces of the
bow and stern plating.
h) Length between Perpendiculars (Lpp)
It means the horizontal distance measured between the points in which the
design water line intersects the bow and the rudder stock axis. In vessels with no rudder,
such a length must be measured at the design waterline between the bow-post and the
stern-post.
i) Rule Length (L)
It means 96% of the total length at the waterline corresponding to 85% of the
smallest molded depth (the shortest vertical distance between the keel top and the top of
the beam
-8-2- NORMAM-01/DPC
of the freeboard deck) or the length measured at the same waterline between the stem and
the rudder stock axis, whichever is the greatest.
For vessels designed with an inclined keel, the waterline in which the
Rule Length (L) must be measured will be parallel to the design waterline.
When determining the Rule Length (L) of a barge with no propulsion and a flush
deck, it will be taken as 96% of the total length at the parallel waterline located at a height
above the keel's upper face equal to 85% of the molded depth.
j) Total or Extreme Length (Ct)
Means the horizontal distance measured between the extreme bow and stern
points. In the case of sail vessels, the bowsprit should not be considered.
k) Contour (Co)
It means the master section's perimeter, excluding the deck, measured between
the points where the hull plating meets the upper deck. It must not include fenders or bilge
keels, if existing.
l) Upper Deck
It means the highest full deck, exposed to the weather and sea (or river), which
have permanent closing devices for all its openings exposed to the weather and below
which all the vessel's side openings have permanent watertight closing resources.
In the vessels with a stepped upper deck, the lower line of the open deck and its
extension parallel to the upper part of the deck must be considered as being the upper
deck. Steps located outside of the Rule Length (L) will not be considered.
Any discontinuity of the upper deck extending from side end to side end and
which its length is higher than 1 m must be treated as a step, as
previously established. A discontinuity not extending to the side ends of the vessel will be
considered as a recess below the upper deck level.
In vessels with two or more decks and with hull openings without closing devices
below the highest deck, but which are limited internally by weathertight decks and
bulkheads, the first deck below those openings must be considered as the upper deck.
In vessels without weathertight hatch covers on the highest deck, exposed to the
weather and sea (or river), as for example a container carrier vessel without hatch covers,
the upper deck will be considered as the one which would be so determined following the
definition shown in the first paragraph of this sub-item if the vessel were provided with the
mentioned covers.
m) Erection
It means any structure placed above the upper deck, totally or partially bounded
by bulkheads or divisions and by decks or tops (except fixed or mobile canopies).
n) Existing Vessel
It means that it is not a new vessel.
o) New Vessel
It means it's a vessel that had its keel laid, or that is at an equivalent stage of
construction, after the entry into force of this Standard.
p) Vessels with Special Shapes
All vessels with at least one of the characteristics listed below will be considered
as vessels of special shapes:
1) the hull's shaping allows for its volume determination through known
Geometry formulas (as for example, lighters, rafts, barges, pontoons, platforms, floating
docks and similar structures); and
-8-3- NORMAM-01/DPC
2) vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 m, but presenting a value for the
"f" coefficient (as defined in item 0810) which is out of the application limits of the hull
volume determination method known as "Expedited Method", also shown in the same item.
q) Cargo Spaces
It means the closed spaces intended for the carriage of cargo which must be
unloaded from the vessel, on condition that these spaces have been included in the gross
tonnage calculation.
r) Excluded Spaces
It means all those spaces fitting one of the five characteristic cases presented in
item 0809.
s) Closed Spaces
It means all those spaces bounded by the hull sides, fixed or mobile bulkheads
or divisions and by decks or tops (except fixed or mobile canopies). A space will remain
being considered as a closed space even if presenting a deck discontinuity, an opening at
the hull, deck, top, divisions or bulkheads, or even in the absence of an inside division or
bulkhead, if it is not fitting as an excluded space.
t) Weathertight
It means any accessory or structural component which presents a satisfactory
following the procedure described in item 0704 b).
u) Midship
Midship is located at the middle of the Rule Length (L), which is a length
measured from the intersecting point of the stem's external face and
the waterline in which the same was defined
v) Passenger
It means any person who is not the Captain, the crew members, other person
employed or hired for any job or activity on board or a child less than one year of age.
x) Molded Depth (P)
It means the vertical distance, in meters, measured by the ship's side at midship,
from the keel's upper face through the top of the freeboard deck beam.
In the wooden or mixed construction ships, this measure will be taken from the
lower edge of the keel's groove.
When the vessel's inner bottom part presents a concavity in its center or when
there are reinforcement plates of great thickness, this distance will be measured from the
point in which the bottom plating inner surface, extended to the interior, intersects the the
keel's side face.
In ships with a rounded deck stringer, the molded depth will be measured
through the intersecting point of the virtual lines corresponding to the extension of the
deck's and hull's molded lines.
When the freeboard deck presents a step and the elevated part of this deck
extends beyond the point in which the molded depth will be determined, the latter will be
measured through the reference line corresponding to the extension of the lower part of this
deck , parallel to the higher part.
y) SOLAS Vessels - means all merchant vessels used for international maritime
voyages or employed in the merchant maritime traffic among Brazilian ports, oceanic
islands, port terminals and offshore platforms, with exception to:
-8-4- NORMAM-01/DPC
6) vessels with a ruled length (L) lower than twenty-four (24) meters.
0805 - PROCEDURES FOR THE TONNAGE DETERMINATION

a) Vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 meters;
The requests for tonnage determination of these vessels must be effected
through an application from the proprietor, shipowner or builder to the CP, DL or AG of
enrollment or with jurisdiction over the shipyard or the proprietor's domicile, in two copies,
together with one copy of the plans and documents previously analyzed on occasion of the
granting of the vessel's construction license, when applicable.
For vessels with a gross tonnage higher than 50, the CP, DL or AG shall issue
the National Tonnage Certificate, a model of which is shown in Annex 8-A, in three copies.
One copy shall be filed at the vessel's enrollment office, another one shall be forwarded for
filing at the DPC and the remaining one delivered to the party concerned together with the
approved application.
For vessels with a gross tonnage lower than or equal to 50, the CP, DL or AG
shall issue the Notes for the Vessel Tonnage, models of which are shown in Annex 8-B, in
two copies. One copy will be filed at the vessel's enrollment office, while the other copy will
be returned to the party concerned.
The Classification Societies and Specialized Entities may also issue the National
Tonnage Certificate or the Notes for Tonnage for these vessels, forwarding subsequently
one copy of the documents to the vessel's enrollment office and another copy to the DPC.
When treating of a vessel
classified or certified by a specialized entity, the emission of these documents
shall be necessarily made by the same entity.
b) Non-SOLAS vessels with a Rule Length (L) greater than or equal to 24
meters
1) The tonnage of these vessels may be calculated by a Classification Society
or Specialized Entity, based on the vessel's documentation and verification on board. In the
case of vessels classified or certified by a Specialized Entity, the tonnage shall be
necessarily determined by that entity. The calculations must be presented in the form of
Notes for the Tonnage of Vessels, models of which are contained in Annex 8-B (depending
on the vessel's length), duly signed by the engineer responsible for the calculations with a
clear indication of his (her) CREA registry number. If issued by a technical responsible
person hired by the builder, shipowner or proprietor, the Notes must follow together with the
respective Annotation of Technical Responsibility - ART.
2) Upon conclusion of the calculations, if the gross tonnage is greater than 50
the Classification Society or Specialized Entity shall issue the respective National Tonnage
Certificate, following the model shown in Annex 8-A. If the gross tonnage is equal to or
lower than 50, only the Notes for the Tonnage of Vessels shall be issued, following the
models of Annex 8-B.One copy of the Notes and of the Certificate must be forwarded to the
DPC by the Classification Society or Specialized Entity.
3) The tonnage of vessels with length (L) equal to or higher than 24 meters may
also be determined by the GEVI. In this case, the requests for tonnage determination of
these vessels must be effected through an application by the proprietor or builder to the
CP, DL or AG of the vessel's enrollment or with jurisdiction over the shipyard or the
proprietor's domicile.
The application must be accompanied by the Notes for Tonnage prepared by
the person technically responsible for the calculation, hired by the builder, shipowner or
-8-5- NORMAM-01/DPC
proprietor, the Annotation of Technical Responsibility (ART) related to the service rendered
and, when applicable, one copy of the plans and documents previously analyzed on
occasion of the granting of the vessel's construction license.
For vessels with a gross tonnage lower than or equal to 50, the GEVI shall
issue the Notes for the Vessel Tonnage, models of which are shown in Annex 8-B, in two
copies. One copy will be filed at the vessel's enrollment office, while the other copy will be
returned to the party concerned.
For vessels with a gross tonnage higher than 50, the GEVI shall issue the
National Tonnage Certificate, a model of which is shown in Annex 8-A, in three copies. One
copy shall be filed at the vessel's enrollment office, one copy shall be returned to the party
concerned and the remaining copy shall be forwarded to the DPC.
c) SOLAS Vessels
1) The tonnage of these vessels shall only be calculated by a Classification
Society, based on the vessel's documentation and a survey on board. The calculations
must be presented in the form of Notes for the Tonnage of Vessels, models of which are
contained in Annex 8-B (depending on the vessel's length), duly signed by the engineer
responsible for the calculations with a clear indication of his (her) CREA registry number.
The Notes will be accompanied by the respective ART, in which the service rendered and
the vessel's name must be clearly stated.
2) Upon conclusion of the calculations, the Classification Society shall issue the
respective International Tonnage Certificate following the model shown in Annex 8-C. One
copy of the Notes and of the Certificate must be forwarded by the Classification Society to
the DPC.
0806 - GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR THE DETERMINATION OF VOLUMES

a) All volumes included in the calculation of the gross and net tonnage must be
measured independent of insulation, finishing and similar materials used on the inner side
of the hull plating or the inner part of plates limiting the structures in vessels built of metallic
materials. In vessels built of any other material, the volumes must be measured from the
external surface of the hull or the inner side of surfaces limiting the structures.
b) The volumes of vessel appendices must be included in the total volume. Bulbs,
drums, propeller shaft supports and other similar structures must be considered as
appendices.
c) The volumes of spaces open to the sea (or river), such as hawse holes, sea
chests, propeller shaft tunnels, stern grooves of fishing vessels, dredged material wells in
dredges and other analogous spaces must be excluded from the total volume.
d) All measures used in volume calculations must be rounded to the nearest
centimeter.
e) The calculation must be detailed enough to enable an easy checking.
f) The volumes must be calculated by universally accepted methods, adequate to
the considered spaces and with an acceptable precision.
g) The necessary information for calculating the gross and net tonnages must be
obtained preferably from the vessel's plans and documents. When such documentation is
not available, or when doubts are cast about its accuracy, the information may be obtained
through measurements of the vessel itself.
h) Closed spaces above the upper deck, appendices and spaces open to the sea
(or river) with 1 m3 or less do not need to be measured.
-8-6- NORMAM-01/DPC
0807 - DETERMINATION OF THE TOTAL VOLUME OF CLOSED SPACES (V)
a) General Considerations
1) Aiming for simplifying the calculation, the total volume of closed spaces (V) is
normally divided into: hull volume (or volume of closed spaces below the upper deck - VC)
and superstructure volume (or volume of closed spaces above the upper deck - VS). The
value of V may be obtained through the following expression:
V = VC + VS (1) where:
V = total volume of closed spaces, in m3;
VC = hull volume, in m3; and
VS = superstructure volume, in m3.
2) The spaces located under mobile or permanent canopies must be treated as
excluded spaces.
3) In container-carrier vessels without hatch covers, the existence of an opening
in a tween deck and the absence of hatch covers shall not be impeding for considering a
space as a closed space.
4) Vessels able to operate with the hatch covers either open or closed must be
measured as if the hatch covers were closed.
5) the volume of pontoon-type weathertight hatch covers placed over hatch
coamings must be considered in the computation of the volume of closed spaces.
6) Inner volumes in the hull of split barge-type vessels must be considered in
the volume calculation, despite of those spaces staying temporarily open to the sea (or
river) during discharge operations.
7) Masts, cargo booms, cranes and support structures for cranes or containers
which are totally inaccessible and are located above the upper deck, separated by all sides
from other closed spaces, must not be considered in the calculation of the total volume of
closed spaces.
8) Air ducts with a cross section area smaller than or equal to 1 m2 must also
not be considered under the conditions expressed in the last subparagraph.
9) Mobile cranes must not be considered in the calculation of the total volume of
closed spaces.
10) The volume of spaces intended for the carriage of cattle (corrals) must be
considered in the computation of the volume of closed spaces.
b) Determining the Hull's Volume (VC)
For determining the hull volume, one of the following procedures must be
adopted:
1) Vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 m: the hull's volume must be
calculated through the Expedited Method, presented in item
0810;
2) Vessels with a Rule Length (L) greater than or equal to 24 meters: the hull's
volume must be calculated through a numerical integration method. The Simpson Method
is recommended, as presented in item
0811;and
3) Vessels with Special Shapes: the hull's volume will be determined by
subdividing the hull in known geometrical figures and applying simple formulas of cubic
capacity. Annex 8-B presents some formulas for determining the area or volume of the
most usual geometrical figures.
-8-7- NORMAM-01/DPC
c) Determining the Superstructures' Volume
The volume of superstructures must be calculated through known geometrical
formulas. A numerical interaction method may eventually be used to determine the volume
of superstructures with curvy shapes, for which the simple application of formulas does not
result in a satisfactory precision.
0808 - Determining the volume of cargo spaces (Vc)

a) Considered Spaces
1) Tanks permanently located above the upper deck and provided with
removable piping capable of being connected with the cargo system or the venting (de-
aeration) ducts of vessels must be included in the Vc.
2) The volume of pontoon-type weathertight hatch covers, placed over hatch
coamings and included in the volume computation of closed spaces, must also be included
in the volume calculation of cargo spaces whenever such openings present an open lower
face.
3) The volumes of segregated ballast tanks must not be considered for
calculating Vc, if they are not used for cargo transportation.
4) The volume of clean ballast tanks of tanker vessels must be included in Vc
when they are provided with a washing system by crude oil (COW), which enables for the
dual use of the tank (cargo / clean ballast).
5) The volume of clean ballast tanks must not be included in Vc whenever: I)
the tanks are not used for cargo transportation; and
II) the "Notes" field of the Tonnage Certificate shows the following remark:
"The following tanks are intended exclusively for the transportation of
clean ballast water".
6) The volume of slop tanks must be included in the calculation of Vc.
7) In fishing vessels, the volumes of spaces intended for processing the
catch, carrying the catch (processed or not) and the storage of salt, seasonings, oil or
packaging materials of the processed fish must be included in the Vc. The deposits of
fishing equipment must not be included in the Vc.
8) The spaces occupied by refrigerating machinery used for refrigerated cargo
and placed within the limits of cargo spaces must be included in the Vc.,
9) The volume of compartments for carrying mail, passenger baggage outside
accommodations and passenger deposited goods must be included in the Vc. The volume
of food store rooms for the crew or passengers, and store rooms for deposited goods of
crew members must not be included in the Vc.
10) In combined cargo vessels, when the proprietors request the conversion of
dual use tanks for hydrocarbons and ballast into ballast tanks only, and the exclusion of
their volume from the Vc, the ballast tanks must necessarily be permanently disconnected
from the hydrocarbon cargo system and shall not be allowed to be used for cargo
transportation. The vessel must have its tonnage re-determined and any ballast tank not
considered in the Vc must be used exclusively for ballast, connected to an independent
ballast system and shall not be allowed to carry cargo.
11) Insulations, coverings or linings existing within the limits of cargo spaces
must not be considered when determining their volume.
12) For ships with independent and permanent cargo tanks built inside, as in the
case of gas tankers, the volume to be included in the Vc must be calculated up to the
structural boundary of these tanks, independent of the existing insulation internally or
externally to the tank's surface.
-8-8- NORMAM-01/DPC
13) The volume of spaces with dual use, as those employed for ballast as well
as for cargo, must be included in the Vc.
14) Spaces intended for the passengers' vehicles must be included in the Vc.
15) Volumes inside the hull of vessels of the split-barge type must be
considered in the calculation of Vc, despite the fact that such spaces remain temporarily
open to the sea (or river) during discharge operations.
16) The volume of spaces intended for the carriage of cattle (corrals) must be
considered in the computation of the volume of cargo spaces.
b) Procedures
The volume of cargo spaces must be taken directly from the vessel's Capacity
Plan. When this Plan is not available, the volume of cargo spaces must be calculated
through one of the following procedures:
1) for vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24m, the approximate volume of
cargo spaces must be obtained through formulas of known geometrical figures;
2) for vessels with a Rule Length (L) higher than or equal to 24m with cargo
spaces which shapes enable their volume determination through formulas of geometrical
figures with a satisfactory precision, an analogous procedure to that presented in
subparagraph 1) may be adopted; and
3) for the remaining vessels with a Rule Length (L) higher than or equal to 24m,
the volume of cargo spaces must be calculated through the Simpson Method, as
established in item 0811, with the adoption of new intermediate beacons in positions
corresponding to the cargo space bulkheads.
0809 - DETERMINATION OF THE VOLUME OF EXCLUDED SPACES

The spaces fitting at least one of the five cases listed as follows must be
considered as excluded spaces, except if they present at least one of the three conditions
below, when they must be considered as closed spaces:
1) the space has shelves or other means for stowing cargo or provisions, as for
example, in the case of ro-ro type ships where the space at the end of a structure is
provided with means for cargo stowage, which must be considered in the calculation of the
volume of closed spaces;
2) the openings are provided with any closing devices; and
3) the construction allows for the possibility of such openings to be closed.
a) Case a:
1) A space located inside a structure, in front of an opening which extends from
a deck to another, except for the eventual existence of plating sills or flanges in the upper
part, both with a height no greater than 25 mm beyond the height of adjacent beams, since
such opening has a width equal to or greater than 90% of the deck's width (B) where it is
located. Only the space comprised between the opening and a line parallel to the opening's
plane, drawn at a distance equal to half of the deck's width at the opening's place (Figure 8-
1), must be excluded in this case.
Note.: In figures 8-1 through 8-6, the
following symbology was adopted:
FIGURE 8-1: Excluded Space (case a)
-8-9- NORMAM-01/DPC
2) If by any arrangement the width becomes smaller than 90% of the deck's
width, except if due to the convergence of the external plating, only the space comprised
between the opening plane and a line parallel to it and drawn at the point where the
opening's width is equal to or lower than 90% of the deck's width (B) at the place
corresponding to the opening, will be considered as excluded space (Figures 8-2 and 8-3).
- 8 - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
3) When a gap is completely open, except for the existence of bulwarks or

handrails separating any two spaces, the exclusion of one or both spaces is allowed as
established in subparagraphs 1) and 2), if the separation distance between these two
spaces is greater than half of the smaller deck's width (B) at the separation gap (Figures 8-
5 and 8-6).
b) Case b:
All spaces located under existing deck covers, open to the sea and weather,
which only connections of their exposed lateral surfaces with the ship structure are the
supports necessary to sustain them. One such space will remain being considered an
excluded space even when presenting handrails, bulwarks or a plate flange at the upper
part, if the height of the opening (h) between the upper part of the bulwark or handrail and
the lower face of the plate's flange is higher than the greater value between 0.75 m and
one third of the height of the considered space (H) (Figure 8-7).
FIGURE 8-7: Excluded Space (case b)
The space comprised between the lateral bulkhead of a deck house and the
bulwark, below a deck extending from side end to side end supported by pillars or vertical
plates (Figure 8-8) must be treated as an excluded space as established in this paragraph
and in paragraph c) - cases (b) and (c).
- 8 - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
FIGURE 8-8: Excluded Space (Cases a and b)
c) Case c:
Every space within a structure which extends from one side end to the other of
the vessel and which is positioned directly in front of opposed side openings with a height
(h) superior to the greater value between 0.75 m and one third of the space's height (H). If
the openings exist only in one side, the inner space of the structure to be excluded (O) will
be limited to one half of the deck's width (B/B1) in the opening's region (Figure 8-9).
FIGURE 8-9: Excluded Space (case c)
d) Case d:
The space of a structure placed immediately below an uncovered opening at the
deck above, whenever this opening is exposed to the weather. The space to be excluded is
limited by the opening's area (A-B-C-D) (Figure 8-10)
- 8 - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
FIGURE 8-10: Excluded Space (case d)
e) Case e:
A recess in limiting bulkheads of a structure exposed to the weather, which
opening extends from one deck to the other and which is not provided with closing means,
if the inner width (w1/w2) is no greater than the width at the entrance and its extension
(L1/L2) inside the structure is smaller than twice the width at the entrance (Figure 8-11).
FIGURE 8-11: Excluded Space (case e)
Note: In figure 8-11, the following symbology was

adopted: O = excluded space
C = closed space
I = space to be considered as closed space
0810 - QUICK METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF THE HULL'S VOLUME

a) Description
This is the method used for determining the hull's volume of vessels with a Rule
Length (L) lower than 24 meters, which is presented as follows:
b) Formula
The hull's volume is calculated in this method through the following expression:
VC = ((Co + B) / 2)2x Coef x Ca (2)
where: VC = hull's volume, in m3;
Co = contour, in m;
B = breadth, in m;
Ca = tonnage length, in m; and
Coef = 0.17 for vessels of wooden or concrete hull, or
= 0.18 for vessels of metallic of fiberglass hull.
- 8 - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
c) "M" Multiplier
The term (Co + B) / 2)2 x Coef is also known as "M" Multiplier, and the values
resulting from this parameter are found in the table of Annex
8-F, as a function of the summation of breadth plus contour.
d) Application Range of the Method (Coefficient "f ")
The Expedited Method can only be applied in the determination of the hull's
volume of vessels with conventional shapes, which coefficient "f " as defined by the
following expression is greater than or equal to 0.4 and lower than or equal to 0.85.
F = M / (B x P) (3) where:
M = multiplier "M", in m2;
B = breadth, in m; and
P = depth, in m.
e) Hull Volume for Vessels out of the Application Range
For vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 m and which coefficient "f " is
out of the application range presented in the previous paragraph, the hull's volume will be
determined as established for vessels with special shapes, i.e., by subdividing
approximately the hull into known geometrical figures and applying simple formulas of cubic
capacity. Annex 8-D presents some of the formulas for determining the area or volume of
most usual geometrical figures.
f) Program SISARQ
Both the Gross Tonnage and Net Tonnage of vessels for which the Expedited
Method is applicable may be calculated through the SISARQ program, prepared by the
DPC and available to the CP, DL and AG offices.
0811 - SIMPSON'S METHOD FOR DETERMINATION OF THE HULL VOLUME

a) Description
The Simpson's Method is a numerical integration method in which the area
under a curve is approximated through the assumed hypothesis that the curve segments
between equidistant points are parabolic segments, since the area under parabolas can be
obtained through the Simpson's Rules.
b) 1st Simpson's Rule
Used when the curve's interval to be integrated is divided into an even number
of equal spaces. Under this rule, the area between the points considered may be calculated
A=(s/3) x (y0+4y1+2y2+...+2yn-2+4yn-1+yn) (4),
where: A = area, in m2;
s = spacing between the considered points, in m;
yi = ordinate at position i, in m; and
n =number of spaces.
c) 2nd Simpson's Rule
Used when the curve's interval to be integrated is divided into a number of equal
spaces, multiple of 3. Under this rule, the area between the points considered may be
calculated through the following expression:
A = (3s/8) x (y0+3y1+3y2+2y3...+2yn-3+3yn-2+3yn-1+yn) (5),
where: A = area, in m2;
s = spacing between the considered points, in m;
yi = ordinate at position i, in m; and
n =number of spaces.
d) Determining the Areas of Transverse Sections
Using the transverse sections represented in the Lines Plan, also known as
frame stations, is recommended for calculating the hull's volume through the
- 8 - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Simpson's Method. For determining the areas of transverse sections, the following aspects
must be observed:
1) at least five pairs of points will be considered for the integration through one of
the Simpson's Rules;
2) the area of transverse sections may be determined through formulas of
geometrical figures whenever the sections' shapes allow for this approximation without
impairing the precision of the results;
3) the rounding of the deck, if existing, must be considered; and
4) the Bonjean Curves, prepared by the designer, may be used for obtaining the
area of transverse sections, if they:
I) present a satisfactory precision;
II) have been traced up to the height corresponding to the deck at the
longitudinal position of each considered frame station; and
III) the rounding of the deck is considered, if existing.
e) Determining the Hull's Volume
The hull's volume must be determined through the integration of the transverse
section areas along the vessel's length, by using one of the Simpson's Rules. The
following aspects must be considered for this calculation:
1) the areas of at least ten transverse sections must be considered;
2) the extreme frame stations, forward and astern, must be located the nearest
possible to the vessel's bow and stern, respectively; and
3) the volume due to the deck's sheer must be computed.
f) End Volumes
The volume calculation of spaces located abaft the first frame station and
forward to the last one, which have not been considered by the integration and,
consequently, have not been
computed when calculating the hull's volume, may be performed through one of the
following procedures:
1) approximated by means of formulas of geometrical figures; and
2) by representation of additional frame stations at the bow and stern regions,
including the considered region, then calculating the area of the new transverse sections
and applying the Simpson's Method for determining the volume.
g) Use of the Hydrostatic Curves or Capacity Plan for determining the Hull's
Volume.
Hydrostatic Curves or the Capacity Plan may be used, as prepared by the
designer, for obtaining the hull's volume in lieu of the integration of transverse section
areas through the Simpson's Method, if the mentioned plans present the following
characteristics:
1) present a satisfactory precision; and
2) effectively represent the total volume of closed spaces below the upper deck,
considering the deck's sheer and rounding if existing.
0812 - CALCULATION OF THE GROSS TONNAGE

The gross tonnage (GT) will be calculated through the following expression:
AB = K1 V (6), where:
K1 = 0.2 + 0.02 log10 V (or as tabulated in Annex 8-E); and
V = total volume of all closed spaces in the vessel, in m3.
Note: the values obtained must be rounded down without decimals

(whole numbers).
- 8 - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
0813 - CALCULATION OF THE NET TONNAGE
The net tonnage (NT) will be calculated through the following expression: NT =
K2 VC (4H/3P)2+K3(N1+(N2 / 10)) (7), where:
VC = total volume of cargo spaces, in m3;
K2 = 0.2 + 0.02 log10 VC (or as tabulated in Annex 8-E); and
H = molded draft, in m;
P = molded depth, in m;
K3 = 1.25 (GT + 10,000) / 10,000;
N1 = number of passengers in cabins with up to 8 berths;
N2 = number of remaining passengers; and
GT = gross tonnage, calculated in accordance with item 0812.
Note: the values obtained must be rounded down without decimals
(whole numbers).
The following procedures must be adopted in connection to the net tonnage
calculating expression:
a) the factor (4H / 3P)2 must not present values above 1;
b) the term K2 VC (4H / 3P)2 must not present values below 25% of the gross
tonnage;
c) the net tonnage must not be lower than 30% of the gross tonnage.
d) the total of passengers carried on board (N1 + N2) must not be lower than
13, otherwise N1 and N2 must be assumed as equal to zero; and
e) when the calculation of net tonnage results in a value higher than the
gross tonnage, it must be assumed that NT = GT.
0814 - RE-DETERMINATION OF TONNAGE

The vessel must have its tonnage re-determined always when:
a) undergoing alteration and / or reclassification which modify the distribution,
construction, capacity or use of spaces, number of passengers to be carried, assigned
freeboard or maximum allowable draft, in such a way that alters the values of net or gross
tonnage originally determined.
b) in case of doubts over the correctness of the previous tonnage determination;
c) if requested by the shipowner; and
d) ex-officio, whenever an irregularity is found.
0815 - CERTIFICATION
a) Certificate Types
The documents verifying the tonnage of a vessel are the
following:
1) Notes for the Vessel Tonnage Determination, for vessels with
gross tonnage lower than 50;
2) National Tonnage Certificate, for vessels with gross tonnage higher than or
equal to 50 (not bearing an International Tonnage Certificate); and
3) International Tonnage Certificate, for SOLAS Vessels.
b) New Certificate
A new Tonnage Certificate will be issued (or Notes for Tonnage of a
Vessel) whenever the following happens:
1) loss of the original document;
2) name change of the vessel, its port of enrollment or some other characteristic
shown in the document; and
3) re-determination of the vessel's tonnage, as established item 0814.
- 8 - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
c) Validity of the Certificates
The National Tonnage Certificate, the International Tonnage Certificate and the
Notes for Tonnage of a Vessel shall be valid for the vessel's whole useful life, except in the
cases provided in the previous paragraph for emission of a new Certificate.
d) Completion of the Certificates
1) On the back of the National Tonnage Certificate, in the fields corresponding to
"Spaces Included in the Tonnage" (Gross and Net Tonnage), it is not necessary to fill up
the "space name", "place" and "length". Just indicate the volumes considered below and
above the upper deck in the field corresponding to the gross tonnage, and the volumes of
cargo spaces in the field corresponding to the net tonnage.
2) On the back of the International Tonnage Certificate, filling up the items
mentioned in the previous subparagraph is mandatory. The information related to "place" of
the space do not require details, just an approximate description of the frames in which the
described space is located.
3) The information "Date and Place of the Original Tonnage" shown on the back
of both certificates refers to the calculation for the original assignment of a National
Tonnage Certificate or an International Tonnage Certificate.
4) The information "Date and Place of the Last Tonnage Re-determination"
shown on the back of both certificates refers to the calculation for the assignment of the last
National Tonnage Certificate or International Tonnage Certificate.
0816 - TONNAGE SURVEY

The vessels must be submitted to a survey prior to the emission of a
National Tonnage Certificate, an International Tonnage Certificate or the Notes for
Tonnage of a Vessel, for checking if their construction is really in accordance with the plans
and / or documents considered in the calculation of the gross and net tonnages. Such
survey must be restricted to the details of arrangement and closed spaces considered, not
being necessary to check the hull's lines.
The surveys of these vessels shall be carried out by the office or entity responsible
for the emission of the certificate or notes.
0817 - NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE

The values of Gross and Net Tonnage must be entered into the corresponding
fields of the Navigation Safety Certificate, of vessels for which its emission is mandatory.
Such values must be in accordance with those shown in the Tonnage Certificate or Notes.
SECTION II
CALCULATION OF DISPLACEMENTS AND DEADWEIGHT
0818 - DEFINITIONS
a) Displacement
It means the total weight of the vessel in a determined loading condition, which
corresponds to the mass of the water volume displaced by the vessel when floating in the
considered loading condition. Displacements are normally expressed in tons. There are two
characteristic vessel displacements: the light displacement and the loaded displacement.
- 8 - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
b) Light Displacement
It means the vessel's displacement with all its equipment and machinery ready
for working but completely unloaded, i.e., without any cargo inside the holds or other
compartments intended for it, without passengers, crew members or their belongings, no
provisions, no fresh water, potable water or ballast and without fuels and lubricants. The
light displacement must include the following items:
1) fixed ballast;
2) cooling or feeding water and fuel or lube oil existing inside main engines,
generator groups, boilers or any other equipment or machinery existing on board, at their
normal operation levels and inside the corresponding piping (but not inside the tanks);
3) water existing inside fresh water and fire piping (but not inside the tanks);
4) oil existing inside hydraulic drive piping (but not inside the tanks); and
5) spare parts and tools required by specific rules applicable to the vessel
(excepting spares for deck, machinery and electricity).
c) Loaded Displacement (or Maximum Displacement or Displacement at
Plain Load
Means the vessel's displacement when floating in its condition of highest
immersion, i.e., completely loaded, and is associated with the vessel's maximum draught.
d) Deadweight
Deadweight is defined as the difference between the loaded displacement and
the light displacement, and characterizes the maximum cargo that the vessel can
carry (not only the paid cargo normally placed in cargo holds or tanks, but any and every
item carried on board, in addition to the items composing the light displacement), and is
normally expressed in deadweight tons, or "tons deadweight" (tdw) The deadweight must
necessarily include, among others, the weight of the following elements:
1) fuels (heavy oil, diesel, coal, etc);
2) lubricants (oils or greases);
3) potable water, fresh water, feed water, and ballast;
4) provisions;
5) crew members and their belongings;
6) passengers with baggage;
7) paid cargo carried (general cargo, bulk, containers, refrigerated, etc);
8) spare propeller and propeller shaft;
9) spare parts for deck, machinery and electricity;
10) removable parts, such as turnbuckles, cables, couplings, etc, used for
lashing or limitation of bulk cargo , lumber, containers, etc;
11) removable parts for handling cargo, such as clamshells, forklifts, bulk suction
equipment, portable pumps for liquid cargo, etc;
12) residual water and oil in tanks and hull piping (except the liquid residues
inside piping, considered in the light displacement determination); and
13) usual shipowner supplies, such as bed and table clothing, silverware,
cutlery, consumable articles, etc.
- 8 - 18 - NORMAM-01/DPC
0819 - DETERMINATION OF THE LIGHT DISPLACEMENT
The light displacement must be determined through one of the following
procedures:
a) for the vessels submitted to an inclining test (or a deadweight measurement), the
value obtained in the test;
b) for the vessels exempted from undergoing an inclining test, but having a
preliminary stability study made by the designer, the value of estimated lightweight shown
in that study;
c) for the remaining vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 meters and for
which the value of coefficient "f " as defined in paragraph d) of item 0810 is higher than or
equal to 0.40 and lower than or equal to 0.85, the procedure defined in item 0822; and
d) for the remaining vessels, the light displacement must be estimated based on
their dimensions, shapes and characteristics.
0820 - DETERMINATION OF THE LOADED DISPLACEMENT

The loaded displacement must be determined through one of the following
procedures:
a) directly from the vessel's stability booklet, in the condition corresponding to the
maximum vessel's displacement;
b) through the Hydrostatic Curves at a draught corresponding to the maximum
draught;
c) for the remaining vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 meters and for
which the value of coefficient "f " as defined in paragraph d) of item 0810 is higher than or
equal to 0.40 and lower than or equal to 0.85, the procedure defined in item 0822; and
d) for the remaining vessels, the loaded displacement must be estimated based on
their dimensions, shapes and characteristics and on the quantity of
cargo carried.
0821 - DETERMINATION OF THE DEADWEIGHT

The deadweight must be calculated through the difference between the loaded
displacement and the light displacement.
0822 - DETERMINATION OF DISPLACEMENTS THROUGH THE EXPEDITED

METHOD
For vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than 24 meters and a coefficient "f "
between 0.40 and 0.85 inclusive, for which the Expedited Method is applicable as
established in item 0810, the displacements may be obtained through the following
expression:
D = L x B x x f x h (8),
where: D = displacement, in t.
L = Rule Length, in m;
B = breadth, in m;
= water density, in t / m3;
f =coefficient f, defined in item 0810;and
h = draught, in m.
The water density may assume two values:
a) 1.025 t/m3 for salt water; and
b) 1.000 t/m3 for fresh water.
For determining the loaded displacement, the loaded draught must be entered in
the above expression, while for obtaining the light displacement one must enter the light
draught.
- 8 - 19 - NORMAM-01/DPC
CHAPTER 9
VESSELS AND PLATFORMS USED IN THE PROSPECTION AND EXTRACTION OF

PETROLEUM AND MINERALS
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
0901 - APPLICATION
The requirements set forth in these rules apply to all fixed and mobile platforms
operating in Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters - AJB. The fixed platforms operating within the
visibility limit from the coast may allocate, when necessary, class II materials.
0902 - DEFINITIONS
In connection with this Chapter, the following definitions apply:
a) Alteration - means all and any modification or change:
1) In the platform main characteristics (length, breadth, depth);
2) In the arrangements represented in the plans normally required for the
construction licensing process;
3) Of location, replacement, withdrawal or installation on board of items or
equipment shown in the Descriptive Memorandum or represented in Plans required for the
granting of the Construction License; and
4) of location, replacement, withdrawal or installation on board of any items or
equipment implying in lightweight differences higher than 2% or
0.5% of the LPP for the longitudinal position of the vessel's center of gravity;
b) Construction - means the manufacture, assembly and finishing of a platform as
a whole, or by modules, using the necessary materials, components and equipment.
c) Flotel - means a vessel which renders support services to the activities of the
offshore platforms, like electric power generation, hotel services and maintenance utilities.
d) Safety Plan - a mandatory document for fixed and mobile platforms which
indicates clearly, for each floor: the arrangement containing the discrimination of safety
materials, equipment and installations on board for salvage; fire detection, protection and
fire fighting; symbology, nomenclature, location and allocation; besides the escape routes
and emergency exits.
e) Platform - means a fixed or floating facility or structure intended for activities
directly or indirectly related to the research, exploration and exploitation of resources
coming from the bed of inland waters and their subsoil or from the seabed, including the
continental shelf and its subsoil.
f) Uninhabited Platform - a platform operated automatically, with an eventual
embarkation of individuals and without habitable facilities intended for overnight stay.
g) Fixed Maritime Platform - means a construction installed in a permanent way,
intended for activities related with prospecting and extracting petroleum and gas. It is not
considered as a vessel.
h) Mobile Maritime Platform - means the generic designation of vessels used
directly in the activities of prospection, extraction, production and / or storage of petroleum
and gas. They include the Semi-Submersible and Auto-Elevating Units, Drill Ships,
Tension Leg Units, Deep Draught (Spar) Units, the Stationary Production, Storage and
-9-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
Transfer Unit (FPSO) and the Stationary Storage and Transfer Unit (FSU). Vessels
intended for the execution of other works or services, even when presenting construction
characteristics similar to the units fitting the above definition, must not be considered as
"platforms" for the purpose of application of the requirements established in these
Standards and in other codes associated with petroleum and gas-related activities.
i) Stationary Production, Storage and Transfer Unit (Floating Production
Storage Offloading - FPSO) and Stationary Storage and Transfer Unit (Floating
Storage Unit - FSU) - a vessel adapted for operations of production and / or storage and
transfer of petroleum.
0903 - INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND CODES AND CERTIFICATION

APPLICABLE TO PLATFORMS
a) International Conventions and Codes applicable to platforms
Platforms must meet the requirements established in the following
International Conventions and Codes:
1) Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Platforms for
Drilling - MODU Code
The mobile platforms built starting 5/1/1991 must meet the requirements
established in Code MODU 89.
The mobile platforms built starting 12/31/1981 must meet the requirements
established in Code MODU 79.
The mobile platforms built before 12/31/1981 must meet, as far as possible,
the requirements established in Code MODU 79 but must, however, submit any deviation
from the mentioned code to the DPC for evaluation of the need of
establishing additional or alternative requirements.
The fixed platforms are not subject to the MODU Code.
2) International Convention for the Safety of Human Life at Sea - SOLAS
Mobile Platforms must meet the requirements established in the
SOLAS Convention regarding the aspects recommended by the MODU Code.
Fixed platforms are not subject to the SOLAS Convention.
3) International Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for
Pollution Prevention - ISM Code
The self-propelled mobile platforms must comply with Code ISM.
Mobile platforms without propulsion and fixed platforms are not subject to
Code ISM.
4) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships -
MARPOL
Fixed and mobile platforms must meet the requirements established in the
MARPOL Convention.
5) International Convention on Load Lines - LL 66
Mobile platforms must meet the requirements established in the LL 66
Convention and also consider the recommendations contained in the MODU Code.
Fixed platforms are not subject to the LL 66 Convention.
6) International Convention for Tonnage Measurement of Ships - Tonnage
69
Mobile Platforms must meet the requirements established in the Tonnage 69
Convention.
Fixed platforms are not subject to Tonnage 69.
-9-2- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
7) International Code for Dangerous Goods - IMDG Code
The stowage and handling of packaged dangerous goods in fixed and
mobile platforms must comply with the provisions of the IMDG Code.
8) Recommendations for Vessels provided with Systems of
Dynamic Positioning MSC/Circ.645
Platforms provided with dynamic positioning systems must meet the
requirements established in the IMO Circular MSC/Circ.645.
9) Safety Code for Diving Systems
The diving systems installed in fixed or mobile platforms must meet the
requirements established in the Safety Code for Diving Systems - IMO A.831(19)
Resolution.
These systems must further meet the provisions of the Maritime Authority
Standards for Underwater Activities - NORMAM-15.
10) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea - RIPEAM
Mobile Platforms, when on voyage, are subject to the RIPEAM. These units,
when stationed or positioned in operation,
must be signaled in accordance with the provisions of Section III of this Chapter.
b) Certification applicable to platforms
Mobile Platforms must carry the Certificates provided in the following
International Conventions and their Amendments in force:
1) Safety Certificate for Maritime Drilling Mobile Units - issued in accordance
with the MODU CODE 79/89 as applicable;
2) Radio Safety Certificate - issued in accordance with the provisions of the
SOLAS 74 Convention, as amended, for self-propelled units on voyage;
3) Safety Management Certificate - issued in accordance with
Code ISM, for self-propelled units.;
4) Document of Compliance - issued in accordance with Code ISM, for self-
propelled units;
5) International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate - IOPP - issued in
accordance with MARPOL 73, as amended, Annex I for mobile platforms;
6) International Certificate for Prevention of Pollution by Sewage, issued in
accordance with the MARPOL Convention Annex IV, for mobile platforms with the keel laid
after 3/5/1998. For platforms constructed up till 3/5/1998, mandatory starting 3/5/2008;
7) International Load Line Certificate - issued in accordance with the
Load Line 66 Convention, for mobile platforms; and
8) International Tonnage Certificate - issued in accordance with the Tonnage 69
Convention, for mobile platforms.
0904 - INTERNATIONAL VOYAGE

a) The mobile platforms shall only be allowed to perform international voyages if
they are in compliance with the MODU CODE 79 or 89, as applicable to the unit, and their
respective amendments in force, independent of the allocation to which they are subject for
traffic in national waters; and
b) For platforms subject to International Certification which requirements, as
provided for in the allocation tables, are not in accordance with the International
Conventions and Standards, the Classification Societies must make, in the Certificates, a
reference to the tables found in the Standards, regarding the exemption or degradation of
the requirement, with the following note: "Not valid for international voyages".
-9-3- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
0905 - APPROVAL CHECKING
It shall be for the Surveyors of Classification Societies to check in the construction
phases and in surveys of national vessels, if the employed national or foreign materials and
equipment have the appropriate certificate issued by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts
(DPC) or by the Maritime Authority of the originating country.
0906 - ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS MANUFACTURED ABROAD

For the foreign materials and equipment to be employed on board platforms, for
which the International Conventions and Codes require to be of an "approved type",
Homologation Certificates issued by the Administration of the originating code will be
accepted if stating explicitly that the material or equipment has been approved in
accordance with the requirements or rules established in the International Convention or
Code to which it relates. In case the certificate has not been issued in English, it must
bring attached a translation into Portuguese.
0907 - MONITORING
On occasion of surveys and by action of the Naval Inspection, the compliance with
these rules will be checked.
SECTION II
CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND RECLASSIFICATION OF PLATFORMS
0908 - LEGISLATION
The construction of mobile platforms must meet the requirements contained in the
present chapter with emphasis on the Code for Construction and Equipment of
Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, 1989 - MODU CODE, as amended
.
0909 - PROCEDURES
The procedures for granting licenses of Construction, Alteration, Reclassification
and LCEC must be analogous to the procedures adopted in Chapter 3 of these Standards
for vessels with a gross tonnage above 500
For stationary units of oil Production, Storage and Offloading - FPSO and units of
oil Storage and Offloading - FSU, new or constructed out of conversion of other vessels,
the following items must be added to the documentation provided for in Chapter 3,
regarding the aspects below:
a) mooring and anchoring systems;
b) process layout with classification and identification of risk areas;
c) indicating marks and other devices for the performance of underwater surveys;
d) preparation of sea chests in order to facilitate the inspection and
maintenance; and
e) other plans and documents deemed as necessary by the Classification Society.
Regarding the application of requirements established in the MARPOL Convention
Annex I for the FPSO and FSU units, the provisions of IMO Circular MEPC/Circ.
406 of 11/10/2003 must be met.
-9-4- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
0910 -DRYDOCKING OF PLATFORMS AND PERFORMANCE OF UNDERWATER
SURVEYS
The units designed to operate for long periods of time without undergoing dry
docking must follow procedures intended for performing underwater surveys.
The procedures established with this purpose must be analyzed and approved by a
Classification Society with delegation of authority to act in the name of the Brazilian
Maritime Authority, including in regard to the adoption of a continuous survey program.
This procedure must be contained in the platform's operation manual and the
documentation generated by its application must be kept on board and available for
inspections.
SECTION III
PLATFORM SIGNALING
Aiming at avoiding dangers to the navigation and human life at sea, the platforms
must be signaled in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Maritime Authority
Standards for Nautical Signaling - NORMAM-17/DHN.
0911 - PROCEDURES FOR THE SET UP OR ALTERATION OF SIGNALLING

For the setup or alteration of platform signaling, the party concerned must follow
the provisions of NORMAM-17/DHN.
0912 - VISUAL IDENTIFICATION

The platform's visual identification must be carried out in compliance with the
provisions of NORMAM-17/DHN.
0913 - NIGHT SIGNALING

For night signaling, the regulations provided for in NORMAM-17/DHN must be
observed.
0914 - SOUND SIGNALING

The structure must be provided with one or more sound signals, placed in such a
way as to be audible in any direction when the structure is approached, as established in
NORMAM-17/DHN.
0915 - OTHER TYPES OF SIGNALLING

a) Identification of Platforms temporarily placed or other
Specific Structures
The identification of these platforms must follow the provisions of NORMAM-
17/DHN. Other specific structures shall also be identified in an analogous way as for the
platforms.
b) In-transit Signaling (Towing)
When being towed, any type of platform must show:
1) on board lights;
2) stern light;
3) when the towing length is higher than 200 meters, a marking formed by two
cones united by their bases, located where it can be best seen; and
-9-5- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
4) when for any reason it is not feasible to exhibit the side and stern lights on a
towed platform, all possible measures must be taken to lighten the platform or, at least, to
indicate its presence.
0916 - ASSEMBLING AND DISASSEMBLING OF STRUCTURES

If necessary, special signs must be placed to indicate the perimeter of a group of
structures or to indicate channels through a group of structures or to indicate any fixed
structure being assembled or disassembled. The characteristics of these signs must be
determined in accordance with the provisions of NORMAM-17/DHN.
0917 - UNDERWATER OBSTRUCTIONS

Where underwater obstructions bringing danger to surface navigating vessels are
found, such as ducts or electric cables, telecommunications submarine cables, well heads,
dumping areas, etc, these obstacles must be adequately signaled with Special Signs, as
provided for in NORMAM-17/DHN.
SECTION IV
SALVAGE MATERIAL FOR PLATFORMS
0918 - SURVIVAL VESSELS

The allocation of survival vessels must obey the criteria shown below and is
summarized in Annex 9-A:
a) Fixed Maritime Platforms
1) The lifesaving rafts used in fixed platforms operating in AJB may be of class
II;
2) Maritime fixed platforms must be provided with totally closed lifesaving
vessels, following the requirements provided for in the International Code of Lifesaving
Equipment (LSA Code) for vessels protected against fire, with a total capacity to
accommodate 150% of the people on board, and class II lifesaving rafts for 50% of the
people on board;
3) Uninhabited fixed platforms located within the 20 nautical mile limit from
shore may be provided with 2 organic abandonment rowboats or 2 class III inflatable
lifesaving rafts as survival vessels, each one of them with a capacity for the maximum
number of individuals who may eventually embark in the platform.
4) When provided with lifesaving vessels launched on free-fall to the water, the
total capacity of these vessels must be of no less than 100% of the people on board. The
allocation of class II lifesaving rafts on each side must be for 100% of the total people.
When there is a lifesaving vessel on one side, the lifesaving rafts must be placed on the
opposite side.
5) Lifesaving rafts used in fixed maritime platforms do not need to be provided
with the automatic release device; and
6) Lifesaving rafts stowed on board at heights over 4.5 m to the sea level must
be provided with a launching device. Alternatively, the launching device may be replaced
by a rigid ladder giving access down to the water level, allowing for the embarkation at the
place the rafts were launched to the sea. The maximum distance from the intended
embarkation place must not be higher than 5.0 meters to the vertical line of the respective
raft's stowage, and there must be no obstruction blocking or making it difficult to bring the
raft's line
-9-6- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
to the ladder's lower end. Platforms not yet in compliance with this requirement must meet
it no later than 12/31/2005.
b) Mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU

1) These units must meet the requirements set forth in the 79 and 89 versions of
the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units - MODU
Code, as amended, in accordance with the application shown in item 0903(a)1); and
2) The class I lifesaving rafts used in mobile platforms, FPSO and FSU operating
in waters under national jurisdiction may be provided with the inventory items prescribed for
class II.
0919 - LIFESAVING CRAFT

The allocation of lifesaving craft units must obey the criteria shown below and is
a) The mobile platforms and the inhabited fixed ones must allocate one class I
Iifesaving craft; and
b) The mobile units with the keel laid prior to 7/1/1986 and fixed units may be
allocated with lifesaving craft class I or II.
0920 - LIFESAVING JACKETS

The allocation of lifesaving jackets must obey the criteria shown below and is
a) The allocation of jackets must be the summation of:
1) one for each individual on board, distributed at their respective cabins or
quarters;
2) one for each existing berth at the infirmary plus one for each nurse.
3) two at the command room;
4) one at the radio station;
5)Thee at the Engine Control Station or Engine Room of the platform, if
manned; and
6) additionally stowed jackets in each abandonment station, for 100% of the
corresponding survival vessel's capacity.
b) Except when expressly authorized, the lifesaving jackets must be of class I.
These jackets must be stowed in a way as to be promptly accessible, and their location
must be well indicated.
c) The lifesaving jackets must be of approved types.
d) The lifesaving jackets must be marked as established in item 0406.
0921 - LIFESAVING BUOYS

The allocation of lifesaving buoys must obey the criteria shown below and is
a) The buoys shall be distributed in such a manner that a person does not have to
move more that 12 m to throw one of them into the water.
b) At least one lifesaving buoy on each platform side must be equipped with a
floating line of length equal to double the height from where it will be stowed to the vessel's
lightweight load line or 30 m, whichever is the greatest.
c) At least half of the total number of lifesaving buoys, on each platform side,
must be equipped with an automatic lighting device;
d) At least two of the buoys above must be equipped with a floating 15-minute
smoke artifact;
-9-7- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
e) The distribution of buoys with automatic lighting devices and floating 15-minute
smoke artifacts, and the buoys with lighting devices, must be equally made along the
platform sides;
f) The distribution of lifesaving buoys as described above must be carried out on
each deck exposed to the sea in which there is operation or normal transit of individuals;
g) Special attention must be paid to the buoy's holder, from which it must be hung
and never permanently attached to the platform, and its line may not be tied on board; and
h) The buoys must be marked as established in item 0406.
0922 - PYROTECHNIC ARTIFACTS

The allocation of pyrotechnic artifacts must obey the criteria shown below and is
a) Fixed Maritime Platforms
Inhabited fixed maritime platforms must allocate 6 red star rockets with
parachute and the uninhabited platforms 3 rockets of same type, which must be stowed at
the main control station;
b) Mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU
These units must allocate 12 red star rockets with parachute, which must be
stowed at the bridge or main control station.
0923 - ELEVATION AIDS

a) The cranes and drilling towers must be approved by a
Classification Society recognized by the Brazilian Government, in compliance with
applicable rules.
b) The personnel transfer baskets must be homologated by the DPC and inspected
each 12 months, in compliance with the provisions of NORMAM-05/DPC Chapter 4.
Note: The fixed and mobile platforms must carry a Safety Plan in accordance with the
prescriptions of item 0902.
SECTION V
INFIRMARY AND DRUG ALLOCATION
0924 - INFIRMARY
Every platform which, in its ordinary course of operation, performs voyages of over
3 days duration or which has a crew of 30 or more people, must be provided with a
compartment for infirmary and allocation of drugs. The following requirements must be
observed:
a) drugs and surgical materials prescribed in the established allocations must be
kept in the infirmary;
b) The infirmary must be provided with beds at the ratio of one bed for every 100
crew members or fraction, of the ones not lodged in single cabins. However, the total
number of beds does not need to exceed 3;
c) The infirmary must be located taking into account the patient's due comfort. The
compartment must be kept at a temperature between 16C and 23C;
d) The infirmary must be conveniently apart from other compartments and used
only for patient care. It must not be used for any other purpose;
-9-8- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
e) The entrance must be of dimensions and positioned in such way that a
hammock can be promptly admitted. The berths must be metal-made and able to be
stacked, if the upper one is hinged and arranged to be attached independently of the lower
berth when not in use;
f) The infirmary must have a bathroom composed of a sanitary toilet, wash basin,
and a bathing tub or shower, in a space accessible from its interior, for exclusive use of its
occupants. The infirmary must be provided with cabinets for drugs, medical materials and
clothing, a table, chair and other equipment deemed as convenient; and
g) Platforms in which the crew is lodged in single cabins do not require an
infirmary, if one cabin is assigned for and equipped for the use as a treatment and / or
isolation compartment and meets the necessary standards set forth below:
1) the compartment must be accessible to hammocks;
2) the compartment must have a single berth or wooden exam table accessible
from both sides;
3) a wash basin with hot and cold running water must be installed inside the
isolation space or immediately next to it; other required installations must be conveniently
located; and
4) the compartment must have cabinets for drugs and medical materials, and
other equipment deemed as necessary.
0925 - DRUGS
a) Consolidation
The minimum quantities of drugs and surgical materials for platforms are
consolidated in Annex 9-B.
The allocation of drugs and surgical materials contained in this standard
was established by a specific Ordinance from the National Agency of Sanitary Vigilance of
the Ministry of Health, being subject to changes by said Agency.
b) Similarity
The drugs and articles indicated in the drug tables of Annex 9-B may be
replaced by similar items, if:
1) they are shown in an equivalence table organized and signed by a physician
from the company owning the platform, with his respective enrollment number at the
Medicine Regional Counsel; and
2) each platform has a copy of the equivalence table available for consultation or
inspection.
c) Medical Prescription
Prescription drugs purchased may only be used after prior medical consultation
via radio or other communication means.
d) Controlled Medication
Mobile maritime drilling units and platforms, excepting the uninhabited ones,
operating in Brazilian shores must only allocate controlled drugs (like morphine, anxiolytics
and others) if they have an embarked health professional duly licensed.
SECTION VI
OTHER SAFETY EQUIPMENT
0926 - RADIO COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

The SOLAS/74 Convention as amended and the criteria defined in Chapter 04 of
these Standards establish requirements, specifications and allocation of the equipment for
-9-9- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
radio communications of vessels, which shall be adopted in conjunction with the MODU
CODE 79/89 as amended, for mobile maritime platforms including flotels, and also serve as
reference for the establishment of requirements applicable to the remaining maritime
platforms.
a) Requirements for Fixed Platforms
The radio communication installations must:
1) be located in such a way as to have the highest possible level of safety and
operational availability;
2) be protected against hazardous effects caused by water, extreme
temperatures and adverse environmental conditions;
3) be provided with a permanent and safe electrical installation, independent
from the platform's main power source and which assures the proper functioning of the
lighting and radio equipment.
4) Inhabited fixed platforms
I) Operating at up to 30 nautical miles from shore
These platforms must be provided with 2 VHF units; such units must be
capable of transmitting and receiving in radio-telephony in the frequencies of 156.300 MHz
(channel 6), 156.650 MHz (channel 13) and 156.800 MHz (channel 16).
II) Operating at over 30 nautical miles from shore
Besides meeting the requirements of I), they must be provided with
2 HF units capable of transmitting in all frequencies within the bands of 1605
KHz through 4000 KHz and 4000 KHz through
27500 KHz; and
5) Uninhabited fixed platforms
Uninhabited fixed platforms must be provided with 2 portable VHF
transceivers.
Notes:
1. Fixed platforms must carry a Private Limited Service License issued by ANATEL.
2. The platforms may be provided with other communications equipment which, at
the owner's discretion, are deemed as necessary for their operation.
3. Platforms operating beyond 30 nautical miles from shore may follow the
allocation of radio communications equipment prescribed in I), if they are supported by a
standby vessel provided with the equipment required for the referred area. In these cases,
it shall be necessary to request a waiver from the DPC; a standby service vessel is defined
as one that remains 24 hours per day at a distance no higher than the VHF reaching
distance from the platform.
b) Equipment Allocation for Self-Propelled Mobile Platforms when on
Voyage
Self-propelled mobile platforms, when traveling, must meet
completely the requirements of SOLAS 74 Convention Chapter IV, as amended.
c) Equipment Allocation for Mobile Platforms with People on Board, when
towed
Mobile Platforms, when towed with people on board, must be provided with the
following equipment:
1) VHF equipment required in Rule IV/7.1.1 and 7.1.2, and HF equipment
required in Rule IV/9.1.1 and 9.1.2 of the SOLAS 74 Convention, as amended;
2) effective communications means between the Radio Station and the
unit's Control Center;
3) at least one emergency position indicating radio beacon (EPIRB) by satellite,
in accordance with Rule IV/7.1.6 of the SOLAS 74 Convention, as amended; and
- 9 - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
4) Independently of the existing equipment on board platforms, the towing
vessels must be provided with communications equipment certified in accordance with the
navigation area in which the towing will be performed.
d) Allocation of Communications Equipment for Platforms Stationed in
Operation of Oil Drilling, Production, Storage and Offloading
1) radio equipment for Maritime Area A-1, A-2 or A-3, as applicable; and
2) effective communications means between the Radio Station and the
unit's Control Center;
e) Stationed Platforms, assisted by a Stand-by Service Vessel
-
These platforms may follow the allocation of radio communications equipment
for Area A-1, as defined in Rules 7 and 8 of SOLAS 74 Convention Chapter IV,
independently of their area of operation, if the stand-by vessel is provided with the required
equipment for that area. In these cases, it shall be necessary to request from the DPC the
respective Exemption Certificate.
NOTE: for the application of this rule, a standby service vessel is defined as one
that remains 24 hours per day at a distance no higher than the VHF reaching distance from
the assisted platform.
f) Exemptions
Given the peculiarities of the platform's operation area and other equipment
eventually installed on board in addition to those required, the DPC may grant specific
exemptions, on a case-by-case basis. For this purpose, an application must be forwarded
containing the clarifications and / or the alternatives shown as replacements. These
exemptions shall be confirmed through Exemption Certificates
issued by the DPC.
All exemptions granted by the DPC prior to 6/30/2000 have been revoked,
and must be reviewed in accordance with the systematic described above, so they can be
reassessed in regard to the relevance of emission of their respective Exemption
Certificates.
0927 - AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM (AIS)

Starting from July 31, 2008, besides the vessels already obliged to carry the AIS in
accordance with the SOLAS Convention Chapter V, the remaining vessels, units and
platforms listed below must have installed the referred system on board:
a) FPSO - Floating Production Storage Offloading unit;
b) FSU - Floating Storage Unit;
c) Mobile Platforms; and
mobile maritime drilling units.
d) The installation of an AIS shall be mandatory, even for units and platforms
deployed only in Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters.
0928 - FIRE PROTECTION MATERIAL

SOLAS/74 Convention as amended and the criteria defined in Chapter 4 of these
Standards establish requirements, specifications and allocation of fire protection material
for vessels, which shall be adopted in conjunction with the MODU CODE 79/89 as
amended, for mobile maritime platforms including flotels, and also serve as a reference for
the establishment of requirements applicable to the remaining maritime platforms.
- 9 - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
Note: The fixed and mobile platforms must carry a Safety Plan in accordance with the
prescriptions of item 0902.
0929 - PUBLICATIONS
Mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU, when in transit, must carry in
accessible places the following publications:
a) Code for Construction and Equipment of Mobile Maritime Platform Units -
1979/1989 - MODU Code as applicable;
b) International Medical Guide for Ships;
c) Radio Aids List (last edition);
d) International Code of Signals (last edition);
e) Booklet Ao do Rebocado (Action of the Towed);
f) Standards and Procedures of the Harbor Master's Office (NPCP) of the
jurisdiction they are operating;
g) Search and Rescue Manual (MERSAR);
h) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, (RIPEAM-72
last edition);
i) Up-to-date National or International nautical charts, relative to the vessel's areas
of operation;
j) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), last edition
and supplements (for units that use or carry packaged dangerous goods on board);
k) MFAG - Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous
Goods (IMO - ILO - WHO), for units that use or carry packaged dangerous goods on board
(not necessary if they have the IMDG supplement which includes the MFAG;
l) Standard vocabulary of maritime navigation;
m) Infirmary Registry Book (when applicable);
n) Navigation Diary (electronic media accepted);
o) Radio Communications Diary (electronic media accepted);
p) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
(SOLAS/74 and its amendments);
q) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships MARPOL
73/78) and its amendments; and
r) International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch-
keeping for Seafarers 1995 (STCW/95 and its amendments).
Mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU, when stationed, are exempt from
keeping on board the publications of subparagraphs c), g), h) and i).
Inhabited fixed platforms must have on board the publications of subparagraphs
b), d), f), j), k), m), o) and q).
0930 - BOARDS
Mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU must distribute the boards as follows:
a) Steering and Sailing Rules:
- bridge (or Central Control Room in units without propulsion).
b) Table of Rescue Signals:
- bridge (or Central Control Room in units without propulsion); and
- radio room.
c) First Aid and artificial respiration:
- 9 - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
- radio room;
- meeting stations;
- abandonment stations;
- briefing rooms;
- mess rooms;
- living and recreation rooms;
- office and accommodation halls; and
- engine and pump rooms.
d) Light and Sound Signals:
- radio room.
e) Emergency Stations (Fire, Collision and Abandonment):
- radio room;
- meeting stations;
- living and recreation rooms; and
- office and accommodation halls.
f) Sea and Wind Conditions Board:
- radio room.
g) Instructions on how to Fight Fires On Board:
- radio room;
- mess rooms;
h) Board on How to Dress Lifesaving Jackets:
- radio room;
- meeting stations;
- abandonment stations;
- briefing rooms;
- mess rooms;
- living and recreation rooms;
i) Instructions for Launching Lifesaving Rafts:
- abandonment stations.
j) Instructions for Launching lifeboats:
- abandonment stations.
Fixed and mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU,
when stationed, are exempted from carrying the board of subparagraph a).
- 9 - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
0931 - TABLES
a) Mobile Platforms, Drill Ships, FPSO and FSU must carry in accessible and
suitable places the following tables:
1) characteristic data of the Platform, Drill Ship, FPSO or FSU: length, breadth or
maximum width, depth, maximum and minimum draught and light displacement; and
2) heights: above load lines, of the compass bridge, the bridge and the main
deck, as well as the corresponding distances to the horizon.
b) Fixed platforms must allocate, in an accessible and appropriate place, the tables
below:
1) characteristic data of the platform: length, maximum width and
decks; and
2) heights: between the load lines and the several decks, as well as the
distances to the corresponding horizons.
0932 - OTHER DOCUMENTS

The documents listed below must be kept on board Mobile Oil Platforms, Drill Ships
and Stationary Production, Storage and Offloading Units without propulsion (FSU and
FPSO), when applicable:
a) Maritime Ownership Register Provision (PRPM) or Vessel Enrollment Title (TIE);
b) Certificate of Registry of Foreign Vessels issued by the originating country (for
chartered foreign vessels);
c) Certificate of Temporary Enrollment (for chartered foreign vessels);
d) Compulsory insurance policy for personal injury caused by vessels or their cargo
(DPEM);
e) Certificates and other documents related with the relevant instruments of the
International Conventions adopted by Brazil and their amendments (SOLAS 74/78,
MODU CODE 78/79, MARPOL 73/78, Load Lines/66, Tonnage/69, STCW/78 and
others).
SECTION VII
OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
0933 - LOCATION OF BALLAST PIPING

Platforms flying any flag, built starting from 06 (six) months after the date of entry
into force of these Standards, year 2000 edition, and intended for operation in waters under
national jurisdiction, must not have ballast piping passing inside cargo tanks.
0934 - OIL DISCHARGES

The maximum limit allowed for oil content in the water discharge from production
(or process or produced water) coming from a platform's production plant is regulated by
the National Environmental Council - CONAMA from the Ministry of Environment.
- 9 - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
SECTION VIII
SURVEY OF PLATFORMS, DRILL SHIPS, PRODUCTION AND STORAGE

UNITS AND OIL STORAGE UNITS
0935 - DEFINITIONS
a) Statement of Compliance for Operation of an Offshore Installation - a
document verifying conformity for operation in Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters - AJB of
platforms, drill ships, FPSO and FSU, with the requirements prescribed in the standards in
force regarding navigation safety, safeguard of human life at sea and prevention of
waterways pollution.
b) Interim Statement of Compliance for Offshore Installation - a document
valid for up to 90 (ninety) days, authorizing the platform, drill ship, FPSO or FSU operation
until the Statement of Compliance for Platform Operation is issued.
c) Offshore Installation Compliance Survey - a survey carried out in platforms,
drill ships, FPSO and FSU for checking the conformity of these vessels with the standards
in force regarding navigation safety, safeguard of human life at sea and prevention of
waterways pollution.
0936 - APPLICATION
An expert survey of compliance must be carried out on every national-flagged
platform, drill ship, FPSO and FSU intended for operation in AJB, for verification of
requirements laid down in accordance with the standards in force, applicable to the
activities of drilling, production and storage of oil and natural gas.
0937 - EXECUTION OF THE SURVEYS

The survey must be carried out by an expert surveyor from the CP or DL offices,
prior to the beginning of any operation including those aiming for positioning and
commissioning of the platform, drill ship, FPSO or FSU.
0938 - PRE-REQUISITES OF THE SURVEY

a) Classification
A platform, drill ship, FPSO or FSU intended for operation in AJB must be kept
to class and bear its up-to-date statutory certificates issued by one of the Classification
Societies authorized to act on behalf of the Brazilian Government. This item does not apply
to fixed platforms.
b) Vessel / platform conditions
The platform, drill ship, FPSO or FSU must be anchored in sheltered waters or
moored prior to the beginning of the survey, with all applicable safety measures observed.
The fixed platform must be positioned in its operation area.
It is not necessary to have the vessel degassed. However, this may be
requested in case of indication that the survey must be deepened.
c) Request for Survey
The shipowner or its representative must forward to the CP or DL office of the
jurisdictional area where the survey will be carried on, a Request of Platform Compliance
Survey (SPCP), effected in a document prepared in accordance with the model shown in
Annex 9-C. The SPCP must have attached a copy of the proof of payment of the
compensation provided for in Annex 10-D of these Standards and documents shown in
item
- 9 - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
0941, as applicable. The request of survey may be forwarded by mail or fax.
d) Support
The shipowners or their agents must provide all support regarding materials,
local transportation, etc, necessary for the performance of the compliance survey. A
previous contact must also be made with the CP/DL for the necessary detailing.

a) Regarding Certificates
Checking of the Statutory Certificates provided in the International Conventions
of which the Brazilian Government is a signatory, as well as the ship's certificates of class
and registry.
b) Regarding the Structure
The structural inspection of platforms, drill ships, FPSO and FSU shall be based
mainly on the analysis of the last dry docking survey report or underwater survey report
issued by the vessel's or platform's Classification Society, as well as the overall visual
inspection of the unit
c) Regarding the Systems
Visual and operational inspection of the systems of navigation, pollution
prevention, cargo and ballast, inert gas and crude oil tank cleansing (COW), mooring,
transshipment of personnel and cargo, communications, propulsion and steering system
and general conditions.
d) Regarding the Operational Procedures
Systems of safety management, loading and unloading, transshipment of
personnel and cargo and other operational procedures and instructions must be examined.
-
e) Fixed platform survey
For the performance of compliance surveys in fixed platforms, inhabited or
uninhabited, the following checklists from Annex 9-F must be used as a complement to the
applicable checklists contained in NORTEC-04.
0940 - RELEASE FOR OPERATION

Upon completion of the survey, in case there are no deficiencies noted
representing risks to the safeguard of human life, navigation safety or waterways pollution
prevention, a Statement of Compliance for Offshore Installation shall be issued following
the model shown in Annex 9-D, valid for one year.
An Interim Statement of Compliance for Offshore Installation may also be issued by
the Harbor Master or Delegate, in case the deficiencies noted represent only a moderate
risk to the vessel, if measures are taken for monitoring, controlling and correcting such
deficiencies. In this case, the statement must carry attached a list with the pending
demands, showing the nature and deadlines for correction of all recorded deficiencies.
The model of Interim Statement of Compliance for Offshore Installation is shown in
Annex 9-E.
In case the expert surveyor finds damages or deficiencies requiring deeper
analysis, the unit shall not be authorized to operate, and the shipowner must be requested
to obtain a specific opinion about the noted discrepancy from the unit's Classification
Society. Only after analysis of this opinion, the Harbor Master or Delegate shall evaluate
the convenience of issuing the corresponding permit and/or determining the correction of
the deficiencies noted. In case the correction of deficiencies noted is determined, the
shipowner or its representative must report to the Classification Society
- 9 - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
of the vessel, which will proceed to follow up the repairs for further requesting the
cancellation of the pending demands. The release of the unit shall be conditioned to
analysis and ratification, by the Harbor Master or Delegate, of the report from the
Classification Society stating that the deficiencies noted were corrected, as well as of the
confirmation on board by the expert surveyor.
Deficiencies not affecting directly the safety must be treated like those noted in
naval inspections (control of compliance with demands through follow-up of the unit), and
must not impede the emission of the corresponding statement of compliance.
0941 - NECESSARY DOCUMENTS FOR THE REQUEST OF EXPERT SURVEYS IN

PLATFORMS, DRILL SHIPS, FPSO AND FSU
The request to the CP/DL of an authorization for operation of a platform, drill ship,
FPSO or FSU must contain the following documents:
1) Application to the CP/DL requesting the execution of a survey, according to
the model shown in Annex 9-C, prepared with the unit's data;
2) Liability Certificate for Damages Caused by Pollution by
Oil, or equivalent financial guarantee, as provided in the CLC Convention;
3) Copy of a P&I Insurance Certificate with a wreck removal clause;
and
4) Documents verifying the names of the owner, operator or concessionaire:
0942 - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE AND VALIDITY PERIOD

After analysis of the documents and once found no deficiencies, or that deficiencies
noted in the survey have been corrected, the Harbor Master or
Delegate shall issue the STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OPERATION OF
OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS valid for 1 (one) year from the date of survey. A model of
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OPERATION OF OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS is
shown in Annex 9-D.
The INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OPERATION OF
OFFSHORE INSTALLATION shall be issued by the Harbor Master or Delegate with validity
for 90 days. A model of the INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OPERATION
OF OFFSHORE INSTALLATION is shown in Annex
9-E.
The renewal of a Statement of Compliance must be effected through the execution
of a new expert survey.
0943 - CONTROL
a) Listing of Platforms, Drill ships, FPSO and FSU authorized to operate in
AJB
The DPC shall publish and keep updated a listing on their Internet and intranet
website, with platforms, drill ships, FPSO and FSU in compliance with the applicable
requirements to the activities of drilling, production and storage of oil and natural gas.
The CP/DL offices must keep updated the Management System of Surveys and
Inspections - SISGEVI with all surveys and inspections carried out, thus enabling their
publishing via intranet and internet by the DPC on its website.
b) Withdrawal of demands
The request of an expert survey for withdrawal of demands must be forwarded to
any CP/DL office in which jurisdiction the vessel is found. This CP/DL office, after checking
- 9 - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
out the fulfillment of demands, shall issue the corresponding Statement of Compliance.
c) Filing inspection documents on board
The platforms, drill ships, FPSO and FSU authorized for activities of drilling,
production and storage of oil and natural gas in AJB must keep on board the STATEMENT
OF COMPLIANCE FOR OFFSHORE INSTALLATION or the INTERIM STATEMENT OF
COMPLIANCE FOR OFFSHORE INSTALLATION.
d) Positioning Control of Units
The positioning control of platforms, drill ships, FPSO, FSU and other structures
which change their positions in Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters, must comply with the
provisions of the NORMAM-08/DPC.
- 9 - 18 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 21
CHAPTER 10

SURVEY AND CERTIFICATION
SECTION I
VESSEL SURVEYS

1001 - APPLICATION
a) For emission of the Navigation Safety Certificate (CSN) - vessels subject to
these Standards, excepting the SOLAS vessels as defined in item 0301, which fit any of the
situations listed below are subject to initial, intermediate, annual and renewal surveys and
must carry a Navigation Safety Certificate (CSN), if:
1) having a gross tonnage equal to or higher than 50;
2) transporting bulk loads of liquid fuels, flammable liquefied gases, dangerous
chemicals or goods of similar risk, with a gross tonnage higher than 20;
3) performing transportation of passengers or passengers and cargo, with a
gross tonnage higher than 20; and
4) being towing or pushing vessels, with a gross tonnage higher than 20.
b) SOLAS Vessels and Platforms
SOLAS vessels and platforms, as defined in Chapters 3 and 9, do not need to
carry a CSN.
c) Condition Survey
In addition to those mentioned in subparagraphs a) or b), all bulk carriers or
combined transport ships (ore-oil or ore-bulk-oil) flying the Brazil flag with an age of 18
years or more and used in Open Sea Navigation, if demanding a national port for loading
solid bulk cargoes of specific weight equal to or higher than 1.78 t/m3, must undergo a
Condition Survey as determined in Section IV.
1002 - PROCEDURES
Surveys carried out by the GEVI, CP, DL or AG must observe the following
procedures:
a) Request of Surveys
The surveys must be requested to the CP, DL or AG offices by the persons
concerned, who will bear the necessary costs for their performance.
b) Place
Except for the tests where it is necessary to have the vessel sailing, surveys of
vessels must be carried out in ports or sheltered waters, with the vessel anchored or
moored.
c) Hours
Surveys must be, in principle, carried out in work days and hours. By exception,
in case of force majeure, they may be carried out in other days or hours.
d) Assistance to Surveyors
The vessel's Captain, owner, agent or person responsible must provide the
necessary personnel to facilitate the tasks, run equipment and clarify issues raised by the
surveyor. There must also be provided instruments, devices, manuals, survey reports,
protocols and other elements as prescribed in these Standards.
e) Postponement
The surveyors may postpone the conduction of surveys when any of the
following circumstances occur:
1) the vessel or installation is not duly prepared for this purpose;
- 10 - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC

2) the accesses to the vessel or installation are inadequate, unsafe or
need the necessary arrangement or cleaning; or
3) any other circumstance is observed which may limit the effectiveness of the
survey.
In case of postponement, the party concerned shall bear the necessary expenses
for the conduction of a new survey.
f) Special cases
1) Vessels that started licensing processes for Construction, Alteration,
Reclassification or Regularization in the period between 6/9/1998 and10/31/2001.
Vessels fitting these conditions, by force of the provisions of versions 1998
and 2000 of these Standards, which contained different definitions of what would be
considered a GEVI Vessel, as well as prescribed the emission of a "Regularization
Document", have been the subject of a specific treatment as established in the Technical
Note 020/2001 from the DPC, which text is shown in Annex 3-N.
2) Vessels without propulsion, not intended for passenger transport, with GT
higher than 100 and equal to or lower than 200, and floating stages operating with 12 or
less individuals on board and with GT higher than 100 and equal to or lower than 200.
I) The vessels mentioned above which started licensing processes for
Construction, Alteration or Reclassification after 10/31/2001, by force of the provisions of
DPC Technical Orientation 020/2001, became considered for all effects including surveys,
as "GEVI Vessels" and must, consequently, present the complete documentation as
provided in items 0312, 0318 or 0321 of the present Standards, according to the case.
II) All vessels fitting this item which had their licensing processes of
Construction, Alteration, Reclassification or Regularization initiated in the period between
June 09, 1998 and October 31, 2001 are not obliged to possess the plans provided in items
0312, 0318 and 0321, and must only have the Descriptive Memorandum, the Statement of
a Responsible Technical Person and the respective ART in accordance with what was
required for those vessels in the versions of 1998 and 2000 of these Standards and the
prescribed in Technical Note 020/2001.
However, only for the effect of application of Chapter 10, these vessels have
turned to be considered as "GEVI Vessels" starting from 10/31/2001.
As from the date of emission of these Standards, all vessels previously known
as "GEVI Vessels" have turned to be called Certified Vessels class 1, or simply "EC1". All
remaining procedures must be kept.
1003 - SURVEY TYPES

a) Initial Survey (V0)
That's the survey carried out during and / or after construction, modification or
transformation of the vessel, aiming at the emission of a CSN. It is performed with the
vessel dry-docked and floating, in accordance with the checklist shown in Annex 10-B.
b) Periodical Surveys
1) Renewal Survey (VR)
That's the one which is carried out for the renewal of the CSN. It is performed
partly with the vessel floating and partly dry-docked, in accordance with the checklist shown
in Annex 10-B.
2) Intermediate Surveys (VI)
That's the one which is carried out for endorsement of the CSN, requiring dry-
docking in accordance with the checklist shown in Annex 10-B.
3) Annual Surveys (VA)
That's the one which is carried out for endorsement of the CSN without
requiring dry-docking in accordance with the checklist shown in Annex 10-B.
- 10 - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
c) Special Surveys
Special surveys may be of the following types:
1) For the Performance of a Sea Trial
That's the survey carried out whenever sailing is necessary for executing tests
and checking, prior to concluding the survey prescribed in subparagraph a) and / or the
class survey necessary for the vessel's regularization.
It is applicable to the vessels subject to surveys, as defined in item 1001 a).
2)ForEmission,RenewalorEndorsementofCertificates
A survey carried out for emission, renewal or endorsement of other
certificates prescribed in these Standards other than the CSN, which include the following:
I) National Freeboard
These are surveys carried out in accordance with Chapter 7 of these
Standards. A Survey Report is not issued, and there will be no specific checklist other than
the provisions of Chapter 7 itself.
The emission of a National Freeboard Certificate requires also the
conduction of a verification survey, which is carried out in accordance with Chapter 7 of
these Standards. A Survey Report will not be issued, and there will be no specific checklist.
The surveyor must check if the freeboard marks have been attached in a permanent way
in the positions determined in the Certificate.
II) Tonnage
The survey for emission of the Certificate is carried out in accordance with
Chapter 8 of these Standards. A Survey Report will not be issued, and there will be no
specific checklist. The surveyor must measure all the necessary parameters for the
calculation of the Gross and Net Tonnage.
If the tonnage calculations have been made by a naval architect, the
surveyor must check if the main characteristics and the existing volume above deck are in
accordance with the values used in the calculations.
III) Condition Survey
This is a structural and documentary survey, aiming at verifying if the ship
presents satisfactory conditions for carrying heavy bulk cargoes and has its statutory and
class documentation up-to-date. Its detailing is specified in Section IV of this chapter.
IV) For Emission of a Survey Report
This survey is carried out whenever there is a need for the emission of a
Survey Report.
1004 - PERIODICITY OF SURVEYS PROVIDED IN THE CSN

a) Anniversaries
For the purpose of application of this item, "anniversary" of a Certificate must be
considered as the checking end-date of the items "in dry" composing the Initial Survey or
Renewal Survey, even if there were pending issues. It will not necessarily coincide with
the Certificate's issuing date.
b) Timeline
The surveys must be carried out according to the following timeline:
1) VR (renewal survey) - every 05 (five) years;
- 10 - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
2) VI (intermediate survey) - in the third year of the CSN validity; and
3) VA (annual survey) - in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th anniversaries of the CSN.
c) Tolerance
The annual surveys must be carried out within 03 (three) months before or
after the CSN anniversary.
2) The Intermediate Survey must necessarily be carried out during the third
year of the CSN validity.
3) The Renewal Survey must be carried out within 03 (three) months prior to
the CSN expiration date.
d) Table of Surveys
1005 - EXECUTION OF SURVEYS

a) Navigation Safety Certificate
1) The surveys must be carried out in accordance with the checklists contained
in the corresponding Annexes.
2) The initial or renewal surveys must be carried out by Classification Societies,
Specialized Entities or by the GEVI. The CSN initial, periodical and renewal surveys of
vessels classified or certified by a Specialized Entity must be necessarily carried out by
the responsible Classification Society or Entity.
3) The surveys for endorsement of a CSN (intermediate and annual surveys)
must be carried out by Classification Societies, Specialized Entities, CP, DL or AG.
4) On request by the CP, DL or AG offices, the DPC may authorize them, in
exceptional cases, to perform partially the initial or renewal survey of vessels which CSN
they issue, regarding only the "dry" part.
b) Special cases regarding the CSN
1) The following procedure must be observed for the
Renewal Surveys of floating stages:
I) 1st Renewal Survey - only the floating survey will be carried out. Dry
docking is not required;
II) 2nd Renewal Survey - the floating survey will be carried out and the dry
inspection items must be checked by means of an underwater survey;
III) 3rd Renewal Survey - the floating survey will be carried out and the
vessel's dry docking will be required;
IV) After the Renewal Survey including the dry docking, a new cycle shall be
considered regarding the necessity or not of dry docking; and
V) Floating stages in which the hull is built exclusively with wood logs are
exempted from any dry docking.
2) Cargo vessels with less than fifteen years of age may substitute the dry
docking of the intermediate survey for an underwater inspection, without prejudice to the
verification of any of the items to be inspected
3) Passenger vessels with GT equal to or lower than 20 and a Total Length
greater than 12 meters (8 meters for multi-hull vessels), with or without propulsion, which
carry more than 12 passengers may be submitted to an Initial Survey at the discretion of
the Harbor Master. In these cases, a relevant checklist must be used and a CSN must be
issued with undetermined validity, in which the following text must be entered in the
"notes" field: "Undetermined validity subject to maintenance of the safety conditions
existing on occasion of the Initial Survey. This Certificate shall be automatically canceled
whenever alterations / reclassifications occur which affect the original safety conditions".
- 10 - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
c) For the Performance of a Sea Trial
I) Vessels not classified and not certified by a Specialized Entity - the
survey will be carried out by the CP/DL/AG offices. It must then be checked if the quantities
of collective and individual lifesaving equipment are enough for the personnel remaining on
board during the trial. Furthermore, all items from the initial checklist relating to fire
detection and firefighting systems, power generation systems (main and emergency),
steering systems (main and emergency), anchoring system, navigation lights and all
navigation and communications equipment necessary for the area where the trial will be
performed, must be checked. Upon completion of this survey, a document entitled "Survey
Report for Sea Trial" shall be issued, containing the vessel's identification, a list of pending
demands (if existing) to be necessarily met prior to the sea trial, and the validity period.
II) Vessels classified or certified by a Specialized Entity - the survey must be
carried out, respectively, by the Classification Society or Specialized Entity and must cover
at least the items mentioned in subparagraph I), besides any other items deemed as
necessary by the Society or Entity. A Survey Report must be issued containing, at least,
the information of the document referred to in subparagraph I).
d) For Emission, Renewal or Endorsement of Certificates
The special surveys for emission, renewal, verification and (annual)
endorsement of Tonnage and Freeboard Certificates, when applicable, must be carried out
following the procedures established in Chapters 7 and 8 of these Standards.
1006 - COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES RENDERED

a) In accordance with the provisions of Art. 38 of Law No. 9,537 of 12/11/1997,
services rendered by the DPC or the CP/DL/AG offices as result of the application of these
Standards shall be compensated by the users according to the values established in Annex
10-D.
b) The payment of compensations must be made at the CP/DL or AG offices
through a collection form issued by the Collection Control System of the DPC. In remote
areas where the access to bank branches is difficult, the payment may be made at CP, DL,
AG or Floating AG offices equipped with a mechanized authentication system.
c) The execution of services is conditioned to the previous presentation by the
interested party at CP, DL or AG offices , of the corresponding collection form related with
the payment of said compensations.
d) The CP and DL offices may waive the payment of surveys or other charges from
small vessels used for services or activities related to fishing or small trade, when the
vessel owner is verified as a natural person of low income.
SECTION II
NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE
1007 - OBLIGINGNESS
Vessels fitting the provisions of item 1001 a) must carry the CSN, according to the
model contained in Annex 10-E, in order to verify the execution of the pertinent surveys.
SOLAS vessels and Platforms subject to the MODU Code are exempted from
carrying the CSN.
1008 - PROCEDURES
a) Emission of the Certificate
The Certificate must be issued in four copies by a Classification Society or
Specialized Entity, or in three copies by the CP, DL or AG offices, upon completion of an
Initial or Renewal Survey.
- 10 - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
b) Distribution of copies
The distribution of issued certificates must meet the following criteria:
1) One CSN copy must be filed at the CP, DL or AG office. When issued by a
Classification Society or Specialized Entity, this copy must be forwarded for filing at the
vessel's Enrollment Office within 30 days after the issue date;
2) One copy of the CSN must be forwarded to the DPC within 30 days after its
emission;
3) One copy of the CSN must be returned to the party concerned;
4) One copy of the CSN must be kept in the files of the
- 10 - 6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Classification Society or Specialized Entity, when the certificate was issued by one
of them.
c) Annotation of Surveys
1) The execution of Intermediate and Annual Surveys must be annotated in the
CSN copy kept on board the vessel, by the representative of the office responsible by its
emission who effectively performed the survey. Such annotations must include the
survey's end date, a clear identification of the representative and his handwritten signature
or initials.
2) The other copies may or may not be annotated, at the discretion of the offices
or entities responsible for its filing. However, the
Classification Societies, Specialized Entities, CP, DL or AG offices must keep control of
surveys carried out by their representatives in a way that replaces or complements the
annotations in CSN copies filed.
3) The Classification Societies and Specialized Entities must report to the
vessel's enrollment office the execution of intermediate and annual surveys, for control and
annotation.
d) Surveys performed abroad
Vessels classified or certified by a Specialized Entity, which undergo dry docking
abroad must have their CSN endorsed or renewed exclusively by the respective
Classification Society or Specialized Entity.
In the remaining cases in which the emission of the CSN has been done by a
CP, DL or AG office, the execution of the survey shall be examined on a case-by-case
basis, with due prior consultation with the DPC.
1009 - VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATE

a) The CSN shall have a five year validity.
b) When a vessel undergoes its renewal survey with an anticipation greater than
three (3) months from its expiration date, the new certificate will be issued with validity
counting from the survey's end date.
c) The CSN will keep its validity if the vessel comes to sail within the limits of inland
navigation.
d) The approvals of surveys carried out for emission or validation of a Certificate
shall be valid only for the moment in which they are effected. From then on, and during the
Certificate's entire validity period , the owners, shipowners, Captains or Masters, depending
on the circumstances, shall be responsible for the maintenance of the safety conditions, in
order to guarantee that the vessel and its equipment do not represent a danger to its own
safety and to the safety of third parties or the environment.
e) The CSN shall lose its validity due to any of the following conditions:
1) Loss of the vessel's original safety conditions:
I) By damages
(a) In the case of a vessel classified or certified by a Specialized Entity,
the Society or Entity must report the Certificate cancellation to the shipowner and to the
CP, DL or AG of enrollment or operation, who must withdraw the vessel from traffic.
(b) For the reentry in traffic, a floating renewal survey must be carried out
(and a dry survey if necessary) and, after meeting the eventual demands, a new Certificate
shall be issued.
(c) If a combined dry and floating survey is carried out, the new Certificate
may have its validity counted from the survey's end date. In case the dry survey is not
performed, the validity of the new Certificate shall correspond to the previous Certificate's
validity date, as well as the deadlines for performance of the intermediate surveys.
- 11 - 7 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
II) By alteration of the vessel
(a) After emission of the Alteration License and execution of the
necessary works the CSN must be canceled and the floating part of a new initial survey
must be carried out (and a dry survey if necessary) and, after meeting the eventual
demands, a new Certificate shall be issued.
(b) The survey must be carried out only after obtaining the License for
Alteration prescribed in Chapter 3, section III.
(c) In case alterations are made to the hull or its structure, in the main
dimensions or any other which requires dry docking for verification, the emission of a new
CSN may only be effected after an initial dry and floating survey is carried out.
(d) If a combined dry and floating survey is carried out, the new Certificate
may have its validity counted from the survey end date. In case the dry survey is not
performed, the validity of the new Certificate shall correspond to the previous Certificate's
validity date, as well as the deadlines for performance of the intermediate surveys.
(e) In case alterations are concluded without the emission of the due
Alteration License, which at the discretion of the office or entity in charge of issuing the
Certificate may bring risk to the vessel's safe operation, the CP, DL or AG of enrollment or
operation must withdraw the vessel from traffic until its regularization. In the case of a
vessel classified or certified by a Specialized Entity, the Society or Entity must report the
Certificate cancellation to the shipowner and to the CP, DL or AG of enrollment or
operation.
2) Reclassification for other type of service or activity, or dual classification:
I) The CSN in force must be canceled and a new Certificate must be issued,
where the new classification must be shown.
II) If the new classification implies a Certificate validity period other than the
original, or demands intermediate surveys in a different schedule from the original, a
floating initial survey must be conducted and a new Certificate must be issued covering this
situation.
III) In the case of dual classification, the CSN must be issued with a validity
period and intermediate surveys corresponding to the type of service which presents the
greater restriction.
IV) If the reclassification or dual classification implies an activity or service
type with safety requirements more restricted than in the previous classification, the
alteration of plans and / or documents endorsed on occasion of the license granting for
construction or alteration, or the need to elaborate new plans not presented yet, the initial
survey for emission of the new CSN must only be carried out after obtaining the license for
reclassification. The procedures set forth in Chapter 3 must be followed.
3) Reclassification for another navigation area
I) In the case of reclassification of a vessel from the operation in Inland
Navigation to operate in Open Sea Navigation , the CSN must be canceled and a new one
must only be issued after the acquisition of a Reclassification License and the execution of
a dry and floating initial survey.
II) Vessels reclassified from a navigation area into another less rigorous one,
if the type of service or activity is kept the same, shall have their previous CSN canceled
and another one shall be issued with no need to undergo a new initial survey. Such
procedure may be automatically granted by the Enrollment Office, Classification Society or
Specialized Entity, independent of the vessel's size.
III) In the remaining cases the previous certificate must also be canceled, and
a new CSN shall be issued after the conduction of a floating initial survey. The deadlines of
validity and execution of annual and intermediate surveys shown in the previous certificate
- 11 - 8 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
may be kept the same.
4) Default of annual or intermediate surveys within the specified deadlines

The previous certificate must be canceled and the following procedures must
be adopted:
I) Intermediate survey due - a dry and floating initial survey must be carried
out, and a new certificate must be issued with the same validity of the previous one.
II) Annual survey due - an initial survey must be carried out, just the floating
part, and a new certificate must be issued with the same validity of the previous one.
5) Cancellation of enrollment or registration.
6) Expiration of the validity period.
f) Vessels out of traffic
1) For a period equal to or lower than 180 days
I) Certificate within validity and without due intermediate or annual surveys -
the vessel may return to traffic with the existing certificate, without undergoing new surveys.
II) Certificate within validity but with due intermediate and / or annual surveys -
the previous certificate must be canceled. After conduction of the due surveys, a new
certificate shall be issued with the same validity period of the previous one.
III) Certificate due - a renewal survey must be carried out, both dry and
floating, and a new certificate must be issued prior to the re-entry in traffic.
2) For a period higher than 180 days
I) Certificate within validity and without due intermediate or annual surveys - a
floating initial survey must be carried out (no need for dry docking) before re-entering in
traffic. The same previous certificate shall be kept.
II) Certificate within validity but with due intermediate and / or annual surveys
- the previous certificate must be canceled. A dry and floating initial survey must be carried
out and a new certificate must be issued with the same validity period of the previous one.
III) Certificate due - a renewal survey must be carried out, both dry and
floating, and a new certificate must be issued prior to the re-entry in traffic.
1010 - DEMANDS
a) Upon completion of the surveys, the CP, DL, AG, Specialized Entity or
Classification Society must require the compliance with all noted demands, listing them in a
sheet attached to the Certificate and stipulating the deadline for compliance.
b) Whenever found appropriate and practicable, the Harbor Master, Delegate,
Agent or Specialized Entity may extend the deadlines for compliance with demands. The
extended deadline shall not exceed the limit date of the CSN validity.
c) A CSN shall not be issued, or endorsed, if pending demands are identified
without compliance prior to the ships departure.
d) For vessels classified or certified by a Specialized Entity, the deadlines for the
fulfillment of the demands and eventual extensions shall be stipulated by the Classification
Societies or Specialized Entities, if they are not exceeding the prescriptions of NORMAM-
06. They cannot be modified by the CP, DL or AG offices.
1011 - EXTENSION OF THE NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE

a) Only the DPC has the power to extend, in exceptional cases, the validity of a
Navigation Safety Certificate. For such purpose the company, the owner or their agent
must forward a formal request with an anticipation of at least 90 days from the Certificate
expiration, to the CP, DL or AG of enrollment or operation, exposing the justification(s) for
the plea.
- 11 - 9 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
b) The CP, DL or AG office, Specialized Entity or Classification Society must send
subsidies confirming or not the presented justification(s), enabling for the assessment by
the DPC.
c) The authorization to extend may be granted after analysis by the DPC
of the deficiencies report obtained through a floating survey. The scope of this survey shall
be the one used in Renewal Surveys, excepting the items which depend on dry docking to
be checked.
d) The survey and preparation of the respective report, for vessels classified or
certified by a Specialized Entity, shall necessarily be a responsibility of the Society or
Entity. For EC1 vessels, the survey may be conducted by Naval Surveyors from the
GEVI/GVI and for EC2 vessels, by Auxiliary Naval Surveyors from the CP, DL or AG
offices.
SECTION III
INSTRUMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
1012 - OBLIGINGNESS
a) Vessels not subject to surveys and, consequently, not obliged to carry a CSN,
must have on board an Instrument of Responsibility for Navigation Safety in accordance
with the model shown in Annex 10-F.
b) In this document, the owner or shipowner will accept the responsibility for
complying with the prescribed allocation of safety items and other requirements specified
for their vessel by these Standards.
1013 - EXEMPTION
Small vessels without motor propulsion, in accordance with item 0202 f) and
inflatable floating devices without propulsion, intended for being towed, with up to
10 m of length are exempted from carrying the Instrument of Responsibility.
1014 - PRESENTATION AND FILING

a) The presentation of an Instrument of Responsibility shall be effected on occasion
of the enrollment.
b) For vessels enrolled before the date of entry into force of these Standards, the
presentation of the Instrument of Responsibility may be requested by the CP, DL or AG of
enrollment whenever found necessary or convenient.
c) The Instrument of Responsibility must be typewritten or printed, in two copies.
The first copy must be filed at the CP, DL or AG office of the vessel's enrollment and the
second one must be returned under protocol to the owner or shipowner and must be kept
on board the vessel.
d) The CP, DL or AG office where the Instrument has been signed, if it's not the
enrollment office, must forward the second copy to the office of enrollment of the vessel.
1015 - VALIDITY
A new Instrument of Responsibility must be presented whenever any information
contained therein is altered, including a reclassification.
1016 - DUAL CLASSIFICATION

In the case of dual classification, the Instrument of Responsibility must include all
the navigation areas and the activity or service in which the vessel is intended to operate.
- 11 - 10 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
SECTION IV
CONDITION SURVEY OF BULK CARRIER SHIPS
1017 - DEFINITIONS
a) Heavy bulk - mineral ore or similar product with specific weight equal to or higher
than 1.78 ton/m3.
b) Age of Ship - counted from the date of delivery, which can be found in the
Supplement of the International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate - IOPP (FORM A -
Record of Construction and Equipment for Ships Other than Oil Tankers or FORM B
- Record of Construction and Equipment of Oil Tankers).
c) Bulk Carrier - a ship destined for the transportation of dry bulk cargo as defined
in Rule IX/1.6 of the "International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea" in force.
d) Length - means the length as defined in the
"International Convention on Load Lines" in force.
e) Condition Survey - a structural and documentary survey, aiming at verifying if the
ship presents satisfactory conditions for carrying heavy bulk cargoes and has its statutory
and class documentation up-to-date.
f) Applicant - usually the owner or charterer of the ship that will be subjected to a
condition survey, and may be represented by their respective agent. On the basis of
commercial interests or agreements, the survey may be requested by the shipper or cargo
purchaser or by any other who has interest in obtaining authorization for the ship for bulk
load operation in national ports and takes responsibility for the costs involved.
1018 - APPLICATION
A condition survey must be carried out in all bulk carrier ships and combined
transport ships (ore-oil or ore-bulk-oil) with 18 or more years of age, which approach a
national port for loading solid bulk cargoes with specific weight greater than or equal to 1.78
t/m3.
The shipowner shall be asked to produce a statement with the cargo's technical
specifications and specific weight.
1019 - REQUEST AND AUTHORIZATION FOR THE SURVEY

a) Request
The applicant must forward to the DPC, with at least 03 business days in
advance, and with a copy to the CP/DL/AG office of the port where the survey must be
carried out, a Request of Condition Survey (SVC) through a document prepared strictly in
accordance with the model shown in Annex 10-C, attaching a copy of the proof of payment
of the compensation set forth in item 1006 of these Standards. The SVC may be sent by
fax or mail.
In case the port of loading is not the same where the survey will be performed, a
copy of the SVC shall also be forwarded to the CP/DL/AG of the port of loading.
b) Authorization
After analyzing the SVC, the DPC shall authorize the execution of the survey in
case there is no impediment over the ship indicated by the Applicant. The DPC shall also
determine if the survey will or will not be accompanied and inform the fee value to be paid.
- 11 - 11 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
1020 - EXEMPTION FROM THE CONDITION SURVEY
Bulk carriers of any age with a total load of heavy bulk not exceeding thirty percent
of the ship's deadweight tonnage (dwt), are exempted from the condition survey.
1021 - EXECUTION OF THE SURVEYS

a) Period for Execution
Surveys shall be executed in day hours, by a Classification Society hired by the
shipowner, after arrival of the ship at any national port and must be accompanied by a
representative of the DPC when determined.
b) Classification Society
The shipowner or its agent must hire one of the Classification Societies
authorized to act on behalf of the Brazilian Government, other than the one in charge of
maintaining the ship to class, to execute the survey. The surveyors of those Classification
Societies must be exclusive.
c) Conditions of the ship
Prior to the survey the ship must be anchored, preferably in sheltered waters, or
moored, totally unloaded, degassed and without ballast, with all applicable safety
measures observed.
d) Documentation
Statutory certificates provided in international conventions in which the Brazilian
Government is a signatory, the certificates of class and registry of the vessel, and the
documents verifying the business name of the shipowner, operator, cargo owner, hull
insurer, cargo insurer and the ship's insurer (P&I Club) must be available on board on
occasion of the survey.
e) Support
The applicant must provide local transportation, specialized services and all
necessary support for the execution of the condition survey.
1022 - PLACE OF THE SURVEYS

On request of the applicant, the surveys may be carried out in any national port,
even if it is not the port where the ship will be loaded.

a) Regarding the Documentation
The documentation described in item 1021 d) must be checked.
b) Regarding the Internal Structure
The surveyors must carry out a visual inspection of internal structures of cargo
holds, ballast tanks, double-bottom, wing tanks and forward peak tank. Steel thickness
must be checked in points of the structure and plating, randomly (spot check), based on
the last dry dock survey report.
c) Regarding Watertightness
A visual and watertightness inspection of cargo holds and main deck tanks, with
special attention to coamings, hatch covers, their clamping devices and sealing aids,
scuttles of access to holds or double-bottom tanks, their hatches, clamping devices and
sealing aids must be carried out.
1024 - STRUCTURAL EVALUATION AND PENDING ISSUES OF THE SURVEY

a) Structural Evaluation of the Ship
The ship's structure evaluation and its capacity to undergo the intended loading
- 11 - 12 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
is solely and exclusively an attribution of the representative of the Classification Society
hired for carrying out the survey.
b) Pending Issues of the Condition Survey
The Classification Society's representative in charge of the survey shall record
as a pending issue, even if considering the ship fit for loading, any of the items listed below,
mentioning them in his Declaration:
1) Holes or cracks in structural elements or bulkheads, associated or not with
thickness reduction;
2) Damages in structural elements or bulkheads by excessive effort;
3) Buckling on bulkheads;
4) Any and every condition of class for "hull" imposed by the
ship's Classification Society and not yet complied with;
5) Any and every point found in the thickness measurement with a reduction
higher than 25% of its original thickness;
6) Loss of watertightness; or
7) Any other aspect deemed as relevant by the representative of the
Classification Society in charge of the survey.
1025 - RELEASE OF SHIP FOR LOADING

The surveyor from the hired Classification Society shall issue, upon completion of
the survey, a STATEMENT OF CONDITION SURVEY (DVC).
The standardized model of DVC is shown in Annex 10-G. In the field repairs to be
carried out, all pending issues listed in item 1024 must be included.
The original and one copy of the DVC must be delivered, upon completion of the
Condition Survey, to the Harbor Master or the Delegate. According to the conclusion
contained in item 4 of the DVC issued by the surveyor, the Harbor Master or Delegate will
release or not the vessel for loading, through a resolution, with the CP/DL stamp on the
existing field in item 5 of the DVC. The DVC copy must have entered the same resolution
and shall be delivered to the shipowner's representative or the charterer, for presentation at
the loading terminal. The original document shall be filed at the CP/DL.
On the first work day following the survey, the CP/DL shall forward to the DPC a
copy of the DVC
issued by the surveyor, with the final resolution of the Harbor Master or Delegate.
In case the surveyor from the hired Classification Society finds damages or
deficiencies requiring deeper analysis or substantive structural repairs, the ship shall not be
approved for loading and this conclusion must be entered by the surveyor in item 4 of the
DVC. In this case, the CP/DL shall note in DVC item 5 that the ship is not authorized for
loading (IMPEDIDO DE CARREGAR).
The shipowner or their representative must report to the ship's Classification
Society, which shall proceed to follow up the repairs and/or cancel the issues noted. The
ship's release shall be conditioned to analysis and ratification, by the DPC, of the
Classification Society report maintaining the ship to class and stating that all noted
deficiencies were corrected and/or that the ship presents safe conditions for operation.
1026 - CONDITION SURVEY REPORT AND OTHER NECESSARY DOCUMENTS

Upon completion of the survey, the shipowner or their representative must forward
to the
DPC copies of the following documents:
a) A detailed and conclusive report of the survey results, issued by the hired
Classification Society and accompanied by the report of thickness measurements and
photographic records;
b) Statutory Certificates provided in International Conventions of which the
- 11 - 13 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
Brazilian Government is a signatory, as well as the ship's certificates of class and
registration; and
c) Documents verifying the names of the shipowner, operator, hull insurer and ship
insurer.
1027 - REMOVAL OF DEMANDS

If the condition survey report shows deficiencies to be corrected, the shipowner or
their agent must present to the DPC a detailed report from the ship's Classification Society
verifying that the deficiencies were corrected and/or that the ship presents safe conditions
for operation. Such report shall be forwarded to the DPC with a minimum advance of 3
(three) business days to the date of return of the ship for operation in a national port.
The ship's survey to check if the repairs were effected and/or the deficiencies were
corrected, must be carried out preferably by the representative in Brazil of the ship's
Classification Society. If the survey has been effected abroad, the representative in Brazil
must express his opinion about the reports issued abroad by the ship's Classification
Society, through a document certifying to the DPC that the deficiencies found were
corrected. Classification Societies with no representatives in Brazil may indicate one of the
Classification Societies recognized by the Brazilian Government to carry out a survey and
issue the report.
1028 - VALIDITY OF THE SURVEY AND CONTROL OF SHIPS

After analysis of the survey report and once found no pending deficiencies, the
ship's data in the bulk carrier ships spreadsheet available on the internet shall be updated,
releasing the ship for loading for the period of 1 (one) year from the date of survey. Upon
expiration of this period, the ship must be submitted to a new survey.
Bulk carriers aged 18 years or more, authorized for loading solid bulk materials with
specific weight equal or higher than 1.78 t/m3 must keep on board the STATEMENT OF
CONDITION SURVEY always when effecting this type of loading in national ports.
The DPC shall keep updated on the Internet a listing of surveyed ships.
CHAPTER 11
INSTRUCTIONS, TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE
SECTION I
INSTRUCTIONS AND TRAINING

The vessels must be provided with adequately capable personnel to act promptly in
emergency situations. A perfect familiarization must exist between the man and all means,
equipment, devices and installations which may be used in emergency situations,
especially when resulting in vessel abandonment.
Unless otherwise provided, these rules apply to all vessels.
- 11 - 14 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
a) Emergency General Alarm System
All ships must have a system capable of sounding a general emergency alarm
signal, which must be audible in all habitable spaces and in those spaces where the crew
normally work.
b) Table of Stations and Duties of the Crew in Emergency Cases
The Table of Stations must specify all details regarding the general emergency
alarm signal, as well as the action to be taken by the crew and
passengers when this alarm sounds. The Table of Stations must also specify
how the order to abandon ship will be transmitted.
2) The Table of Stations must indicate the duties assigned to the several crew
members, including:
I) closing of watertight doors, fire protection doors, valves, scuppers, port
flaps, companion ways, side scuttles and other similar openings of the ship;
II) equipment of survival craft and other lifesaving equipment;
III) preparation and launching to the water of survival vessels;
IV) general preparation of other lifesaving equipment;
V) gathering of passengers;
VI) use of communications equipment;
VII) composition of firefighting groups; and
VII) special tasks related to the use of equipment and
installations for firefighting.
3) The Table of Stations must specify the officers assigned to ensure that the
lifesaving and firefighting equipment are kept in good conditions and ready for immediate
use.
4) The Table of Stations must specify substitute persons for key personnel
which may become incapacitated, taking into consideration that different emergency
situations may require different measures.
5) The Table of Stations must indicate the duties assigned to crew members in
relation to passengers in emergency cases. These duties shall include:
I) warnings to passengers;
II) checking if they are adequately dressed and using correctly their
lifesaving jackets;
III) reuniting the passengers in their gathering stations; and
IV) maintaining the order in halls and stairways, and the general control of
passengers' movement.
6) The Table of Stations must be prepared prior to the ship's departure. After
the Table of Stations is prepared, any changes in the crew implying alterations in that
document must be entered by the Captain, or a new Table must be prepared.
7) The Tables of Stations must be affixed in visible places all over the ship,
including the bridge, engine room and crew accommodations.
1103 - PROCEDURES FOR TRAINING AND DISSEMINATION OF INSTRUCTIONS

a) Training
Training and instruction on board about the vessel's lifesaving equipment
including survival craft, and about the use of fire extinguishing equipment, must be given to
a newly embarked crew member within no more than 2 weeks from embarkation.
However, if the crew member is assigned to the ship under a regular shift turnover
schedule, this training must be given within no more than 2 weeks from the first
embarkation. Individual instruction may comprise different parts of on-board lifesaving and
fire extinguishing equipment, but the whole set of equipment must be covered within no
- 11 - 15 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
more than 2 months.
b) Crew Member Procedures
Each crew member must receive instructions including, but not limited to:
1) operation and use of inflatable lifesaving rafts;
2) appropriate first-aid procedures, hypothermia problems and procedure in
case of hypothermia;
3) special instructions necessary for the use of the on-board lifesaving
equipment under severe weather conditions; and
4) operation and use of fire extinguishing equipment.
c) Periodicity
The training on board in the use of davit-launched lifesaving rafts must be
performed within intervals no greater than three months, in all vessels equipped with such
equipment. Whenever possible, this must include inflating and lowering a raft. This raft may
be one specially destined for training and not being part of the on-board lifesaving
equipment. Such a special raft must be clearly marked.
d) Instructions for Emergency Situations
All vessels must provide each person on board with clear instructions to be
followed in emergency situations.
There must be illustrations and instructions, affixed in visible places, in
passenger cabins and in places destined for passengers, indicating:
1) their gathering stations;
2) how they must essentially act in emergency situations; and
3) the way to wear the life jacket.
e) Operation Instructions
Warnings or signals must be provided in the survival crafts or their surroundings
and in their launching stations, which must:
1) illustrate the purpose of controls and the way to operate the device, and
contain the relevant instructions and cautions;
2) be easily visible under emergency lighting; and
3) use symbols in compliance with the prescriptions of Chapter 3 of these
Standards.
f) Instruction Manual
The instruction manual, which may comprise several volumes, must contain
instructions and information composed in simple and illustrated terms, whenever possible,
about the lifesaving equipment existing on board and the best methods for survival. Part of
the above mentioned information may be supplied in the form of audiovisual media, instead
of in the manual. The manual must contain detailed information about the following points:
1) the way to wear the life jackets and immersion vests, according to the case;
2) gathering at the determined stations;
3) embarkation, launching and clearance from the ship, of
survival and rescue craft;
4) launching method from inside the survival craft;
5) release of the launching devices;
6) methods and use of protection devices in areas of launching to water,
according to the case;
7) lighting of launching areas;
8) use of all the survival devices;
9) use of all the detection equipment;
10) with the help from illustration, use of the lifesaving radio equipment;
11) use of the floating anchors;
12) use of motors and accessories;
13) recovery of survival and rescue craft, including stowage and lashing;
- 11 - 16 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
14) dangers from exposing to the weather;
15) best possible use of survival means existing on board the survival craft;
16) recovery methods, including the use of rescue material from helicopters
(slings, baskets, stretchers), and ground rescue device and line-throwing device from the
ship;
17) all other functions listed in the Table of Stations and emergency instructions;
and
18) instructions for emergency repair of lifesaving equipment in urgent cases.
An instruction manual must be available in all mess rooms and recreation
rooms or in each crew cabin.
1104 - DRILLS
a) Calls and Drills
1) All crew members must participate in a ship or platform abandonment drill and
a firefighting drill, at least once a month. 1) The crew member drills in ships must be carried
out within 24 hours of the departure from a port, if over 25% of the crew have not
participated in ship abandonment and firefighting drills on board that ship during the
preceding month. In platforms, the drills must be carried out monthly on dates scheduled
by the Offshore Installation Manager (GIO).
2) On board a ship performing an international voyage, the passenger call
must be made within 24 hours after their embarkation. All passengers must be instructed
about the use of life jackets and on how to proceed in emergency situations. If only a
small group of passengers embark in a port, and the instruction has already been
conducted, instead of performing another general call it shall be enough to call the new
passengers' attention to the emergency instructions.
3) On board a ship performing a short international voyage, if a call is not carried
out upon departure, the passengers must be alerted about the emergency instructions.
4) On board passenger ships, a ship abandonment drill and a firefighting drill must
be conducted every week.
b) Abandonment Drill
1) Drill Program
Each ship or platform abandonment drill must include:
I) the call for passengers and crew members to their respective
abandonment stations as per the Table of Stations, by means of the alarm signal, making
sure that they all understand the order.;
II) the presentation at the gathering stations and preparation for the
duties described in the Table of Stations;
III) the checking about passengers and crew members being
adequately dressed;
IV) the checking about the correct way of wearing life jackets;
V) lowering of at least one lifesaving craft, after the necessary preparations
for launching;
VI) starting the lifesaving craft motor and its operation; and
VII) operating the davits used for launching lifesaving rafts
2) Periodicity
I) Lifesaving craft (Whale boats)
(a) Ships
The drill must be carried out following the provisions of Chapter
III of the SOLAS Convention, as amended.
(b) Platforms
Every crew member must participate weekly in abandonment drills,
- 11 - 17 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
consisting of familiarization with the lifesaving craft (whale boats and rafts) and launching
davits.
Once every three months, on occasion of the abandonment station
drills, a lifesaving craft of the whale boat type must be lowered down to the water level
without its assigned crew.
Annually, an abandonment drill must be conducted by lowering the
whale boat to the water with its assigned crew (no passengers), on a date established by
the GIO, and maneuverability tests carried out if the sea and wind conditions are deemed
by the GIO as favorable for their execution, observing the provisions of IMO
MSC.1/Circ.1326 of June 11, 2009. In this case, before being lowered to the water with its
crew, the whale boat must be lowered without crew and passengers on board, down to
near the water level in order to check the equipment's correct functioning.
II) Rescue boats
(a) Ships and Platforms
As far as possible, rescue boats must be launched monthly with its
assigned crew on board, and maneuvered in the water. In all cases, this prescription must
be met at least once every two months.
1105 - DRILL SUPERVISION

If the launching drills of lifesaving and rescue craft are carried out with the ship
sailing ahead, considering the risks involved, these drills must be carried out only in
sheltered waters and under supervision of an Officer with due experience in such drills.
1106 - LIGHTING OF THE ABANDONMENT POSTS

The emergency lighting of gathering places at the abandonment stations must be
checked on occasion of the abandonment drills.
1107 - FIREFIGHTING DRILL

a) Drill Program
Each firefighting drill must include:
1) coming to the stations and preparing for the duties described in the Table of
Stations;
2) starting a fire pump and using at least the two required water jet types to
show that the system is in appropriate working conditions;
3) checking the firefighting equipment and other personal safety equipment;
4) checking the relevant communications equipment;
5) checking the functioning of watertight doors, fire doors and
fire-cutting flaps; and
6) checking the necessary arrangements for the subsequent abandonment of the
ship.
b) Periodicity
The firefighting drills must be planned in a way that pays due attention to the
regular practice in different emergency situations possible to occur, depending on
the type of ship and its cargo. The periodicity must not be less than once a
month.
- 11 - 18 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
.
c) Equipment Maintenance
The equipment used during the drills must be immediately returned to its total
operational condition. Any failures and defects found during the drills must be corrected as
soon as possible.
d) Simulation
The drills must be, as much as possible, conducted as if a real emergency is
occurring.
1108 - REGISTER
The execution date of the call, the details of ship abandonment and firefighting
drills, the drills involving other lifesaving equipment and the on-board training must be
registered in the Navigation Diary. If a complete call or a session of a drill or training are
not carried out in their due occasion, this fact must be entered in the Diary showing the
circumstances and the extension of the call, drill session or training carried out.
SECTION II
MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONAL READINESS

The materials and equipment composing the safety and salvage allocation of
vessels must be always in condition of use.
To make this possible, the endeavor from the crew's part becomes necessary for
maintaining all these materials and equipment operative, aiming at obtaining maximum
performance and effectiveness in emergency situations.
Only if otherwise provided, the rules specified below apply to all ships.

a) Operative Availability
Prior to the ship's departure from a port and at all moments during the voyage,
all lifesaving equipment must be in good service conditions and ready for immediate use.
b) Launching Stations
The launching stations must be located in places which allow for safely
launching survival and rescue craft into the water, paying special attention to the distance
which must separate them from the propeller and from overhanging parts of the hull.
Whenever possible, survival craft must be lowered at the straight part of the ship's hull,
except for those types especially designed for launching by free fall. If located forward, they
must be placed abaft the collision bulkhead and at a sheltered position.
1111 - MAINTENANCE
a) Instructions for On-board Maintenance
Easily understandable instructions for on-board maintenance of lifesaving
equipment must be provided, with illustrations whenever possible and, according to the
case, including the following information for each device:
1) a checklist to be used on occasion of the regular inspections,
containing all important items to be checked and the way to check them;
2) instructions regarding maintenance and repairs;
3) periodic maintenance schedule;
4) diagram of lubrication points and indication of recommended lubricants;
5) list of replaceable parts;
- 11 - 19 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
6) list of spare parts suppliers; and
7) data record of inspections and maintenance.
b) Alternative schedule
Instead of the prescribed instructions above, a planned maintenance schedule
containing all these prescriptions may be accepted.
c) Maintenance of the Steel Cables
The steel cables used in launchings must be inverted so their extremities are
exchanged, at intervals no longer than 30 months. They must be replaced when
necessary due to wear or at intervals no longer than
5 years, whichever is the shortest time.
d) Maintenance of Inflatable Lifesaving Rafts, Inflatable Life Jackets
and Inflatable Rescue Craft
1) All inflatable lifesaving rafts and life jackets must undergo a revision survey:
I) at intervals not exceeding 12 months. However, the DPC may extend this
period for 5 more months, at their sole discretion, if not possible to carry out the revision;
and
II) in a maintenance station approved by the DPC and capable of
performing the revision, with appropriate installations and services and certified technical
personnel.
2) All repairs and maintenance of inflatable rescue craft must be carried out in
compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. Emergency repairs may be performed on
board ship, but permanent repairs must be performed in an approved maintenance station.
e) Periodic Maintenance of Hydrostatic Release Devices
Hydrostatic release devices, excepting those of the discarding type, must
undergo a revision survey:
1) at intervals not exceeding 12 months. However, the DPC may extend this
period for 5 more months, at their sole discretion, if not possible to carry out the revision;
and
2) in a maintenance station approved by the DPC and capable of performing the
maintenance, with appropriate installations and services and certified technical personnel.
1112 - SPARE PARTS AND REPAIR MATERIAL

Spare parts and repair material must be provided for the lifesaving equipment and
their accessories subject to excessive wear from use or consumption and which need to be
replaced regularly.
1113 - REGULAR INSPECTIONS

a) Weekly Inspections
The inspections and tests discriminated below must be carried out weekly:
1) all survival and rescue craft, as well as their respective launching devices
must be visually inspected to check if they are ready for use;
2) the motors of all lifesaving and rescue craft must be set to work on forward
and backward gears for at least 5 minutes; and
3) the general emergency alarm system must be checked.
b) Monthly Inspections
All lifesaving equipment, including the equipment of lifesaving craft, must be
inspected monthly through their checklist in order to assure that they are complete and in
good order. A brief report of the inspection must be entered in the Navigation Diary.
1114 - OPERATION OF THE SURVIVAL CRAFT, AND SUPERVISION

a) There must be on board a sufficient number of persons with the necessary
capability to reunite and render assistance to the remaining crew members of the vessel.
- 11 - 20 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
b) There must be on board a sufficient number of crew members, either deck
officers or other capable individuals, to maneuver the survival craft and the water launching
devices necessary to make possible for all crew members and passengers to abandon
ship.
c) A capable person, preferably a deck officer, must be in charge of each survival
craft to be used. A substitute conductor must also be appointed in the case of lifesaving
craft.
d) The person in charge of a survival craft must have a list of its crew members
and must make sure that these crew members under his orders are familiar with their
duties. In lifesaving craft, the substitute conductor must also have a list of its crew
members .
e) For all motor-driven survival craft there must be an assigned person capable of
starting the motor and making small adjustments.
f) The ship's Captain must make sure that the individuals mentioned in a), b), and
c) above are evenly distributed throughout the ship's survival craft.
- 11 - 21 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 23
CHAPTER 12
OPERATIONAL RECORDS
SECTION I
NAVIGATION LOG BOOK

a) Purpose
The Navigation Log Book is a book intended for recording all information and
data related to the navigation, including routes, command shifts, extraordinary events and
damages or accidents occurring on board with the vessel, its equipment, belongings,
cargoes, crew members or passengers. A model for the Navigation Diary is shown in
Annex 12-A.
b) Scope
The Navigation Log Book must be kept in vessels classified as long range,
coastal and maritime support.
c) Composition
A model for the Navigation Log Book is shown in Annex 12-A, and consists of:
- an incorporated hard cover;
- a page for the Authorization Terms and Initials, with the vessel's data and
characteristics entered on the back;
- sheets for the records and a final page for the Authentication of
Initials and Closing Term; and
- the inner part of the book shall have two hundred twenty three (223) sheets,
numbered and initialed, starting by sheet No.2. The sheet's backs are not numbered.
d) Inspection
The DPC, the CP, DL or AG offices or any relevant authority may, at any time,
request the Navigation Log Book for checking and knowledge of the recorded data.

a) Responsibilities
The Captain is responsible for the exact fulfillment of these Standards. The duty
of entering records into the Navigation Log Book in a correct and objective way is for the
Deck Officer on Duty, following the established standards and entering the records as
determined by the Captain.
It is also for the Deck Officer on Duty to act as reporter of accident or navigation
fact terms, or incidents occurring in his duty period, recording them in the Navigation Log
Book.
The records made in the Navigation Log Book are of official matter, and the
signatory is responsible for any misleading or omitted data.
b) Authentication
The Terms of Authorization and Initials Authentication shall be prepared on
board, upon determination of the Captain who shall assign the scrivener officer.
c) Opening and Closing Terms
The Opening and Closing Terms are intended for recording the dates (hour, day,
month and year) of starting and ending of the entry of records into the Book. They must
contain, printed respectively in the first and last pages, the data to be recorded on board by
order from the Captain, in due time.
- 12 - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
d) Filing
After its closure, the Navigation Log Book shall be kept on board for 2 (two)
years at the disposal of inspecting authorities, and after this period it must be forwarded to
the Company for filing during 5 (five) years.
e) Bookkeeping
The back of sheet #1 contains blanks to be filled in with the most relevant data
and characteristics of the vessel, including structure, navigation equipment, machinery and
safety.
Erasures of any nature shall not be allowed. An error must be corrected through
the use of the word "digo" between commas, immediately after the wrong expression,
followed by the correct expression.
In all the Navigation Log Book bookkeeping, the legal time must always be
adopted, characterized by four numerals.
1) Bookkeeping at Ports
At ports (anchored, moored or dry docked), the columns related to navigation
and the fields intended for soundings and midday data shall not be entered, and must be
canceled by a diagonal trace. However, the columns intended for meteorological
observations shall continue to be filled in at every four hours, at the line corresponding to
the last hour of each shift as long as this regimen is adopted. In the same circumstances,
the lower fields related with navigation must only be canceled when the vessel is at the port
at midday, time for them to be filled in.
The sheets reserved for recording the occurrences during shifts may be used,
when in prolonged stays, for the bookkeeping of several days, in which case they shall also
contain the meteorological information.
When the sheets are not sufficient for entering the daily occurrences, the following page
must be canceled and the writing must be continued in the subsequent sheet.
2) Bookkeeping by Shift
The bookkeeping by shift must indicate:
(a) in the first line, the title according to the vessel's situation, as for example:
"Stay at the port of ...", or "Voyage from ..... to .....";
(b) in the second line, the vessel's name and the date including the day of the
week, as for example: "On board the NM ....., Wednesday, ...... 25, .............";
(c) in the third line, the shift period, as for example: "Shift
(Occurrence or Division) of ..... through ..... hours"; and
(d) in the fourth line, the text according to the case; "Sailing with destination to
the port of ....., course .......", or "Remaining this ship (tug, dredge, etc) moored by (Port or
Stbd) to the dock of port of ....., in front of building # ....., with X lines fore and aft (doubled
or not), or else, "anchored with the (Port or Stbd) anchor, or with two anchors, with so many
shackles in the water (or in the hawse hole), at the point determined by the coordinates
and ....... obtained by visual bearings (or by radar or other ways).
3) End of Shift
Upon the end of a shift, record the time citing the embarkation or not of sea
water, cargo hold tightness, lights (if applicable) and the necessary notes for preparation of
the Daily Map in accordance with the vessel's instrument resources. In the sequence, state:
"Without further occurrences to record, I pass the shift to Mr. (name, category and function
on board)", following with the signature, category and function on board and canceling the
remainder of the line with a trace when applicable.
- 12 - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
4) Closure
After finishing the bookkeeping of the shift, if a new fact to record occurs, the
expression "Em tempo" must be used, entering then the alteration and again the signature,
category and function on board.
f) Daily Records
The daily recording of main navigation elements must be made at least every
four hours, in the watchkeeping service shifts from zero hour through twenty-four hours.
The fulfillment of fields related to meteorological data must follow the criterion and
symbology adopted by the Meteorological Observer's Manual, a publication of the Brazilian
Navy Directory of Hydrography and Navigation. The remaining fields are self-explanatory.
g) Recording of Occurrences
The occurrences of navigation, administrative, operational and routine must be
recorded, including meteorological observations and, further, the transcriptions of
inspection or survey reports, report texts, terms, communications, notes, and all
occurrences of an important matter which, at the Captain's discretion, must be entered in
the Navigation Log Book.
All occurrences must be recorded in an objective way, in chronological order,
and with all necessary and sufficient details for perfect understanding, keeping in sight the
legislation providing about the determination of responsibility for navigation facts and
accidents.
When the Navigation Log Book is lost as a consequence of a disaster, the
Captain shall record on shore the relevant terms in another book acquired for this purpose.
h) Computerization
Ships may utilize the computer to produce the Navigation Log Book.
In order to preserve the aspects of inspection and control in relation to
navigation safety, on occasion of the closing signature of a Watchkeeping Shift, the date-
hour of this event must be recorded through an inviolable manner, so as to prevent
alterations of these data in the computer.
i) Daily Checking
It is for the previously assigned Deck Officer to check, daily, the correct
bookkeeping of the Navigation Diary and to convey the same after examined, to receive the
Captain's initials.
In coastal navigation ships or those in which there is no Deck Officer, the
Masters themselves shall be in charge of the Navigation Diary bookkeeping.
j) Wording and Idiom Used
The Navigation Log Book must be written with correct wording, in the national
idiom, unless when needed to transcribe some note in a foreign language.
SECTION II
COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LOG BOOK

a) Communications Service Diary
A book intended for recording all information, occurrences and data relating to
the radio service on board a merchant vessel, for the safeguard of human life at sea as
provided in the International Convention for the Safety of Human Life at Sea (SOLAS).
- 12 - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
b) Scope
The Communications Service Log Book must be kept in vessels classified as
long range, coastal and maritime support.
c) Characteristics
A model for the Communications Log Book, which must contain two hundred
twenty three (223) numbered sheets, is shown in Annex 12-B, and is composed of:
- hard cover, 33 x 23 cm, color green;
- sheet #1, Opening Term and Initials;
- sheet #2, Main Characteristics;
- Daily Record sheets, numbered successively in groups of seven starting from
number 3 (03 through 09, 11 through 17 and successively through 201) and interspersed
by Weekly Record sheets;
- Weekly Record sheets, numbered each eight numbers starting from number 10
(10, 18, 26 and successively through 202);
- supplementary sheets, numbered 203 through 222;
- sheet #223, Authentication of Initials and Closing Term; and
- the sheet's backs are not numbered.
d) Inspection
The DPC, the CP, DL or AG offices or any relevant authority may, at any time,
request the Communications Service Log Book for checking and knowledge of the
recorded data.

a) Responsibilities
The Captain is responsible for the exact fulfillment of these Standards. The
Radio Communications officer, or whoever replaces him, shall be in charge of bookkeeping
the Communications Service Log Book.
The Radio Station Chief shall be responsible for the Book and must follow up
and check its correct bookkeeping and present the book daily to the Captain for initialing.
The records made in the Communications Service Log Book are of official
matter, and the signatory is responsible for any misleading or omitted data.
b) Authentication
The Terms of Authorization and Authentication of Initials shall be prepared on
board, on the Captain's order, who must assign the Scrivener officer.
c) Opening and Closing Terms
The Opening and Closing Terms are intended for recording the dates (hour, day,
month and year) of starting and ending of the entry of records into the Book. They must
contain, printed respectively in the first and last pages, the data to be recorded on board by
order from the Captain, in due time.
d) Filing
After its closure, the Communications Service Log Book shall be kept on board
for 2 (two) years at the disposal of inspecting authorities, and after this period it must be
forwarded to the Company for filing during 5 (five) years.
e) Bookkeeping
1) The Diary's bookkeeping, on voyage or at ports, shall be done by using one
sheet for each day. On voyage, all columns and items shall be filled in, besides
communications related with distress traffic, SHIP and TR messages, urgent and safety
communications and those made between the ship and coastal or mobile stations,
incidents during the service and all heard signals of calls, alarm traffic, distress, urgency
and safety, even if the ship has not participated in them. -
- 12 - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
The times in which the auto-alarm was connected and disconnected, and the power and
intensity of the signals, must also be recorded.
At ports, the occurrences of maintenance, repairs, equipment alteration,
frequency changes, national or foreign surveys, NX reception (Notice to Mariners) or WX
(Weather Forecast) must be recorded. Spaces not used in bookkeeping must be canceled
with a diagonal trace.
2) The time recorded in the Book shall always be GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
3) Computerization
Ships may utilize the computer to produce the Communications Service Log
Book.
SECTION III
ENGINE LOG BOOK

The Engine Log Book must contain relevant information about the operational
condition of the main and auxiliary engines, emergency, electric, hydraulic and pneumatic
equipment, including controls of automation systems of machines and equipment in
general, pressures and temperatures of the several fluids used in the systems (when
applicable) and in pressure vessels,enabling the endorsement or renewal of certificates or
other relevant documents provided in the NORMAM standards or in the International
Conventions ratified by Brazil.
The Book must also contain records of all maneuvers effected or under way, and
any abnormalities found and / or occurred in equipment and / or maneuvers carried out
during the watchkeeping service shift.
1206 - COMPUTERIZATION
Magnetic recording and filing media for the information mentioned in the previous
item may be accepted.
SECTION IV
OIL REGISTRY BOOK
1207 - PART I - ENGINE ROOM OPERATIONS

All cargo vessels, other than oil tankers, and all passenger vessels with gross
tonnage (GT) higher than or equal to 400 to which the present standards apply and which
fit the rules contained in Annex I of the MARPOL 73/78 Convention and its amendments in
force, must record the information prescribed in the Convention regarding discharges of oily
mixtures from the engine space into the aquatic environment.
1208 - PART II - LOADING AND BALLAST OPERATIONS

All vessels with GT higher than or equal to 150 which carry crude oil and / or its
derivatives, to which the present standards apply, and fit the rules contained in Annex I of
the MARPOL 73/78 Convention and its amendments in force, must record the information
prescribed in the Convention regarding discharges of oily residues resulting from tank
cleansing, and discharges of oily mixtures from the engine space, including the pump room,
into the aquatic environment.
- 12 - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
CHAPTER 13
EMISSION OF A LIABILITY CERTIFICATE OVER DAMAGES CAUSED BY

POLLUTION BY OIL
1300 - PURPOSE
Establish procedures for the treatment of paperwork for request and emission of the
Liability Certificate stating that the ship is insured, or other valid financial guarantee, in
accordance with the provisions of the 1969 International Convention on Liability in
Damages Caused by Oil Pollution, approved by the Legislative Decree No.74 of 1976 and
promulgated by Decree No. 79.437 of 1977.
1301 - APPLICATION
The present rules apply to all ships registered in a contracting State and which
carry more than 2,000 (two thousand) tons of oil in bulk as cargo.
1302 - PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING THE CERTIFICATE

a) Request
The party responsible for the ship must request emission of the certificate to the
Harbor Master's Office (CP) of its enrollment. A single application can be used for several
ships.
b) Individual Policy
The application must be accompanied by the individual policies, representing the
insurance for each ship, or other financial guarantee such as a bank bond or
certificate issued by a national or international indemnity fund representing, at
a minimum, the total prescribed in paragraph 1of article V of the International Convention.
c) Compensation
To face the expenses with emission of this Certificate, the amount established in
Annex 10-D of these standards shall be charged as compensation, for each certificate
issued.
d) Forwarding
Once the procedures prescribed in subparagraphs a), b) and c) are met, the CP
must forward the application to the DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts, which shall
issue the certificate(s).
1303 - EMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION

a) Emission by the DPC
Once the documentation is checked and the assured coverage is verified to
satisfy the responsibility limits defined by the Convention, the certificate shall be issued by
the DPC in two original copies, following the model of Annex 13-A, containing the
information provided for in 2 of article VII of the Convention.
b) Numbering
The certificates shall be placed in order with numbering composed by two
groups of digits: the first one with three digits, referring to the natural emission sequence,
and the second one separated from the first by a slash and containing the four digits of the
emission year (e.g.: 001/1991).
c) Distribution
2 (two) original copies shall be delivered to the responsible person. One of them
must be kept on board the ship, for requirements of dispatch and inspection.
d) Foreign Ships
A request shall be made from foreign ships entering national ports, or
- 13 - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
utilizing an ocean terminal located in waters under Brazilian jurisdiction, on occasion of
dispatching, to produce the certificate or other corresponding financial guarantee, as set
forth in the Convention's article VII, 1.
e) Filing
The CP enrollment offices of vessels must keep on file one photocopy of the
certificate during its respective validity period.
1304 - VALIDITY DEADLINE

The certificates shall be issued with a maximum validity period of 12 (twelve)
consecutive months, in conformity with the validity term of the insurance policy.
- 13 - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
CHAPTER 14
MANNED SUBMERSIBLES FOR TOURISM / RECREATION
1401 - OPERATION OF MANNED SUBMERSIBLES

a) Operation
The operation of manned submersibles for tourism / recreation is entirely
new. There is no wide experience available in this activity. As a consequence, information
available in foreign standards and requirements of Classification Societies were gathered,
which coupled with the experience acquired by the Directorate of Naval Engineering in the
construction and maintenance of military submarines, resulted in these basic Standards.
b) Responsibilities
1) The responsibility for the operation, assistance and, in case of necessity, of
help and rescue of the submersible, its crew and passengers shall be of the shipowner or
proprietor.
2) The proprietor may be made legally responsible for any action or voluntary
omission, negligence or imprudence which cause violation of rights or damages to the
physical integrity or property of third parties.
1402 - APPLICATION
These Standards must be applied to all manned submersibles used in activities
of tourism / recreation.
1403 - DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this Chapter, the words and expressions below have the
following definitions:
a) Submersible
Any vessel capable of, by its own means, operate on the surface, submerge,
operate submerged, emerge and remain floating, always operating jointly with a support
vessel.
b) Passenger
Any and every person who is not a crew member or other employed or involved
with any service on board the submersible.
c) Operation Area
The maritime area intended for operation of the submersible, approved by the
Harbor Master's Office (CP) of the jurisdictional area.
d) Maximum Operational Depth
The depth in meters of seawater column equivalent to the pressure in which the
submersible was operationally tested according to the rules of the recognized Classification
Society which will issue the respective Class Certificate for the submersible .
1404 - CLASSIFICATION OF A SUBMERSIBLE REGARDING NAVIGATION

Considering the peculiarities of the submersible and of the navigation restricted to
certain areas previously authorized, manned submersibles for tourism / entertainment shall
be classified:
a) regarding the intended navigation area, for open sea;
b) with propulsion; and
c) as per the intended activity - passengers.
- 14 - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
1405 - COMPULSORY INSURANCE
All enrolled submersibles must carry compulsory insurance for personal injury
caused by vessels, in order to enable indemnifications for death, permanent invalidity and
medical assistance plus supplementary expenses, in amounts determined by the National
Council of Private Insurance. The right to indemnity shall result from the simple proof of
accident or injury, independent from the concurrence of guilt.
1406 - CREW AND QUALIFICATIONS

a) The establishment of safe manning shall be effected by the CP of the
jurisdictional area, through analysis of the project documentation and operation manuals,
and finalized after conduction of tests and checking as provided in the Initial Survey.
However, the minimum crew shall never be less than two professionals of equal
qualification.
b) The seafarers assigned for functions of operation and maintenance of
manned submersible vehicles for tourism must be capable of performing the following
tasks:
1) Operate a submersible for Tourism / Recreation, effecting maneuvers of
immersion and steering;
2) Conduct the emergency procedures in a correct way, in order to
preserve the safety of passengers and other crew members, including aspects of
hyperbaric medicine;
3) Render first-aid assistance to passengers and other crew members;
4) Operate the supporting subsystems for environmental revitalization and
control, navigation, communications, lighting, entertainment, rescue and lifesaving; and
5) Use correctly the diving tables, if required in emergency situations.
c) Training for the safe manning of the submersible must include the subjects, drills
and respective time loads prescribed in Annex 14-A.
1407 - STANDARDS OF TRAFFIC AND STAY

a) Monitoring
The submersibles shall be monitored by the DPC, CP, DL or AG regarding:
1) Identification;
2) Enrollment;
3) Qualification of the operator;
4) Existence of liability insurance for injuries from vessels;
5) Fulfillment of the safety records prescribed in the Operation Manual;
6) Fulfillment of navigation area restrictions;
7) Traffic in safety areas;
8) Use of safety equipment regarding equipment which may interfere with the
navigation;
9) Observance of safety requirements in the use of equipment which interfere
with the navigation;
10) Compliance with the Harbor Master Offices' Standards for Procedures
(NPCP);
11) Water pollution; and
12) Fulfillment of the schedule of surveys, among others.
All submersibles must be identified, in a permanent and visible way, with the name,
port of enrollment and classification.
- 14 - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
1408 - 0PERATION AREA
a) Submersibles must be enrolled and shall be authorized to operate by the CP of
the jurisdictional area, in a specific and clearly identified area.
b) The operation area must have a maximum depth equal to or lower than the
submersible maximum operational depth certified by the Classification Society, which must
not be greater than the designed depth. In no hypothesis the submersible may operate in
an area with a greater depth than the maximum operational depth. The depth of the
operation place must not exceed the proven capacity of the available rescue equipment.
c) All the existing rescue resources in the operation areas must be verified for
readiness of use in the action scene if necessary, within a time lower than the time limit of
the submersible Revitalization and Environmental Control System.
d) The approval of the operation area, in conjunction with the submersible design
technical requirements, shall be conditioned to analysis of the following aspects:
1) Maximum depth of the area;
2) Normally prevailing weather conditions;
3) Sea state and marine currents normally found;
4) Area's natural shelter conditions;
5) Vessel traffic intensity in the area and the possible maximum draught of the
vessels; and
6) Capacity and availability of rescue resources in the area, such as pontoon
cranes, pontoons, rescue and hoisting ships, divers, etc.
e) Any change in aspects mentioned in subparagraph 6) above must be promptly
reported to the CP or DL of the jurisdictional area by the builder, owner or legal
representative.
1409 - DISPLACEMENT ON THE SURFACE

The displacements performed between the passenger embarkation point and the
operation area must necessarily be made on the surface and assisted by the supporting
vessel.
1410 - CONSTRUCTION LICENSE

a) No submersible may be constructed in Brazil or abroad for flying the national flag
without first obtaining the respective Construction License.
b) The Construction License shall be granted by a Classification Society, through
presentation of an application by the builder, owner or legal representative.
c) All documents, plans and information listed in Annex 14-B must be hand-signed
by the Naval Architect responsible for the design, and duly registered at the Regional
Council of Engineering and Architecture (CREA). No signature copy, stamp or seal shall be
accepted.
d) The plans and documents must come together with the Annotation of Technical
Responsibility (ART), duly prepared as provided for in the CONFEA Resolution regulating
the matter and following the prescriptions of Annex 3-F, sub-item 3-q, characterizing
perfectly the services performed by the responsible professional. One copy of the ART and
of the Construction License must be forwarded to the DPC.
e) In the case of construction abroad, it must be monitored by a CREA-registered
Naval Architect who shall be responsible for the submersible acceptance in compliance
with the national requirements.
- 14 - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
1411 - SUBMERSIBLE ACQUIRED ALREADY BUILT ABROAD
The acquisition of a submersible already built abroad shall follow identical
procedures to the ones of regularization of vessels acquired abroad in identical situation, as
provided for in Chapter 3.
1412 - CLASS CERTIFICATE

a) All manned submersibles must be classified and kept to class after their
construction, by a Classification Society recognized by the DPC, with verified experience of
this type of vessel. This Classification Society, following its rules and the provisions of
these Standards, must approve the design, monitor its construction, participate in tests and
trials (moored and at sea), perform inspections and checking during operation and
maintenance periods, monitor and approve repairs. All equipment, components and
accessories of the submersible must be certified in accordance with the rules of the same
recognized Classification Society.
b) The loss of class by the submersible, for any reason, shall imply its withdrawal
from operation. However, this does not mean that classification is the only requirement for
maintenance or reentry of the vessel into operation.
c) The costs associated with all activities of the recognized Classification Society
are the responsibility of the submersible's owner.
d) There must be a Classification Certificate, with the respective appendix
indicating the operation limitations and the conditions of approval, issued by the recognized
Classification Society, which must be presented to the DPC and shall be a demand to be
met prior to the submersible's enrollment, together with the copies of reports on tests
witnessed by the Classification Society, including operational tests.
1413 - CONSTRUCTION
a) The companies involved in the submersible's construction must forward a time
schedule showing the dates of the several tests, trials, inspections and checking items, in
order to enable the follow up of these events if found convenient by the DPC.
b) The submersible's construction must be monitored and approved by the
recognized Classification Society, making sure that the materials to be used, as well as the
construction procedures and tolerances fit the standards previously established by the
Society.

The technical requirements, specific for the design of manned submersibles for
tourism, are shown in Annex 14-B.
1415 - SURVEYS
The following listed surveys must be carried out by the DPC-recognized
Classification Societies. The DPC must always be notified, with a minimum advance
notice of five business days from the date, in order to be able to send a representative to
follow up the tests or checking procedures they find appropriate.
a) Initial Survey
1) The submersible must be submitted to an Initial Survey by the recognized
Classification Society after construction, to obtain its enrollment. Upon approval by that
Classification Society, the results from tests and inspections carried out during the Initial
Survey must be forwarded to the DPC.
2) The testing depth to be adopted in reference to the previous subparagraph
shall be that for which the submersible is going to be enrolled at the CP, DL or AG office
(maximum operational depth), even if lower than the designed depth.
- 14 - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
3) It shall be a responsibility of the recognized Classification Society to establish
when the submersible presents safety conditions for starting the operation trials and high-
depth immersion.
4) The Class Certificate to be granted after the Survey shall have its validity
established by the recognized Classification Society, for a period no longer than five years.
b) Annual Survey
The submersible must be submitted yearly to a partial survey, where priority
must be given to checking the correct functioning of Emergency Systems, the submersible
control and operation, and the Environmental Revitalization and Control System.
c) Renewal Survey
Three months prior to expiration of the Class Certificate established by the
Classification Society, the submersible must be submitted to a Renewal Survey of the
Certificate. This procedure must be repeated at each period corresponding to the
classification validity, which may be shortened in the case of damages, by determination of
the DPC or Classification Society.
d) Survey after Damage and Repair
1) Whenever the submersible suffers damage affecting its structural integrity or
impeding its safe functioning, the Classification Society and the DPC must be notified. In
this case, the repairs must be carried out under the orientation of the Classification Society.
Upon conclusion of the repairs, the submersible must undergo specific tests monitored by
the mentioned Classification Society, aiming at assuring that the original safety
requirements are being met.
2) Whenever the occurrence of damage to any panoramic side scuttle is found,
no matter how small, the scuttle must be immediately replaced by a
new one, which has its design and manufacture approved by the Classification Society.
The damage must be reported to that Classification Society and to the DPC as soon as
found, and the submersible's operation immediately interrupted. Only after the side scuttle
is replaced and has the approval of the Classification Society and the DPC, the
submersible shall be allowed to return to operation.
e) Survey after a Long Inactivity Period of the Submersible
Whenever the submersible has to be operationally paralyzed for a period longer
than six months, the Classification Society and the DPC must be notified. After the inactivity
period, the submersible must undergo a survey by the Classification Society to assure that
it is operating normally. The type of survey to be conducted will depend on the time of
inactivity and shall be defined by the Classification Society, after consulting the DPC and
having its approval.
f) Dry Survey
The submersible must undergo a dry survey of its hull, through dry docking or
hoisting, at intervals no longer than eighteen months and under monitoring by the
Classification Society. In this occasion, particular attention must be given to checking the
geometrical integrity of the resistant hull.
g) Survey After Modifications and Alterations
Any modification or alteration made to the submersible which changes its
original design characteristics must be approved by the Classification Society and reported
to the DPC.
The basic lists of tests and checking to be conducted in the several surveys are
shown in Annex 14-C. However, they must be used by the persons concerned only as a
base for inspection and do not exhaust the universe of items to be inspected.
- 14 - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
1416 - MAINTENANCE
a) A periodic preventive maintenance program must be established for the
submersible to make sure its operation is being performed within the safety limits. This
program must be included in a Maintenance Manual which presents all the maintenance
routines to be followed. The parameters checked during the conduction of these routines
must be recorded in detail in a Maintenance Registry Book, which must be always up-to-
date and ready for inspection, either by the DPC or the Classification Society. The
Maintenance Manual must be submitted to the Classification Society for approval, and then
forwarded to the DPC. The manual must present detailed procedures which allow for the
execution, by qualified personnel, of the specified maintenance routines. The Maintenance
Manual must include the life expectancy for the resistant hull and for the considered vital
equipment and components.
b) The equipment's maintenance routines requiring maintenance and inspection
prior to each operation of the submersible must be included in the Operation Manual.
1417 - INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE EQUIPMENT

The submersible must be provided with lifesaving jackets for all the people on
board, children included. It must also carry two lifebuoys, stowed in a way to enable their
easy utilization. This material must be approved by the DPC.
1418 - OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

a) Startup of the Commercial Operation
The commercial operation may only be started after an operational evaluation of
the submersible. This evaluation shall be carried out by the DPC which, if necessary, may
request technical assistance from other sectors of the Brazilian Navy. The request for
starting operation must be preceded by a training period for all personnel involved in the
operation. During the submersible's operational evaluation, the existence and / or
mobilization of resources related to rescue and lifesaving personnel and material required
for the operation region must be checked.
b) Passenger Embarkation and Disembarkation
The passenger embarkation and disembarkation must, preferably, occur at a
dock or floating stage to which the submersible is moored.
c) Operation
1) The submersible operation shall only be allowed to be conducted with on-site
follow-up by a supporting vessel.
2) The supporting vessel must be permanently aware of the submersible's exact
location. For this purpose, it must track permanently the submersible's sailing.
3) There shall be no permanent interdiction of the maritime area. The supporting
vessel, which will be flying the diving operation signal consisting of the international
indicative flag ALFA provided for in the International Signaling Code (CIS), shall be
responsible for sending away other vessels from the submersible's operation area. The
supporting vessel must accompany the submersible trips since departure from the docks
until its last mooring on occasion of the arrival. Since departure, the supporting vessel must
follow the same route preset for the submersible, keeping a position at no less than 50m
distance from the vertical line passing through the submersible and maintaining permanent
underwater call watch. In principle, these communications must be established by calls
from the submersible at points preset in the sailing instructions (Key Points), at intervals no
longer than fifteen minutes.
- 14 - 6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
4) At the end of each trip, at the emerging point, the supporting vessel must
check and inform the submersible if the area is free for its safe return to the surface. The
supporting vessel must tow the submersible back to the docks, and help its mooring.
5) At any change in the sea state or weather conditions exceeding the limits
established in these Standards, the supporting vessel must call the submersible and
determine the trip interruption, conducting the submersible back to the docks. All
occurrences of damages or emergency situations reported by the submersible to the
supporting vessel must be, immediately, retransmitted to the support facility onshore.
6) During operation, if the submersible exceeds the fifteen minute interval to
effect the call at Key Points, the support facility must be promptly informed for the
necessary steps and preparation for subsequent actions.
7) If fifteen minutes pass without the submersible establishing communications
with the support vessel or returning to surface, the support base must begin immediately
the displacement of rescue resources to the operation area, in order to start the Rescue
Plan.
8) The above procedure must also be triggered in case the submersible reports
the impossibility of returning to surface by its own means.
9) The supporting vessel must carry the responsibility of coordinating the rescue
operation on the spot, until being replaced by an authority of higher responsibility. In any
case, it shall not abandon the place of accident.
d) Operation Period and Weather Conditions
The submersible shall only be allowed to operate in day hours, i.e., from dawn to
dusk, in sea and wind conditions up till force 2 in the Beaufort scale and minimum visibility
of two miles.
e) Operation Support
All submersibles, to operate, must be provided with a support vessel and
onshore facilities.
1) The support vessel must meet, at least, the following requirements:
I) Be enrolled at a CP, DL or AG office;
II) Be provided with fire extinguishers allowing for external help to the
submersible;
III) Remain on site during the whole time in which the submersible
is operating, at least 50m apart from the vertical line passing through the submersible but at
a distance shorter than the effective range of the underwater communications system used;
IV) Be capable of towing the submersible;
V) Keep constant communication with the submersible;
VI) Be provided with two VHF units, plus another unit of underwater
telephony, allowing for prompt communication with the submersible, onshore stations,
Search and Rescue facilities and other vessels which may be in the submersible's
operation region;
VII) Be capable of receiving the submersible's crew members and
passengers, besides performing the transshipment of these people in case of need to
evacuate the submersible after it has departed; and
- 14 - 7 - NORMAM-01/DPC
VIII) Fly in its main mast, during all of the submersible's operation, the diving
operations signal consisting of the international indicative flag ALFA provided for in the
International Signaling Code (CIS). The support vessel must also keep permanent watch
on channel 16, simultaneously with another channel of message traffic with the
submersible or the onshore facility;
2) Onshore facilities
For the submersible's operation, the following facilities are necessary
on shore:
I) An adequate wharf for passenger embarkation and disembarkation;
II) Appropriate place(s) for mooring and / or anchoring of all involved vessels;
III) Support for maintenance and charging of batteries, compressed air
systems and oxygen bottles;
IV) Prompt availability of rescue equipment; and
V) Communications equipment with the support vessel and the submersible,
the latter when on surface, as well as with help and lifesaving authorities.
1419 - OPERATION MANUAL

a) The Operation Manual must contain, in a clear and objective way, all procedures
to be followed in case emergency situations occur, including those that block the
submersible from returning to surface, and a detailed procedure for re-floating and / or
hoisting the submersible.
b) A complete collection of manuals must be kept on board the submersible, as
they were presented to the Classification Society on occasion of the request for
a construction license and / or enrollment.
c) The Operation Manual must contain, at least, the following aspects:
1) Normal procedures for immersion and return to surface, surface transit,
communications, passenger embarkation and disembarkation, immersion transit, sea
bottom landing, berthing and unberthing; and
2) Emergency procedures for situations of impossibility to return to surface, loss
of propulsion, flooding, collision, fire, contamination, passenger / crew member illness or
injury and passenger fall into the water.
1420 - RESCUE
The shipowner / proprietor must have, permanently available, equipment and
qualified personnel for eventual need of assistance and rescue of the submersible for
hoisting or re-floating. Such resources must be part of a Rescue Plan.
This plan must contain:
a) Procedures for re-floating, in order of priority, through the methods of:
pressurizing the ballast tanks by external means, use of pontoons, hoisting by pontoon
cranes or other crane types, among others;
b) Procedures for mobilizing divers on immediate support to the vessel's rescue.
This readiness must take into consideration the on-board capacity of support to human life.
The rescue resources must take no longer than 12 hours to be ready for action on the
sinister site;
c) Information including:
1) Plans and drawings indicating the location of compressed air external inlets
for the submersible's ventilation and for expelling the water inside ballast tanks;
2) Operational frequency of the underwater telephony equipment; and
3) Operational frequencies of the echo-sounders, sonar and BEACON units.
- 14 - 8 - NORMAM-01/DPC
d) Medical assistance for treating decompression illnesses;
e) Escalation procedures of emergency situation leading to the need for requesting
supplementary help from the Naval District's SAR System; and
f) Resources available to meet emergency situations implying the submersible's
rescue, including location of the pontoon crane or other crane types near the operation
area.
1421 - SUPPORT AND EMERGENCY RESOURCES AND EQUIPMENT

The resources mobilized by the shipowner / proprietor must include, necessarily:
a) Inflatable pontoons enough for re-floating the submersible;
b) Air hoses and compressors with pressure and output enough to inflate the
pontoons and expel the ballast system water;
c) Diving equipment compatible with the maximum depth of the submersible's
operation area;
d) A vessel with adequate capacity for the action scenario and for supporting the
necessary diving services; and
e) In the same fashion as for mobilization, divers ready for action in the sinister
area within 12 hours maximum.
1422 - EVALUATION OF THE SYSTEMATIC

a) The proprietor / shipowner must constantly analyze the present Standards,
proposing at any time to this Directorate any suggestions of possible improvements.
b) The CP or DL office of the jurisdictional area must give ample dissemination of
these Standards and determine systematic actions of naval inspection about compliance
with them,
and may block this activity whenever considered that the operations are not
being carried out in accordance with these instructions or with the adequate safety
standards for this activity.
- 14 - 9 - NORMAM-01/DPC
CHAPTER 15
INTERNATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT CODE
1501 - APPLICATION
a) The International Safety Management Code (ISM Code), adopted by the
International Maritime Organization (IMO) through Resolution A.741(18), shall be enforced
according to the type of ship, independent from the construction date, on the following
dates:
1) Passenger ships including high speed passenger vessels, oil tankers,
chemical ships, gas carriers, bulk carriers and high speed cargo vessels, with gross
tonnage (GT) equal to or higher than 500, starting July 01, 1998; and
2) Other cargo ships and offshore drilling mobile units, with GT
equal to or higher than 500, starting July 01, 2002.
b) The ISM Code applies to the ship and the company that manages and operates
it. The Code requires establishment of safety management systems (SMS) on board and
onshore.
c) While the statutory surveys relate to the physical conditions of the structure and
equipment installed on board, the audits of the ISM Code aim at the effectiveness and the
maintenance of safety conditions at the intervals between mandatory surveys.
1502 - DEFINITIONS
a) International Safety Management Code (ISM Code) - means the International
Management Code for the Ship's Safe Operation and
for Pollution Prevention, as prepared and adopted by the IMO Assembly,
subject to receive amendments from that Organization.
b) Company - ship proprietor or any other organization or individual, such as the
operator or bareboat charterer, who takes the responsibility imposed by the Code.
c) Safety Management System (SMS) - a structured and documented system
which enables the Company personnel to implement a Safety and Environmental
Protection Policy.
d) Document of Compliance (DOC) - a document issued to a Company which
meets the requirements of Code ISM.
e) Safety Management Certificate (SMC) - a document issued to a ship which the
management of its Company and of the ship itself is performed as prescribed in the
approved SMS.
f) Safety Management Audit - an independent and systematic examination for
determining if the SMS activities are developed as planned and if they are perfectly
adequate to the objectives sought.
g) Observation - verification of a fact on occasion of an audit based on objective

evidence.
h) Objective Evidence - qualitative or quantitative information, registration or
finding of fact related to safety or to an element of the existing SMS, or that is being
implemented, based on observation, measurement or test and capable of being checked.
i) Non-Conformity - an observed situation which its objective evidence indicates a
non-compliance with a specified requirement, but that does not represent a serious threat
to the ship's personnel or safety or a serious risk to the environment, thence not requiring
an immediate corrective action.
- 15 - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
j) Major Non-Conformity - an identifiable discrepancy representing a serious
threat to the personnel, the ship's safety, or involving a serious risk to the environment and
requiring an immediate corrective action. The effective and systematic non-implementation
of an ISM Code requirement is also considered a major non-conformity.
1503 - CHECKING OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE ISM CODE

a) The DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts is responsible for checking the
compliance with the ISM Code requirements for the purpose of emission of the relevant
certificates.
b) The DPC may delegate power to the Recognized Classification Societies to
effect, in the name of the Brazilian Government, the procedures for compliance checking of
Companies and ships operated by them, and for issuing the corresponding certificates
provided for in Code ISM.
c) The compliance with Code ISM shall be verified by means of audits, observing
the procedures set forth in Annex 15-A.
d) The Company must effect periodical internal audits for checking conformity with
Code ISM, correction of noticed deficiencies and improvement of the SMS of ships and of
the Company itself.
1504 - EMISSION AND VALIDITY OF THE CERTIFICATES

a) DOC Emission and Validity
1) A DOC shall be issued for a Company after its compliance with the
requirements of Code ISM has been checked, once the requirements contained in Annex
15-B have been met.
2) The DOC shall be issued after assurance that the Company's SMS meets
the requirements of Code ISM and that objective evidence verifies its effective
implementation. The verification must include evidence that the Company's SMS operates
since, at least, three months and that a SMS has been implemented in at least one ship of
each type operated by the Company, for at least the same minimum period of time. The
objective evidence must include, among other, records of the annual internal audit effected
by the Company onshore and on board.
3) The DOC is valid only for the types of ships in which the initial checking was
made.
4) The validity of a DOC may be extended to other ship types, after the
verification of the Company's capability of complying with the Code ISM requirements for
those other types. The types of ships are the ones established in the SOLAS Convention,
Chapter IX.
5) The DOC is valid for a period of five years.
6) The validity of a DOC is subject to an annual checking, to be done within the
period between three months before and three months after the anniversary date of its
emission, in order to confirm the SMS effective functioning. This verification must include
the examination and checking of records for, at least, one vessel of each type related with
the DOC. On this occasion, the corrective actions and changes introduced in the SMS after
the last annual checking must be verified.
7) The DOC renewal for an additional five year period must include an
assessment of all SMS elements regarding their effectiveness to reach the goals specified
in the ISM Code.
8) The revocation of a DOC may be effected by the DPC, or by the issuing
office, in case the periodic checking is not done within the due period or if a major non-
conformity is detected. Whenever a DOC is revoked, the associated SMC shall be equally
invalidated and withdrawn.
- 15 - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
b) SMC Emission and Validity
1) The Safety Management Certificate (SMC) must be issued to a ship after an
initial checking of its compliance with the requirements of Code ISM as discriminated in
Annex 15-C. This includes verifying that: the DOC of the Company responsible for
the ship's operation applies to that particular type of ship, the on-board SMS meets the
requirements of Code ISM and, also, that the SMS was implemented. Objective
evidence must be found, such as records of internal audits carried out by the Company,
which demonstrates that the SMS has been implemented, at least, three months before.
2) The SMC is valid for a period of five years.

3) The SMC validity is subject to an intermediate verification confirming the
effective functioning of the SMS and that any change effected after the last verification
meets the requirements of Code ISM. Such intermediate verification must be conducted
between the SMC's second and third anniversaries. In certain cases, particularly during
the SGS initial operation period, the DPC may consider necessary to raise the frequency of
intermediate verifications. Furthermore, the nature of a non-conformity may equally indicate
the convenience of raising the frequency of intermediate verifications.
4) The SMC renewal for an additional five year period must include an
assessment of all SMS elements relevant to the ship, regarding their effectiveness to reach
the goals specified in the ISM Code.
5) The revocation of a SMC may be effected by the DPC, or by the issuing
office, in case an intermediate verification is not requested or if there is evidence of a major
non-conformity with the ISM Code.
c) Provisional DOC and SMC
1) In the cases of change of flag or change of Company, the procedures set forth
in these guidelines must be adopted.
2) An Interim DOC may be issued to enable the implementation of Code ISM in
a recently established Company, or when new types of ships have been added to a fleet
which already has a DOC.
3) An Interim DOC may be issued, valid for no more than twelve (12) months, to
a Company which demonstrates to have a SMS capable of meeting the objectives of Code
ISM. However, the Company shall be required to produce an implementation plan of a
SMS which meets all Code ISM provisions, within the validity period of the Interim DOC. An
Interim DOC shall not be extended beyond 12 months counted from its date of issue.
4) An Interim SMC, valid for no more than six (6) months, may be issued for new
ships on occasion of their delivery to the Shipowner or when a Company takes the
responsibility for the management of a ship which is new to the Company. In special cases,
the DPC may extend the validity of an Interim SMC for six (6) more months.
5) Prior to the emission of an interim SMC, the following must be checked:
I) If the DOC, or Interim DOC, includes the type of ship referred to in the
SMC;
II) If the SGS developed by the Company for the ship includes the key
elementsof the ISM and has been assessed on occasion of the DOC emission survey
or had its implementation plan demonstrated on occasion of the emission of the interim
DOC;
III) That the ship's Captain and high-rank Officers are familiar with the SMS
and its implementation plan;
- 15 - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
IV) That the instructions identified as essential have been given prior to the
ship's operation startup;
V) That there are plans for the conduction of an audit by the Company within
three (3) months; and
VI) That the SMS-related information are transmitted on board in the working
idiom or in idioms understandable by all crew members.
1505 - CERTIFICATION PROCESS

a) Certification Activities
1) The certification process for emission of a DOC and a SMC must go through
the following steps:
I) An initial survey;
II) A periodic or intermediate checking;
III) A renewal checking.
2) These checking steps will be carried out on request by the Company to the
DPC or to the recognized Classification Society.
3) The checking must include a SMS audit.
b) Initial Checking
1) The Company must request the certificates provided in the ISM from the DPC
or the recognized Classification Society.
2) The analysis of the onshore part of the management system shall encompass
the assessment of offices in which the management operates, besides other places used in
the Company's organization and functioning.
3) Upon a satisfactory completion of the onshore SMS, a DOC must be issued to
the Company. Copies of this DOC must be forwarded to the onshore places
involved, as well as to each of the Company's ships. Subsequently, the
assessment of the Company's ships must be started.
4) If the DOC are issued by recognized Classification Societies, copies of all
certificates must be forwarded to the DPC.
5) The safety management audits for both the Company or a ship must
encompass the same basic steps.
6) The audits must check:
I) The conformity of the Company with the Code ISM requirements; and
II) If the SMS warrants that the targets defined in the ISM Code have been
reached
.
c) DOC Periodical Checking
1) Annual periodic surveys must be carried out for the maintenance of a DOC
validity. The purpose of these surveys is to check the SMS's effective functioning, and
make sure that eventual modifications meet the Code ISM requirements.
2) Periodical checking actions must be carried out in the period comprised
between three months before and three months after the DOC emission's anniversary date.
A deadline, no farther than three months, may be granted for the correction of any
discrepancies found.
3) If the Company has additional facilities not assessed on occasion of the initial
checking, there must be endeavor in the periodical checking to make sure that all places
are visited during the DOC's validity period.
d) SMC Intermediate Checking
1) An intermediate audit must be carried out for the maintenance of a SMC
validity. The purpose of this audit is to check the SMS's effective functioning, and make
sure that eventual modifications in the SMS meet the Code ISM requirements.
- 15 - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
2) This intermediate audit must occur between the second and the third
anniversary of the SMC emission date.
e) Renewal checking
The checking actions for renewal of the DOC or SMC must be carried out prior
to the expiration of their validity deadlines. The renewal surveys shall be directed to all SGS
elements and activities to which the Code ISM requirements apply. The renewal checking
must be started six (6) months prior to the DOC or SMC validity expiration date, and must
have been concluded prior to that date.
f) Safety Management Audits
The safety management procedures described in the following subparagraphs
include all the steps related to the initial inspections. The periodical and renewal audits
must be based on the same principles, regardless of the fact that their purposes may be
different.
g) Audit Procedures
1) The Company must be submitted to the audit for emission of the DOC and the
SMC by the DPC, or by a Classification Society.
2) As a basis for planning the audit, the auditor must assess the safety
management manual to determine how adequate the SMS is in terms of meeting the Code
ISM requirements.
3) The Chief Auditor appointed must keep in touch with the Company when
planning the audit.
4) The auditor must prepare documents which will guide the audit's performance
to facilitate the assessments, investigations and exams in accordance with the standard
instructions, procedures and forms that have been established, to assure a consistent audit
practice.
5) The auditors team must be capable of an effective communication with the
audited.
6) The audit must be started by a meeting with the purpose of introducing the
team members to the Company Manager, the methodology to be used, confirm the
available facilities and confirm date and hour of the closing meeting, as well as clarify
eventually existing doubts.
7) The auditing team must assess the SGS based on the presented
documentation and identify objective evidence of its effective implementation.
8) The evidence must be collected by means of interviews and documentary
examinations. Observation of activities and reigning conditions may be included, whenever
necessary, to determine the SMS's effectiveness in meeting specific standards of safety
and marine environment protection required by Code ISM.
9) The auditing observations must be documented. After the activities have
been audited, the team must review their notes and determine which ones will be reported
as non-conformities. The non-conformities must be reported in terms of the Code ISM
requirements.
10) Upon completion of the audit and before preparing the final report, the
auditing team must meet with the Company Manager and the persons responsible for
functions relevant to Code ISM. The purpose is to present the auditing team's comments
and notes, in order to make sure that the audit results are clearly understood.
h) Audit Report
1) The audit report must be prepared under supervision by the Chief Auditor,
who is responsible for its scope and precision.
2) The report must include the audit's planning, identification of auditors,
identification of the Company personnel involved, the observed non-conformities and an
assessment of the SMS effectiveness in reaching the goals prescribed in Code ISM.
3) The Company must receive a copy of the audit report and shall be warned to
forward to the ships a copy of the report regarding the on-board audits carried out.
- 15 - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
4) Whenever requested, the Classification Society shall forward to the DPC a
copy of the audit report corresponding to the emission or endorsement of a certificate
required by Code ISM.
i) Corrective Actions Follow Up
1) The Company is responsible for adopting the necessary actions for the
correction of non-conformities and to eliminate their causes. The lack of elimination of
non-conformities related to Code ISM requirements may affect the validity of the correlated
DOC and SMC.
2) Any corrective actions and possible supplementary follow up audits must be
concluded within the period previously agreed upon. The Company is responsible for
requesting the follow up audits.
j) Company Responsibility regarding the Safety Management Survey
1) The checking of compliance with Code ISM requirements does not exempt
the Company, its management, officers and other crew members from their obligations
towards abidance by national and international laws related to safety and environmental
protection.
2) The Company is responsible for:
I) Notifying all involved personnel about the objectives and purposes of the
certification provided for in Code ISM;
II) Assigning Company personnel to accompany the audit team members;
III) Providing the necessary resources to the auditors so they can perform an
effective and efficient checking of the processes;
IV) Providing access to the material evidence required by those who are
developing the certification process; and
V) Cooperating with the audit team to facilitate their reaching of the
certification objectives.
l) Responsibilities of the Organization in Charge of the Certification Process
The Classification Society in charge of the certification process is responsible for
its compliance with both the ISM Code and these Standards.
m) Responsibility of the Audit Team
1) Regardless of the number of auditors, the responsibility for the checking must
be assigned to a single person. The leader must be given authority to make final decisions
regarding the procedures to be adopted. His responsibilities must include:
I) Preparation of the audit plan; and
II) Presentation of the audit report.
2) The personnel involved in the audit are responsible for the fulfillment of
established guidelines, the confidentiality of information contained in the documents and for
the discrete treatment given to privileged information.
n) DOC and SMC Forms
The DOC and SMC must be prepared in accordance with the models contained
in the IMO Resolution A913(22) , and written in both Portuguese and English.
1506 - CONTROL BY THE DPC

The DPC shall exercise control of the Safety Management Systems through
periodical checking of audit final reports and specific surveys to be carried out on board the
ships.
- 15 - 6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
CHAPTER 16
INTERNATIONAL PROTECTION CODE FOR SHIPS AND PORT FACILITIES
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
1601 - DEFINITIONS
a) ISPS Code - International Code for the Protection of Ships and Port Facilities as
defined in Rule 1.1.12 of chapter XI-2 of the - International Convention for the Safety of
Life at Sea - 1974 and its amendments in force..
b) SOLAS vessels - all merchant vessels used for international voyages or
employed in the merchant maritime traffic among Brazilian ports, oceanic islands, port
terminals and offshore platforms, with exception of:
6) vessels with a Rule Length (L) lower than twenty-four (24) meters.
1602 - APPLICATION
a) Code ISPS is applicable to the following types of vessels engaged in
international voyages:
- passenger vessels, including high speed passenger vessels;
- cargo vessels, including high speed vessels with a gross tonnage equal
to or higher than 500; and
- mobile maritime drilling units.
b) Starting July 31st, 2009, the Code shall also be applicable to the vessels
mentioned in sub-item a) which operate in the Coastal navigation and Maritime Support,
the MODU units as defined in Chapter XI-2, Rule 1 of the SOLAS Convention, as well as
the vessels discriminated below:
- Maritime Support vessels with a gross tonnage equal to or higher than 500; and
- Integrated barge sets with a gross tonnage equal to or higher than 500.
The application of Code ISPS to port facilities must follow the guidelines established
by CONPORTOS.
1603 - APPROVAL AND CERTIFICATION

Vessels, MODU units and platforms fitting the previous item must carry a valid
certificate as prescribed in that Code.
The review and approval of protection plans and the conduction of checking and
the respective certification shall be effected by Recognized Protection Organizations
bearing a power delegation from the DPC for such purpose. The Recognized Protection
Organization shall not be allowed to review / approve protection plans of vessels, units or
platforms in which protection assessment or protection plan preparation it has been
involved.
- 16 - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 14
1604 - SOLAS VESSELS, MODU UNITS AND PLATFORMS NOT SUBJECT TO THE
ISPS CODE
SOLAS vessels, MODU units and platforms fitting item
1602, which still do not have certification in compliance with Code ISPS, must have their
Safety Certificates issued with a note stating that they are not valid for international
voyages. The Safety Certificates of these vessels still in force must be replaced by other
ones with the same validity, containing the above mentioned note.
1605 - RECORDS
The records provided for in paragraph 10 of Code ISPS Part A must be kept on
board for a minimum period of 5 years. Such records must contain an English version.
1606 - REVIEW OF THE PROTECTION PLAN

The protection plans must be reviewed or amended whenever an alteration is
made in the vulnerabilities or initial conditions considered in the protection assessment, or
at each 5 years, whichever happens first.
1607 - COMPLIANCE WITH ISPS CODE PART B

Compliance with ISPS Code Part B is voluntary. However, if the requirements of
that Part have been fully met, the certificate to be issued may contain a statement that the
protection plan was based on total compliance with the guidelines contained in that Part.
- 16 - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 14

ANNEX 1-A
REPBLICA FEDERATIVA DO BRASIL

(FEDERATIVE REPUBLIC OF BRAZIL)
EMITIDO POR/ISSUED BY
CARTO DE TRIPULAO DE SEGURANA
(Safe Manning Document)
Nome da Embarcao:
(Vessel Name)
N Inscrio: Tipo de Embarcao(*):
(Enrollment No.) (Vessel Type)
N IMO: Indicativo de Chamada:
(IMO Number) (Call Sign)
Porto de Registro: Propulso Principal: KW
(Port of Registry) (Main propulsion power kW)
Arqueao Bruta/Conveno Internacional de Arqueao, 1969:
(Gross Tonnage/ International Tonnage Convention, 1969 )
Grau de Automao das Mquinas:
(Automation Grade of Machinery Plant)
Praa de mquinas periodicamente desguarnecida? Sim/Yes No/No
(Periodically unattended engine room?)
Sim
Embarcao dotada com /Ye Classe do Equipamento de DP (se 1
DP? s houver)
(Dynamic Positioning?) No (DP equipment class, if any) 2
/No 3
Tipo de Navegao rea de Navegao Atividade/Servio Propulso
(Navigation Type) (Navigation area) (Activity/Service) (Propulsion)

Longo Curso
Com Propulso
Mar Aberto (high Passageiros
(international (with
seas) (passenger)
voyage) propulsion)
Cabotagem

Carga (cargo)
(coastal voyage)

Apoio Martimo Sem Propulso
Rebocador/Empurrador
(platform support) (no propulsion)
(towing/pushing)
Pesca (fishing)
Outros (other)(*):
Requisitos, restries ou condies especiais, se houver

(Special requirements, restrictions or conditions, if any)
Este documento certifica que, de acordo com a regulamentao brasileira sobre

segurana da navegao e de conformidade com a Resoluo A.890 (21) de 25 de
novembro de 1999 da IMO, conforme emendada, este navio considerado
adequadamente tripulado sempre que navegar dentro da sua classificao quanto
classe de navegao e com um nmero de tripulantes igual ou superior ao especificado
neste Carto de Tripulao de Segurana.
-1-A-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 13
ANNEX 1-A
(This document certifies that, in accordance with the Brazilian regulations on navigation
safety and in compliance with IMO Resolution A.890 (21) of November 25, 1999, as
amended, this ship is considered as adequately manned whenever sailing within the
parameters of its navigation class and with a number of crew members equal to of higher
than the number specified in this Safe Manning Document.)
(*) - Preencher de acordo com o previsto no captulo 2 da NORMAM-01/DPC.

(Fill in as prescribed in NORMAM-01/DPC chapter 2)

CERTIFICADO NMERO DE PESSOAS
GRAU /CAPACIDADE (REGRA STCW) Number of persons
Grade/capacity Certificate
Categoria Nvel Quantidade
(STCW RULE)
- (Category) (Level) (Quantity)
Comandante (Master)
Imediato (Chief Mate)
Oficial de Nutica (Deck Officer)
Radio Operador (Radio Operator)
Contramestre (Boatswain)
Chefe de Mquinas (Chief Engineer Officer)
Subchefe de Mquinas (Second Engineer Officer)
Oficial de Mquinas (Engineer Officer)
Condutor (Petty Officer Engineer)
Eletricista (Electrician)
Enfermeiro/ Auxiliar de Sade (Male Nurse)
Cozinheiro (Cook)
Taifeiro (Steward)
Marinheiro de Mquinas (Oiler)
Marinheiro de Convs (Able Seaman)
Moo de Convs (Ordinary Seaman)
Moo de Mquinas (Wiper)

Quantidade de Operadores de Posicionamento Dinmico (Dynamic Positioning Operators)
Observaes
(Notes)
Emitido em /_ / _. Data da expirao (se houver) _/ /_ .

(issued on) (Date dd.mm.yyyy) Expiration Date (if any) (Date dd.mm.yyyy)
rgo de Emisso:
(Issuing Office)
Assinatura/Nome do Responsvel
(Signature/Name)
Mod 13

ANNEX 1-B
MARINHA DO BRASIL
DIRECTORATE OF PORTS AND COASTS ___/___/___

(stamp) Day Month Year
EXPERT SURVEY REPORT
for emission of the CTS (Safe Manning Certificate)
(REASON FOR EMISSION OF THE REPORT)
VesselData:
Name:
Vessel Type: Enrollment No.:
Navigation Type: IMONo.:
Service/Activity AB (GT):
Total propulsion power (KW): Total electric power (KVA):
Dynamic positioning (DP): Yes No DP Equipment Class: 1 2 3
A) DECK SECTION
LEVEL AND
LEVEL AND ACTUAL NUMBER
ITEM ASSESSED RELEVANT DATA NUMBER LEVEL REQUESTED
REQUIRED BY AND BY
THE STANDARDS NUMBER THE
MASTER Master's Certification (rules):
EXECUTIVE OFFICER Executive Officer's Certification (rules):
CHIEF OF Watchkeeping Officers' Certification
NAVIGATION (rules):
equipment:
radar with ARPA system
yes( ) no( )
autopilotyes( )
no( )
simultaneous
chores:
ship on voyage: deck
treatment yes( )
no( )
washing/cleaning of holds/tanks:
yes ( ) no ( )
cargo boom operation:
yes ( ) no ( )
deck resources: bow
DECK GENERAL
thrust
SERVICE yes ( ) no ( )
stern thrust
yes ( ) no ( )
deck equipment maintenance
supported by onshore team
yes ( ) no ( )
performed on board
yes ( ) no ( )
dynamic positioning (*)
Master participates in DP
watchkeeping: yes ( ) no ( )
Executive Officer participates in DP
watchkeeping:
yes ( ) no ( )
Navig. Watchkeeping Officer may
CHORE Bow
S Stern
BERTHING Bridge
UMBERTHIN
No. SHIFTS OF Master participates in navigation shifts: XXXX XXXX XXXX
NAVIGATION yes ( ) no ( )
SERVICE Executive Officer participates in
navigation shifts
yes ( ) no ( )
NOTES: Fields with no input must be scratched
(*) The certification of DP operators must be compatible with the equipment class.
DECK SURVEYOR MACHINERY SURVEYOR SECTOR CHIEF AT OFFICE DATE

- 1- B -1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 13
ANNEX 1-B
B) ENGINE SECTION
LEVEL LEVEL AND
AND ACTUAL NUMBER
ITEM ASSESSED RELEVANT DATA NUMBER LEVEL REQUESTED
REQUIRED AND BY THE
BY NUMBER COMPANY

Chief Engineer's Certification (rules):

Chief Engineer participates in service watch:
CHIEF
ENGINEER yes() no()
NGAPM:
yes() no()
validity: / _/_
Issuing Classification Society:
DEPUTY-CHIEF Deputy-Chief Engineer Officer certification

ENGINEER (rules):
OFFICER
CHIEF OF SHIFT Engineer Officers' Certification
IN THE ENGINE (rules):
SECTION
Maintenance System
ENGINE GENERAL madebyonboardpersonnel:
SERVICES yes ( ) no ( )
supportedbyonshoreteam:
yes ( ) no ( )
sailing duration:

No. SERVICE bridge-engine room combined command:
XXXX XXXX XXXX
SHIFTS yes ( ) no ( )
No. of service shifts:
C) CHAMBER SECTION
LEVEL AND
LEVEL AND NUMBER
NUMBER ACTUAL
REQUESTED BY
ITEM ASSESSED RELEVANT DATA REQUIRED BY LEVEL
COMPANY OR PARTY
STANDARDS AND
CONCERNED
NUMBER
NUMBER OF Mean distance of mess room(s)
CREW MEMBERS tothekitchen:
m
available facilities:
dishwasher: yes ( )
no ( )
thermal counter:yes ( ) no ( )
self-service system:
yes ( ) no ( )
meals fixed timetables:
yes ( ) no ( )
juice coolers at mess room(s):
yes ( ) no ( )
bridge and engine room facilities that
make steward assistance
unnecessary:
yes ( ) no ( )
kitchen equipment (fryer, potato
cutter and peeler, etc) list:

easy access and displacement
between kitchen, prov. stores
and refrig. chamber:
yes ( ) no ( )
No. of passengers:
SURVEYOR NOTES:
Mod 13
Annex 1-B
D) HEALTH SECTION
LEVEL AND NUMBER ACTUAL LEVEL
LEVEL AND NUMBER
REQUESTED BY
ITEM ASSESSED RELEVANT DATA REQUIRED BY THE AND NUMBER
COMPANY OR PARTY
STANDARDS
CONCERNED
sailing duration:
passenger vessel:yes ( ) no ( )
NUMBER OF cargo vessel: yes
CREW ( ) no ( )
MEMBERS
qualifiedcrewmemberwithfirst
aid
SURVEYOR NOTES:
NOTES: Fields left blank must be nullified.
DECK SURVEYOR INITIALS MACHINERY SURVEYOR INITIALS INITIALS OF SECTOR CHIEF AT OFFICE
E) SHIP PROTECTION - A crew member was assigned by the company or by the ship Master,
to exercise the function of Ship Protection Officer. yes ( )no ( )
(completion mandatory)
F) SURVEY COMMISSION ANALYSIS

(completion mandatory)
G)SURVEY COMMISSION RECOMMENDATION FOR THE CREW REGARDING LEVEL

(RAISE OR LOWER) AND NUMBER (INCREASE OR DECREASE) IN THE DECK,
ENGINE, CHAMBER AND HEALTH SECTIONS (completion mandatory)
H) SIGNATURE/ IDENTIFICATION OF THE SURVEY COMMISSION MEMBERS
NAME/ SIGNATURE
NAME/ SIGNATURE
NAME/ SIGNATURE
NAME/ SIGNATURE
NAME/ SIGNATURE
Mod 13

ANNEX 1-C
SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE CTS
1 - SAFE MANNING FOR THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM

a) Bridge
Determining the number of seafarers necessary to exercise the functions
developed at the bridge must be based on analysis of the following factors:
- tasks to be performed during the watchkeeping service;
- available equipment, considering their performances and automation level;
- arrangement of those equipment; and
- visibility of the outside provided by the side scuttles' arrangement.
b) Automation
The automation level of navigation equipment must be evaluated through checking
of the existence and operational characteristics of the systems below specified. The
automation level of navigation equipment is deemed as elevated when the following
systems exist simultaneously on board, with no operational restrictions:
1) Autopilot;
2) Radar with collision warning alarm (ARPA Radar);
3) Electronic navigation system with programmable autopilot, provided with a
position plotting automatic system on chart or electronic display, based on information
received from navigation satellite, and off-course indicating alarm;
4) VHF communications automatic recording system; and
5) Severe weather warning messages automatic recording system.
c) Sea / Port period ratio
The vessel movement program in its engaged commercial lines must also be
considered. The duration of sailings and stay periods in ports must be compared with the
functions to be performed on occasion of loading and unloading operations at ports and
terminals. Short sailings and brief stay periods at ports, associated with a heavy working
load due to port operations, tend to generate fatigue and reduce the efficiency of Deck
Officers. In special ships (oil, chemical and gas tankers) and those classified as general
cargo regarding service or activity, it is necessary to analyze the Executive Officer's duties
during loading and unloading operations. In these cases, it must be assessed if the
Executive Officer may participate of the bridge watchkeeping service, besides his
assignments.
d) Limits imposed by International Convention
Steersman and watchman services are distinct. The former is not considered as
watchman while at the rudder, except in small vessels where there is ample visibility all
around the steersman's position, with no reduction of night vision or any other impediment
to an adequate visual watch.
During the day, the Watchkeeping Shift Officer may be the only one to keep visual
watch, if one of the following conditions occur:
1) The situation has been carefully examined and it was found that the
Watchkeeping Shift Officer can carry out the visual watch alone, with total safety;
2) All pertinent and important factors like those listed (but not limited to) below have
been considered:
- weather condition;
- visibility;
- traffic density;
- proximity of dangers to navigation;
- necessary attention to navigate inside or near a scheme of traffic separation;
-1-C-1 NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 13

ANNEX 1-C
3) Existing automation level as described in item b) above; and

4) Existing condition of immediate assistance to the bridge if required by any
situation change.
2 - DECK SAFE MANNING

a) Analysis of component elements
When determining the number of crew members necessary for Deck services, the
availability of deck equipment, their location and technological sophistication level must be
analyzed.
b) Automation and Computerization
Among the equipment that reduce the work load pertinent to the
Deck system
are:
1) Mooring winch a constant tension device;
2) Computerized system for the preparation of cargo loading and unloading plans;
and
3) Bow thruster and / or stern thruster.
c) Dynamic positioning system
The class of the dynamic positioning system installed on board must be observed.
These systems may be of class 1, 2 or 3.
3 - SAFE MANNING FOR THE ENGINE SYSTEM

a) Analysis of Component Elements
Available statistics demonstrate that a great deal of fires and explosions followed
by fires occur in Engine Rooms, and the main cause is, leakage of flammables. Therefore,
the existence of alarm systems is important, especially the ones for fire and maintenance.
They must be adequate to the vessel's automation level. Inadequacy of systems, in this
case, will lead to a high fatigue level of the crew.
In a vessel with reduced crew, the engine personnel intervene in any abnormality
signaled by the existing alarms, at any time. Consequently, when analyzing the machinery
automation level, it is fundamental to discriminate if the existing automated systems
monitor and also control the equipment's work. Systems that only monitor the work require
permanent presence of a professional to analyze the situation in a certain level and,
consequently, take the necessary steps. Therefore, they do not represent a total work load
reduction regarding equipment operation. On the other hand, an automatic monitoring and
control system will perform all actions within its technical limits, thus replacing effectively
the supervision by a crew member. For such purpose, this system must be provided with
equipment redundancy and sensors of noise and temperature, allowing the engine crew to
be informed of maintenance need and damages occurred.
b) Automation
The engine system automation level may be evaluated through the Notation of the
Engine Room Automation Level (NGAPM), assigned by a recognized Classification
Society, or by checking the existence and operational characteristics of the systems
specified below. The NGAPM has its validity defined by the issuing Classification Society.
The automation level is stated in a Certificate. Any alterations due to equipment
modification or resulting from reduction of operational capability are recorded in an annex
to that document.
Mod 13

ANNEX 1-C
4 - NOTATIONS FOR AUTOMATION LEVEL (NGAPM)

a) Tables of automation level types
According to the vessel's NGAPM, an automation level type shall be assigned from
the table of automation level types. Slight variations by category, imposed by technical
peculiarities of a given vessel, may be admitted without changing the whole assignment.
a) TABLE OF AUTOMATION LEVEL TYPES

TYPE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES AND RESPECTIVE NGAPM
OF
LEVEL ABS GL LRS BV DNV NKK RINA
A ACC AUT-2 CCS AUT-CCS ECO MC AUT-
CCS
A ACCU-OS 8/24H
A ACCU-OS16/24H
B ACCU 8/24H AUT8/24H
C ACCU 16/24H AUT16/24H
D ACCU-OS 24H
E ACCU 24H AUT UMS AUT-UMS EO MO AUT-
UMS
F ABCU IP/ICC SYS- NEQ AUT-
/SYS-NEQ-1 IMS/AU
T-PORT
b) Crew member basic tables

The tables of this subparagraph refer to the minimum number of engine crew
members. However, when preparing the CTS, a CP/DL/AG office may consider lower
numbers of crew members if so deemed pertinent.
I) ENGINE CREW MEMBER BASIC TABLE PER AUTOMATION LEVEL TYPE

FOR LONG RANGE AND COASTAL VESSELS
TYPE CATEGORY TOTAL

OF
LEVEL OSM 1OM 2OM Petty electrician MNM MOM
A 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 9
B 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 8
C 1 1 1 o u 1 1 2 1 7
D 1 1 1 o u 1 1 1 1 6
E 1 1 1 o u 1 1 4
F 1 1 1 3
II) CREW MEMBER BASIC TABLE FOR MARITIME SUPPORT VESSELS

The crew determination of maritime support vessels in the
Engine Section is consolidated in Annex 1-D.
c) Notation of Engine Room Automation Level (NGAPM)
The NGAPM are as follows:
American Bureau of Shipping Classification Society (ABS):
1) ACC (Automatic Control System Certified - ABS) - Engine Room
Mod 13
ANNEX 1-C
permanently attended and central propulsion control at the vessel's Engine Control Center;
2) ACCU-OS H/24 (Automatic Control System for Unattended Engine Room
Certified - ABS) - Engine Room may be periodically unattended, only on open sea
navigation. A NGAPM ACCU-OS 8/24 classification means the respective Engine Room
may stay 08 (eight) hours unattended per day when sailing in open sea;
3) ACCU H/24 (ABS) - Engine Room periodically unattended for all
navigation conditions;
4) ACCU-OS 24H (ABS) - Engine Room permanently unattended in open
sea;
5) ACCU 24H (ABS) - Engine Room permanently unattended for all
navigation conditions; and
6) ABCU (Automatic Bridge Control System for Unattended Engine Room -
ABS) - Engine Room permanently unattended plus integrated control system of propulsion
and auxiliary machines from the bridge.
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Classification Society:
7) AUT-2 (GL) - Engine Room permanently attended and central
propulsion control at the vessel's Engine Control Center;
8) AUT-H24 (GL) - Engine Room periodically unattended for all navigation
conditions; and
9) AUT (GL) - Engine Room permanently unattended for all navigation
conditions.
Lloyd`s Register (LRS) Classification Society:
10) CGS (LRS) - Engine Room permanently attended and central
propulsion control at the vessel's Engine Control Center;
11) UMS (LRS) - Engine Room permanently unattended for all navigation
conditions;
12) IP (LRS) - Engine Room permanently unattended plus integrated control
system of propulsion and auxiliary machines from the bridge; and
13) ICC (LRS) - Engine Room controlled and monitored by
computer.
Bureau Veritas (BV) Classification Society:
14) AUT-CCS (BV) - The propulsion plant is operated and monitored from a
permanently attended central control station;
15) AUT-UMS - The Engine Room will be apt to remain periodically
unattended in all navigation conditions, including maneuvers;
16) SYS-NEQ - For vessels equipped with Central Navigation Control at the
bridge including auxiliary navigation equipment, monitoring systems, alarm and
communications systems; and
17) SYS-NEQ-1 - Similar to the notation SYS-NEQ, but with additional
requirements to the bridge arrangement aiming at enabling operation of the vessel with
only one man at the bridge.
Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Classification Society:
18) ECO (DNV) - Engine Room permanently attended and central
propulsion control at the vessel's Engine Control Center; and
19) EO (DNV) - Engine Room unattended or periodically unattended, with
alarms at the bridge and at engineer officer cabins plus propulsion control system at the
bridge.
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai do Brasil (NKK) Classification Society:
20) MC (NKK) - Engine Room permanently attended and
Mod 13
ANNEX 1-C
central propulsion control at the vessel's Engine Control Center; and

21) MO (NKK) - Engine Room periodically unattended.
Registro Italiano Navale (RINA) Classification Society:
22) AUT-CCS (RINA) - The propulsion plant is operated and monitored from a
permanently attended central control station;
23) AUT-UMS (RINA) - Engine Room periodically unattended in free
navigation, as well as in normal maneuver conditions, i. e., engine ready in departure
conditions or stopped at end of voyage. The conditions for unattended Engine Room are
planned to encompass a period of 24 consecutive hours;
24) AUT-IMS (RINA) - Assigned to vessels which meet the requirements of
notation AUT-UMS and are also provided with an Integrated Central; and
25) AUT-PORT (RINA) - Ships the automation systems of which are qualified
and recognized as adequate for the ship to function with the engine rooms not periodically
attended when moored to a port / dock, without crew members performing the traditional
watchkeeping service at the engine rooms. This qualification is only assigned to the ship in
relation to port or dock, meaning, it is an additional notation which may accompany another
notation.
5 - VESSEL WITHOUT AN AUTOMATION NOTATION

a) For a Long Range or Coastal vessel not carrying a NGAPM issued by a recognized
Classification Society, will be understood as a vessel with a high engine automation level -
equivalent to the most complex NGAPM such as those of levels E and F, and the
simultaneous existence on board, with no operational restrictions, of the following systems:
1) main engine(s) (MCP):
- remote control from the bridge or Engine Control Center;
- automatic rotation speed control by variation of parameters related to the lube
oil pressure, cooling oil pressure, temperatures of crankshaft or thrust bearings, cooling
water pressure, discharge gases temperature, and carter gases pressure and temperature;
- automatic arresting system for rotation-speeding, lube oil abnormal pressures
and bearing abnormal temperatures;
- emergency manual arresting system at the bridge and
Engine Control Center;
programmable acceleration system; and
- performance monitoring system.
2) diesel-generator groups (MCA):
- a system which provides automatic bus engagement / disengagement to meet
the variations of electric load, parallelism and synchronism;
- automatic system for load division between generators (parallelism);
- automatic system for cranking-up and bus engagement of the standby diesel
generator, when the on-line generator disengages the bus due to technical problems;
- automatic electric supply system - automatic power supply of the vessel's
essential systems, when power supply interruption occurs:
emergency lighting;
steering system;
navigation system;
communications system;
lubrication, cooling and fuel system of the main engine;
Mod 13

ANNEX 1-C
compressed air crank-up system;

engine room ventilation.
- automatic bus-segregation system, when a short-circuit occurs;
-
3) auxiliary boilers:
- alarm, control and monitoring automatic system with automatic cut of
the fuel supply when abnormal levels of feed water, failure of forced ventilation and burning
failure occur; and
- emergency stop manual system placed at the Engine Control Center
;
4) compressed air plant:
- automatic start and stop system;
- automatic crank-up system of the standby compressor; and
- automatic drainage system.
5) pumps:
- automatic commuting system for pumps of the following systems:
steering gear;
main engine cooling water circulation;
lube oil, main;
main engine fuel oil;
auxiliary boilers fuel oil;
boiler feed water;
- starting and automatic stop system for the fuel oil pumps transferring oil to the
service tank; and
- starting and automatic stop system for the Engine Room bilge pump
;
6) purifiers - automatic sludge-draining system;
7) container cargo monitoring - alarm and remote monitoring system for
refrigerated containers with indicators for temperature, power supply, compressor
functioning and defrosting operation;
8) stability - automatic heel-compensation system;
9) engine installation alarm system - with information to the Engineer Officers'
cabins and bridghe; and
10) fire detection - Engine Room provided with an automatic fire alarm system.
b) A vessel that has neither a NGAPM nor the simultaneous presence of the above
mentioned systems must have for its Engine Room an identical crew as that defined for the
automation level A (table of item 4 a) ), increased by one (01) Oiler, making a total of ten
(10) crew members in that Section.
Mod 13
ANNEX 1-D
CREW MEMBER TABLE FOR MARITIME SUPPORT VESSELS
I) Deck Section
GROSS TONNAGE

FUNCTION
GT higher than GT higher than GT higher than GT higher than 500
GT lower than or
50 and lower than 100 and lower than 300 and lower than and lower than or GT higher than 3000
equal to 50
or equal to 100 or equal to 300 or equal to 500 equal to
3000

CTR MCB
II/3 (no restriction in II/3 (no restriction in
1ON/2ON
MOC (limited to 20 MNC (limited to 20 AJB); AJB) + IV/2; CB/1ON(*) II/2+ IV/2
Captain, Master II/2 (no restriction in
NM) NM)
AJB) + IV/2;

II/4 up to 20 NM II/4 up to 20 NM

CTR MCB 2ON
II/3 (no restriction in II/3 (no restriction in II/2 (no restriction in
AJB); AJB) + IV/2; AJB) + IV/2;
MOC (limited to 20 MNC (limited to 1ON II/2+ IV/2
Executive Officer
NM) 20 NM)
MCB II/3
II/4 up to 20 NM II/4 up to 20 NM w/restrictions of GT
up to
1600 and 20 NM.
Navigation 2ON II/1+ IV/2
- - - - (*4)
Watchkeeping
1 MNC and
Deck Chores - - - 1 MOC 1 MNC
1 MOC
Radio
Communications (*1) (*1) (1*) (*2) (*2) (*2)
Officer
ENF/ASA - - (*3) (*3) (*3) (*3)
Cook - - CZA CZA CZA CZA
Steward - - - TAA TAA TAA
Abbreviations:
NM - nautical miles;
MOC - Ordinary Seaman;
MCB - Coastal Master;
-1-D-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 18
ANNEX 1-D
20N - 2nd Deck Officer;

1ON - 1st Deck Officer;
CCB - Coastal Captain;
AJB - Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters;
no restriction in AJB - means no distance limitation from shore, within Brazilian jurisdictional waters; and
Rules - II/2; II/3; II/4; IV/2 of the STCW Convention.
Notes:
1ON(*) - bearing a Qualification Certificate with no limitations;
(*1) - For vessels not equipped with GMDSS, the function must be held by at least one crew member with a Certificate of Limited Radio Operator.
(*2) - The function of Radio Communications Officer may be accumulated by a crew member fitting STCW Rule IV/2.
(*3) -The embarkation of one ENF/ASA is required in sailings longer than 48 hours for passenger vessels, and in sailings longer than 72 hours for vessels carrying
only cargo.
(*4) - If the Captain does not participate in watchkeeping service, a 2ON qualified under STCW Rules II/1 and IV/2 must be added.
II) Engine Section:
(a) Maritimesupportvesselswithinstalledpropulsionpowerabove3000kW.
LEVEL CATEGORY / QUANTITY

TOTAL
TYPE 1OM 2OM CDM MNM MOM
A 1 1 1 1 1 5
B 1 1 - 1 1 4
C 1 1 - 1 1 4
D 1 1 - 1 - 3
E 1 1 - 1 - 3
F 1 1 - - 1 3
Mod 18
ANNEX 1-D
(b) Maritimesupportvesselswithinstalledpropulsionpowerhigherthan1000kWandlowerthanorequalto3000kW.
LEVEL CATEGORY / QUANTITY

TOTAL
TYPE 2OM CDM MNM MOM
A 1 1 2 - 4
B 1 1 1 1 4
C 1 1 1 - 3
D 1 1 1 - 3
E 1 1 - 1 3
F 1 1 - - 2
(c) Maritimesupportvesselswithinstalledpropulsionpowerlowerthanorequalto1000kW.

HIGHER THAN 250 HIGHER THAN 500
LOWER THAN OR
POWER KW AND LOWER KW AND LOWER
EQUAL TO
THAN OR EQUAL THAN OR EQUAL
250 KW
TO 500 KW TO 1000 KW

CREW 1 MOM 1 MNM 1 CDM and 1 MNM
Abbreviations:
kW - kilowatt;
Level Type - means the engine room automation level, as discriminated in Annex 1-C;
1OM - First Engineer Officer;
2OM - Second Engineer Officer;
CDM - Petty Officer Engineer;
MNM - Oiler; and
MOM - Wiper.
Mod 18
ANNEX 1-D
(d)MaritimesupportvesselswithGTlowerthanorequalto500andinstalledpropulsionpowerhigherthan1000KWandlowerthanorequalto3000KW

CATEGORY / QUANTITY
LEVEL TYPE TOTAL
CDM MNM MOM
A 2 2 - 4
B 2 1 1 4
C 2 1 - 3
D 2 1 - 3
E 2 - 1 3
F 2 - - 2
Mod 18
ANNEX 2-A
INDEX OF THE RELEVANT LEGISLATION
a) Law n0 9537 of Dec 11, 1997 providing for the waterways traffic safety
(LESTA);
b) Law n0 9432 of Jan 8, 1997 providing for the systematic arrangement of waterways
traffic and other matters;
c) Decree n0 2256 of Jan 17, 1997 regulating the Brazilian Special Registry (REB);
d) Federal Constitution of 1988 art. 5, item XXXIV, subparagraph b) providing for

the emission of certificates by public offices and the nationality of shipowners and
proprietors of national vessels;
e) Law n 7652 of 2/3/1988 providing for the Maritime Property Registration and other
matters;
f) Law no. 8,374 of 12/30/1991, which provides for the Compulsory Insurance for
Personal Injury caused by vessels or their cargo (DPEM) and other matters;
g) Resolution n 9 of 7/17/1992 from SUSEP, which approves the Disciplinary

Standards and General Conditions of insurance (DPEM);
h) Law n0 9,774 of 12/21/1998 changing Law n 7,652 of 2/3/1988 which provides for the
Maritime Property Registration and other matters;
- 2 - A - 1 - NORMAM-1/DPC
ANNEX 2-B
BRAZILIAN NAVY BADE
Vessel Updating Bulletin
( ) Vessel subject to registration at the TM
( ) Vessel not subject to registration at theTM
VESSEL'S DATA
(1) Process effected: (2) No of the Construction License or (3) Vessel's Enrollment Number: (4) Name of the CP, DL or AG
(a) Inclusion (b) Amendment Construction License for a vessel already office of enrollment:
(c) Deactivation (d) Reactivation built: (_________________)
(e) Exclusion
(______/_____________/_______) (_______/_______________/______)
(5) Vessel's Name:

(_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________)
(6) No IMO (7) Enrollment Date: (8) Tonnage:

Gross Tonnage:_____________________ Net Tonnage: _______________
Calculation method used :
(__________________________________) (______/_________/________) (___) according to the TONNAGE 69 Convention
(___) prior to the TONNAGE 69 Convention
(9) Number of (10) No of the (11) Navigation Type: (12) Type of (13) Classification of Activity and / or service (14) IRIN (Call
Side Propellers : TM Propulsion: type: Sign) :
(_____) fore Registration (________) 1st Classification (________) 1st Classification
(_____) midship (________)2nd Classification (when applicable)
(_____) aft (________) ( ______) 2nd Classification (when applicable) (___________) (________)3rd Classification (when applicable)
See note: 2 (________) 4th Classification (when applicable) (__________)
(15) Safe Manning crew (16) Number of (17) Vessel Type: (18) Present status of the (20) DWT (in tons):
(19) Hull Number:
members number: Passenger(s):
vessel:
(____________________)
(_______________) (_______________) (____________________)
(__________________) (___________________)
(21) Total Length (m): (22) LPP (m) : (23) Hull Material : (24) Superstructure (25) Breadth (m) : (26) Depth (m): (27) Contour (m) :
Material:
(_______________) (____________) (_____________) (____________) (_______________) (________________) (_________________)
(28) Draught (29) Light Draught (m): (30) Navigation Equipment: Mark the (31) Common Equipment (Mark the existing with an X) (32) Static Traction
Loaded (m): existing with an X (__) HF (__) SSB (__) UHF (__) VHF w/o DSC (__) VHF with DSC (Ton x m):
(__) Satellite (GPS or equivalent) (__) GMDSS - Global Maritime Safety System
(__) Radar (__) INMASART A - No_______________________________
(____________) (_____________) (__) Echo Sounder (__) INMASART B - No_______________________________ (_____________)
(__) Radio Direction Finder (__) INMASART C -No_______________________________
(33) Construction Year: (34) Keel Laying Date : (35) Launching Date : (36) Type of the 1st (37) Storage (38) Type of the 2nd (39) Storege
fuel: fuel: capacity:
(__________________) (_____/______/________) capacity:
(_____/______/_______) (_____________) (____________) (___________)
(___________)
o st nd
(40) Number of (41) Propulsion engine(s) total (42) N of 1 Engine: (43) No of 2 Engine:
propulsion engine(s): power (KW):
(_______________________)
(________________) add up the power of all engines (__________________________________) (_____________________________________)
(44) Range (miles): (45) Cruise Speed (knots): (46) Mortgage: (47) No of Compulsory Insurance (48) Insurance Validity:
(DPEM):
(___________________) (__________________) (____) YES (____) NO (______/_______/_____)
(________________________)
(49) Name of the Classification Society (when applicable) : (50) Heliport ?
(_____________________________________________________________) (__) YES (__) NO

PROPRIETOR / SHIPOWNER DATA:
o o
(51) N of CPF or CNPJ (52) Proprietor/Shipowner ID N : (53) Issue Office: (54) ST (55) Name of the proprietor / shipowner:
(1) CPF no (______________________)
(___________________________) (_______________) (______)
(2) CNPJ no (_____________________) (____________________________________________)
(56) Proprietor / shipowner's Full Address:
(_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________)
(57) CEP: (58) NEIGHBORHOOD : (59) CITY: (60) ST:
(___________________________) (_________________________) (_________________________________________) (________________)

(61) Telephone (area code / number): (62) Fax (area code / number): (63) Nationality: (64) E-mail:
(_______________________________________) (_______________________________________) (____________________) (____________________)

CO-PROPRIETOR / SHIPOWNER DATA:
(65) No of CPF or CNPJ (66) Co-Prop/Shipowner ID No : (67) Issue Office: (68) ST (69) Name of 2nd proprietor / shipowner :
(1) CPF no (______________________)
(___________________________) (_______________) (______) (____________________________________________)
(2) CNPJ no (_____________________)
(70)Co-proprietor / Shipowner's Full Address: (71) CEP (72) NEIGHBORHOOD: (73) CITY (74) ST
(_______________________________________________________) (_____________) (______________________) (______________________) (__________)
(75) Telephone (area code/number): (76) Fax (area code / number): (77) Nationality: (78) E-mail:
(______________________________) (___________________________) (_______________________________) (________________________________)
APPLICANT'S SIGNATURE
(79) Applicant's Signature: (80) DATE:
(____________________________________________________________________________________________) (______/____________/________)
(81) Stamp and Signature of the Clerk responsible for checking : (82) DATE:
(____________________________________________________________________________________________) (_______/__________/_________)
(1) FILLING THE HATCHED FIELDS IS MANDATORY, IN ORDER TO ENABLE THE INCLUSION OF DATA IN THE VESSELS SYSTEM;
(2) FOR VESSELS NOT SUJBECT TO TM REGISTRATION, FIELD NO (10) DOES NOT NEED TO BE FILLED IN; AND
(3) FIELDS 1, 3, 4, 7, 11, 13 AND 18 MUST BE FILLED IN BY THE CP/DL/AG OFFICES;
-2-B-1- NORMAM-01
Mod 25
ANEXO 2-B
NECESSARY DOCUMENTATION FOR VESSEL ENROLLMENT AND / OR
REGISTRATION OR CANCELLATION OF ENROLLMENT AND / OR REGISTRATION:: VESSELS NOT VESSELS
1) the documents of items 1, 7, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 21 must be presented in their SUBJECT TO TM SUBJECT TO TM
original issues. REGISTRATION. REGISTRATION.
2) the documents listed below do not totally exclude additional requirements from
the Maritime Tribunal.
MARK WITH AN "X" THE SQUARES CORRESPONDING TO ENROLL CANCELL
DOCUMENTS RECEIVED: MENT ATION
1) NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT OF
RESPONSIBILITY (WHEN APPLICABLE).
2) TONNAGE CERTIFICATE (FOR VESSELS WITH GT>50) OR
TONNAGE NOTES (FOR VESSELS WITH GT <=50).
3) FREEBOARD CERTIFICATE.
4) STATUTORY CERTIFICATES ( SAFETY CERTIF. OF PASSENGER / CARGO
SHIPS, OF CONST. EQUIP., OF COMPLIANCE, IOPP, RADIO, ETC).
5) CONSTRUCTION LICENSE OR CONSTRUCTION LICENSE
FOR VESSELS ALREADY BUILT (WHEN APPLICABLE).
6) ENROLLMENT TITLE (TIE).
7) CHECKING REPORT OF PASSENGER CAPACITY AND PMC PLUS ONE
15 X 21 PHOTO SHOWING THE VESSEL'S SIDE (VESSELS WITH GT<=20,
PASSENGER OR PASSENGER AND CARGO).
8) CTS FOR VESSELS WITH GT>10.
9) CLEARANCE FROM THE NAVAL INSPECTION (KEEP AT THE CP/DL/AG).
10) BUILDER CERTIFICATE / DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE INSTRUMENT /
STATEMENT OF QUITTANCE AND GUARANTEE.
11) VESSEL'S HISTORY REPORT (ISSUED BY THE SISGEMB).
12) DOCUMENT REQUESTING ENROLLMENT AND / OR REGISTRATION, OR
CANCELLATION OF ENROLLMENT AND / OR REGISTRATION (FOR UNION,
STATE OR MUNICIPALTY VESSELS).
13) PHOTOCOPY OF THE ID AND CPF CARDS (FOR A NATURAL PERSON);
STATUTES OF INCORPORATION PLUS CNPJ (FOR A LEGAL PERSON).
14) POWER OF ATTORNEY (WHEN APPLICABLE).
15) LIABILITY INSURANCE FOR PERSONAL INJURY CAUSED BY A VESSEL OR
ITS CARGO (DPEM).
16) APPLICATION (Annex 2-E) DATED AND SIGNED BY THE APPLICANT AND BY
THE CLERK OF THE RECEIVING OFFICE.
18) SHIPOWNER'S REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THE TM (When
applicable).
19) REGISTRATION PROVISION (PRPM).
20) ORIGINAL DARF OF FEE PAYMENT (CODE 1505) AND ORIGINAL DARF
FOR PAYMENT OF EVENTUAL FINES (CODE 3391).
21) PROOF OF QUITTANCE OF FISCAL DEBTS AND SOCIAL SECURITY CHARGES
(CND; INSS AND FGTS - INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE), AS PROVIDED IN ART. 9
OF LAW No.7652/88, AMMENDED BY LAW N 9774/98.
22) AUTHORIZATION FROM THE NATIONAL WATERWAYS TRANSPORTATION
AGENCY (ANTAQ) FOR INCLUSION IN LINE (when applicable).
23) LICENSE FROM THE FEDERAL OFFICE IN CHARGE OF THE FISHING
ACTIVITY, IN THE CASE OF VESSELS INTENDED FOR FISHING, AND LICENSE
FROM EMBRATUR OR SUBORDINATED OFFICE IN THE CASE OF VESSELS
INTENDED FOR TOURISM (PHOTOCOPY).
24) PROOF OF CANCELLATION (CHECK THE ARTICLE RELATED TO
CANCELLATION OF ENROLLMENT AND / OR REGISTRATION).
25) PROOF OF NATIONALITY - CHECK THE ARTICLE RELATED TO THE
PROPRIETOR'S NATIONALITY.
26) DEEDS AND ADDITIONS RELATED TO THE VESSEL'S CONSTRUCTION
FINANCING AT THE BNDES (WHEN APPLICABLE).
27) DEED OF PURCHASE AND SALE (IN THE CASE OF EXPORT).
28) PROOF OF THE ENGINE'S ACQUISITION.
29) PROOF OF THE VESSEL'S ACQUISITION.
30) FOR VESSELS ACQUIRED ABROAD, PROOF OF ACQUISITION ABROAD (BILL OF
SALE) OR COMMERCIAL INVOICE WITH PROOF OF BANK REMITTANCE OF THE
ACQUISITION AMOUNT (WITH A SWORN TRANSLATION).
31) FOR VESSELS ACQUIRED ABROAD, PROOF OF IMPORT REGULARIZATION
BEFORE THE RELEVANT OFFICE (IMPORT FORM ISSUED BY THE INTERNAL
REVENUE SERVICE).
32) SALE TO A FOREIGN COUNTRY: NEGATIVE CERTIFICATE OF DEBT (CND)
/SALE AUTHORIZATION FROM ANTAQ / EXPORT FORM.
33 ) CONTINUOUS SYNOPSIS RECORD (CSR) (SOLAS VESSELS ON INTERNATIONAL
VOYAGE)
ON ____/____/____ I CERTIFY THAT THE LIST OF ON ____/____/____ THE ATTACHED DOCUMENTS
ATTACHED DOCUMENTS MARKED WITH AN X IN THE ( ) COMPLY ( ) DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE
FORM ABOVE HAVE BEEN EFFECTIVELY RECEIVED INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS BULLETIN
AND CHECKED
HARBOR MASTER/DELEGATE/AGENT OR
(_____________________________________________) (_____________________________________________)
PERSON IN CHARGE HEAD OF THE TM REGISTRY DIVISION
(FILLED IN BY THE TM)
-2-B-2- NORMAM-01
Mod 25
Annex 2-B
BADE COMPLETION INSTRUCTIONS
Field 1 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the Process
number.
Field 2 Enter the number of the Construction License or Construction License for a vessel
already built.
Field 3 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the vessel's
enrollment number.
Field 4 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the name of
the jurisdictional office.
Field 5 Enter the vessel's name.
Field 6 Enter the IMO (INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION) number
of the vessel.
Field 7 Enter the vessel's enrollment date.
Field 8 Enter the values of the vessel's Gross and Net Tonnage and mark with "x" the
tonnage calculation method used.
Field 9 Enter the number of side propellers located forward (AV), at midship
(MN) and abaft (RE).
Field 10 Enter the Maritime Tribunal Registration number.
Field 11 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the vessel
navigation type. Enter the vessel's 2nd navigation area (when applicable).
Field 12 Enter the vessel's propulsion type.

Field 13 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the activity or
service type. The vessel may have up to 4 (four) types of activity and / or service.
Field 14 Enter the Call Sign (IRIN - International Radio Indicator).

Field 15 Enter the number of safe manning crew members.
Field 16 Enter the number of passengers.
Field 17 Enter the vessel type.
Field 18 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the vessel's
present condition.
Field 19 Enter the vessel's hull number.
Field 20 Enter the vessel's DWT (Deadweight Tonnage) value.
Field 21 Enter the vessel's total length, in meters.
Field 22 Enter the length between perpendiculars (LPP), in meters.
Field 23 Enter the hull material.
Field 24 Enter the superstructure material.
Field 25 Enter the vessel's breadth, in meters.
Field 26 Enter the vessel's depth, in meters.
Field 27 Enter the vessel's contour value, in meters.
Field 28 Enter the vessel's loaded draught, in meters.
Field 29 Enter the vessel's unloaded draught, in meters.
Field 30 Mark with "X" the existing navigation equipment on board.
Field 31 Mark with "X" the existing communications equipment on board.
HF - High Frequency/SSB - Single Side Band/UHF - Ultra High Frequency/VHF -
Very High Frequency with or w/o DSC (Digital Selective Calling )/INMARSAT A, B
or C with the respective numbers and GMDSS -Global Maritime Distress Safety
System.
Field 32 Enter the value of static traction of the vessel (tugs only), in metric tons.
Field 33 Enter the vessel's construction date.

Field 34 Enter the keel laying date of the vessel.
- 2- B -3 - NORMAM-01
Mod 25
Annex 2-B
Field 35 Enter the vessel's launching date.
Field 36 Enter the first fuel type.
Field 37 Enter the value of storage capacity of the first fuel type.
Field 38 Enter the fuel type.

Field 39 Enter the value of storage capacity of the second fuel type.
Field 40 Enter the number of propulsion engines in the vessel.

Field 41 Enter the value of the total power of propulsion engines, in KW (add up the
individual power values of all engines).
Field 42 Enter the 1st engine's number (when applicable).
Field 43 Enter the 2nd engine's number (when applicable).
Field 44 Enter the vessel's range value (in nautical miles).
Field 45 Enter the vessel's cruise speed, in knots.
Field 46 Enter (yes) if the vessel is mortgaged, and (no) if it is not.
Field 47 Enter the number of the vessel's mandatory insurance policy (DPEM).
Field 48 Enter the validity expiration date of the vessel's mandatory insurance policy .
Field 49 Enter the vessel's Classification Society name.
Field 50 Enter (x) yes if the vessel has a heliport, and (x) no if it has not.
Field 51 Enter the CPF / CNPJ of the proprietor / shipowner.

Field 52 Enter the ID Card number of the proprietor / shipowner.
Field 53 Enter the name of the ID Card issuing office.
Field 54 Enter the State (ST) of the ID Card issuing office.
Field 55 Enter the name of the vessel's proprietor / shipowner.
Field 56 Enter the vessel's proprietor / shipowner complete address.
Field 57 Enter the vessel's proprietor / shipowner address ZIP code.
Field 58 Enter the vessel's proprietor / shipowner address neighborhood name.
Field 59 Enter the vessel's proprietor / shipowner address city name.
Field 60 Enter the vessel's proprietor / shipowner address state acronym.
Field 61 Enter the telephone number of the proprietor / shipowner.

Field 62 Enter the fax number of the proprietor / shipowner.
Field 63 Enter the nationality of the proprietor / shipowner.
Field 64 Enter the e-mail address of the proprietor / shipowner.
Field 65 Enter the CPF / CNPJ of the co-proprietor / shipowner.
Field 66 Enter the ID Card number of the co-proprietor / shipowner.
Field 67 Enter the name of the ID Card issuing office.

Field 68 Enter the State (ST) of the ID Card issuing office.
Field69 Enter the complete name of the vessel's co-proprietor / shipowner.
Field 70 Enter the vessel's co-proprietor / shipowner complete address.
Field 71 Enter the vessel's co-proprietor / shipowner address ZIP code.
Field 72 Enter the vessel's co-proprietor / shipowner address neighborhood name.
Field 73 Enter the vessel's co-proprietor / shipowner address city name.
Field 74 Enter the vessel's co-proprietor / shipowner address state acronym.
Field 75 Enter the telephone number of the co-proprietor / shipowner.

Field 76 Enter the fax number of the co-proprietor / shipowner.
- 2- B -4 - NORMAM-01
Mod 25
Annex 2-B
Field 77 Enter the nationality of the co-proprietor / shipowner.
Field 78 Enter the e-mail address of the co-proprietor / shipowner. o
Field 79 Enter the applicant's signature.
Field 80 Enter the date of the applicant's signature on the BADE.
Field 81 Filled in by the Harbor Master Offices or subordinated offices. Enter the stamp and
signature of the clerk responsible for checking the documents.
Field 82 Enter the date on which the presented documents were checked.
- 2- B -5 - NORMAM-01
Mod 25
ANNEX 2-C
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(OM)
VESSELSINTERIMENROLLMENTTITLENUMBER
1. VESSEL NAME
2. ENROLLMENT No.
3. ENROLLMENT DATE
4. ENROLLMENT BOOK
5. ENROLLMENT SHEET
6. VESSEL TYPE
7. NAVIGATION AREA
8. PROPULSION TYPE
9. TYPE OF ACTIVITY OR SERVICE
10. CREW MEMBERS
11. PASSENGERS
12. MORTGAGE
13. 1st/2nd ENGINE NUMBERS
14. HULL NUMBER
15. GROSS TONNAGE
16. NET TONNAGE
17. DEADWEIGHT TONS
18. TOTAL LENGTH
19. BREADTH
20. DEPTH
21. LIGHTWEIGHT DRAUGHT
22. LOADED DRAUGHT
23. CONTOUR
24. CONSTRUCTION YEAR
25. BUILDER
26. HULL CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL -
27. PROPRIETOR / SHIPOWNER
28.CPF/CNPJ
29. ADDRESS
30. NEIGHBORHOOD
31. CITY - STATE
32. 2nd PROPRIETOR
33.CPF/CNPJ 2
34. ADDRESS 2
35. CITY - STATE 2
Notes:
ISSUEDATE: / / . VALIDUNTIL____/_____/____
SIGNATURE OF PERSON IN CHARGE SIGNATURE OF CLERK
-2-C-1- NORMAM-1/DPC
ANNEX 2-D
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(OM)
INTERIMDOCUMENTOFOWNERSHIPNo.______VALIDUNTIL___/___/___
1. VESSEL NAME
2. ENROLLMENT No
3. ENROLLMENT DATE
4. ENROLLMENT BOOK
5. ENROLLMENT SHEET
6. INTERNATIONAL RADIO IND. -
7. VESSEL TYPE
8. NAVIGATION AREA
9. PROPULSION TYPE
10. TYPE OF ACTIVITY OR SERVICE
11. CREW MEMBERS
12. PASSENGERS
13) CONSTRUCTION YEAR
14. BUILDER
15. HULL CONSTRUCTION MAT. -
16. SUPERSTRUCTURE MAT. -
17. ENGINE(S) POWER
18. TOTAL OF ENGINES
19. FUEL TYPE
20. STORAGE CAPACITY -
21. GROSS TONNAGE
22. NET TONNAGE
23. DEADWEIGHT TONS
24. TOTAL LENGTH
25. BREADTH
26. DEPTH
27. LIGHTWEIGHT DRAUGHT
28. LOADED DRAUGHT
29. PROPRIETOR NAME
30. CPF/CNPJ
31. ADDRESS
32. CITY - STATE
33. SECOND PROPRIETOR
34.CPF/CNPJ (2)
35. ADDRESS (2)
36. CITY - STATE
Notes:
ISSUEDATE: / / .
SIGNATURE OF PERSON IN CHARGE SIGNATURE OF CLERK
ANNEX 2-E
TO THE
HON. PRESIDENT OF THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL
MR. HARBOR MASTER (DELEGATE, AGENT) OF THE

STATE HARBOR MASTER OFFICE
(stamp)
APPLICANT
NAME
ADDRESS No. APT._____ /ROOM_____CITY
ST___ IDNo.____ ISSUEOFF.____ ZIP_ TEL
FAX CPF/CNPJ SHIPOWNER REGISTERED
YES NO TM REGISTR. No ___ NOTES_______
VESSEL
ENROLLMENTNo.____TMREGISTR.No.__NAME___GT___
HULLNo._______
CLASSIFICATION
HEREBYREQUESTS:
PROPERTYTRANSFER ()KEEPTHESAMENAMEOR
()CHANGENAMETO
1stOPTION 2ndOPTION 3rdOPTION
ANNOTATIONOFVESSELCHARACTERISTICSAND/ORCHANGEOFTHEPROPRIETOR'SBUSINESSNAME
ORADDRESS(PROOFOFTHEPROPRIETOR'SADDRESSCHANGESHALLBEREQUIRED)
NEW ADDRESS:
LIENREGISTRATION LIENANNOTATION LIENCANCELLATION

SHIPOWNERREGISTRATION ANNOTATIONOFTHESHIPOWNERCONDITION OTHERANNOTATIONS
AND/ORCHANGEOFBUSINESSNAME
VESSEL ENROLLMENT AND / OR REGISTRATION
CANCELLATIONOFTHEPROPERTYREGISTERNo._____MOTIVE:
CANCELLATIONOFSHIPOWNERREGISTERNo._____MOTIVE:
(FILLINTHEFRAMEBELOWONLYINTHECASESOFSHIPOWNERREGISTRATIONANDANNOTATIONOFTHE
SHIPOWNERCONDITION)
BUSINESSPARTNERMANAGERS
NAME CPF/CNPJ %OFVOTINGSTOCK_______
NATIONALITY
NAME CPF/CNPJ %OFVOTINGSTOCK_______
NATIONALITY
NAME CPF/CNPJ % OF VOTING STOCK _______
NATIONALITY
_
Place and date Applicant's notarized signature and CPF/CNPJ
- 2 - E - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
ANNEX 2-E
TABLE OF NECESSARY DOCUMENTS

ACRONYMS
Amaritimepropertytransfer C changeofbusinessname Elienregistration,annotationandcancellation
A1vesselsubjecttoTMregistration C1vesselsubjecttoTMregistration E1lienregistration
A2vesselnotsubjecttoTMregistration C2 vesselnotsubjecttoTMregistration E2lienannotation
Bannotationofchangeinvesselcharacteristics D shipownerregistration,annotationofshipownercondition E3liencancellation
andcancellationofshipownerregister
B1vesselsubjecttoTMregistration D1shipownerregistration
B2vesselnotsubjecttoTMregistration D2annotationofshipownercondition Fotherannotations
D3cancellationofshipownerregister
D4 change of business name
DOCUMENTS
A B C D E F
necessary documents hull under vessel vessel not
construction subject subject to TM
to TM registration
registration
A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E1 E2 E3 E1 E2 E3
1. Register Provision or TIE (according to the case)
2. Shipowner Certificate of Registration
3. Navigation Safety Certificate or Instrument of
Responsibility (when applicable)
4. Tonnage Certificate or Note (when applicable)
5. BADE
6. Report of National Vessel (SISGEMB)
7. Rigging contract
8. Construction License
9.f; Lien instrument: public or private (mortgage, rural
pledging instrument, chattel mortgage, commercial
pledge note)
10. Proof of quittance of fiscal liens and social security
debts
11. Proof:
a) of a natural person or individual corporation;
b) if fishing rig, exempted from proof;
c) of a legal person: statutes or articles of
incorporation with amendments.
10. Copy of doc. authorizing the change of characteristics,
name, classification, or installation or change of engine /
motor
11. Authorization from the National Waterways
Transportation Agency
- 2 - E - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
ANNEX 2-E
necessary documents A B C D hull under vessel vessel not
construction subject to TM subject to TM F
registration registration
- -
A1 A2 B1 B2 C1 C2 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E1 E2 E3 E1 E2 E3
12. Notarized Power of Attorney (when applicable)
13. Proof of change of the incorporation act (for a public
enterprise), or proof of filing with a commercial
registry (for
an individual corporation, or assembly record
w/ change of business name (for a S.A. and a
14. Proof of acquisition: purchase and sale deed or other
property transfer instrument which
carries a mention to debt quittance with INSS and the
National Treasury
15. Proof of cancellation
16. Proof of nationality
17. Bill of sale
18. Bill of sale or invoice of the motor or engine
19. Vessel total insurance or statement from the

insurer (compulsory insurance - DPEM)
20. Authorization from the relevant Federal Office for a
fishing vessel (return to the party concerned after the
checking procedure)
21. ID and CPF/CNPJ photocopies
22. Clearance from the Naval Inspection
23. Payment of TM fees - DARF (form w/bank mechanized
authentication)
24. Insertion/updating of the SISGEMB (by the CP/DL/AG
25. Document related to the intended annotation
26. List of the vessels to be included in or withdrawn
from the applicant's shipowner activity
On / / , I hereby declare that the list of On / / ,Iherebydeclarethattheattached

documents marked with "X"in the above frame were effectively documentscomply___donotcomply___withtheinformation
received and checked
containedinthissheet.
HarborMaster/Delegate/Agentorauthorizedclerk Head Registry Division, TM (filled in by the TM)

- 2 - E - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 25
ANNEX 2-F
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(MILITARYORGANIZATIONOFISSUE)
CERTIFICATENo._____/___
Following the resolution of Mr. (Harbor Master / Delegate / Agent), expressed

intheapplicationdatedof ___/___/___of
Mr.(Mrs)___________________________,recordedinthis(CP/DL/AGoffice)underNo.___
, requesting a Certificate of Entire Content of the vessel named
and enrollment no ___________________ , for the purpose of
, I hereby certify that Mr(Mrs) ___________________ appear in the
registry of this (CP / DL / AG office) as proprietor(s) of the referred vessel, which has the following
characteristics: (describe all the recorded characteristics of the vessel). And without any further
records on the required issue, I _______ name of the clerk), ____________________ (rank or
graduation or category), _____________ (function), issued the
present Certificate which is dated and signed by me.
(Local in full text), (dated in full)
(Name of the office Head or clerk with

powerdelegationforsigning)
-2 - F - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-G
Side Propeller Indication Mark
-2-G-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-H
BULBOUS BOW INDICATION MARK
-2-H-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-I
BRAZILIAN NAVY
OFFICE NAME
VESSEL QUALIFICATION CERTIFICATE FOR THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL
REGISTRY
For the purpose of presentation to the Maritime Tribunal, I hereby certify that the
vessel described as follows meets the requirements of subparagraphs e), f) and g) of
Decree No.2256 of June 17, 1997, article 4th, paragraph 3rd, regulating the BRAZILIAN
SPECIAL REGISTRY (REB):
NAME:
SHIP TYPE:
ENROLLMENT No. (when applicable):
CONSTRUCTION YEAR:
IMO No.:
SHIP'S CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY:
INTERNATIONAL INDICATIVE (IRIN):
GROSS TONNAGE (AB): PROPRIETOR /
SHIPOWNER:
CHARTERER (when applicable):
OPERATOR:
,............../.................../........................
HARBOR MASTER / DELEGATE
- 2 - I - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-J
DOCUMENTS VERIFICATION LIST FOR THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY
VESSELS
SHIP TYPES ALL SOLAS VESSELS
NON
passeng chemicals gas chemicals gas oil bulk
er built carrier built after carrier tank carrier
DOCUMENTS 7/1/1986
before built built er -
7/1/1986 before after
Safe Manning Document YES
-
International Tonnage Certificate YES
International Load Line Certificate YES
Navigation Safety Certificate YES
Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate;
YES YES YES YES YES YES
-
Construction Safety Certificate for
YES YES YES YES YES YES
Cargo Ships
Safety Certificate for
YES
Passenger Ships
Equipment Safety Certificate for
YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
Cargo Ships
Liability Insurance Certificate for Damages
Caused by Oil Pollution or Other Equivalent Yes
Financial Guarantee
Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Yes Yes
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk
International Certificate of Fitness for
YES YES
the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk
Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
YES YES
Liquefied Gases in Bulk
International Certificate of Fitness for
YES YES
the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk
InternationalCertificateofPreventionfrom
YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
Pollution by Oil
- 2 - J - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-K
REQUEST FOR IMO NUMBER
Aps preenchido, o presente formulrio dever ser endereado ao:

(Once completed, the present form should be forwarded to:)
1- Lloyds Register - Fairplay Ltd / Lombard house / 3 princess way / Redhill / Surrey RH1
1UP / United Kingdon - Tel: (+44) (0) 1737379000 Fax: (+44) (0) 1737379006
Email: christopher.owen@lrfairplay.com ; leslie.spurling@lrfairpay.com ;
chris.emergy@lrfairplay.com or
2- International Maritime Organization (IMO)/Maritime Safety Division - TCI & PM Section /
fax:(+44) (0) 2075873210
Nome atual (Current name)

Todos os nomes anteriores (All former names)
Nome original (Original name)
Bandeira (Flag) Porto de registro (Port of registry)

IRIN (Call sign) N de inscrio (Official number)
Sociedade classificadora (Classification society)
Conveno tonnage 69 (Tonnage 69 Convention) Sim (Yes) No (No)
Quant., tipo e fabricante do MCP (Quant., type and engine manufaturer of main engines)
Potncia - BHP
(Total BHP) N de propulsores (N of propellers)
Arqueao bruta (Gross tonnage) Arqueao lquida (Net tonnage)

Comprimento total (Length overall) Comp. entre Perp. (Length B. P.)
Boca mxima (Maximum breadth) Boca moldada (Moulded breadth)
Calado (Draught) TPB (Deadweight)
Data do batimento da quilha (Date on which keel was laid) / /

Data de lanamento (Date of launch) / /
Data de converso ( Date of conversion) / /
Estaleiro construtor (Ship builder) N do casco (Hull N)
Construtor subcontratado-se aplicvel (Sub contractor builder- if applicable)

N do casco (Hull N)
Descrio do tipo da embarcao (Ship type description)
Nome do proprietrio (Registered owner)

Endereo do proprietrio (Owners address)
Fax/Tel/Telex/E-mail (Owners Fax/Tel/Telex/E-mail)
Nome e endereo do Gerente (Manager & address)
- -2 - K - 1 NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-L
REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION OF VESSELS
AT THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY (REB)
A Name
P
P Address Number Apt/Room City
L
I
ST Identity Issue Office N. of CGC/CPF
C
A
N N. of Shipowner's Registration
Note.: All fields mandatory and printed
T
HEREBY REQUESTS ACCORDING TO LAW N. 9432, OF 01/08/1997 AND DECREE N. 2256, OF

6/17/1997
PRE-REQUIREMENT AT THE REB

HULL UNDER
Name of Vessel:
Construction License: - Hull identification: Vessel Type: Hull Material:
Classification: N of Crew Members: No. of Passengers: Lpp: Molded Breadth:
Molded Depth: Draught: DWT: Length Overall:
Classification Society: Builder:
Address:
BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY
I) VESSEL WITH MARITIME PROPERTY REGISTRATION AT THE TM:
TM Registration No.: Name of Vessel: Charter Period:
II) VESSEL EXEMPT FROM TM MARITIME PROPERTY REGISTRATION:

TM Registration No.: Name of Vessel: Charter Period:
III) CHARTERED FOREIGN VESSEL:
INFORMATION NOTES
Enrollment No. at a CP, DL or AG
Name of Vessel
Nationality
Charter Period
CANCELLATION AT THE BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY Registration
Preregistration
REB Registration No.: Name of Vessel:
ATTACHING, FOR SUCH PURPOSE, THE DOCUMENTATION INDICATED IN THE LIST SHOWN IN THE BACK,
RELATED TO THE VESSEL / HULL CHARACTERIZED ABOVE.
I HEREBY DECLARE THAT ALL INFORMATION HERE CONTAINED ARE TRUE.
RESOLUTION AT THE TM PROTOCOL:
Documentation: Complete, filed
I APPLY FOR THE GRANT OF MY REQUEST
Incomplete,returned,
missingtheitems
referred to in the numbered list on the , ____/____ , 2_____ .
back.
Rio, _/ _/ .
-2-L-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-L
NECESSARY DOCUMENTATION ENTER AN "x" IN THE SQUARES Cancellation
CORRESPONDING TO DOCUMENTS RECEIVED, ACCORDING TO THE Prereg
REQUIRED ACT. DOCUMENTS IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE istratio Registr Preregist
MUST COME TOGETHER WITH A SWORN TRANSLATION. n ation ration Registr
ation
A) GENERAL(FORALLITEMS)
1DARFOFTHEFEESDUETOTHETM(Bankauthenticatedform):
B) FOR VESSELS ALREADY REGISTERED AT THE TM.
2- COPY OF THE CHARTER CONTRACT, IF THE COMPANY DOES NOT
OWN THE VESSEL:
3- NO-DEBT CERTIFICATE WITH THE INSS AND FEDERAL TAXES
(CNTCF):
4- NO-DEBT CERTIFICATE WITH THE FGTS:
5- VESSEL OWNERSHIP REGISTER PROVISION:
C) FORVESSELSNOTREGISTEREDATTHETM,WITHORWITHOUTPREREGISTRATION.
6- ENROLLMENT NUMBER AT A CP, DL OR AG:
7- NO-DEBT CERTIFICATE WITH THE INSS AND FEDERAL TAXES (CNTCF):
8- NO-DEBT CERTIFICATE WITH THE FGTS:
9COPYOFTHECHARTERCONTRACT,IFTHECOMPANYDOESNOTOWNTHEVESSEL;
D) FOR CHARTERED FOREIGN VESSELS.
10- PROOF OF ENROLLMENT AT THE DOMAIN REGISTRY OF THE
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN;
11- SHIPOWNER'S REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE;
12- PROOF OF TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE ORIGINATING
COUNTRY'S FLAG;
13- COPY OF THE CHARTER CONTRACT;
14- VESSEL FITNESS CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY THE HARBOR MASTER
OFFICE OR ITS DELEGATE OFFICES (Replaces the CSN / International
Certificates and survey report);
15- NO-DEBT CERTIFICATE (CND) WITH THE INSS AND FEDERAL
TAXES (CNTCF);
16- NO-DEBT CERTIFICATE WITH THE FGTS;
17- STATEMENT FROM THE MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION.
E) FOR HULLS UNDER CONSTRUCTION (PREREGISTRATION)
18- COMPANY ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION ORSTATUTESANDTHEIRLAST
AMENDMENTS,DULYREGISTEREDATTHECOMMERCIALRECORDSOFFICE;
19- VESSEL'S CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT;
20- INSTRUMENT OF COMMITMENT FOR THE VESSEL TO BE DEPLOYED
UNDER THE BRAZILIAN FLAG.
F) CANCELLATIONS IN GENERAL (PREREGISTRATION / REGISTRATION)
21- BY REQUEST FROM A BRAZILIAN SHIPPING COMPANY;
22- WHEN OF THE TM PROPERTY REGISTRATION;
23- PROOF OF THE TM REGISTRATION CANCELLATION OF A
BRAZILIAN SHIPPING COMPANY, AS PROVIDED FOR IN LAW No. 7,652
OF 2/3/1988, AMENDED BY LAW No. 9,774 OF 12/21/1998;
24- PROOF OF BAREBOAT CHARTER TO A FOREIGN SHIPPING
COMPANY;
25-PROOF OF THE VESSEL'S SALE;
26-PROOF OF BAREBOAT CHARTER CONTRACT TERMINATION;
27-MISSING DEPOSIT OR WORK COLLECTIVE AGREEMENT AT THE TM
ANNEX 2-M
INSTRUMENT OF COMMITMENT
Name and complete qualification of the applicant, domiciles and resident in the State of
_____,
street ______, (Neighborhood), ZIP ____, under the provisions of
Decree No. 2,256 of June 17, 1997, hereby takes the
formal commitment that the hull named _______, after its construction by the shipyard
_________,
will be deployed under the
Brazilian flag.
______,............../...................,........................
APPLICANT'SSIGNATURE
-2-M-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-N
ANNOTATION OF VESSEL DATA IN THE

BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY (REB)
HON. MR. PRESIDENT OF THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL
A Name
P
P Address Number Apt / Room City
L
I ST Identity Issue Office N. of CPF/CNPJ
C
A Shipowner Registration No. Note:
N
T
HEREBY REQUESTS ANNOTATIONINTHEREBNo.___________,IN THE
PREREGISTRATION
BRAZILIANSPECIALREGISTRYOFVESSEL
OF THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION, ATTACHING FOR SUCH PURPOSE THE RESPECTIVE

SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS HERE ANNEXED:
I APPLY FOR THE GRANT OF MY REQUEST
___, _____ / ____, 2____.

TM PROTOCOL RESOLUTION
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
ATTACHED
NOTATTACHED,RETURNEDTO
APPLICANT
RIO, / / .
-2-N-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-O
DIRETORIA DE PORTOS E COSTAS

REGISTRO CONTNUO DE DADOS (RCD)
CONTINUOS SYNOPSIS RECORD (CSR)
PARA NAVIO COM NMERO IMO:

FOR THE SHIP WITH IMO NUMBER
Emitido de acordo com a Resoluo IMO A. 959(23)

Issued in accordance with IMO Resolution A.
959(23)
DOCUMENTO No :
DOCUMENT NUMBER
As datas devero estar no formato aaaa/mm//dd (dates should be in the format yyyy/mm/dd).
Informao (Information)
1 Este documento vlido a partir de:
(This document applies from (date))
2 Pas de bandeira:
(Flag State)
3 Data de registro no pas indicado no item 2:
(Date of registration with the State Indicated in 2 )
4 Nome do navio:
(Name of ship)
5 Porto de Registro:
(Port of registration)
6 Nome(s) e endereo(s) do(s) proprietrio(s):
(Name and address(es) of current registered
owner(s))
7 Se aplicvel, nome e endereo do afretador a casco nu:
(If applicable, name of current registered bareboat charterer(s))
(Registered address(es))
8 Nome da Companhia (ISM):
(Name of Company (international Safety Management))
Endereo(s) registrado(s):
(Registered address(es))
Endereo(s) onde so gerenciadas as atividades de segurana da
Companhia (se diferente):
(Address(es) of its safety management activities)
9 Nome de todas as Sociedades Classificadoras que mantm o navio
em classe:
(Name of all classification societies which keep the ship to class)
10 Administrao/Governo/Organizao Reconhecida que emitiu o
Documento de Conformidade:
(Administration/Government/RecognizedOrganizationwhich
issued Document of Compliance)
Entidade que efetuou a auditoria (se diferente):
(Entity which carried out audit (if different))
11 Administrao/Governo/Organizao Reconhecida que emitiu o
Certificado ISM:
(Administration/Government/RecognizedOrganizationwhich issued
the Safety Management Certificate)
-2-O-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 2-O
Informao (Information)
12 Administrao / Governo / Organizao de Proteo Reconhecida
que emitiu o Certificado ISS:
(Administration/Government/RecognizedSafetyOrganization
which issued the International Ship Safety Certificate)
13 Data em que o navio deixou de ser registrado no pas indicado no
item 2:
(Date on which the ship ceased to be registeredwith the State
indicated in 2)
CERTIFICO que as informaes contidas neste documento esto corretas em todos os aspectos.
(I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT the information here contained are correct in all aspects)
Emitido pela Autordade Martima Brasileira

(Issued by the Brazilian Maritime Authority)
Local e data da emisso:

(Issue place and date)
Nome completo (Full Name)

Posto (Ranking Navy Officer)
Superintendente da Segurana do Trfego Aquavirio
Superintendent of
Waterways Traffic Safety
Este documento foi recebido pelo navio e anexado ao seu arquivo de RCD na seguinte data:_ / / .
(This document was received by the ship and attached to the ships CSR file on the following date (fill in))
Nome legvel e assinatura do recebedor:

(Readable name and signature of receiver:)
ANNEX 3-A
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(Specialized Entity/Classification Society/GEVI)
o
CONSTRUCTION LICENSE N _ _ _LC _ _ _ _ _ / _ _ _ _
o
ALTERATION LICENSE N _ _ _LA _ _ _ _ _ / _ _ _ _
o
RECLASSIFICATION LICENSE N _ _ _LR _ _ _ _ _ / _ _ _ _
CONSTRUCTION LICENSE (for vessels already built - LCEC) o
(CONSTRUCTION END DATE ----- / ----- / ----------) N _ _ _ EC _ _ _ _ _ / _ _ _ _
VESSEL NAME:
VESSEL TYPE (according to cap.1/N 01): TOTAL LENGTH: m
HULL NUMBER: LENGTH BETW. PERPEND. m
HULL MATERIAL: MOLDED BREADTH: m
CLASSIFICATIONSOCIETY: MOLDED DEPTH: m
SPECIALIZED ENTITY:
No OFCREWMEMBERS: MAXIMUM DRAUGHT: m
No OFPASSENGERS: DEADWEIGHT: t
NAVIGATION NAVIGATION AREA ACTIVITY / SERVICE

TYPE PROPULSION
OPEN SEA LONG RANGE PASSENGER WITH PROPULSION

COASTAL CARGO
MARITIME SUPPORT TOWING / PUSHER NO PROPULSION
FISHING
OTHER
INLAND AREA1 AREA2
PORT AREA 1
SUPPORT AREA 2
PROPRIETOR/SHIPOWNER
NAME: CPF/CNPJ:
ADDRESS: ZIP:
SHIPYARD / BUILDER
NAME: CPF/CNPJ:
ADDRESS: ZIP:
NOTES / DEMANDS:
DATE / /
SIGNATUREANDSTAMPOFPERSONRESPONSIBLE
ANNEX 3-B
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(SpecializedEntity/ClassificationSociety/IssueOffice)
PROVISIONAL LICENSE FOR STARTING CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION
LICENSE NUMBER: _ _ _ LP _ _ _ _ / _ _ _ _ VALID UNTIL:
Authorizationisgrantedforstartingconstructionofthevessel___NameoftheVessel
type______,hullnumber___________,withthefollowingcharacteristics:
VesselTypeHullNumber
a) Total Length:
b) Molded Breadth:
c) Molded Depth:
d) Hull Material:
SHIPYARD/BUILDER
NAME: CPF/CNPJ
ADDRESS: ZIP:
ThisLicenseisintendedformeetingexclusivelytheprovisionsofarticle0306a)ofNORMAM01
PLACEandDATE:______,____/____/______
SIGNATURE AND STAMP OF

THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE
-3-B-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 3-C
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(IssueOffice)
PROVISIONAL LICENSE FOR TRAFFIC ENTRY
VESSEL NAME:
VESSEL TYPE: TOTAL LENGTH: m

(According to Chapter 2 of
NORMAM-01)
HULL NUMBER: LENGTH BETWEEN PERPENDICULARS m
HULL MATERIAL: MOLDED BREADTH: m
CLASSIFICATIONSOCIETY/ MOLDED DEPTH: m

SPECIALIZEDENTITY:
o
N OFCREWMEMBERS: MAXIMUM DRAUGHT: m
o
N OF PASSENGERS: DRAUGHT LIGHTWEIGHT: m
DEADWEIGHT:
NAVIGATION AREA / SERVICE TYPE:
PROPRIETOR /
SHIPOWNER
NAME: CPF/CNPJ:
ADDRESS: ZIP:
SHIPYARD/BUILDER
NAME: CPF/CNPJ:
ADDRESS: ZIP:
1 - This License is intended for meeting exclusively the provisions of article 0306 b) of NORMAM-01
VALID UNTIL / _/ (Maximum 60 days)
DATE / _/ PLACE
SIGNATUREANDSTAMPOFTHEPERSON
RESPONSIBLE
ANNEX 3-D
MODEL OF STATEMENT BY THE RESPONSIBLE NAVAL ARCHITECT
FOR OBTAINING THE PROVISIONAL LICENSE FOR TRAFFIC ENTRY
STATEMENT
I hereby declare, for verification before the

............................................................................................ ,
(name of the enrollment office)
that the vessel .......................................................................... ,

with the following characteristics:
(vessel name)
a) Total Length:
b) Length between Perpendiculars:
c) Molded Breadth:
d) Molded Depth:
e) Navigation Area / Type of Service:
f) Vessel Type (As per Chap. 02 of NORMAM-01/DPC):
g) Hull number:
h) Hull material:
i) Classification Society / Specialized Entity:
Meets the applicable prescriptions contained in NORMAM-01/DPC related to homologated

lifesaving equipment (collective and individual), fire detection and extinguishing systems, power generation
systems (main and emergency), steering systems (main and emergency), communications equipment
(necessary for the area in which the sailing will be done), anchoring systems, navigation lights and all
navigation equipment required in the relevant standards for the intended navigation area and the vessel
presents satisfactory conditions of safety, stability and structure to operate in the conditions specified below:
a) passenger capacity by deck:

b) number of crew members:
c) cargo capacity by deck:
d) maximum loaded draught:
e) lightweight draught:
f) deadweight:
I further declare that the vessel was built / altered in conformity with the Descriptive
Memorandum attached to this Statement and is found in compliance with the national standards and
regulations in force.
Place and date: / _/ _.
SignatureoftheResponsibleNavalArchitect
Name and CREA number
ANNEX 3-E
STAMP MODELS
CONSTRUCTION LICENSE A) B) CONSTRUCTION LICENSE

(for vessels already built -
LCEC)
SEAL (SEE SEAL (SEE SEAL (SEE SEAL (SEE
NOTE) NOTE) NOTE) NOTE)
DATE: DATE: DATE: DATE:

/ / / / / / / /
LICENSE NUMBER: LICENSE NUMBER: LICENSE NUMBER: LICENSE NUMBER:
-LC - -A - -R - -EC -
NOTES: 1) The stamps must be manufactured with the seal of the License issue office;
2) The three first fields must indicate the document's issue office, the five following fields must be filled in with the document number and the two last fields
must be filled in with the document issue year.
- 3 - E - 1 - NORMAM-1/DPC
Mod 2
ANNEX 3-F
PLANS AND DOCUMENTS
1 - PURPOSE
To determine standards and requirements for presentation of the several plans and
documents required in the processing of Licenses for Construction, Alteration and
Reclassification.
2 - PRESENTATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS

a) The plans must be presented in a scale compatible with the vessel's dimensions.
The plans' legend must specify, at least, the hull number and / or vessel name, plan name,
shipyard, scale and date.
b) All documents must be typed, with a cover page containing its identification and
the vessel's (name and/or hull number), besides the stamp and signature of the responsible
technical person. The inner pages must contain the responsible person's initials and the
vessel's identification.
c) No plan or document should contain any type of erasure or amendment. They
must be presented together with one copy of the ART.
d) The plans and documents must be hand-signed by the technical person
responsible for the design, duly registered at the CREA. Copies of signature shall not be
accepted.
3 - DESCRIPTION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS

a) Descriptive Memorandum
Describes the vessel regarding its main dimensions, propulsion, power generation, force
applying devices, salvage equipment, firefighting, and operational data. It is a summary of
the contractual specification. It must be presented totally in accordance with the model
contained in Annex 3-G.
b) General Arrangement Plan
1) The General Arrangement Plan must contain, at least, the following information:
I) a longitudinal profile view, consisting of a cross-section at the Center Line,
with:
- a representation of the hull's compartmentalization, which must be in
accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6, and the vessel's structural tanks, with the
respective names of each compartment or tank;
- a schematic representation of machinery, equipment and accessories
relevant for their function or dimension;
- the position of doors, side scuttles, windows and/or any other openings
eventually existing on the hull, superstructures and deck housing; and
- an indication of the fore and aft perpendiculars, the midship section, the
base line with frame spacing and graphic representation, the draught reference line and
design waterline.
II) The view of each deck including those of superstructures, Engine Room
platforms and intermediate decks below the main deck, ceilings of deck housing and
double bottom, with:
- a representation of the hull's compartmentalization, which must be in
accordance with the provisions of Chapter 6, and the vessel's structural tanks, with the
respective names of each compartment or tank;
- a schematic representation of machinery, equipment and accessories
relevant to their function or dimension;
- an indication of the center line with the graphic representation of the frames;
- the position of doors, side scuttles, windows and/or any other openings
eventually existing on the hull, superstructures and deck housing; and
-3-F-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 3-F
- the internal arrangement of each accommodation level , with the name of

each compartment. Each cabin must show the number of bunk beds and if intended for
passengers or crew members (specify the crew member's function). The sanitary
compartments must show the number of toilets, lavatories and showers, in accordance with
the provisions of Annex 3-L.
III) A front view representing the vessel's most significant section below the main
deck; the base line, the draught reference line and the design waterline must also be
represented.
IV) The location of navigation and signaling lights.
2) For vessels which carry passengers, the view of each deck must show the limits
of Hammock Spaces, Chair Spaces, Luggage Spaces and of areas intended for carrying
standing passengers or cargo, besides those areas reserved for circulation and access, as
established in Annex 3-L. The number of passengers considered in each of these areas
must also be indicated.
3) Vessels with Gross Tonnage higher than 50 which are going to carry cargo on
deck must additionally indicate in this plan the limit line of the cargo area, of the passage
areas for the crew from bow to stern and, if applicable, of the passenger transportation area
on the considered deck.
c) Lines Plan
1) The Lines Plan must show the frame station sections, waterlines and butt lines
all duly careened among them.
2) The following hull characteristics must be supplied:
I) Total Length;
II) Length between Perpendiculars; and
III) Molded breadth, depth and design draught.
3) The following pattern of maximum reduction scales must be used in the drawing:
Length between Perpendiculars (m)
Lpp < 30 1 : 25
30 Lpp 75 1 : 50
75 < Lpp < 200 1 : 100
Lpp > 200 1 : 200
4) The stations plan must show, at least, the following information:
I) Identification and representation of stations in true shape;
II) Trace and identification at Port / Starboard of the waterlines, butt lines and
diagonals if considered;
III) Trace and identification of the center line (LC), design waterline (WP)
and base line (LB);
IV) Representation, if existing, of the projections of the castle, poop, aft and/or
fore escutcheon, bulwarks and edge lines; and
V) Representation of the deck line at the side.
5) The minimum number of whole stations between perpendiculars must be equal
to 11, determining a maximum spacing equal to 0.10 Lpp. The station numbering must be
done from abaft forward and with the origin at the rear perpendicular.
6) For vessels presenting a length between perpendiculars above 100 m or a great
variation of the hull lines towards the rear or fore extremes, whole stations must be drawn
with half the maximum spacing between perpendiculars, generating 21 whole stations.
7) The waterlines plan (half-breadth plan) must present, at least, the following
information:
ANNEX 3-F
I) Aft / Fore identification and the true shape representation of the waterlines;
II) Trace and Aft / Fore identification of the butt lines considered;
III) Trace and identification of the stations considered:
IV) Trace and identification of the center line; and
V) Representation of projections corresponding to the main deck and, if existing,
bulwarks, castle, poop, stern and/or bow escutcheons and edge lines.
8) The spacing between waterlines must not be higher than the lowest value
between one fifth of the depth and two meters. Their numbering must be made from the
base line to the main deck.
9) The butt lines plan must present, at least, the following information:
I) Aft / Fore identification and representation of the butt lines in true
shape;
II) Trace and Aft / Fore identification of the considered waterlines;
III) Trace and identification of the stations considered, including the
perpendiculars;
IV) Representation of the hull's profile on the diametrical plane with indication of
the
side deck, center deck and the fore and aft sheer; and
V) Representation, if existing, of projections of the bulwarks, castle, poop and
edge lines.
10) At least two butt lines fore and aft must be represented.
d) Hydrostatic Curves
1) These curves must show, with a clear indication of scales and units
(abscissas and ordinates), at least the following hydrostatic characteristics and shape
coefficients: volume, displacement, longitudinal and vertical positions of the center of
buoyancy, transverse metacentric radius, moment for trimming one centimeter, longitudinal
position of the center of flotation, all from the draught corresponding to the lightweight
displacement till the molded depth.
2) When the spacing between the draughts used for calculating the vessel's
characteristics is equal to or lower than 5 cm, the computer generated tables may replace
these curves.
e) Stability Cross-Curves
1) Must indicate clearly the scales and units used and be drawn
for at least the inclination angles of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50 and
60, considering at least five different displacements, preferably comprised between the
lightweight and loaded displacements.
2) The curves may be replaced by tables listing the righting arms, whenever they
are calculated for at least fifteen different displacements for each inclination angle.
Whenever calculated through computer programs, a listing of the entry data must be
attached.
3) When the center of gravity vertical position is assumed to be different than zero
(KG at the keel), the value considered must be clearly indicated in the Cross-Curves and in
the respective calculation memory, or in the results listing according to the case.
f) Lightweight Estimation
Must present in a detailed way the calculation memory of the displacement and the
vertical and longitudinal position of the vessel's center of gravity in the lightweight condition,
discriminating the items considered, their weights and moments in relation to the Base Line
and to the Rear Perpendicular or to the Master Section.
ANNEX 3-F
g) Inclining Test
The Inclining Test must be conducted in accordance with the procedures
established in Chapter 6, and an Inclining Test Report must be presented following the
model contained in the same Chapter.
h) Deadweight Measurement Report
1) This report must present a detailed description about the following aspects:
I) Draught measurements effected;
II) Water density at the testing place;
III) Weights to be deducted from and/or added to the test condition;
IV) Values obtained for the vessel's displacement and center of gravity
longitudinal position in the lightweight condition;
V) Estimated value for the vessel's center of gravity vertical position in the
lightweight condition; and
VI) Calculated value of Deadweight.
2) The Tables shown in the model of Report for the Inclining Test presented in
Chapter 6 may be used, if applicable.
i) Trim and Stability Booklet
1) The following general information regarding the vessel's stability must be
presented:
I) Description of the flooding point considered and its position in relation to the:
(a) Rear Perpendicular or Master Section;
(b) Center Line; and
(c) Base Line;
II) Fixed ballast existing on board, its characteristics and location;
III) Maximum number of passengers allowed by deck:
IV) Chart "Maximum Cargo Height x Draught" (only for vessels with Gross
Tonnage greater than 50 and intended for carrying deck cargo);
V) Maximum allowable draught and the corresponding displacement; and
VI) Eventual operational restrictions related to the vessel's stability.
2) The document must also contain, for each loading condition assessed, the
following information:
I) Description of the loading conditions specifying the weight, center of gravity
vertical and longitudinal position and the corresponding moments, for each considered
item;
II) The value of total displacement and resultant position (vertical and
longitudinal
of the center of gravity in that condition;
III) The following hydrostatic characteristics:
(a) Equivalent Draught;
(b) Center of Buoyancy longitudinal position (LCB);
(c) Center of Flotation longitudinal position (LCF);
(d) Transverse Metacentric Height (KMt) or, alternately, the
Center of Buoyancy (KB) vertical position and the Transverse Metacentric Radius (BMt);
(e) Moment for Trimming 1 Centimeter (MTC);
Initial Metacentric Height (GMo);
(g) Trim (in relation to the Length between Perpendiculars);
(h) Draught at the Rear Perpendicular;
(i) Draught at the Midship Section; and
(j) Draught at the Fore Perpendicular;
IV) Flooding angle;
V) Calculation memory of the tanks' free surface moment, following the
provisions of Chapter 6 except in the cases where
ANNEX 3-F
special computer programs are used, previously authorized by the Directorate of Ports and
Coasts, which balance the liquid inside the tanks and supply the exact value of their center
of gravity for each analyzed inclination, making unnecessary the presentation of the
calculation memory;
VI) Calculation memory of the Static Stability Curve, giving for each considered
inclination angle the following parameters (except in the cases where special computer
programs are used, previously authorized by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts, which
balance the ship and supply the exact value of the righting arm for each inclination
analyzed with no need for elaborating the Cross-Curves, when it is enough to present only
item (d) below):
(a) Righting arm extracted from the Stability Cross-Curves;
(b) Correction due to the center of gravity vertical position;
(c) Correction due to the free surface effect; and
(d) Corrected righting arm;
VII) Calculation memory of the capsizing moments due to accumulation of
passengers on one side, turning maneuver, wind effect and towing, when applicable;
VIII) For all loading conditions in which the accumulation of passengers on one
side is assessed, a sketch of each considered deck must be presented, indicating the area
occupied by those passengers;
IX) Static Stability Curve, showing additionally (when applicable) the curves
corresponding to the capsizing arms due to accumulation of passengers on one side,
turning maneuver, wind effect or towing;
X) Application of the stability criterion relevant to the vessel's type of service,
following the provisions of these Rules;
XI) The visibility distance from the Bridge or Command Center (only for vessels
with Gross Tonnage greater than 50 intended for carrying deck cargo); and
XII) Bending moment and shear force curves, with the respective calculation
memory or output data listing when the calculations were done by computer, showing the
values of maximum stress found at the bottom, the deck and in continuous elements above
deck (not necessary for vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 500).
3) SOLAS vessels must, additionally, present the following information:
I)General Description of the vessel and main characteristics;
II) Instructions for using the Booklet;
III) General Arrangement Plan, showing the following items:
(a) Watertight compartments;
(b) Closing devices for openings;
(c) Position of the air vents;
(d) Flooding points;
(e) Fixed ballast; and
(f) Maximum admissible load on deck(s);
IV) Hydrostatic Curves (or Tables) and Stability Cross-Curves, for the variation
ranges of displacement and trim foreseen for the vessel's normal operation conditions;
V) Capacity Plan (or Tables) showing the capacities and centers of gravity for
each place of cargo stowage;
VI) Sounding Tables, showing the capacities, centers of gravity and information
on the free surface effect for each tank;
ANNEX 3-F
VII) Information about loading restrictions, such as Curves (or Tables) of

Maximum Allowable KG or Minimum Required GM, which can be used for checking
compliance with the applicable stability criterion;
VIII) Information enabling the calculation of soliciting efforts over the hull girder
in distinct loading conditions from those already assessed;
IX) Examples for development of other acceptable loading conditions through
information available in the Trim and Stability Booklet;
X) A brief description of the stability calculations performed, including the
assumed hypotheses and / or simplifications;
XI) General precautions to avoid involuntary flooding;
XII) Any other information necessary for the vessel's safe operation, under
normal or emergency conditions;
XIII) Index; and
XIV) Inclining Test Report or, when the values corresponding to other ship of the
series are adopted, the Inclining Test Report of that ship and the Deadweight Measurement
Report of the ship under consideration.
4) When treating of a Preliminary Trim and Stability Booklet, the values of
displacement and longitudinal and vertical positions of the center of gravity must be
obtained through the Lightweight Estimation, while in the Definitive Trim and Stability
Booklet those values must be obtained through an Inclining Test or Deadweight
Measurement.
j) Structural Profile Plan
1) The Structural Profile Plan must show the longitudinal profile view, the views of
decks, covers of deck housing and double bottom, representing the hull
compartmentalization which must be in accordance with the provisions of
Chapter 6,and indicating the dimensions of the main structural elements, the thickness
of decks and bulkheads plating (or wood planking). The frames' position and spacing must
be indicated.
2) Vessels with Gross Tonnage greater than 50 intended for carrying cargo on deck
must present additionally in this plan the maximum load weight admissible per square
meter for the considered deck.
l) Master Section Plan
1) The Master Section Plan represents the transverse section of the hull's surface
which contains the greatest dimensions. It must show the compartmentalization under the
main deck and indicate dimensions of the main structural elements, the thickness
of the hull, main deck and bulkheads plating (or wood planking).
2) Vessels with Gross Tonnage greater than 50 intended for carrying cargo on deck
must present additionally in this plan the maximum load weight admissible per square
meter for the considered deck.
3) Whenever the designer finds it convenient, this plan may be presented jointly
with the Structural Profile Plan.
m) Capacity Plan
1) This plan must contain, at least:
I) A graphic representation of the vessel's profile, indicating the spacing
between frames, the rear and fore perpendiculars and the most significant compartments;
II) The boundary line of decks and tween decks usable for loading;
III) Graphic indication of the position on decks of ventilation pipes and
mushrooms, bollards, cargo booms, winches, windlasses, hatches and other, for
determining the free loading area of vessels with gross tonnage greater than 50 intended
for carrying cargo on deck;
ANNEX 3-F
IV) Graphic representation of the deck, indicating the maximum and minimum
reach of the cargo handling equipment with their respective load capacities;
V) Capacity table discriminating by groups the several items listed, containing:
(a) Maximum capacity of compartments (holds, tanks, hatches) intended
for carrying cargo, fresh water, ballast water, fuels, hydraulic oil, lube oil or other;
(b) Capacity of the loading areas;
(c) Specific weight of the liquid and/or tank occupation ratio due to the gas
expansion margin (for consumables);
(d) Vertical and longitudinal position of the compartments' center of gravity;
and
(e) Location of compartments, between frames.
VI) In the case of a deck intended for carrying vehicles, an arrangement of this
deck must be shown with the spaces for each vehicle;
VII) The following characteristics of the vessel must be presented:
(a) Total length;
(b) Length between perpendiculars;
(c) Molded design breadth, depth and draught; and
(d) Indication of watertight bulkheads and limiting bulkheads of the tanks.
n) Safety Plan
1) This plan must have characteristics similar to the ones of the General
Arrangement Plan and must clearly indicate, for each deck, the arrangement of
compartmentalization, the discrimination of safety materials, equipment and installations
on board merchant ships, their symbology, nomenclature, location and
allocation, and for vessels with gross tonnage greater than 50, the indication of escape
routes and emergency exits.
2) The views must be placed on the plan's left side, disposed vertically, and must
obey, whenever possible, the following sequence, from top to bottom:
I) Profile plan;
II)Superstructure decks;
III) Main deck;
IV) Intermediate decks; and
V) Double bottom.
3) The table must be placed on the plan's right side, disposed vertically in three
sections, and must obey the following sequence from top to bottom:
I) Fire protection, detection and fighting;
II) Salvage; and
III)Miscellaneous.
4) The table must contain columns disposed from left to right, in the following order:
I) Symbol;
II) Nomenclature;
III)Quantities (per deck and total); and
IV) Notes.
5) In the case of vessels which carry passengers, the view of each deck must
show the limits of spaces for hammocks, for chairs and for baggage, and of areas intended
for carrying standing passengers or cargo, besides those areas reserved for circulation and
access, as established in Annex 3-O. The number of passengers considered in each of
those areas must also be indicated.
ANNEX 3-F
6) Vessels with gross tonnage greater than 50 and intended for carrying cargo on
deck must indicate additionally in this plan the limiting lines of the cargo area, crew
passage areas from bow through stern and, if applicable, of the passenger transportation
area on the considered deck.
o) Arrangement of Navigation Lights
1) This plan must show the navigation lights with detailed views of the masts, giving
also the name, color, sector, reach and measures of all vertical and horizontal distances
between lights and their positions relative to the deck, in accordance with provisions of the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (RIPEAM /COLREG 72) and its
amendments in force.

2) In the case of small vessels, this arrangement may be presented jointly with the
Safety Plan.
p) Plating Expansion Plan
The Plating Expansion Plan must present the following information:
1) Representation of all plating strakes with their respective thickness and steel
grade;
2) Representation of the plate and block joints;
3) Indication of all openings of the hull, location of the bilge keel, reinforcement
plates and fender (if welded); and
4) Representation of the vessel's stern area, including the escutcheon if existing.
q) Annotation of Technical Responsibility (ART)
The ART must be completed following the instructions provided by the CONFEA
(Resolution No.257 of 9/19/1978 or any other replacing it
and, in special, the following items must be observed:
1) Complete data of the naval architect or other responsible technical person;
2) Complete data of the service Client;
3) Detailed service description, defining if related to a new design, construction,
assessment of a vessel already built, definitive stability study or other, indicating the
vessel's name and, if already given, the enrollment number. In case the vessel has not had
its name defined, the hull number and the shipyard's name must be entered.
4) Signatures of the professional responsible and the client;
5) Identification of the ART registration number at the CREA and respective
payment w/ mechanized authentication;
6) An ART with erasures, or presented in disagreement with the above notes shall
not be accepted;
7) If necessary, supplementary notes may be entered on the back of the ART with
signatures of both the client and the responsible professional, without invalidating or
contradicting the information contained in the front face of the ART; and
8) The ART must be filed at the vessel's Enrollment Office, together with the set of
its related plans and documents.
r) Emergency Plan for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil (SOPEP)
These plans must contain the information required in paragraph (2) of MARPOL
73/78 Annex I, Rule 26 and must be prepared in compliance with the provisions of IMO
Resolutions MEPC 54 (32) and Res. A648 (16). Each plan must be approved by the
respective Specialized Entity or Classification Society which issued the International Oil
Pollution Prevention Certificate.
ANNEX 3-G
DESCRIPTIVE MEMORANDUM
1 - VESSEL IDENTIFICATION
1.1 - Shipowner
- Name:
- Nationality:
- Address:
- ZIP CODE:
- CPF or CNPJ:
1.2 - Builder
- Name:
- Nationality:
- Address:
- ZIP CODE:
- CPF or CNPJ:
1.3 - Naval Architect responsible for the design
- Name:
- Nationality:
- CREA number:
1.4 - Construction Contract Data
- Vessel Name / Hull number:
- Keel Laying Date or Construction Year:
- Navigation Area:
- Class given by the Classification Society:
- Vessel Type:
- Port of Registry:
- Type of Fishing:
- Deadweight:
- Gross Tonnage:
- Net Tonnage:
2 - MAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HULL
- Total Length:
- Length between Perpendiculars:
- Molded Breadth:
- Molded Depth:
- Design Molded Draught:
- Lightweight Displacement:
- Loaded Displacement:
- Contour (only for vessels with L < 24 m):
3 - CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STRUCTURE
3.1 - Material (steel, wood, fiber, etc)
- Hull:
- Decks:
- Bulkheads:
- Superstructures:
- Deck housing:
3.2 - Hull's Type of Structure:
Longitudinal: Transverse: Mixed:
4 - COMPARTMENTALIZATION CHARACTERISTICS
- Location of the Superstructures (quantity):
abaft: 3/4 abaft: midship: 3/4 fore: fore:
- Location of the Engine Room:
ANNEX 3-G
abaft: 3/4 abaft: midship: 3/4 fore: fore:

- Number of watertight transverse bulkheads:
- Number of watertight longitudinal bulkheads:
- Number of decks below the main deck:
- Number of continuous decks above the main deck:
- Number of superstructure decks:
- Number of deck housing units:
- Maximum dimensions of superstructures and deck housing:

Maximum Maximu Maxim
Description
Length (m) m width um

5 - CHARACTERISTICS OF CUBIC CAPACITY
- Total Volume: - Bulk:
- Bales:

- Number of cargo holds:
- Number of cargo tanks:

- Number of compartments for refrigerated cargo:
- Volume of refrigerated cargo bales:
- Container capacity: TEU FEU
- Ballast capacity: m
- Fuel oil capacity: m

- Diesel oil capacity: m
- Lube oil capacity: m
- Fresh water capacity: m

6 - CREW AND PASSENGERS
- Crew:
- Passengers:
Local 1st Deck 2nd Deck
- Sitting
- Standing
- Cabins
- Hammocks
- Other:
7 - NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS THE SHIP MUST COMPLY
WITH
Discriminate the applicable regulations
8 - PROPULSION CHARACTERISTICS
8.1 - Propulsion Type
- Diesel Engine: - Turbine: -Electric Motor:
Quantity:
- Maximum continuous power:
- Corresponding rotation speed:
8.2 - Reduction gearbox
- Quantity:
- Reduction ratio:
8.3 - Propeller
- Quantity:
- Type:
8.4 - Vessel Service Characteristics
- Service speed:
ANNEX 3-G
- Range:
- Static traction (bollard pull):
9 - POWER GENERATION
9.1 - Main equipment drive
- Diesel Engine: - Turbine: :
- Quantity:
- Rotation speed:
9.2 - Generators
- Quantity:
- Type/Current:
- Power:
9.3 - Emergency equipment drive
- Diesel Engine:: - Turbine: :
- Quantity:
9.4 - Emergency Generators
- Quantity:
- Type/Current:
- Power:
9.5 - Batteries
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Capacity:
9.6 - Main boilers
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Vapor Pressure:
- Capacity:
9.7 - Auxiliary boilers
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Vapor Pressure:
- Capacity:
9.8 - Discharge gas recovery boilers
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Vapor Pressure:
- Capacity:
10 - CARGO EQUIPMENT
10.1 - Masts
- Quantity:
- Type:
- No of booms:
- Capacity:
10.2 - Cranes
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Capacity:
- Reach:
10.3 - Cargo pumps
ANNEX 3-G
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Capacity:
- Drive:
10.4 - Cargo hatches
a) Hatches
Quantity Width x Length
(nominal dimensions)
x
x
x
b) Hatch covers (drive type) Type
Quantity
Electric
By cables
Electro-hydraulic
11 - STEERING EQUIPMENT
11.1 - Steering gear
- Quantity:
- Drive Type:
- Torque:
11.2 - Rudder
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Approximate area:
11.3 - Rudder emergency system
- Quantity:
- Type:
11.4 - Side propeller (thruster)
- Quantity/Power:
- Location:
12 - MOORING AND ANCHORING EQUIPMENT
Quantity Drive Capacity
- Windlasses:
- Capstans:
- Mooring winches :
- Anchors: weights:
-
13 - SALVAGE EQUIPMENT
13.1 - Lifesaving and rescue vessels
Lifesaving Rescue
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Class:
- Material:
- Capacity:
- Propulsion:
13.2 - Lifesaving rafts
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Class:
- Capacity:
ANNEX 3-G

13.3- -
Lifesavin
Type Class Quantity
g buoys Simple
- With line
- With self-activating illumination device

- With self-activating illumination device and
self-activating smoke signal
13.4- -
Life Size Class Quantity
jackets Large:
- Medium:
- Small:
14 - FIRE EQUIPMENT
14.1 - Prevention and fighting systems
Holds Engine Room
- CO2
- Foam
- Detection System
- Inert gas
-
14.2 - Extinguishers
Quantity Capacity Location
- CO2

- Foam
- Chemical powder
- Pressurized water

-
14.3 - Pumps
Quantity Drive Capacity
- Fire pumps
- Emergency pumps
- General service pumps
-
15 - SEWAGE, BALLAST AND ANTI-POLLUTION EQUIPMENT
15.1 - Sewage Equipment
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Capacity:
15.2 - Ballast equipment
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Capacity:
15.3 - Oil-water separators
- Quantity:
- Type: (with/without) monitor
- Capacity:
15.4 - Sewage treatment unit
- Quantity:
- Type:
- Capacity:
16 - NAUTICAL EQUIPMENT
Radar
ANNEX 3-G
Magnetic compass
Gyroscopic compass
Autopilot
Bottom odometer
Surface odometer
Echo-sounder
Rudder angle indicator
17 - RADIO EQUIPMENT
17.1 - Main Equipment
- Transmission type:
- Output power:
17.2 - Emergency Equipment
- Transmission type:
- Output power:
18 - ADDITIONAL NOTES
Discriminate special items enabling a better identification of the vessel:
19 - PLACE, DATE AND SIGNATURE
,............../.................../........................
Signature of the responsible person

ANNEX 3-H
MODEL OF A STATEMENT FROM THE RESPONSIBLE NAVAL ARCHITECT
STATEMENT
I hereby declare, for the due purposes, that the vessel

........................................................,
Vessel Name:
with the following characteristics:
a) Total Length:
b) Length between Perpendiculars:
c) Molded Breadth:
d) Molded Depth:
e) Navigation Area / Type of Service:
Meets the applicable prescriptions contained in NORMAM-01 and presents
satisfactory conditions of safety, stability and structure to operate in the conditions specified
below:
a) Passenger capacity per deck:
b) Cargo capacity:
c) Maximum draught loaded:
Place and date: ,............../.................../........................
Signature of the Responsible

Naval Architect
Name and CREA Number
ANNEX 3-I
LONGITUDINAL STATIC TRACTION TEST (BOLLARD PULL)
1 - DOCUMENTATION
a) The following documents must be available on board on the testing day:
1) gauging certificates of the measuring instruments;
2) load cell manual; and
3) test cable certificate.
b) Vessels with Gross Tonnage higher than 20 must also have on board their
Descriptive Memorandum on the testing day.
c) Certified vessels class 1 (EC1) and Classified vessels must, additionally, have on
board on the testing day the following documents, endorsed by the GEVI- Management of
Surveys and Inspections - DPC, by a Specialized Entity or a Classification Society,
according to the case:
2) Definitive Trim and Stability Booklet; and
3) Capacity Plan.
d) It is advisable to have available on board the following documents, on the testing
day:
1) engine(s) manual;
2) "engine output power x rotation" curve (manufacturer); and
3) specification of the propeller(s).
2 - EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

a) Gauging
1) The measuring instruments used in the test must have been gauged by an
organization accredited with the National Metrology and Industrial Quality Institute.
(INMETRO), exceptions made for the chronometer, anemometer and manual sounder.
2) The initial or afterward gauging by the equipment manufacturer shall only be
considered valid if the same is accredited with the INMETRO.
b) Load cell and its accessories
1) The test must be performed by using a load cell with sufficient strength to
withstand 1.5 times the static traction forecast. A strength continuous reading equipment
and / or a graphic recording equipment for the traction as a function of time must be
connected to the load cell. This equipment must be located on board. If that is not
possible, the Specialized Entity, Classification Society or the Directorate of Ports and
Coasts (DPC) when requested, must be previously consulted over the possibility of
adopting alternative arrangements.
2) The load cell used for the test must have been gauged no more than one year
before the testing day. Independently of the above mentioned deadline, the load cell must
be gauged again if it has been used in dynamic measurements (vibration) or has
undergone mechanical shocks.
3) The DPC may accept, through previous consultation, other strength measuring
equipment.
c) Tachometer
The main engine(s) shaft(s) rotation reading must be made through the use of
optical or mechanical digital tachometers, which must be independent from the main
engine(s).
d) Torsion meter
1) The use of a torsion meter is optional, and its application or not must be
determined by agreement among the parties interested in the test.
-3-I-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 3-I
2) The torsion meter, when used, must have adequate characteristics for
measuring the estimated torque.
e) Chronometer
The chronometer used must have a minute accumulator.
f) Anemometer
The anemometer used must be adequate for the application in external
environments and for allowing the reading of a speed of 5 m/s.
g) Current meter
The current meter must allow reading of one (1) knot and must not require facilities
for its operation like winch, wire reel or other.
h) Manual Sounder
A manual sounder must be used for measuring the water depth at the test location.
If the vessel is provided with an echo sounder, the manual sounder may be released.
i) Testing cable and its accessories
1) The testing cable and its accessories must be in good condition and have a
minimum traction strength of three times the estimated static traction. For a preliminary
estimate of static traction, the following values may be used:
(a) tugboat with a kort drum: 0.0165t/BHP installed;
(b) tugboat with a special propulsion system: 0,0160t/BHP installed; and
(c) tugboat with no kort drum: 0,0120t/BHP installed.
2) The cable must have a minimum length of five times the vessel's length or 100
m, whichever is the greatest.
3) The loop used for tying to the bitt is considered an accessory of the
cable.
j) Mooring bitt
1) The bitt used must be the best available at the testing place in regard to
strength, maintenance condition and access.
2) The bitt's choice must be made by the party concerned on the test, who must
pay particular attention to its foundations and base.
3) The bitt must have a minimum strength of three times the estimated static
traction.
l) Communications system
A communications system with VHF equipment must be established among the measuring
stations.
3 - TEST CONDITIONS
a) Environmental conditions
1) The minimum water depth at the test site, within a radius of at least four times
the vessel's length, must be no lower than four times its maximum draught or 10 meters,
whichever is the greatest. If the vessel is equipped with cycloidal propeller(s) or of the
Schottel type located below the keel, the water depth must be no lower than five times the
vessel's draught or 10 meters, whichever is the greatest.
2) The wind speed during the test must not surpass 5 m/s.
3) The current during the test must not exceed one (1) knot in any direction.
4) The test must be carried out in calm waters.
ANNEX 3-I
b) Vessel's conditions
1) The test must be carried out with the vessel in its maximum operational draught,
i.e., with the maximum capacity of consumables and the ballast weight prescribed in the
maximum load condition analyzed in the Stability Booklet.
2) The trim must not surpass 2% of the vessel's length (referred to the design
waterline). This trim must be in accordance with the vessel's normal operation conditions.
3) All the auxiliary equipment driven by the main engine(s) or propeller shaft(s)
during the vessel's normal operation must be engaged.
4) The main engine(s) must be preheated.
4 - TESTING PROCEDURE
a) The Checklist for Static Traction Test contained in Appendix 3-I-I of this annex
must be used for the test preparation.
b) During the test, only the personnel in charge of readings or monitoring of the
engine(s) rotation may stay inside the Engine Room, besides the regular machinery crew.
c) The test conditions must equal at least 70, 80, 90 and 100% of the maximum
rotation speed stipulated by the person concerned, and in such a way that the rotation can
be maintained for a minimum period of 30 minutes.
d) In the test corresponding to the condition of 100% of the maximum rotation speed
stipulated by the party concerned, the vessel must hold this speed for a minimum period of
30 minutes. In the intervals of 5 through 10, 15 through 20 and 25 through 30 testing
minutes, the greatest possible number of readings must be recorded (in Appendix 3-I-2
a model of recording spreadsheet is presented), and the value of
static traction corresponding to this rotation speed must be equal to the arithmetic mean of
the mean values of the readings in each interval. It is not necessary to perform readings in
the periods of 0-5, 10-15 and 20-25 minutes.
e) The measurements of longitudinal static traction for other established rotation
speeds must be performed for a minimum period of 3 minutes (in Appendix
3-I-2 a spreadsheet model is presented to facilitate the recording of readings). During this
period, the greatest possible number of readings must be recorded for obtaining the mean
rotation speed value.
f) During the measurements, the vessel's course must be kept the same with a
minimized rudder(s) application. The towing cable must be kept horizontal as much as
possible, and aligned with the vessel's Center Line.
g) The test must be carried out in a crescent rotation sequence. In the interval of
change between two rotation speeds of the engine(s) there must be no speed decreasing,
unless it is required for reestablishing the vessel's course.
h) If the vessel is provided with a controlled pitch propulsion system, the test must be
conducted by keeping the maximum engine power stipulated by the party concerned and
varying the pitch according to the percentages established in item c) above.
i) Using the Data Gathering and Result Recording List presented in Appendix 3-I-2
is recommended for recording the readings.
5 - PRESENTATION OF RESULTS
a) The test results must be presented in the Static Traction Certificate following the
model shown in Annex 3-J, which must necessarily have attached the chart "Static
Traction x Engine(s) Rotation". The chart "Power x Rotation of the Engine(s)" may also
optionally be attached .
ANNEX 3-I
b) The Static Traction Certificate, as well as its annexes, must carry the signature of
the responsible Naval Architect and his stamp with the registration number at the CREA
(Regional Council of Engineering, Architecture and Agronomy) and his complete name.
ANNEX 3-I
APPENDIX 3-I-1
CHECKLIST FOR A STATIC TRACTION TEST
YES NO N/A
1- Withdrawn from board and shore all unnecessary people? [ ] [ ] [ ]
2- Checked the existence on board of the following documents:
a) Descriptive Memorandum endorsed by the GEVI, [ ] [ ] [ ]
Specialized Entity or Classification Society
b) General Arrangement Plan endorsed by the GEVI, [ ] [ ] [ ]
c) Definitive Stability Booklet endorsed by the GEVI, [ ] [ ] [ ]
d) Capacity Plan endorsed by the GEVI, Specialized Entity [ ] [ ] [ ]
or Classification Society
e) Load Cell Gauging Certificate [ ] [ ] [ ]
f) Current meter Gauging Certificate [ ] [ ] [ ]
g) Load Cell manual [ ] [ ] [ ]
h) Cable Certificate [ ] [ ] [ ]
3- The bitt used for the test has a minimum strength of three [ ] [ ] [ ]
times the estimated static traction?
4- Towing cable and accessories inspected? [ ] [ ] [ ]
5 - The cable has a minimum length of five times the
vessel's length or 100 meters, whichever is the greatest? [ ] [ ] [ ]
6- The cable has a minimum traction strength of three times the [ ] [ ] [ ]
estimated static traction? (see cable certificate)
7- The load cell / dynamometer is already installed? [ ] [ ] [ ]
8- The load cell has sufficient strength to withstand 1.5 [ ] [ ] [ ]
times the estimated static traction?
9- Checked the load cell gauging deadline? [ ] [ ] [ ]
10 - Checked the load cell calibration? [ ] [ ] [ ]
11 - The force recorder is already connected to the load cell? [ ] [ ] [ ]
12 - The force recorder is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
13- The graphic recorder of force and/or rpm is already connected to [ ] [ ] [ ]
the load cell?
14- The graphic recorder is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
15- The recorders are zeroed? [ ] [ ] [ ]
16- Tags were already attached to the shaft(s) of [ ] [ ] [ ]
engine(s) to undergo rpm measurement?
17- The tachometer is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
18- Checked the tachometer gauging deadline? [ ] [ ] [ ]
19- The torsion meter was already installed? [ ] [ ] [ ]
20- The torsion meter is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
21- The radio communication devices are working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
22- The anemometer is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
23- The current meter is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
24- The manual sounder is correctly marked? [ ] [ ] [ ]
25- The chronometer with minute accumulator is working? [ ] [ ] [ ]
26- All the auxiliary equipment driven by the main engine(s) [ ] [ ] [ ]
during normal operation are engaged?
ANNEX 3-I
APPENDIX 3-I-1
27 - Check the environmental conditions:

- wind speed (vv): m/s ( vv < 5m/s ) [ ] [ ]
- current speed (vc): Knots t vc < 1 knot ) [ ] [ ]

- depth (h): M ( h > 4 x medium draught or [ ] [ ]
10m, whichever is the
greatest)
NOTE: If any of the previous answers (item 27) is NO, the test cannot be performed
due to unconformity with the environmental conditions necessary for its
conduction.
28 - The vessel is at the design loaded draught? (use the stability [ ] [ ] [ ]
booklet and capacity plan)
29 - The engine(s) are preheated? [ ] [ ]
30 - Only the normal engine crew and the personnel in charge of
rotation readings and monitoring are present in the engine room?
[ ] [ ] [ ]
31 - The cable is aligned with the tugboat's center line and is
as horizontal as possible? [ ] [ ] [ ]
ANNEX 3-I
APPENDIX 3-I-2
DATA GATHERING AND RESULTS RECORDING LIST
1 - Vessel Data:
- Hull Name/Number:
- Construction Year:
- Shipyard:
- Proprietor:
- Party concerned:
2 - Hull Characteristics:
- Total Length:
- Molded Breadth:
- Molded Depth:
- Fore Draught:
- Rear Draught:
3 - Engine(s) Characteristics:
BB (port) LC BE (stbd.)
make
model
serial number
power
rotation speed
reduction gear
4 - Propeller(s) Characteristics:
- Type:
- Diameter:
- Quantity:
- Number of Blades:
- Pitch:
5 - Test Site and Environmental Conditions:

- Molded Depth::
- Fore Draught:
- Rear Draught:
6 - Initiate the test conduction for the conditions equivalent to 70, 80, 90 and 100% of the
maximum rotation speed stipulated by the party concerned, in raising order. Make
readings for each of the four initial conditions in minimum periods of 3 minutes, and for
the last condition, make the readings in the intervals of 5-10, 15-20 and 25-30 minutes of
testing. Record these readings using the table on the next page.
ANNEX 3-I
APPENDIX 3-I-2
VESSEL:
TEST DATE:

TEST CONDITIONS: 70% ( ) 80% ( ) 90% ( ) 100% ( )

TIME INTERVAL (AT 100%): 5-10 min ( ) 15-20 min ( ) 25-30 min ( )
ENGINE(S) RPM: BB (port): LC (center): BE (starbd.):
POWER (OPTIONAL): BB: LC: BE:
TRACTION
AVERAGE
ANNEX 3-J
STATIC TRACTION CERTIFICATE MODEL
STATIC TRACTION CERTIFICATE
VESSEL NAME:
CONSTRUCTION YEAR:
SHIPYARD: PROPRIETOR:
PARTY CONCERNED:
TEST CONDUCTING ORGANIZATION:
MAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF THE HULL
- TOTAL LENGTH: m;MOLDED BREADTH: m;MOLDED DEPTH: m;
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAIN ENGINE(S)
BRAND: MODEL:
SERIAL No.:
POWER: HP (kW); ROTATION: rpm
QUANTITY:
REDUCTION GEAR:
PROPELLER(S) CHARACTERISTICS
TYPE: ; QUANTITY / No OF BLADES:
DIAMETER: m;PITCH:
STATIC TRACTION = t(KN)
TEST CONDITIONS
PLACE: ; DATE:
WIND: CURRENT: DEPTH: -
HAV: HAR: TRIM: %; -
ANNEXES:( ) CHART "STATIC TRACTION X ROTATION"
( ) CHART "POWER X ROTATION" (OPTIONAL)
VALID UNTIL / / .
ISSUED ON / / .
NAVAL ARCHITECT RESPONSIBLE

Name and CREA N
-3-J-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 3-J
BACK OF THE CERTIFICATE
TEST RESULT
RPM of Main Eng(s) Maximum Minimum Static Power

Loading
Traction (t) Traction (t)
(optional)
Condition BB LC BE Traction (t)
(t)
70%
80%
90%
100%
Note.: When the propulsion system is pitch-controllable, the pitch values must be entered in
the relevant column, instead of the percentages of engine(s) rotation.
ANNEX 3-L
HABITABLENESS REQUIREMENTS
1 - DEFINITIONS
a) Hammock Space is the space intended for the transportation of passengers with
hung hammocks, when the hammock is considered as the passenger's only element of
stay.
b) Chair Space is the space intended for the transportation of passengers seated in
chairs, when the chair is considered as the passenger's only element of stay.
c) Cabin is the compartment intended for passenger or crew member accommodation
in bunks or beds.
d) Hammock Rail is the element of support for hanging the hammocks, located near
the hammock space ceiling.
e) Sanitary Unit is the compartment housing one toilet and its accessories.
f) Shower Unit is the compartment housing a shower and its accessories.
g) Bathroom Unit is the compartment housing a toilet, a shower, a bathroom sink
and their accessories.
h) Collective Sanitary is the compartment housing normally one or more sanitary
and shower units, besides urinals and lavatories, with the main characteristic of being
usable by more than one person simultaneously.
i) Sanitary Compartment is considered, for the effect of application of these rules,
any compartment housing at least one Sanitary Unit, one Shower Unit or one Bathroom
Unit.
2 - SPACES INTENDED FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF PASSENGERS

a) Separation between Spaces for carrying Cargo and for Passengers
A physical separation must be provided for isolating cargo and passengers, when
the vessel's design foresees them being carried on the same deck simultaneously.
b) Headroom
All spaces intended for the transportation and/or stay of passengers must have a
headroom (distance between floor and ceiling) of, at least, 1900 mm .
c) Accesses and Hallways
The circulation in embarkation and disembarkation areas, hallways and stairways
must be free and independent from other areas of the vessel. A maximum of two doors
must separate the accommodation compartments from the vessel's external area on
escape routes.
d) Baggage Space
1) A compartment with appropriate dimensions and able to be locked must exist on
board, for keeping the passengers' baggage and volumes.
2) In vessels used for short trips, the requirement of the previous item may be
suppressed at the discretion of the Directory of Ports and Coasts, Harbor master Offices,
Delegate Offices or Agencies according to the case.
3) The baggage of passengers accommodated in cabins must be conditioned
inside the cabin itself, requiring for such purpose the existence of cabinets or other
adequate means for stowing each passenger's baggage.
ANNEX 3-L
3 - SANITARY COMPARTMENTS
a) Ventilation
All bathrooms must be provided with natural ventilation, through a window or vent
pipe, or forced ventilation.
b) Minimum Number of Apparatuses for Crew Members
For determining the minimum number of apparatuses required on board for crew
members, the allocation established in Table 3-17.1 must be observed, considering
1 apparatus for each established number of crew members or fraction.
Table 3-17.1
Apparatus Number of
Crew
Toilet 8
Lavatory 6
Shower 8
c) Minimum Number of Apparatuses for Passengers

1) For determining the minimum number of apparatuses required on board for
passengers, the allocation established in Table 3-17.2 must be observed, considering 1
apparatus for each established number of passengers or fraction.
Table 3-17.2
Apparatus Trip Category
(*1)
Crossing Intermediate (*2) Long (*3)
Toilet 100 300 (*4) 60 25
(*4)
Lavatory 100 300 60 25
Shower - - - 30
Notes: (*1) - no night stay and no meal
(*2) - only night stay or only a meal
(*3) - with night stay and meal
(*4) - applicable to cases in which there is easy access to sanitary installations in
terminals and the trip lasts up to 1 hour.
d) Doors
The bathroom access doors should not open directly to kitchens or messrooms.
e) Drainage of Units
The Sanitary Compartments must be provided with means of drainage at the floors
lowest point. The Shower Units must have a specific drainage.
f) Accessories
The accessories must be made of a resistant material and should not present
cutting ends or edges. They must be installed in a way as to not interfere in the use of the
compartment.
4 - HAMMOCK SPACES
a) Circulation and Access
1) A free space must be left in a hammock space for circulation on the vessel's
sides, along the whole Hammock Space. This circulation strip must be at least 800 mm
wide on each side of the vessel.
b) Minimum Area Required
1) The minimum area required for carrying passengers in hammocks is obtained by
considering a concentration of 1 passenger/m2 and one only level for hammocks.
2) In the calculation of this area should not be computed the areas of circulation,
embarkation or disembarkation, baggage stowage or cargo transportation, nor
ANNEX 3-L
aisles or stairways.
c) Ventilation
1) The Hammock Spaces must present permanent natural ventilation to the
vessels outside, with blinds or windows as closing means.
2) In the case of a mobile window, the minimum ventilation area must be 40% of
the opening.
5 - CHAIR SPACES
1) The internal aisles of the chair room must be at least 800 mm wide for a
maximum length equivalent to twenty consecutive chair rows. For a higher length, the
minimum width must be increased by 100 mm for each extra ten chair rows or fraction.
2) A maximum of eight chairs may be grouped per row between aisles when there
is an aisle on each row's side, or four chairs when there is only one aisle on one side of the
row and the other side is limited by a bulkhead or any other item blocking the exit of
passengers.
3) At each twenty chair rows, in the case of more than one parallel aisle, there must
be an aisle with the same width of the others, connecting the parallel aisles perpendicularly.
4) All aisles must have free access to the compartment exits.
5) The minimum width of the access opening to the compartment must be greater
than or equal to the width of the aisle leading to the opening.
6) The access doors must be positioned in such a way that a person should not
need to walk more than 13 m in a straight line to reach one of the doors, from any position
inside the Chair Space.
7) The Chair Space must have at least two access doors, in opposite sides.
b) Dimensions
1) Each chair must be at least 0.50 m wide. If benches are used with no divisions,
the part of a bench occupied by each passenger must be considered as 0.50 m wide.
2) Each seat must occupy at least 0.45 m2, including the area occupied by the chair
and the seated passenger.
c) Ventilation
For the ventilation of Seated Spaces, the conditions established in item 3 c) of this
annex must be met.
6 - CABINS
1) The aisles of circulation and/or access to cabins must have a minimum width of
800 mm for a maximum length of 10 m.
2) When the length exceeds 10 m, the minimum width must be raised by 50 mm for
each 2 m or fraction of excess in the length, up to a maximum of 1000 mm.
b) Dimensions
1) The cabins for two passengers or crew members must have the minimum
dimensions of 1900 mm x 1500 mm containing a double bunk.
2) The cabins for three or four passengers or crew members must have the
minimum dimensions of 1900 mm x 3000 mm containing a bed and a double bunk or two
double bunks.
3) The cabins intended for more than four crew members must have a minimum
area
ANNEX 3-L
of 2.22 m2 per person. In the fishing vessels with a gross tonnage up to

300, the minimum area must be of 1.5 m2.
4) Cabins with regular beds must have a minimum area of 2.6 m per
person;
5) The limit allowable for transportation is of four passengers or nine
crew members per cabin.
6) The beds must be at least 1900 mm long and 680 mm
wide.
7) The top surface of the lower mattress must be at no less than 300 mm from the
deck
below (cabin floor).
8) The minimum distance between the top of a mattress and the lower surface of
the bed frame immediately above or the lower part of the upper deck reinforcements (cabin
ceiling) must be of 600 mm.
c) Ventilation
1) The cabins must be provided with natural ventilation through window or skylight
leading to the vessels outside, with a minimum opening of 0.1 m2 per window or skylight.
2) The natural ventilation may be replaced by forced ventilation through a fan
and/or air conditioner.
7 - TRANSPORTATION OF STANDING PASSENGERS

a) Application
Transportation of standing passengers may only be made on trips with sailings of
up to 1 hour duration, or sightseeing tours with no overnight stay on board.
b) Minimum Area Required
1) The minimum area required for carrying standing passengers in vessels used for
sailings of up to 1 hour duration is obtained considering the concentration of 4
passengers/m2.
2) The minimum area required for carrying standing passengers in vessels used for
sightseeing tours with no overnight stay on board is obtained considering the concentration
of 1.5 passengers/m2.
3) When calculating these areas, the spaces for baggage stowage, cargo
transportation and stairways should not be computed.
8 - SANITARY UNITS
a) A Sanitary Unit is composed by a toilet vase made of vitrified ceramic, provided
with a cleaning water flush and accessories.
b) In Collective Sanitaries, the Sanitary Units must be located in separate
compartments with fixed dividing walls with a minimum height of 1,800 mm from the
finished floor, and provided with access door.
c) The access to Sanitary Units must be made through a minimum opening of
1,800 x 550 mm, provided with a door with internal locker and a free height to the floor no
greater than 300 mm and no lower than 100 mm.
d) The minimum dimensions of Sanitary Units must comply with
Figure 3-17-1.
9 - SHOWER UNITS
a) A Shower Unit is composed by a shower with the water jet height no lower than
1900 mm and its accessories, located in a compartment separated from the other areas by
means which avoids splashes.
b) In case the Shower Unit is not installed in a collective sanitary, it
ANNEX 3-L
must be enlarged by an area for changing clothes . Separation means must be provided in
order to avoid splashes into the area for changing clothes.
c) The Shower Units must present a doorstep with a minimum height of 100 mm
above the deck and must be waterproofed up to this level.
d) The Shower Units floor plan must be at least 700 x 700 mm for units inside
collective sanitaries, and 700 x 1.000 mm when there is an area for changing clothes, as
indicated in Figures 3-17.2 and 3-17.3.
FIGURE 3-17.1: Sanitary Unit
FIGURE 3-17.2: Shower Unit
FIGURE 3-17.3: Shower Unit with

Area For Changing Clothes
10 - BATHROOM UNIT
a) The Bathroom Units must have a minimum area of 1.30 m2 and the minimum
measures of the shower box are 700 x 700 mm. The minimum width of a Bathroom Unit
must be 800 mm (Figure 3-17.4).
b) The unit must be provided with a water drainage system both in the shower box
ANNEX 3-L
and in the remaining area, considering that the shower water cannot overflow to the box
outside.
c) The Shower Unit must comply with the provisions of item 9 of this annex.
FIGURE 3-17.4: Bathroom Unit
11 - COLLECTIVE SANITARY
a) The minimum collective sanitary must be composed by one Sanitary Unit plus
lavatory, with a minimum area of 1.26 m2, always considering the simultaneous use by
more than one person (Figure 3-17.5)
b) The lavatory must be equipped with a running water faucet and drain.
c) If the lavatory is of the collective type, it must be dimensioned considering
600 mm per person.
d) Each module in the collective lavatory must have its own faucet, and one drain may
serve a maximum of 5 modules.
e) A free space of 500 x 600 mm must be left in front of each lavatory;
f) The Sanitary Units must meet the provisions of item 8 of this annex.
g) The Shower Units must meet the provisions of item 9 of this annex.
h) The minimum distances between units of a collective sanitary
must be as follows:
1) sanitary unit in front of a sanitary unit: 1,000 mm;
2) sanitary unit in front of a shower unit: 1,000 mm;
3) sanitary unit in front of a lavatory: 1,000 mm;
4) shower unit in front of a shower unit: 1,200 mm;
5) shower unit in front of a lavatory: 1,200 mm;
6) lavatory in front of a lavatory: 1,200 mm;
7) lavatory in front of a bulkhead: 800 mm;
8) shower unit in front of a bulkhead: 800 mm; and
9) sanitary unit in front of a bulkhead: 800 mm.
ANNEX 3-L
FIGURE 3-17.5: Minimum Collective Sanitary
12 - PASSENGER EMBARKATION/DISEMBARKATION RAMP

a) At least one ramp must be provided, adequate to the vessel's characteristics and to
the area of passenger embarkation / disembarkation, in order to facilitate the entry and exit
of passengers.
b) The ramp must present the following characteristics:
- minimum width of 0.50 m;
- handrail (may be removable) on at least one ramp side and with a minimum
height of 1 meter;
- sufficient strength to enable the passing of people without showing any significant
flexion; and
- anti-slippage device on the floor, which may consist of transverse laths installed in
intervals of no more than 0.50 m.
c) The ramp must, in principle, be available on board the vessels. The Harbor
Masters, Delegates or Agents may authorize the stowage of ramps at the docks, as a
function of the operational characteristics of some ports and the vessels utilizing them.
ANNEX 3-M
INTERPRETATION OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOLAS
CONVENTION
1 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
a) Use of Portable and Wheeled Fire Extinguishers
The manufacture of portable and wheeled fire extinguishers with capacities not
exceeding 100 kg or 150 l must be approved by the National Institute of Metrology and
Industrial Quality (INMETRO). They must have a seal of compliance in order to be
accepted by the DPC - Directorate of Ports and Coasts for the use on board Merchant
Navy vessels and maritime platforms.
The revisions and recharging of portable and wheeled fire extinguishers must be
made by companies bearing the INMETRO compliance seal in accordance with the ABNT
Standard 12,962 or any other superseding it, and the time interval between hydraulic
testing must not exceed 5 years.
If revision services on firefighting equipment are carried out in other countries,
certificates showing that the company performing the revision is approved by the respective
country's Administration shall be accepted.
b) Quantities of portable fire extinguishers and spare charges
For ships constructed before July 01, 2002 (as defined in Chapter II-2), spare
charges must be provided for 100% of the first 10 extinguishers and 50% for the remaining
extinguishers capable of being recharged on board. The total number of spare charges
does not need to be higher than
60 units. The type and quantity of spare charges must be proportionate to the quantity per
type of the existing extinguishers on board.
For extinguishers that cannot be recharged on board, spare extinguishers must be
provided in the same number, type and capacity which satisfy the
criterion established in the previous paragraph.
c) Fire extinguishers in habitable compartments
A CO2 portable extinguisher of 6kg capacity or equivalent must be placed in all
compartments of engine, electrical workshop, kitchen, bridge and near each electric board.
Furthermore, two additional portable fire extinguishers of water or multi-use chemical
powder, of 10 liter capacity or equivalent, must be placed in aisles, duly spaced.
In engine compartments containing machinery fed with fuels, the CO2portable
extinguishers mentioned in the previous paragraph must be replaced with foam
extinguishers with 10 liter capacity or equivalent.
2 - COMPARTMENTS
a) Engine spaces category "A"
Spaces containing equipment with flame produced by oil, such as inert gas
generators and incinerators are also considered Category "A" engine spaces .
b) Control stations
Control stations are spaces housing foam generators or any battery which is a part
of the emergency power system, as well as the batteries supplying reserve power for the
radio station.
3 - FIRE PUMPS
a) Minimum quantity of fire pumps
Cargo ships with Gross Tonnage (GT) lower than 1000 must be provided with two
or more fire pumps, one of them with an independent drive.
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-M
b) Minimum quantity of water jets produced and minimum output
The fire pump must be capable of delivering two water jets with a minimum output
as required by the SOLAS Convention and its amendments, through a standard 16 mm
nozzle.
c) Total suction height of the emergency pump
The total suction height and net positive height (NPSH) of the emergency pump
must be such as to comply with Chapter II-2 of the SOLAS Convention and its amendments
under all conditions of heel, trim, roll and scend probable of being met under service.
d) Location of fire pumps and sea chests
Not just the emergency fire pump must be located out of spaces housing other
pumps, but also its discharge piping, suction piping and valves. Only small parts of the
suction and discharge piping may, under certain circumstances, penetrate spaces
containing other fire pumps or engine spaces, and even then they must be protected by a
steel cover or the piping must have a minimum thickness of 11 mm.
Sea chests and their valves must, in general, be positioned out of engine spaces.
In case that is not possible, the sea chest must have its valve remotely controlled from a
position near the emergency pump, in the same compartment, and its suction piping must
be the shortest possible and protected by a substantial steel cover or have a minimum wall
thickness of 11mm.
e) Independent emergency pump
Passenger ships with GT lower than 1,000, and cargo ships with GT
lower than 2,000 must be provided with a pump independently driven, out of the space
housing the fire pumps and capable of delivering a water jet through a 12 mm nozzle at the
pressure required by the sub-item below:
f) Minimum pressures at the fire piping outlets
For ships with GT lower than 1,000 the following minimum values for pressure must
be maintained at all fire piping outlets:
- passenger ships: 0.25 N/mm2
- cargo ships: 0.23 N/mm2
4 - ACCESSORIES
a) Fire net piping
The minimum wall thickness of the piping must be 11mm.
b) Fire hoses
The maximum length of a fire hose must be 15 m, and the hoses must meet the
ABNT Standards in force related to this matter.
c) Fire boxes: location and content
The vessels must have, nearby each fire piping outlet, a cabinet where the
following items shall be conditioned: a hose, a nozzle and the necessary fast couplings for
their setup and operation. This cabinet must be painted red and show clear indications of
its purpose.
d) Fixed fire-extinguishing gas systems
The cylinders of fixed systems must be approved according to the Standards of
INMETRO and ABNT as applicable.
If there is a branch of the vessel's compressed air net which is set for carrying out
the flushing of the fire extinguishing system's piping, this branch must have a valve inside
the cylinder compartment and must remain disconnected from the gas pressurizing and
distribution net. In order to perform the flushing
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-M
of the gas piping there must be an interconnection reel near the piping outlet, capable of
performing the connection between the compressed air system branch and the gas piping.
The revisions must be carried out by a company licensed by INMETRO. The hydrostatic
test must be carried out in intervals no longer than 10 years, and must follow the provisions
of Chapter 4 of these Standards.
e) Gas releasing alarm - adjustment
The amount of time in which the alarm must sound before the gas release must not
be lower than 20 seconds and shall be checked by the ship's Classification Society, taking
into consideration the dimensions of the protected space and its escape ways.
f) Conducts of combustible material
A conduct of combustible material should not cross class A or B bulkheads, and
must be limited to serve, for example, the distribution of the main conduct to ventilation
openings inside the compartment; furthermore, such conducts must have a certificate of
flame retarding I. Depending on the size of the compartment in which it is used, the
Classification Society may accept conducts longer than 2 m since it meets this rule and
have a certificate of low smoke emission.
g) Firefighting Equipment
The national firefighting equipment must be approved by the DPC. It consists of a
skin-protecting vest, boots, gloves, rigid helmet and autonomous breathing device. For
each autonomous breathing device, there must be on board a spare air charge adequate to
the device being used.
h) Electric cable pass-through parts
The pass-through devices for electric cables to be used on class A or B bulkheads
must be capable of keeping the same integrity of the bulkhead or deck in the case of fire.
Their insulation
does not need to be non-combustible, however, it must withstand the temperatures of a
standard fire test keeping the same integrity to the fire as the bulkhead or deck.
The piping made of materials with low fire resistance, like PVC or polyester resin
reinforced with fiberglass, may cross class A or B bulkheads if not being part of nets with
vital importance for the vessel's functioning. For this purpose, the configuration on board
which will allow for the passage of the piping through the class A bulkhead must be sent to
a lab and a standard fire test for that bulkhead must be performed on a sample. After the
test, the bulkhead integrity must have been kept.
5 - VENTILATION AND VISIBILITY IN OPEN DECK CONTROL STATIONS

The control stations outside engine rooms must have conditions and devices assuring
the ventilation, visibility and absence of smoke in case of fire.
These requirements do not have to be applied for control stations located on open
deck or in areas in which existing local shutting devices are equally effective.
6 - MATERIALS FOR SCUPPER PIPES AND SANITARY DISCHARGE

The materials that rapidly lose their efficiency when submitted to heat must not
be used in scupper pipes, sanitary discharge and in other discharges located near
the waterline and in places where the material failure in case of fire may proportionate
the risk of flooding. Such parts must be made of steel or equivalent material. In case the
material equivalent to steel is covered with insulation, the latter must have
waterproofing characteristics in order to avoid encrustation with oil or other products
which may alter its characteristics.
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-M
7 - FIREFIGHTING PLANS AND FIRE DRILL

a) The firefighting plan must be affixed at the bridge or chart room, at firefighting
stations and in a place outside the vessel's superstructure. The IMO-approved standard
symbols must be used.
b) For vessels with GT above 1,000, the instruction booklet mentioned in the SOLAS
Convention may be presented in addition to the firefighting plan.
8 - BULKHEADS AND DECKS

a) Bulkheads inside a main vertical zone
All aisle bulkheads not prescribed as class A must be class B and extend from
deck to deck, with the following exceptions:
1) When continuous class B linings and coatings are installed on both sides of a
bulkhead, the bulkhead part behind the continuous lining or coating must be of a material in
which both thickness and composition are acceptable for class B divisions. However, in
terms of class B integrity standards they may be downgraded, with due care for minimizing
the passage of flames.
2) If the ship is protected by an automatic spray system, following the prescriptions
of the SOLAS Convention, the aisle bulkheads of class B material may end at the aisle's
ceiling if they are made of a material in which both thickness and composition are
acceptable for class B divisions. Notwithstanding the requirements of the mentioned
Convention, only the linings may have their class B integrity standards downgraded, in
relation to the automatic spray system
. All doors and their supports placed on these bulkheads must keep
the class B integrity.
b) Integrity to fire of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying more than 36
passengers
When approving structural details related to fire protection, special care must be
taken regarding the possibility of heat transmission at intersections or extremities of
thermal barriers, as exemplified in Figure 16- 1 below:
Bulkhead
Insulation A 60
Insulation A 60
Floor plate
FIGURE 16-1: Construction Details:
c) Escape Means
1) Escape means with emergency lighting
(a) All escape routes including aisles, stairways and each door giving access to
such escape routes, including each door giving access to a category A engine room, must
be provided with emergency lighting in accordance with the SOLAS Convention, capable of
guiding the people to
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-M
of emergency, in accordance with the SOLAS Convention, capable of directing the people
find them lighted, enabling a good visibility in their interior.
b) In dead-end aisles, as defined by the above mentioned convention, windows
large enough to allow for the escape of a man or emergency exits to another deck must be
provided, aiming to avoid a person being blocked in case of fire, in an intermediate
compartment between the person and the only escape way.
2) Escape means and vertical stairs
The protected escape route of a category A engine room which, due to the
compartment dimensions, must cross different levels or platforms until reaching a safe
place on the main deck, must be provided with doors in all those levels. Such doors must
guarantee the same integrity of the conduct, besides being of the self-closing type.
d) Finishing Materials
1) Anti-condensation screens and adhesive insulation materials
The anti-condensation screens and adhesive products used for insulating the
cooling devices and their piping do not need to be non-combustible. However, they must be
applied in as limited of an extent as possible, and their exposed surfaces must be of flame
retarding type I and low smoke emission.
2) Flame retarding surfaces
(a) The exposed surfaces in aisles and stairways, and those of bulkheads,
panels and linings in all accommodations compartments, service compartments and control
stations must have characteristics of low smoke emission and flame retarding type I.
(b) Exposed surfaces in hidden or inaccessible spaces in accommodations or
service compartments and control stations must have characteristics of low smoke
emission and flame retarding type I.
(c) Meeting IMO Resolution in force on the matter.
3) Maximum volume of combustible elements
The total material volume of exposed surfaces and combustible finishing
materials in accommodation and service compartments must not exceed the volume
equivalent to a 2.5 mm thick laminate covering the total surface of walls and ceilings.
4) Use of laminates
Laminates must be of type I.
5) Paints and varnishes
(a) Paints, varnishes and other similar products used on exposed interior
surfaces must have characteristics of flame retarding type I, low smoke emission and no
production of toxic gases.
(b) The DPC may accept test certificates of non toxic gas production issued by
other Administrations or by recognized Classification Societies.
6) Primary coating of decks
(a) The primary coating of decks, if applied inside accommodations or service
compartments and control stations, must have characteristics of low ignition, low smoke
emission, no production of toxic gases and no exploding at high temperatures.
(b) The DPC may accept test certificates of non toxic gas production issued by
other Administrations or by recognized Classification Societies.
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-M
e) Accommodation and service compartments, control stations,
e) Accommodation and service compartments, control stations, aisles and stairways
- Construction details
1) The air spaces behind ceilings and panels must be conveniently divided by
flame-guards well adjusted to avoid suction. The maximum spacing between these flame-
guards is 14 m. The adjustment must be very well done and the passing of electric cables,
piping, etc must be avoided. In case the passage through a flame-guard is inevitable, the
pass-through devices must guarantee the tightness.
2) In vertical divisions, such spaces (including those placed behind the walls of
stairways, vertical tunnels, etc) must be closed at each deck.
f) Electric cabling
1) Electric cables meeting the requirements of tests prescribed in paragraph 10.50
of Standard IEC 92-3 part C are considered as fire retarding electric cables.
2) Electric cables meeting the requirements of tests prescribed in the IEC Standard
- Recommendations: Fire-Resisting Electrical Cables, are considered electric cables of the
fire-resisting type.
g) Restricted use of combustible materials
1) All exposed surfaces in aisles and stairways, as well as those of hidden or
inaccessible spaces of habitable and service compartments and control stations, must have
characteristics of flame retarding type I and low smoke emission.
2) All exposed surfaces in ceilings of habitable and service compartments and
control stations, must have characteristics of flame retarding type I and low smoke
emission.
3) The acceptance testing procedure must follow the IMO Resolution in force on the
matter.
h) Refrigerated compartments and chambers - Construction details
1) Except for cargo compartments and refrigerated compartments inside service
compartments, the insulation materials used must be non-combustible. The anti-
condensation screens and adhesive products used together with the insulation, as well as
the piping insulation of refrigeration systems, do not need to be of non-combustible
material. However, they must be applied in as limited of an extent as possible, and their
exposed surfaces must have characteristics of flame retarding type I and low smoke
emission.
2) For the purpose of application of the SOLAS Convention Chapter II, if the
insulation material used in the refrigerating chambers of service compartments is
combustible, the compartment must be treated as a high fire-risk compartment.
i) Habitable and service compartments - Construction details
The non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and panels installed in habitable and
service compartments may contain a combustible laminate with exposed surface, 2 mm
thick, inside any of these compartments excepting the aisles, stairways and control
stations, in which the laminate should not be more than 1.5 mm thick. The laminates are
considered as exposed surfaces, and for the purpose of this Rule, must meet the
requirements observed for a type I laminate, where applicable.
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-M
9 - ALLOCATION OF BREATHING DEVICES FOR EMERGENCY ESCAPE - Rule

13/II-2, paragraphs 3.4 and 4.3
a) Cargo ships
a) Accommodations - An allocation of 2 EEBD must be provided, plus 1 spare
complete set.
b) Category A engine spaces - 1 EEBD must be provided for each platform along
each stairway/escape route. If the engine control room is located inside the engine room, it
must be provided with one additional EEBD; and
c) Other engine spaces - 1 EEBD must be provided, if deemed necessary by the
Classification Society, taking into consideration the number and frequency of people
normally working inside the compartment, and if it houses internal combustion engines and
/ or fuel oil units.
b) Passenger ships
1) Accommodations - A minimum number of spare EEBD equal to 50% of the total
number of EEBD prescribed in paragraph 3-4 of Rule II-2/13; and
2) Engine room - The same allocation established for cargo ships.
c) General Notes
The guidance contained in Circ. MSC 849 must be followed.
The EEBD prescribed for accommodations must be stowed as much apart as
possible.
The location of EEBD units on board must be clearly indicated, and the spare EEBD
must be clearly indicated as such.
In the engine room, the EEBD must be stowed next to the stairs / escape routes.
However, if the Classification Society judges that such location is not the most adequate for
reasons of arrangement or position of working places inside the engine room, it may be
altered.
The EEBD units must be marked and indicated in the Safety Plan, which must be
ratified / approved by the Classification Society.
The EEBD units to be allocated in Brazilian flagged ships must meet the
requirements of the Code for Fire Safety Systems (FSS Code) and have an approval
certificate from a Maritime Authority of a SOLAS-74 Convention contracting country.
The Classification Societies may, if they judge adequate as a function of the engine
room characteristics and arrangement, increase or reduce the number of EEBD prescribed
in paragraphs 1) and 2) of this item.
Mod 16
ANNEX 3-N
INTERIM PROCEDURES
1 - SUBJECT
Issue of Construction Licenses for vessels without propulsion, not intended for
carrying passengers, with gross tonnage higher than 100 and equal to or lower than 200,
and floating stages operating with 12 or less people on board and with gross tonnage
higher tan 100 and equal to or lower than 200, and document change of name, as provided
in the Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels Used in Open Sea Navigation - NORMAM-
01/2000, Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels Used in Inland Navigation - NORMAM-
02/2000 and Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels of Sports and Recreation -
NORMAM-03/2001.
2 - REFERENCE
Chapter 3 of NORMAM Standards: 01/2000, 02/2000 and 03/2001.
3 - RELEVANT FACTS
Considering that Law No.7652/88, amended by Law No. 9774/98, relating to the
registration of vessels at the Maritime Tribunal, requires presentation of a Construction
License for all vessels with gross tonnage higher than 100, and does not acknowledge the
existence of the Regularization Document provided in the above referred standards, a need
was found to change the procedures for the granting of Construction Licenses and
Regularization Documents as provided for in NORMAM-
01/2000, 02/2000 and 03/2001.
4 - RECOMMENDED ACTIONS
Until the due changes are effected in the referred NORMAM standards, the following
procedures shall be adopted:
a) Vessels without propulsion, not intended for passenger transport, with GT
higher than 100 and equal to or lower than 200, and floating stages operating with 12
or less individuals on board and with GT higher than 100 and equal to or lower than
200.
1- Those vessels which, following the provisions of item 0314 of
NORMAM-01/2000 and 02/2000, have already presented the respective documents for
regularization before a CP, DL or AG office in the time period between 6/9/1998 and
10/31/2001, shall have a Construction License issued by the GEVI (Management of
Surveys and Inspections) based solely on the documents required by the item mentioned
above. Such License must contain the following note: This License was issued based
solely on the presentation of a Descriptive Memorandum, a statement from the responsible
naval architect and the respective ART, aiming at enabling its registration at the Maritime
Tribunal and in compliance with ORITEC No. 020/2001 from the DPC".
The CP, DL and AG offices must carry out a detailed research of vessels fitting
this situation and report directly to the DPC, by message, the result of said research,
requesting assistance from the GEVI.
2- Starting from 10/31/2001, the vessels mentioned in paragraph a) above shall
turn to be fitted as "GEVI Vessel" and, therefore, shall be subject to the acquisition of a
Construction or Alteration License and must, consequently, present the documentation
required in items 0312 and 0318 according to the case.
ANNEX 3-N
b) Vessels that had a Regularization Document issued after the entry into force
of NORMAM-01, 02 and 03
For these vessels, a Construction License shall be additionally issued by the GEVI
or a Classification Society, based on the Regularization Document previously issued. It
must be emphasized that the emission of an additional license shall not invalidate the
original Regularization Documents, which must be kept duly filed. Such License must
contain the following note: This License was issued based on the Regularization
Document No. xxxx/xx, aiming at enabling registration at the Maritime Tribunal and
complying with the guidance contained in ORITEC No. 020/2001/SSTA of the DPC. The
emission of this License does not cancel the validity of the Regularization Document
referred therein". The Construction Licenses to be issued by the GEVI shall be prepared at
the DPC, based on file Regularization Documents contained in their files. If the CP, DL or
AG offices detect the existence of any vessel bearing a Regularization Document, for which
the respective Construction License has not yet been issued, they must report directly to
the DPC or the respective Classification Society for the necessary steps.
c) GEVI or classified vessels
Starting from the distribution of this ORITEC, the Construction, Alteration or
Reclassification Licenses must be issued in accordance with the model of NORMAM-
03/2001 Annex 3-A.
d) Regularization Documents
1- Starting from the distribution of this ORITEC, Regularization Documents shall no
more be issued, and in its place Construction Licenses shall be issued in accordance with
the new model annexed, by marking the option "Construction License
(for Vessels already Built)" - LCEC.
2- Until due alterations are made in the texts of the referred NORMAM standards,
and references to the Regularization Document must be considered ineffective.
ANNEX 3-O

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1 - OBJECTIVE
Establish minimum electrical requirements for national vessels used in the open sea
navigation.
2 - MAIN ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE

1) The main power source must have enough capacity for supplying the necessary
charge to keep the vessel in full conditions of operation and habitableness, taking into
consideration the power factor, the demand factor and the simultaneity of charges.
2) The main electric power source must be of such a nature that it can keep all
essential services working independently from the rotation speed and direction of the main
engines and the propeller shaft.
3) The main electric power source must be dimensioned in such a way that the
apparent power supplied to the system is enough to avoid voltage drops resulting in
disconnection or oscillation of consuming units in operation due to the startup of high
current-demand electric motors.
3 - EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE

1) Whenever the electric power emergency source is a generator driven by an engine
with independent fuel supply, such fuel must have an ignition temperature higher than
43oC.
2) The electric power emergency source must be independent from the main source
and capable of feeding for 1 (one) hour all the electric systems and consumers necessary
for the safety of passengers and crew, such as:
- alarm systems;
- communications equipment;
- navigation equipment;
- navigation and signaling lights;
- search spotlight;
- automatic water-spray fire extinguishing installations;
- fire pump and emergency fire pump;
- emergency lighting; and
- whistle.
3) The emergency generator group or emergency battery must, preferably, be
installed outside the main generator and engine compartment. Preferably, the bulkhead
separating these two spaces must be watertight and fire resistant, so the emergency
source will not be damaged in case of fire or other accident inside the engine room.
4) The emergency power source must, whenever possible, be located above the
upper continuous deck and be of prompt access from the open deck. In no hypothesis may
the power source be installed inside the fore and aft peak tanks.
4 - ACCUMULATOR BATTERIES
1) Must be installed in uninhabited places, aerated and sheltered..
2) Must be kept duly secured and with their connecting terminals with no verdigris and
protected by insulating material.
3) When secured to the floor of decks below the main deck, must observe a minimum
height of 40 cm from the floor.
ANNEX 3-O
5 - ELECTRIC SWITCHBOARDS
1) The main and emergency switchboards must be placed in such a way as to offer
easy access during the equipment operation and / or maintenance.
2) The emergency switchboard must be near the emergency electric power source.
3) The sides, back and front of the electric switchboards must be duly protected, and
non-conductive mats or decks must be placed on the floor in front and behind the said
boards. The emergency switchboard must be placed the nearest possible to the
emergency electric power source. Whenever the emergency power source is a generator,
the emergency switchboard must be located in the same compartment, unless this is hurtful
to the board operation.
4) When the emergency power source consists of a battery of accumulators, it should
not be installed in the same compartment as the emergency switchboard.
5) The electric switchboards must be secured in sheltered places not containing
flammable materials.
6) The electric switchboards should not be placed forward to the collision bulkhead.
7) Special attention must be given to the maintenance and cleaning conditions of the
switchboards.
6 - VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY LEVELS

The voltages must be selected, as far as possible, within the standard voltage
systems and the frequency of 60 Hz is suggested.
7 - POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

a) One of the following distribution systems may be used:
- on 1 wire with return through the hull;
- on 2 wires insulated from the hull;
- on 2 wires being one grounded with no return through the hull;
- on 3 wires insulated from the hull;
- on 3 wires with return through the hull; or
- on 4 wires with grounded neutral and no return through the hull.
b) Systems with return through the hull should not be used in vessels which carry
products with flash point lower than 60 oC or in vessels with aluminum hull.
8 - PROTECTION SYSTEMS
a) The distribution circuits, generators and feeders must be individually protected by
switches or fuses, against surcharge and short-circuit.
b) The transformers must be protected with switches on the primary coiling.
c) The navigation light circuits must be individually protected by fuses or switches
installed in the control panel or navigation lights switchboard.
9 - NAVIGATION LIGHTS
The navigation lights switchboard must be fed by an independent line from the main
and emergency switchboards.
10 - WIRES, CABLES, OUTLETS AND ACCESSORIES.

a) The wires must be protected by rigid or flexible conduits. The cables must be
individually secured to cable trays or supports.
b) The conduits must be installed with sufficient inclination and holes to provide
ANNEX 3-O
drainage and avoid accumulation of water.

c) The cables and wiring must be installed and secured in such a way as to avoid
wearing by friction or other damage.
d) The ends and junctions of all conductors must be made in such a way as to
preserve the original electrical and mechanical properties.
e) The cables and wiring used in electric circuits supplying essential or emergency
power, lighting, internal communications or signaling should not pass through areas in
which there is risk of fire.
f) The cables connecting fire pumps to the emergency switchboard must be of the fire-
resistant type, when passing near areas in which there is elevated risk of fire.
g) In compartments and places where flammable materials are stored, the switches,
outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical equipment must be explosion-proof.
h) The conductive parts of outlets and plugs must be protected in order to avoid being
touched, even when connecting and disconnecting.
i) Electrical wiring extensions should not be used; in case they are used in an
eventual need, the electric current capacity must be checked and, depending on the
distance, also the voltage drop,.
j) The lighting accessories must be installed in such a way as to avoid temperature
rises capable of damaging cables and wiring and to prevent the surrounding materials to be
excessively heated.
k) All light and power circuits ending in a space containing fuel tanks or flammable
materials, must be provided with a switch placed outside the referred space for
disconnecting such circuits.
l) The polyphasic circuits must be distributed in such a way as to assure the best
charge balance among phases.
m) The electric wires and cables must be specified considering their current
conduction capacity established by the manufacturer and the admissible voltage drop.
n) In polyphasic circuits, when the area of each phase conductor' s section is equal to
or lower than 16 mm2 and in monophasic circuits, whatever the section area of the phase
conductor, the neutral conductor must have the same section area as the phase
conductors.
ANNEX 3-P
ENGINE REQUIREMENTS
1 - PURPOSE
Establish minimum engine installation requirements for vessels used in the open sea
navigation.
2 - INSTALLATION DOCUMENTS AND DIAGRAMS (ARRANGEMENTS)

a) The arrangements and / or drawings of engine installations must be prepared with
a legend specifying, at least, the hull number and / or vessel name, builder shipyard,
propulsion power, date and number of the corresponding ART.
b) All arrangements, drawings and documents must be digitalized / typewritten,
contain a glossary of the symbology referred to the equipment and accessories, have a
front sheet containing their identification and of the vessel (name or hull number), besides
the stamp and signature of the responsible technical person.
The inner pages must contain the responsible technical person's initials and the
vessel's identification.
c) No plan or document should contain any type of erasure or amendment.
3 - REQUIREMENTS OF THE ENGINE SPACES AND EQUIPMENT

a) The engine spaces and equipment must be kept clean and without oil leaks, and
with the decks in good condition;
b) Any pulleys, belts and other mobile parts used for driving machines and / or
mechanisms must be provided with adequate devices to protect the people;
c) Belts, tools and spare parts must be conditioned in appropriate places
(like hangers and cabinets), avoiding their displacement with the vessel's rolling or
equipment vibration. They should not be stowed temporarily on the shaft of their respective
equipment, due to the risk of equipment damage and injuries to the crew members;
d) Gas leaking or discharge from fuel combustion inside engine spaces or any other
compartments should not be allowed;
e) The hot surfaces must be provided with thermal protection, in order to minimize the
risk of burnings on crew members;
f) Engine room discharge and suction nets connected to the bottom or hull side must
be metallic. Furthermore, the discharge nets must be flanged when crossing bulkheads
and / or the hull side (for tightness purposes);
g) The oil tanks located inside the Engine Room must be provided with independent
air vents ending in an outside area;
h) The level indicators of oil tanks must be provided with a valve (preferably of the ball
type) installed at their lower part;
i) Appropriate lighting must be provided, protected by shock-free lighting fixtures .
The lighting must be such that no area greater than 1 m2 is left dark;
j) All engine spaces must have appropriate ventilation for the equipment functioning,
and when manned, also present satisfactory conditions for the presence of the seaman in
charge of the engine watchkeeping shift. Depending on the installations, the ventilation
used may be forced or natural;
-3-P-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 3-P
k) Any piping coming from oil tanks, through which the oil is sent to the main or
auxiliary engines, must be of a metallic material and have a quick-shutting valve;
i) Pumps used in oil transfer for the vessel's consumption must be installed over
collecting trays, allowing for the collection of leaked oil when possible leaks occur.
m) All the electric wiring of main and auxiliary engines and their supplementary
equipment must be protected by conduits or conditioned in appropriate wiring harnesses;
n) Passenger transportation vessels with the main engine installed at the vessel's
center and in the same place where the passengers are carried must be provided with
protection aiming at avoiding contact with the engine's mobile parts besides thermal and
acoustic insulation, bringing comfort and protection to the passengers;
o) All exposed piping in areas carrying vehicles must be provided with protection in
order to avoid accidents;
p) All piping of gas, fuel, lube oil, flammable substances in general and wiring must be
kept apart at least 200mm from discharge piping or any other hot surfaces;
q) Engines provided with an opening system for inlet and discharge valves by means
of rocker arms must have their pushrods protected in order to make impossible the contact
of crew members with mobile parts of the referred system; and
r) Engines cooled by fans must have the latter protected in order to avoid injuries on
crew members.
4 - MONITORING AT THE BRIDGE OF THE VESSEL'S PROPULSION, AUXILIARY

AND OPERATION SYSTEMS
a) Any equipment monitoring or control system installed at the bridge must be
provided with identification plates, as well as an appropriate lighting; and
b) Vessels with GT higher than 50 must have the engine room provided with visual
and / or sound alarm of high bilge level, with indication at the engine room and bridge
(command).
5 - REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION PROPULSION ENGINES (MCP)

a) Engines powered 800 hp or above must be provided with a local or remote panel
with the following information: RPM, cooling water temperature, lube oil pressure and lube
oil temperature; and
b) The main and auxiliary engines' inertial wheels must be provided with protection.
6 - REQUIREMENTS FOR DREDGE-TYPE VESSELS

a) Vessels equipped with a cargo compartment bottom opening system (funnel-type
or not) must be provided with protection in a way that the opening driver mechanism,
installed or not on the main deck, does not present risk of accident;
b) The clutch systems used to connect the suction/discharge pump of the dredged
material to its driving machine must be housed inside an appropriate container in order to
avoid accidents;
c) The clutch systems using compressed air for their driving must have metal piping
connecting the
ANNEX 3-P
air reservoir to the clutch itself, as well as between the air reservoir and the compressor;
d) Dredges operated from the bridge must be provided with a device for acceleration /
deceleration and emergency stopping of the driving engine coupled with the suction /
discharge pump of the dredged material; and
e) Vessels which suction pipe movement at the sea bed is made by means of
winches, davits or tackle blocks, must be provided with a locking system preventing the
suction pipe from falling into the sea when the vessel is sailing and with no dredging
operation.

ANNEX 4-A
ALLOCATION TABLE OF SURVIVAL AND RESCUE CRAFT
Rescue Craft Survival craft
Activity (rescue boat) Lifeboats Liferafts (2)

Closed Class I Class II Class III

On each
On each side
Tank No No side No
For 100%
For 100%
NON-SOLAS
VESSELS Maritime Passenger One (3) No No For 100% No
Support

Class I or II
Cargo No No For 100% No
One (3)
Other No No No For 100% No

For 100% For 100%
Fishing No No No
(4) (1) (4)
NOTES:
(1) Vessels Existing in 6/8/1998, which until that date were classified for navigating along the Brazilian coast within the visibility
limit from shore, and if they do not undergo alterations in their characteristics. These vessels may, at the discretion of the Harbor
Master, allocate organic abandonment boats.
ATTENTION - This note's content does not apply to vessels operating south of latitude 22 52' S (Cabo Frio).
(2) The inflatable lifesaving rafts and the organic abandonment boats must have an automatic escape device so they are
released if the vessel sinks.
(3) Mandatory only if the vessel performs readiness service.
(4) Mandatory only for vessels with GT > 10.
- 4 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 12
ANNEX 4-B
ALLOCATION TABLE OF INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE EQUIPMENT
IMMERSION VESTS, PROTECTION MEANS

AND LIFESAVING JACKETS
Type of Immersion Protection Lifesaving Jackets
Vessel Vests Means Classes
Non-SOLAS I II
NO NO
Vessels NO YES
LIFESAVING BUOYS
Vessel Type Classes Rule Length Quantity of
Application
(L) Buoys
L < 60 m 08
60 m L < 120 m 12
Passengers 120 m L < 180 m 18
180 m L < 240 m 24
L 240 m
SOLAS Class I 30
L < 100 m 08
100 m L < 150 m 10
Cargo 150 m L < 200 m 12
L 200 m 14
L < 24 m 02
Non-SOLAS 24 m L < 45 m
Passengers or 03
Vessels (1) Class II 45 m L < 75 m
Cargo 06
L 75 m
08
ABANDONMENT RATION
Vessel Types Solid Ration Liquid Ration
Lifesaving Lifesaving
Whaleboats Raft Whaleboats Raft
Non-
3,330kJ per 3,330kJ per
SOLAS person (2 person (2 1 liter 0.5 liter
Vessels envelopes per envelopes per per per
person) person) person person
Note:
(1) - small vessels are exempted.
- 4 - B - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 12
ANNEX 4-C
ALLOCATION OF PYROTECHNIC ARTIFACTS
manual
vessel activity or rocket manual floating signal, automatic
service red star beam, red orange smoke lighting
type
with light device
parachute
3 min 15 min
HALF OF THE
SOLAS 12 - BRIDGE 6- 2- ONE ON BUOYS, BEING
ALL 4- WHALEBOAT EACH 1 ON EACH WING
WHALEBOAT WHALEBOAT WING OF OF THE BRIDGE
THE
BRIDGE
MARITIME ONE ON EACH

OTHER 6- 2- NO NO WING OF THE
SUPPORT BRIDGE BRIDGE BRIDGE
2-
VESSELS ALL 6- BRIDGE NO NO ONE ON EACH
BRIDGE WING OF THE
BRIDGE
FISHING 2- 2- NO NO NO
GT < 10 BRIDGE BRIDGE
- 4 - C - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 4-D
NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT ALLOCATION TABLE
NON-SOLAS VESSELS FISHING

EQUIPMENT
AB > 500 AB 500 AB> 500 AB 500
STANDARD MAGNETIC COMPASS NO NO NO NO
STEERING MAGNETIC COMPASS YES YES YES YES
ALIDADE DEVICE AND INTERNAL COMMUNICATION
RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED
MEANS
PASSENGER
RADAR (9,0 GHz) YES NO NO
AB > 300
YES
ECHOSOUNDER YES RECOMMENDED YES NO
RUDDER ANGLE INDICATOR, PROPELLER(S)

ROTATION SPEED INDICATOR YES NO YES NO
NAVIGATION AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS YES YES YES YES
NAVIGATION LIGHTS YES YES YES

YES
SATELLITE NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT (GPS) RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED
- 4 - D - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 12
ANNEX 4-F
EPIRB 406 MHz - REGISTRATION FORM

REGISTRATION FORM
BRMCC COSPAS-SARSAT
BRAZILIAN MISSION CONTROL CENTER (COSPAS-SARSAT) First
Integrated Center of Air Defense and Air Traffic Control Addr.: SHIS QI 05
rea Especial 12 LAGO SUL
CEP 71615-600 Braslia DF Brazil
Telefax: +55 (61) 365-2964
E-mail: brmcc@cindacta1.aer.mil.br
Remeta via fax, correio ou "E-mail" (Send via fax, mail or E-mail)
Fornecido pelo Vendedor - Identificao nica do Transmissor (Cdigo hexadecimal 15

caracteres)
Unique Identifier Number (hexadecimal 15-character code) - Provided by Supplier
< Novo Registro de Transmissor (New EPIRB Registry)

< Modificaes no Registro de um Trasnmissor (Change of EPIRB registry Tick () conforme for o caso
information) ( check the appropriate box)
< Modificaes do Proprietrio ou Explorador (Change of Owner or User)
< Modificaes em outros dados fornecidos (Other Information Update)
< Preenchido pelo Fornecedor/Vendedor (Filled in by Supplier/Vendor)
< Preenchido pelo Comprador/Usurio (Filled in by owner/user)
-
Marca/modelo do Transmissor (Transmitter Type/model):
N de Srie (Serial Number):
N de aprovao do tipo pelo COSPAS-SARSAT (COSPAS-SARSAT type approval certificate
number)
PROPRIETRIO OU EXPLORADOR (Owner or Operator)

Nome (Name) :
Endereo (Address):
Cidade (City) Estado (State): CEP (ZIP):
Tel. residencial (home phone)_ _Tel. Comercial (work phone)
fax: (facsimile) e-mail :_
CONTATO PRIMRIO EM CASO DE EMERGNCIA (24 horas)
FIRST CONTACT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY (24 Hours)
Nome (Name) : Tel (Res) (Home phone)
Tel. (Com. ou Cel.) (Work or mobile phone)
Nome (Name) : Tel (Res) (Home phone)

Tel. (Com. ou Cel.) (Work or mobile phone)
Detalhes da Embarcao (Details of Vessel)

Nome da Embarcao (vessel name): Indicativo de Chamada (call sign)
Nmero MMSI (9 Dgitos) ( MMSI Number (9 digits)):
Tipo de Propulso (Propulsion type):
Tipo, por favor tick (< ) ( check the apropriate box (< )):
Cargueiro(cargo)< Pesqueiro(Fishing)< Lazer(Leisure)< Militar(Military)<
Outros(Other)<
Porto Base (Home port):
Nmero mximo de pessoas a bordo ( Max number of persons on board):
Cores (colors):
Meios de Comunicao/navegao; por favor tick (< ) (Means of Communnication/navigation, please tick ()):
VHF< MF< HF< VHF/UHF < INMARSAT: A < B < C < M <
Nmero Telefnico INMARSAT (INMARSAT Phone Number):
Outros (Other)
Voc receber um comunicado sobre o Registro em at 10 (dez) dias teis. Caso no o receba, contate-nos.
(You`ll receive a notice about your registration in 10 (ten) working days. If you dont receive it, contact us)
Estas informaes so revestidas do maior grau de sigilo e somente sero usadas em caso de acionamento de Alerta.
This information will be kept confidential and will only be used in a real case of Alert)
Assegure-se de que todos os dados esto corretos, pois deles depender sua integridade fsica em caso de acidente.
(Be sure that all information is correct, because your physical integrity will depend on these data, in case of accident)
Local e Data (Place and date): Assinatura (signature):

- 4 - F - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod 12
ANNEX 4-G
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ALLOCATION TABLE
AREA QUANTITY AND CLASS OF
LOCATION EXTINGUISH
Bridge and Chart Room
SAFETY 1 C-2
AREAS
Radio Room 1 (near the exit) C-2(*1)
Cabins, Bathrooms, Public 1 in each main aisle
ACCOMMODA Spaces, on each deck, adequately
Offices, etc and associated placed in such a way that no A-2 or B-2
TION AREAS storages, deposits and pantries space will be at over 20m from
an extinguisher
SERVICE Kitchens 1 for each 200m2 or fraction, B-2 or C-2

AREAS according to the risk involved
Stores, including of paints and 1 for each 200m2 or fraction,
lamps according to the risk involved A-2 or B-2
Spaces containing oil boilers
(main or auxiliary) or any other
fuel oil unit subject to the
pressurized discharge of the fuel 2(*3) B-2
oil service pump
ENGINE Spaces housing engines of

SPACES(*2) internal combustion or gas 1 B-5(*4)
turbines for propulsion
1 for each 1000 BHP, but
no less than 2 or more than B-2
6(*5)
Auxiliary Spaces housing
internal combustion engines or 1(*6) (*7) B-3
gas turbines
1 (near the exit) (*7) B-2

Auxiliary Spaces housing
emergency generators 1 (near the exit) C-2
CARGO Pump Room 1 B-2

AREAS
Cargo Area none
NOTES:
(*1) - vessels not used for international voyages may replace by 2 C-1.
(*2) - one C-2 extinguisher must be immediately available to the areas of the service generator and
main switchboard and, additionally, one C-2 must be conveniently located at an unobstructed
distance no greater than 15 m from any point of the main engine room. These extinguishers do not
need to be requested in addition to those required by regulations.
(*3) - vessels with GT < 1000 need only 1.
(*4) - vessels with GT < 1000 may replace by 1 B-4.
(*5) - only 1 is required for boats less than 20 m long.
(*6) - if an auxiliary boiler is installed in the space, the B-5 extinguisher previously required for the
boiler may be replaced. It is not required when a fixed system is installed.
(*7) - not required for vessels with GT < 300.
- 4-G-1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 4-H
STANDARD SYMBOLS
REFERENCE ITEM SYMBOL
FASTEN SEAT BELTS

1
CLOSE THE
2
HATCHES
START THE
3
ENGINE
LOWER THE
4 LIFESAVING CRAFT
TO THE WATER
LOWER THE
LIFESAVING
RAFT TO THE
5
WATER
ANNEX 4-H
LOWER THE
RESCUE
6
CRAFT TO THE
WATER
7 RELEASE THE
TACKLES
TURN ON THE
8
WATER SPRAY
TURN ON THE
9
AIR SUPPLY
10 RELEASE THE
LASHES
ANNEX 4-I
RECOMMENDED SYMBOLS INDICATING THE LOCATION OF
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND GATHERING AND BOARDING
STATIONS FOR SURVIVAL CRAFT
LIFESAVING
1
CRAFT
RESCUE CRAFT
2
3 LIFE RAFT
LIFE RAFT LOWERED

4
BY DAVIT
EMBARKATION
5
LADDER
ANNEX 4-I
6 ABANDONMENT RAMP
7 LIFESAVING BUOY
LIFESAVING BUOY
8
WITH LINE
LIFESAVING BUOY
WITH AUTOMATIC
9
LIGHTING DEVICE
LIFESAVING BUOY
WITH AUTOMATIC
10
LIGHTING AND
SMOKE DEVICE
11 LIFESAVING JACKET
ANNEX 4-I
CHILD LIFESAVING
12
JACKET
13 IMMERSION VEST
SURVIVAL CRAFT
14 PORTABLE RADIO
15 EPIRB
16 RADAR-TRANSPONDER
SURVIVAL CRAFT
PYROTECHNICAL
17
DISTRESS SIGNAL
ANNEX 4-I
MANUAL ROCKET,
18 RED STAR
W/PARACHUTE
LINE-
19
THROWING
DEVICE
20 GATHERING STATION
21 BOARDING STATION
DIRECTION
22
INDICATOR
EMERGENCY EXIT
23
INDICATOR
ANNEX 4-I

24 EXIT

EMERGENCY
25
EXIT
ANNEX 4-J
RADAR
REFLECTOR
300
TOP VIEW
300
FRONT VIEW
NOTES:1. The Radar Reflector must be manufactured of steel or aluminum plate, with a minimum
thickness of 1 mm.
2. Minimum diameter 300 mm.
ANNEX 5-A
STATEMENT OF DANGEROUS GOODS
1 Forwarder 2 Document number
4 Forwarder ref.
3 Page of
_____pages 5 Receiver ref.
6 Consignee 7 Carrier (filled in by same)
Forwarder's statement 8 Limitations (if applicable)

I hereby declare that the content of the indicated container/vehicle is
fully and accurately described below, formally qualified, classified,
packed, marked and with label or plate, being under all aspects in
appropriate conditions for transportation in accordance with the
national and international applicable regulations.
9 Additional information for handling Cargo and passenger Cargo

10 Voyage/No./date 11 Port of loading
12 Port of unloading 13 Final destination
14 Content details *Package type and quant.; content description Gr.weight (kg) Net weight (kg) Vol.(m)
15 Container/vehicle number
16 Seal number
17 Container/vehicle size/type
18 Tare weight (kg)
19 Total gross weight (kg)
Package certificate (container/vehicle)
"I hereby declare that the goods described above were packaged and stowed inside the container/vehicle identified above, in
compliance with the applicable regulations"
**(must be completed and signed for all containers/vehicles by the person in charge of the stowage).
20 Company name Declarer name/function Declarer signature/date
21 Statement by the receiving company

"Received the quantity above described of containers/vehicles, apparently in good order and conditions, with the following remarks:
(notes)
Carrier name Company name (of the sender who completed this form)
Vehicle registration number Declarer name/function
Signature/date/place Place and date
Driver's signature Declarer's signature
* Dangerous goods: required specification of technical names, class of risk, ONU No., package group (if applicable), if marine
pollutant, observing also other mandatory requirements from national or international regulations. See IMDG CODE 5.4.1.1
(Amendment 30-00)
**See IMDG CODE 5.4.1.1 (Amendment 30-00)
- 5 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC

ANNEX 5-A
MANIFESTO DE MERCADORIAS PERIGOSAS * Pg. / .

(DANGEROUS GOODS MANIFEST) * (Page)
Nome do Navio Nmero IMO Nacionalidade do Navio Nome do Comandante

(Name of ship) (IMO Number) (Flag of ship) (Master's Name)
Ref. da Viagem Porto de Carreg. Porto de Descarreg. Agente de Embarque

(Voyage Reference) (Port of Loading) (Port of Unloading)(Shipping Agent)
N do livro N do Container Quantidade e Nome Classe N ONU Grupo da Risco Ponto de Poluidor Peso Procedimento Posio de
de N do Veculo tipo de Comercial Embalagem Secundrio Fulgor Marinho Bruto de Estocagem
referencia Embalagens Ou Tcnico (c.f.) (Kg) Emergncia a Bordo
Gross
Booking/ Container No. Quantity and Market of Flash Stowage
UN Packing Secondary Marine /Net
Reference Vehicle No. Type of Technica Class Point Emer Position
Number Group Risk Pollutant Weight
Number Packages l Name (C/F) gency On Board
(Kg)
Proce

Assinatura do Agente Assinatura do Comandante

(Agents Signature) (Masters Signature)
Local e Data Local e Data

(Place and Date) (Place and Date)
* De acordo com a regra 5.5 do captulo VII do SOLAS 74, regra 4(3) do Anexo III da MARPOL 73/78 e captulo 5.4, pargrafo 5.4.3.1 do IMDG CODE
(As required by SOLAS 74, chapter VII, rule 5.5- MARPOL 73/78, annex III, rule 4(3) and IMDG CODE chapter 5.4, paragraph 5.4.3.1)
- 5 - A - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 5-B
ADVANCE NOTIFICATION FORM
1 - Vessel name:
Type: Enrollment: Registration:
2 - Are there plans on board for applying emergency procedures
in case of accidents involving dangerous cargoes carried? YES [ ] NO [ ]
3 - Firefighting equipment available? ....................................... YES [ ] NO [ ]
4 - Crew has been trained? .........................................................YES [ ] NO [ ]
5 - Vessel has personnel responsible for supervising the
safety measures during the loading / unloading operation?....YES [ ] NO [ ]
__________
____________ _____
___, ___________,
Signature of Shipowner or Legal Representative
Documentation: Received on / / .
Registered on / / .
Signature:
Reviewed on / / . Notes:
.......................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................
Authorized? ................................................................ YES [ ] NO [ ]
Signature
Date / / .
Vessel / Cargo Inspected? ........................................................... YES [ ] NO [ ]

On: / / . Correct? ........................................................... YES [ ] NO [ ]
Notes: .......................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
-5-B-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 5-C
BRAZILIAN NAVY
INSTRUMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS
CP/DL/AG acknowledgment:
(Office stamp)
................................................
Initials of the Maritime Authority
local Representative
-
I hereby, .............................................................................., .......................................

(completename) (category)
aware of my responsibilities as Master of the vessel named
.....................................................................................................................
pertaining to the Company ...............................................................................

headquartered in
City.................................State................................, enrolled at the
...................................... under No. .............................. and registered at the Maritime

Tribunal under No. ........................., declare to have carefully checked all the embarked
dangerous cargo in relation to the conditions of packaging, marking and labeling, and take
full responsibility on board for its handling, segregation, location and securing, observing all
safety requirements established by the Maritime Authority.
.................................................., on........./........................ / ..........
...........................................................

Master's Name (legible)
......................................................
Master's Signature
Distribution: 1st Copy - CP, DL or AG office of dispatch;

2nd Copy - Ship's dispatching folder;
3rd Copy - Ship's Master
ANNEX 5-D
PACKAGE TYPE CODES

TYPE MATERIAL CATEGORY CODE

Non-removable lid 1A1
A - Steel
Removable lid 1A2
Non-removable lid 1B1
B - Aluminum Removable lid 1B2

1. Drum D - Plywood 1D
G - Cardboard 1G

Non-removable lid 1H1
H - Plastic
Removable lid 1H2

Plug type 2C1
2. Barrel C - Natural
Removable lid 2C2
wood

Non-removable lid 3A1
A - Steel
3. Canister Removable lid 3A2

Non-removable lid 3H1
H - Plastic
Removable lid 3H2

- 4A1
A - Steel
With internal lining or coating 4A2

- 4B1
B - Aluminum
With internal lining or coating 4B2

Common 4C1
C - Natural
With dust-proof walls 4C2
wood
4 - Box D - Plywood 4D
F - Recycled
wood 4F
G - Cardboard 4G

Expanded 4H1
H - Plastic
Rigid 4H2
H - Woven Without internal lining or coating 5H1

plastic Dust-proof 5H2
Water resistant 5H3

H - Plastic
film 5H4
Without internal lining or coating 5L1

5 - Bag Dust-proof 5L2
L - Textile
Water resistant 5L3
Multilayer 5M1

Multilayer, water resistant 5M2
M - Paper
ANNEX 5-D
PACKAGE TYPE CODES (CONTINUED)

TYPE MATERIAL CATEGORY CODE
In a steel drum 6HA1

In a steel crate or box 6HA2

In an aluminum drum 6HB1

In an aluminum crate or box 6HB2
H - Plastic In a wooden box 6HC
recipient In a plywood drum 6HD1

In a plywood box 6HD2
In a cardboard drum 6HG1

In a cardboard box 6HG2
In a plastic drum 6HH1
6 - Compound In a rigid plastic box 6HH2
package In a steel drum 6PA1

In a steel crate or box 6PA2
P - Glass, In an aluminum drum 6PB1
porcelain or In an aluminum crate or box 6PB2
ceramic In a wooden box 6PC
recipient In a plywood drum 6PD1
In a wicker basket 6PD2
In a cardboard drum 6PG1
In a cardboard box 6PG2
In an expanded plastic package 6PH1
In a rigid plastic package 6PH2
ANNEX 5-E
IMO STANDARDIZED SYMBOLS
TAGS LABELS
Samples of UN number indications in labels
or orange plates (panels) for transportation
units:
NOTES:
1) Minimum size of labels 250 x
250mm.
2) The class number must be at least 25mm
high.
3) Some shipping of dangerous goods must
carry the UN number (*) indicated by black
numerals with minimum height of 65mm
over a white background, in the label's
lower half (ALTERNATIVE 1) or an orange
rectangular plate (panel) (minimum 120 x
300mm) with 10mm black borders
(ALTERNATIVE 2).
MINIMUM SIZE: 100 x 100 mm
-5-E-1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 5-F
EMERGENCY DATA SHEET MODEL
SENDER PRODUCT NAME RISK SYMBOL
Tel.:
UN number
Product appearance:
Risks in case of fire:
Health risks:
Environment risks:
ACCIDENTS
MEASURES
TYPES
Leakage
Fire
Pollution
Involvement of
people
Medical
information
ANNEX 5-G
SEGREGATION TABLE
1.1. 1.3. 1.4. 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. 3. 4.1. 4.2. 4.3. 5.1. 5.2. 6.1. 6.2. 7 8. 9.
CLASS 1.2. 1.6.
1.5.
Explosives 1.1, 1.2, 1.5 * * * 4. 2. 2. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 4. 2. 4. 2. 4. x
Explosives 1.3, 1.6 * * * 4. 2. 2. 4. 3. 3. 4. 4. 4. 2. 4. 2. 2. x
Explosives 1.4 * * * 2. 1. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. x 4. 2. 2. x
Flammable gases 2.1 4. 4. 2. x x x 2. 1. 2. x 2. 2. x 4. 2. 1. x

Non-toxic, non-flammable gases 2.2
2. 2. 1. x x x 1. x 1 x x 1 x 2 1. x x
Toxic gases 2.3 2. 2. 1 x x x 2 x 2 x x 2 x 2 1 x x
Flammable liquids 3 4 4 2 2 1 2 x x 2 1 2 2 x 3 2 x x
Flammable solids 4.1 4 3 2 1 x x x x 1 x 1 2 x 3 2 1 x
Substances subject to spontaneous
4 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 x 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 x
combustion 4.2
Substances which are dangerous
4 4 2 x x x 1 x 1 x 2 2 x 2 2 1 x
when wet 4.3
Oxidizing Substances 5.1 4 4 2 2 x x 2 1 2 2 x 2 1 3 1 2 x
Organic peroxides 5.2 4 4 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 x 1 3 2 2 x
Poisons 6.1 2 2 x x x x x x 1 x 1 1 x 1 x x x
Infectious substances 6.2 4 4 4 4 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 x 3 3 x
Radioactive materials 7 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 x 3 x 2 x
Corrosive materials 8 4 2 2 1 x x x 1 1 1 2 2 x 3 2 x x
Miscellaneous dangerous substances 9 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Numbers and symbols relating to the terms below, as defined in section 15 of the IMDG Code general introduction:
1 - Far from" (separated 3 m)
2 - Separated from" (separated 6 m)
3 - Separated by a full compartment" (separated 12 m)
4 - Separated longitudinally by a full compartment" (separated 24 m)
x - the segregation (if existing) is indicated in the substance's IMDG individual data sheet
* - See the Introduction to class 1 for segregation, in the IMDG Code.
- 5 - G - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 5-H
IBC TYPES AND CODES
Material Category Code
Metal: For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11A

A - Steel For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure 21A
For liquids 31A
For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11B
B - Aluminum For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure 21B
For liquids 31B
For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11N
N - Other For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure 21N
For liquids 31N
Flexible: Woven plastic without lining or coating 13H1
Woven plastic, coated 13H2
H - Plastic Woven plastic, lined 13H3
Woven plastic coated and lined 13H4
Plastic film 13H5
Without lining or coating 13L1
L - Textiles Coated 13L2
Lined 13L3
Coated and lined 13L4
Multilayer 13M1
M - Paper Multilayer, water resistant 13M2
For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity, with structural
equipment 11H1
For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity
Self-containing 11H2
H - Plastic For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure, with
Rigid structural equipment 21H1
For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure, self-
containing 21H2
For liquids, with structural equipment 31H1
For liquids, self-containing 31H2
IBCCompound with For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11HZ1
internal plastic recipient For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure 21HZ1
(*)
- Rigid plastic For liquids 31HZ1
- Flexible plastic For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11HZ2
For solids, loaded or unloaded under pressure 21HZ2
For liquids 31HZ2
Cardboard For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11G
Wood: For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity 11C
C - Natural wood with internal lining
D - Plywood For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity, with internal 11D
lining
F - Recycled wood For solids, loaded or unloaded by gravity, with internal 11F
lining
(*) The Z letter may be replaced with another capital letter corresponding to the nature of the
material used in the manufacture of the external frame.
ANNEX 5-I
INSTRUMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR
TRANSPORTATION OF CARGO ON DECK
I hereby, .............................................................................., .......................................

(completename) (category)
aware of my responsibilities as Master of the vessel named .................................,
(Vessel name)
enrolled at the ............................................... under number ...........................,
(Enrollment Office) (Enrollment number)
pertaining to .............................................................................................., declare that
(shipowner name)
upon conclusion of the deck loading, I inspected minutely the vessel under my command
and all applicable requirements to the vessel as from NORMAM-01 Chapter 5, Section II
were met, and I shall keep said conditions throughout the sailing.
,............../.................../........................
(Place) (Date)
(Master's Signature)
NOTES: This instrument must be executed in two copies, typed or printed in legible
characters, with the following distribution:
- 1st copy - CP, DL or AG office; and
- 2nd copy - kept on board the vessel.
ANNEX 5-J
OPERATIONAL SAFETY CHECKLIST FOR VESSELS CARRYING OIL AND ITS

DERIVATIVES DATE / /
YES NO
1 IS THE SHIP SAFELY MOORED?
2 ARE THERE SAFE ACCESS MEANS BETWEEN VESSELS OR BETWEEN THE

VESSEL AND THE ONSHORE FACILITY?
3 IS THERE AN EFFECTIVE WATCH SERVICE ON DECK?
4 ARE THE COMMUNICATION MEANS WORKING?
5 HAVE EMERGENCY SIGNALS BEEN ESTABLISHED,

AND DULY UNDERSTOOD BY BOTH PARTIES?
6 HAVE SUPPLY PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED?
7 ARE ALL TOXIC SUBSTANCES CONTAINED IN THE CARGO

IDENTIFIED AND UNDERSTOOD?
8 HAVE AN EMERGENCY STOP PROCEDURE BEEN ESTABLISHED?
9 ARE THE ON BOARD HOSES AND FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT

POSITIONED AND READY FOR IMMEDIATE USE?
10 ARE THE FUEL SHORT HOSES IN GOOD CONDITIONS, APPROPRIATELY

SUPPORTED AND WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE
CERTIFICATES CHECKED?
11 ARE THE SCUPPERS DULY PLUGGED AND THE

COLLECTING TRAYS IN POSITION ON BOARD THE SHIPS?
12 HAVE THE CARGO AND FUEL CONNECTIONS NOT IN USE BEEN DULY SHUT
WITH BLIND FLANGES FULLY SCREWED?
Note: The mentioned procedures and agreements must be made in writing and signed by both parties.
Signature and Stamp of the Vessel's Representative Signature and Stamp of the Terminal's Representative
ANNEX 5-L
REQUEST OF EXPERT SURVEY FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF OIL AND DERIVATIVES IN BULK
.................(shipowner or representative)...........................reports to this CP/DL office that the

ship/vessel which data are discriminated as follows, has an estimated arrival on
........(dd/mm/yyyy).........., and in compliance with Chapter 05 of NORMAM-01, requests: ( ) expert condition
survey for emission of a Statement of Compliance for Oil Transport, for which purpose the ship/vessel will be
ready for survey on ..............(dd/mm/yyyy)..........., at the Port of .............................., at/in
............(place/state)...............
Declares to be aware of the compensation set forth in NORMAM-01 Annex 10-D, item 1006
SHIP DATA:
Name: IMO No.:
Flag: Port of Registry:
AB(GT): TPB(DWT):
Date of Delivery: Classification Society:
Product Types: Enrollment No.:
SHIPOWNERDATA:
Business Name: Name(s):
Office
(City/Country):
Tel/Fax/Email:
P&I CLUB DATA:

P&I Club: Office Tel/Fax/Email:
Office (City/Country):
(Place and date) _, / /

(Signature)_________________________________________________________________
(Agent/ForwarderName)
(Agency/ForwardingOffice):
(Complete address/fax/tel/e-mail of Agent/Forwarder):
ANNEX 5-M
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(SEAL OF THE
CP/DL)
(HARBOR MASTER/DELEGATE OFFICE)
(ISSUE OFFICE)
DECLARAO DE CONFORMIDADE PARA TRANSPORTE DE PETRLEO

(STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OIL TRANSPORT)
Certifico que o navio ........(nome do navio).............., bandeira ........................................,

This is to Certify that the ship....(name of ship)..........., flag ........................................, n
IMO.........................., no de Inscrio ............................. classificado pela ............ (nome da
IMO Number ...................., Enrollment Number ......................... classified by .................... (name of the
sociedade classificadora do navio) ..............., sofreu percia para efetuar o transporte a granel de
Classification Society of the ship)............................................................., was submitted to expert survey for
carrying petrleo e seus derivados em ......../........./............., no Porto/Terminal
..............................., oil and derivatives in bulk on ............./............/................., at Port /Terminal
.........................., em conformidade com os requisitos estabelecidos no Captulo 5 da
NORMAM-01 e est in conformity with the requirements established in Chapter 5 of
NORMAM-01 and is autorizado a transportar petrleo e seus derivados na navegao
interior at a data de authorized to carry oil and products in bulk on inland waters until the
validity date of this validade desta Declarao.
Statement.
Esta Declarao, emitida os Termos do Convnio firmado entre a Diretoria de
Portos e
This Statement, issued under the terms of the Agreement signed by the Directorate of
Costas-DPC e a Agncia Nacional do Petrleo-ANP, constitui documento vlido para
Ports and the National Petroleum Agency-ANP, constitutes a valid document for operation in
operao em guas Jurisdicionais Brasileiras-AJB.
Waters of Brazilian Jurisdiction-AJB.
Emitido no (em) ......................., em ........./......../........... .

Issued at (place)..........................., on ............/........./............ .
Vlido at.........../............./............... .
Valid until ............/.............../............... .
...............................................................................
(Nome e Assinatura)
(Name and signature)
ANNEX 5-N
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(SEAL OF THE
CP/DL)
(HARBOR MASTER/DELEGATE OFFICE)
(ISSUE OFFICE)
DECLARAO PROVISRIA PARA TRANSPORTE DE PETRLEO

(INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR
OIL TRANSPORT)
Certifico que o navio ........(nome do navio).............., bandeira ........................................,

This is to Certify that the ship ...........(name of ship)..............., flag
...............................................,
n IMO.........................., no de Inscrio ............................. classificado pela ............ (nome da
IMO Number ...................., Inscription Number ......................... classified by .................... (name of the
sociedade classificadora do navio) ..............., sofreu percia para efetuar o transporte a granel de
Classification Society of the ship)............................................................., was submitted to expert survey for
carrying petrleo e seus derivados em ......../........./............., no Porto/Terminal
..............................., oil and derivatives in bulk on ............./............/................., at Port /Terminal
.........................., em conformidade com os requisitos estabelecidos no Captulo 5 da
NORMAM-01 e est in conformity with the requirements established in Chapter 5 of
NORMAM-01 and is autorizado a transportar petrleo e seus derivados na navegao
interior at a data de authorized to carry oil and derivatives in bulk on inland waters until the
validity of this validade desta Declarao condicionada ao cumprimento das exigncias do
Relatrio de Statement conditioned to compliance with the demands pointed out in the annexed
Survey Percia em anexo.
Report.
Esta Declarao, emitida os Termos do Convnio firmado entre a Diretoria de
Portos e
This Statement, issued under the terms of the Agreement signed by the Directorate of
Costas-DPC e a Agncia Nacional do Petrleo-ANP, constitui documento vlido para
Ports and the National Petroleum Agency-ANP, constitutes a valid document for operation in
operao em guas Jurisdicionais Brasileiras-AJB.
Waters of Brazilian Jurisdiction-AJB.
Emitido no (em) ......................., em ........./......../........... .

Issued at (place)..........................., on ............/........./............ .
Vlido at.........../............./............... .
Valid until ............/.............../............... .
...............................................................................
(Nome e Assinatura)
(Name and signature)
ANNEX 5-N

Rua Tefilo Otoni, 4 Copies to:
Rio de Janeiro - RJ, Brasil Master: DPC
20,090-070 and CP/DL:
Surveyor:
REQUEST FOR SURVEY
SURVEY REPORT
Vessel Name: IMO No.:

Enrollment No:
Date of Survey: Place of Survey:
Code of the
No Reference Action taken
Deficiency Deficiency nature
Issue Office:
Telephone (s):
Fax:
Name:
Signature:
Notes:
1 - This expert survey was not a complete survey, and the deficiencies found may not be exhaustive.
2 - All deficiencies must be corrected prior to requesting a new inspection.
ANNEX 7-A
CODE - / / .
NATIONAL FREEBOARD CERTIFICATE

FOR OPEN SEA NAVIGATION
(ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NORMAM-01)
FEDERATIVE REPUBLIC OF BRAZIL
BRAZILIAN NAVY
Ship's call sign Gross

Name of Ship (number or letters) Port of enrollment; Tonnage
SERVICE TYPE:
TYPE OF NAVIGATION INTENDED:
DISTANCE FROM THE UPPER PART OF THE FREEBOARD DECK LINE THROUGH
CENTER OF DISC: mm
THE UPPER EDGE OF THE DECK LINE IS LOCATED ___ mm FROM THE UPPER FACE
OF THE NEAREST DECK.
THE DISC CENTER IS LOCATED _____ mm FROM THE NOSE.
CORRECTION FOR FRESH WATER NAVIGATION ___mm ABOVE THE LOAD LINE MARK
THE PRESENT CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED TO VERIFY THAT THE SHIP WAS INSPECTED AND THAT ITS
FREEBOARD LOAD LINE INDICATED ABOVE WERE PLACED AND SHALL BE CONTROLLED IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE PROVISIONS IN FORCE.
VALID UNTIL ___ /______/_____ . ISSUED ON ____/______/________.
Signature and stamp of person responsible
NUMBER OF THE ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY DPC: (FOR RENEWAL ONLY)
ANNEX 7-A
This document is to certify that the periodic inspection required by item
0720 c) of NORMAM-01 has been performed, and that this vessel is found in compliance
with that Standard's relevant prescriptions.
PLACE AND DATE OF NAME AND RANK

TO BE PERFORMED BETWEEN AND
CONDUCTION OF THE SURVEYOR
1st Periodic Inspection
2nd Periodic Inspection
3rd Periodic Inspection
4th Periodic Inspection
ANNEX 7-B
NOTES FOR THE MARKING OF NATIONAL FREEBOARD
(OPEN SEA NAVIGATION)
VESSEL NAME:
SHIPOWNER:
SERVICE TYPE: PORT OF ENROLLMENT:
GROSS TONNAGE: CALL SIGN:
1 - CHARACTERIZATION OF THE NAVIGATION AREA

DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATION AREA
2 - CHARACTERIZATION OF THE VESSEL TYPE

DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL TYPE
3 - MINIMUM BOW HEIGHT (Hp) DETERMINATION

- Total LENGTH (CT)= m
- Minimum Bow Height (Hp)
CT 24 m: HP = 43 x CT + 310 HP =
CT > 24 m: HP = 48 x CT + 190 HP =
4 - FREEBOARD DEPTH (D) DETERMINATION

- Molded Depth (P)= m
- Deck Stringer Thickness (e)= m
- Deck's wood lining Medium Thickness (t)= m
- Real Length of the Superstructures (Total) (S)= m
- Rule Length (L)= m
- D = P + e + ((L - S) / L) x t= m
where:
L = Rule Length as defined in Rule 3(1) of CILC (66), in m; and S =
Superstructure Length, as defined in Rule 3(10)(d) of CILC (66), in m.
Note.: If the vessel has a rounded stringer with a radius greater than 4% of the
Breadth, the Freeboard Depth must be corrected following the provisions of Rule
3(6) (b) of CILC (66)
5 - FREEBOARD (BL) CALCULATION

- BL (following the procedure set forth in item 0708 a) = mm
( ) calculated value higher than or equal to 100 mm: use this value.
( ) calculated value lower than 100 mm: adopt BL = 100 mm.
6 - CHECKING OF THE ATTRIBUTED MAXIMUM DRAUGHT
- maximum draught at the calculated freeboard = D - BL = m
- maximum permissible draught for the vessel to navigate due to limitations of structural
strength, intact stability or any other restrictions established by the designer: m
- maximum permissible draught due to the position of existing hull openings, in
accordance with the provisions of item 0706 c): m
- maximum draught (H); equivalent to the smallest of the four draught values
above: m
- BL = D - H= mm
ANNEX 7-B
7 - DEDUCTION FOR FRESH WATER NAVIGATION (AD)

- AD = D - BL = mm
48
8 - CORRECTION FOR THE DECK LNE POSITION

This correction is only applicable when not possible to affix the Deck Line mark
at the ruled position.
- vertical distance from the Deck Line's upper margin until the intersection between the
extensions of the Freeboard Deck's upper face and the external face of the hull
plating = mm
- Correction = mm
(Signal convention: positive when the Deck Line's upper margin is above the
intersection; negative when the Deck Line's upper margin is below).
BL= mm
9 - FREEBOARD MARKS LONGITUDINAL POSITION

The Plimsoll disk center must be affixed ____ mm from the vessel's nose.
/ /
Person Responsible for the Calculation
ANNEX 7-C
CONDITION REPORT FOR THE ASSIGNMENT OF NATIONAL FREE-BOARD
(OPEN SEA NAVIGATION)
VESSEL NAME: PORT OF

ENROLLMENT:
SHIPOWNER:
SHIPYARD:
HULL NUMBER: CONSTRUCTION/ALTERATION YEAR:
SERVICE TYPE: CALL SIGN:
VESSEL TYPE:
1 - MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
Total Length:
Length between Perpendiculars:
Length (L):
Molded Breadth (B):
Molded Depth (P):
Design Draught:
2 -DESCRIPTION OF SUPERSTRUCTURE CHARACTERISTICS

Describe in the space below the characteristics of the superstructures, trunks and/or hatch
coaming/cover sets considered in the calculation of Stability Cross-Curves, informing the position of
existing openings, their shutting devices and the tests for
watertightnesseffected.
ANNEX 7-C
3 - CHECKING OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
The freeboard assignment for vessels implies that all answers to the questions below,
when applicable, are YES and are fully justified in accordance with the provisions of this
NORMAM-01.
Notes considered relevant by the responsible surveyor, as well as the justifications for
the fact of any of the items discriminated below be considered as "not applicable" (N/A),
must be recorded in field 9 - Notes:
1) Do the doorsteps of external doors accessing

( ) ( ) ( )
the interior of any compartment present a height
Yes No N/A
greater than or equal to 380 mm?
2) Do the Freeboard Deck's openings meet the
( ) ( ) ( )
requirements established in paragraph b) of NORMAM-
Yes No N/A
01 item 0706?
3) Do the hull's openings meet the requirements
( ) ( ) ( )
established in paragraph c) of NORMAM-01 item 0706?
Yes No N/A
4) Do the bulwark ports meet the requirements
established in paragraph d) of NORMAM-01 item 0706?
( ) ( ) ( )
Yes No N/A
5) Do the air vents meet the requirements
established in paragraph e) of NORMAM-01
( ) ( ) ( )
item 0706?
Yes No N/A
6) Do the ventilation or exhaustion ducts of spaces
below the Freeboard Deck meet the requirements ( ) ( ) ( )
established in paragraph f) of NORMAM-01 item 0706? Yes No N/A
7) Do the existing wastewater outlets on the hull
meet the requirements established in paragraph g) of
( ) ( ) ( )
NORMAM01item0706? Yes No N/A
8) Do the skylights meet the requirements ( ) ( ) ( )
established in subparagraph f) 4) of NORMAM-01 item Yes No N/A
0706? ( ) ( ) ( )
9) Are the freeboard marks affixed at the Yes No N/A
regulated positions?
10) Notes:
Survey place and date:
Signature and stamp of person responsible
ANNEX 7-D
INCLINING TEST REPORT
TABLE 1 - Test General Information
Name of Ship
Vessel Type
Shipowner
Classification Society
Classification Mark
Length between Perpendiculars Molded Depth

Molded Breadth Design Draught
Place of Test
Date of Test Test Beginning Test End
Person Responsible for the Test
Shipowner
Classification
Society
MONITORING
BNDES
Harbor
Master's
Office
Wind and Sea Conditions
Mooring
Notes
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 2 - Draught and densities
TABLE 2a) - Draught readings

Draught readings at the marks
Position Port side Starboard Average
Aft
Midship
Fore
TABLE 2b) - Freeboard measures

Measuring Depth at the Freeboard values Corresponding draught values
places of place of
Position freeboard measurement BB BE BB BE Average
Aft
Midship
Fore
TABLE 2c) - Draught conversions to the perpendiculars and midship section
tM =
LRM =
tg =
dTPR =
dTM=
N=
dTPV
LR LM LV
TABLE 2d) - Draught values at the perpendiculars and midship section

Fore Midship Aft
TABLE 2e) - Density measures

Fore Midship Aft Medium
Note: Table 2b) to be used only when the vessel does not have draught marks
on the hull.
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 3 - Sounding of Tanks
Sounding Specific Horizontal Vertical

Tank or Ullage Volume Weight Weigh XG Moment ZG Moment Inertia I x
3
Height (m3) (t/m ) t (t.m) (m4) (t.m)
(t)
Total
- 7 - D - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 4 - Weights to deduct from the test condition
Horizontal Vertical
Weight XG ZG
Item Moment Moment
(t) (m) (m)
(t.m) (t.m)
Total
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 5 - Weights to add to the test condition
Horizontal Vertical
Weight XG ZG
Item Moment Moment
(t) (m) (m)
(t.m) (t.m)
Total
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 6 - Pendulum readings
Rear Pendulum
Location: Pendulum Length:
Deflection
Movement Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Avg.
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Midship Pendulum
Deflectio
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Fore Pendulum
Deflectio
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 7 - Port side Level Readings

Rear U-Tube
Location: Distance between vertical parts:
Deflection
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Midship U-Tube
Deflection
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Fore U-Tube
Deflection
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 8 - Starboard Level Readings
Rear U-Tube
Deflection
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Midship U-Tube
Deflection
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Fore U-Tube
Deflection
Initial
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 9 - Solid Weights movement sequence
Weight Weight Location

identification
A
B
C
D
Movement Sequence
Initial Position Movement 1 Movement 2
A A A
B B B
C C C
D D D
BB BE BB BE BB BE
Movement 3 Movement 4 Movement 5
A A A
B B B
C C C
D D D
BB BE BB BE BB BE
Movement 6 Movement 7 Movement 8
A A A
B B B
C C C
D D D
BB BE BB BE BB BE
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 10 - Calculation of the inclining moments (solid weights)
Position Distance
Movement ofweights Moved between Transverse Inclining
Port side Starboard weight positions at moment moment
PORT and STBD
Initial
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
Total
- 7 - D - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 11 - Liquid Weights movement sequence
Tank Tank Location

identification
A
B
C
D
Movement Sequence
- 7 - D - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 12 - Calculation of the inclining moments (ballast transfer)
Ballast specific weight:

Height of Inclining Variation of
Movement Tank sounding Weight YG Moment ZG - vert.
= moment
or [Movement =
transverse [Movement
ullage Transverse moment] vertical
Moment - Vertical moment]
[Initial Moment -- [Initial vertical
transverse moment]
moment]
A
B
Initial C
D
Total Total
A
B
1 C
D
Total Total
A
B
2 C
D
Total Total
A
B
3 C
D
Total Total
A
B
4 C
D
Total Total
A
B
5 C
D
Total Total
A
B
6 C
D
Total Total
A
B
7 C
D
Total Total
A
B
8 C
D
Total Total
- 7 - D - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 13 - Hydrostatic Calculations using Bonjean Curves
Frame Frame Draught Area Area Half-breadth

abscissa centroid
height
Displaced Volume ()
Hull factor (FC)
Displacement ( = x FC x )
LCB
KB
KM
- 7 - D - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 14 - Hydrostatic Calculations using Hydrostatic Curves or Tables
Draught at the rear perpendicular TR
Draught at the midship section TM
Draught at the fore perpendicular TV
Medium Draught TR+TV

2
Deflection TM - (TR+TV)
2
Trim t = TR - TV
Draught corrected for deflection TR+6TM+TV

8
LCF at the draught corrected for deflection LCF
Draught correction due to trim t x LCF

LPP
Corresponding draught TR+6TM+TV + t x LCF
8 LPP

Hydrostatic characteristics obtained LCB
in the hydrostatic curves or tables MTC
for the corresponding draught KM
Water density at the test place

Displacement corrected for the
water density at the test place
MTC corrected for the water density at the
test place
- 7 - D - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 15 - Calculations of the metacentric height and center of gravity's vertical position
Rear Pendulum Midship Pendulum Fore Pendulum

/ Tube / Tube / Tube
- - -
Length / Length / Length / Medium Movement
Distance L Distance L Distance L Tangent Metacentric
Inclining - Height
Movement moment
(Table
10 or 12 ) tg=1( tg 1 + GM= Inc. Mom.
Deflection Deflection Deflection 3 tg
or tg 1 or tg 2 or tg 3 + tg2 + tg 3 )
medium medium medium
unevenness unevenness unevennes
1
Medium Metacentric Height (GMo)
CorrectionduetotheEffectof GGo=I x
Free Surface
Transverse Metacenter Vertical Position (KM)
Center of Gravity Vertical Position (KG)
Note: The determination of the inclining angle tangent is indicated in the figure below
- 7 - D - 15 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 16 - Correction in KG due to displacement of liquids
Variation of KG
Movement Variation of in the movement (KG)
vertical moment ( MV) KG = MV

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Average KG
KG (Table 15)
KG = KG (Table 15) + KG
TABLE 17 - Correction of KG due to the free surface variation in tanks where the
liquid is moved

Moment of KG variation
Moment of Moment of Total Inertia in the
Movement Inertia Inertia Port Moment of variation Movement
I Starboard tank tank BB (IBB) Inertia Itotal= I=[Itotal] Movi KG=I x
(I BE) IBE + IBB - [Itotal] Movo
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Average KG
KG (Table 15)
KG = KG (Table 15) + KG
- 7 - D - 16 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-D
TABLE 18 - Calculations of the Lightweight Vessel's Condition

Item Weight ZG Vertical XG Longitudinal
Moment Moment
Test condition
Weights to deduct
Weights to add
Total
Lightweight Vessel's Displacement
KG
LCG

Corresponding draught (TC)

Characteristics obtained from LCB
the hydrostatic curves or tables MTC
based on the lightweight LCF
vessel's displacement. KM
Trim t = (LCG - LCB) . (*)

100 . MTC
Draught at the rear perpendicular TR = TC + t ( LCF) (*)
LPP
Draught at the fore perpendicular TV = TC - t (LPP - LCF) (*)
LPP
Metacentric height GM = KM - KG
(*)Formulas valid for the following hypotheses and sign conventions:

a) LCG, LCB and LCF considered in relation to the Rear Perpendicular (Positive
forward).
b) stern trim: positive.
- 7 - D - 17 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-E
CONVERSION OF DRAUGHTS READ ON THE SIDE TO THE

PERPENDICULARS AND MIDSHIP SECTION, AND
DISPLACEMENT CALCULATION BASED ON THE DRAUGHTS
1 - PURPOSE
Determine the conditions for calculation of draught at the perpendiculars and midship
section, from draught measures read at the vessel's hull marks, and for calculation of a
vessel's displacement based on draught values at the perpendiculars and midship section.
2 - SYMBOLOGY
For the purpose of application of these rules, the following symbology is adopted:
a) PR: Rear Perpendicular;
b) MN: Midship Section;
c) PV: Fore Perpendicular;
d) HMR: Draught at the rear marks;
e) HMMN: Draught at the midship marks;
f) HMV: Draught at the fore marks;
g) HPR: Draught at the rear perpendicular;
h) HMN: Draught at the midship section;
i) HPV: Draught at the fore perpendicular;
j) TM: trim measured between the aft and fore draught marks;
l) LPP: Length between Perpendiculars;
m)LR: distance from the rear draught marks to the Rear Perpendicular;
n) LM: distance from the midship draught marks to the Midship Section;
o) LV: distance from the fore draught marks to the Fore Perpendicular;
p) LRV: distance between the fore and rear draught marks, parallel to the Base Line;
q) d HPR: correction of the read draught HMR to the Rear Perpendicular;
r) d HMN: correction of the read draught HMN to the Midship Section;
s) d HPV: correction of the read draught HMV to the Fore Perpendicular;
t) : trim angle TM;
u) LCF: Center of Flotation Longitudinal Position;
v) T: trim measured between the perpendiculars; and
x) HC: Corresponding draught.
3 - DEFINITION
Corresponding Draught is the draught of a vessel in parallel flotation, which its
displacement is equal to the displacement of the same vessel in a condition of trim and / or
subjected to hogging or sheer efforts due to loadings.
4 - CALCULATION OF DRAUGHT AT THE PERPENDICULARS AND MIDSHIP SECTION

The sequence for calculating the draught at the perpendiculars and at midship is the
following (Figures 7-06.1 and 7-06.2):
a) determine the values of LR, LM and LV
b) TM = HMR - HMV
c) LRV = LPP - (LR + LV)
d) tg = TM / LRV
e) d HPR = LR x tg
ANNEX 7-E
d HMN = LM x tg
d HPV = LV x tg
f) HPR = HMR + d HPR
HMN = HMMN + d HMN
HPV = HMV + d HPV
CONVENTION OF SIGNS
LR:
- positive if the rear draught marks are forward from the PR; and
- negative if the rear draught marks are abaft from the PR.
LV:
- positive if the fore draught marks are abaft from the PV; and
- negative if the fore draught marks are forward from the PV.
LM:
- positive if the midship draught marks are abaft from the Midship Section;
and
negative if the midship draught marks are forward from the Midship Section
. TM:
- positive if the trim is by the stern (HMR > HMV); and
- negative if the trim is by the bow (HMR < HMV).
FIGURE 7-06-1: Scheme for Draught Calculations
5 - CALCULATION OF THE CORRESPONDING DRAUGHT

a) The corresponding draught is calculated through the following approximate formula:
HC = HPR + 6 x HMN + HPV + T x LCF
8 LPP
b) Notes:
1) The value of LCF is obtained from the Hydrostatic Curves through the draught
defined by:
H = HPR + 6 x HMN + HPV
8
2) The expression shown in item a) is valid when the value of LCF is referred to the
Midship Section.
ANNEX 7-E
FIGURE 7-06-2: Determination of Draught values at the Midship Section
6 - DISPLACEMENT CALCULATION
a) The displacement is obtained from the Hydrostatic Curves through the Corresponding
Draught (HC).
b) If the specific weight of the fluid environment where the vessel is placed is different
from the specific weight used in the hydrostatic calculations, it is necessary to correct the
displacement obtained from the Hydrostatic Curves, multiplying it by the quotient between the
fluid's specific weight and the specific weight used in the hydrostatic calculations.
ANNEX 7-F
STANDARDS FOR DETERMINATION OF THE PASSENGER CAPACITY AND
MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT (PMC) FOR VESSELS WITH GROSS TONNAGE < 20
1 - PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS
a) The procedure presented in this instruction for determining the passenger capacity of
vessels with gross tonnage < 20 consists of conducting a relatively simple test on board, with
the purpose of evaluating the influence of the accumulation of passengers on one side over
the vessel's intact stability, thus reducing the risk of capsizing due to an excessive passenger
load.
b)The application of this practical test aims at checking if the passenger capacity
requested by the owner meets the minimum acceptable standards established by the DPC.
Whenever the adopted criterion is not fully met, the capacity initially proposed must be
reduced to a limit compatible with the vessel's characteristics and the type of service in which
it will be used.
c) This instruction also presents an expression for determining empirically the Maximum
Cargo Weight (PMC) of small vessels fitting the scope of these Standards.
2 - DEFINITIONS
For the specific purpose of application of the procedures presented in this Annex, the
following definitions are adopted:
a) b - vessel's width measured outside the hull at the main deck level, in the same
place where the measurement of the BL parameter was made (Figure 7-07-1).
FIGURE 7-07-1: Measurement place of "b"
b) BL - minimum distance measured between the main deck's top next to the side,
and the vessel's floating line in the loading condition in which the practical test is performed. A
brief description of the recommended procedures for determining this parameter, in different
situations, is shown in Figure 7-07-2. During the performance of the practical test, two distinct
values must be determined for the BL parameter, called BL1 and BL2, corresponding to
measurements made in the following conditions:
1) BL1 - measurement made prior to the concentration of passengers on one side;
and
2) BL2 - measurement made after the concentration of passengers on one side.
ANNEX 7-F
Figure 7-07-2 a): The measurement of Figure 7-07-2 b): In vessels with a bulwark or
parameter BL must be made at the place handrail, the measurement must be made from the
corresponding to the smallest distance between main deck's top.
the main deck's top and the vessel's flotation line.
Figure 7-07-2 c): In vessels with hull Figure 7-07-2 d): In vessels presenting a
openings which cannot be shut and made discontinuity on the main deck with a transverse
watertight, the measurement must be made from
section similar to that shown in Figure e), the
the lower edge of the nearest opening to the
flotation line. measurementmustbemadefromthehull'supper
edge, at its point of minimum distance to the
floatingline.
Figure 7-07-2 e): Transverse section of the Figure 7-07-2 f): If there is an initial heel, prior
vessel, related to the situation described in Figure to grouping the passengers on one side, the
d). measurement must be made at the side presenting
the smallest freeboard. The grouping of
passengers must be necessarily made on this
side.
FIGURA 7-07-2: Determination of parameter BL.
c) Breadth - maximum width of the vessel, measured outside the hull at the main deck's
level.
d) Length - assumed as being equal to the maximum length of the vessel's hull, without
considering eventually existing appendices.
e) Weathertight - any opening provided with a tight-closing device which, in any
weather or sea condition, prevents the penetration of water into the vessel through this
opening. A description of the recommended procedure for checking if the shutting of a
determined opening may be
ANNEX 7-F
considered as weathertight is presented in item 0707 of NORMAM-02.
f) Passenger - any person who is not the Master or a crew member.
g) Depth - the vertical distance between the bottom and the main deck, measured
internally at the midship section. Figure 7-07-3 presents a brief description of the
recommended procedures for determining this parameter.
Figure 7-07-3 a): The Depth must be measured Figure 7-07-3 b): In the wooden or mixed
internally without considering the hull and bottom construction vessels, the Depth must be measured
plating thickness. Preferably, this parameter must from the upper edge of the keel's groove.
be measured at a position near the vessel's Center
Line (LC).
Figure 7-07-3 c): In vessels presenting a Figure 7-07-3 d): Depth determination in vessels
discontinuity on the main deck at the midship with a transverse section corresponding to the
region, with a transverse section similar to that situation described in Figure c).
shown in Figure d), the Depth must be measured
from the hull's upper extremity.
FIGURE 7-07-3: Depth determination.
3 - CLASSIFICATION OF NAVIGATION AREAS

a) AREA 1 - Sheltered areas such as lakes, lagoons, bays, rivers and channels, where
waves with significant height are normally not seen and which do not present difficulties to the
traffic of vessels.
b) AREA 2 - Partially sheltered areas, where waves with significant heights are
eventually seen and / or adverse combinations of environmental agents such as wind, current
or tide may disturb the traffic of vessels.
c) AREA 3 - Open sea (unrestricted service).
4 - CLASSIFICATION OF VESSELS BY TYPE

a) TYPE I - vessel with no openings on the hull through which a progressive flood may
occur, and with the possible openings on the main deck provided with weathertight covers;
ANNEX 7-F
b) TYPE II - vessel with no openings on the hull through which a progressive flood may
occur, but with main deck openings which cannot be shut and / or made weathertight and
through which a vessel flood may occur. In order for the vessel to be classified as TYPE II, it is
necessary that the existing main deck openings also present the following characteristics:
1) coamings all around the openings, at least 15 cm high; and
2) the shortest transverse distance between opening ends on the main deck and and
the vessel's edges must be greater than 30% of the breadth value;
c) TYPE III - vessel with identical characteristics to those of TYPE II, but with the main
deck openings not meeting at least one of the two requirements listed above; and
d) TYPE IV - vessel with hull openings through which a progressive flood may occur, or
with no deck.
e) The vessels of types II or III used in Area 2 must, additionally, have the main deck
openings provided with covers. These covers do not need to be weathertight, but must present
the following characteristics:
1) be manufactured of a resistant material; and
2) present some device able to attach them to the openings, preventing their
displacement on voyage.
5 - PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE CONDUCTING THE TEST

a) The practical test consists of submitting the vessel to the action of an inclining agent,
in this case an accumulation of passengers on one side, and evaluate the response capability
of the vessel. If the vessel's plans are not available or do not exist, it will not be possible to
make a preliminary analysis of its stability characteristics, and therefore, there will be a risk of
capsizing during the test performance. In order to minimize this risk, the following preventive
measures must be adopted by the test's responsible person:
1) avoid abrupt displacements of people and / or weights on board;
2) determine that the entry, exit or displacement of people and / or weights on board
must be made gradually, i.e., by small groups at a time; and
3) interrupt the test whenever is seen any abnormal behavior of the vessel, such as
great oscillation amplitudes, excessive inclination angles (corresponding to values higher that
the limits established in this Annex) and immersion of the main deck or of the openings
through which flooding may occur.
b) As a safety measure, the test's responsible person must perform an initial checking
(prior to starting the measurements) of the vessel's behavior when submitted to the grouping
on one side , of 50% of the capacity intended by the owner.
c) If the vessel presents a satisfactory performance during the checking described in the
previous item, a second preliminary verification must be made in order to check the vessel's
behavior during the grouping, on one side, of 75% of the capacity intended by the owner.
d) during the preliminary checking described in items b) and c), the preventive measures
described in item a) must also be observed.
e) The number of passengers considered for the conduction of the tests is conditioned to
the vessel's performance during the preliminary checking actions described above. At the
discretion of the test's responsible person, the capacity intended initially by the owner may be
reduced to a limit compatible with the vessel's characteristics,
ANNEX 7-F
whenever necessary.
f) During the conduction of tests , only the people indispensable to their performance
shall be allowed to remain on board. All those people must be wearing lifesaving jackets of
adequate sizes and model approved by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts. Those people
must present satisfactory health conditions, and weight between 60 and 80 kg. It is absolutely
forbidden the use of children, pregnant women and/or handicapped persons to cause the
vessel's inclination.
g) The test must not be performed in adverse weather conditions, mainly in the presence
of waves which cause vessel oscillations of great amplitude or winds with a significant
intensity.
h) Only when the test is conducted by a naval architect, Specialized Entity or by a
Classification Society, the people used for causing the vessel's inclination may be totally or
partially replaced by inclining weights, once the following requirements are met:
1) the center of gravity of the weights must be located at least one meter above the
deck where the passengers they are replacing for the test are normally transported. These
weights must have a shape such that the position of their center of gravity can be easily
determined;
2) the distance from the centroid of the area occupied by the inclining weights to the
vessel's Center Line must be no shorter than that which would be found if people were being
used with a concentration of 4 passengers/m2, as inclining agent;
3) the total mass of the weights used must be equivalent to the number of individuals
they will replace for the test, on a basis of 70 kg per individual;
4) special devices must be provided for avoiding the displacement and/or fall of the
weights due to the vessel's inclination during the test;
5) the limits of structural strength must be respected at the deck or at the place
where the weights will be stowed during the test;
6) if recipients with liquids or any other material are used as inclining weights, special
devices must be provided for avoiding the spillage of their content due to the vessel's
inclination during the test, as well as for minimizing the free-surface effect;
7) when people and weights are used simultaneously as inclining agents, the
displacement of weights must be made prior to the movement of people. When grouping next
to a side-edge, the weights must be placed the closest possible to the edge and the people
grouped internally behind the weights;
8) all the precautions described in the previous items are observed; and
9) field 13 (Notes) of the Report on the Checking of Passenger Capacity and
Maximum Load Weight (PMC) of Vessel with GT < 20, a model of which is presented in
Annex 7-G, must inform the characteristics of the weights used and their positioning during the
test.
6 - PREPARATION FOR THE TEST

a) The vessel must be presented for undergoing the practical test in the following
conditions:
1) fuel oil and water tanks completely full;
2) vessel is clean and with no cargo or any other additional items not making part of its
normal rigging; and
ANNEX 7-F
3) vessel is entirely built, with all its equipment and items in their normal stowage
position.
b) It is recommended that the test place be sheltered from the action of wind and
currents, with no waves and with the necessary infrastructure for the test performance. If this
recommendation is not practicable, the conditions of wind, sea, and current must be such as to
not compromise the tests precision and/or safety.
c) During the test performance, the free oscillation of the vessel must be ensured. For
such purpose, the test place must present sufficient water depth for the vessel to oscillate
freely without touching the bottom.
d) The shipowner must provide for the test performance, a number of people
corresponding to the intended capacity (or weights with an equivalent total mass, if the test is
conducted by a naval architect, Specialized Entity or Classification Society).
e) The following material must also be available on occasion of the test performance:
1) tape-measure;
2) boat or another locomotion means for enabling the measurements; and

3) plumb line or other appropriate means for checking the water depth at the test place.
-
f) In vessels carrying passengers on more than one deck, the passenger distribution per
deck adopted for the test must be the same as normally seen in practice. If a defined standard
does not exist, the owner must establish a number of individuals to be carried on each deck.
g) For the performance of preliminary checking actions as provided in items 5 b) and 5 c)
in vessels carrying passengers on more than one deck, the passenger's distribution per deck
proportionate to what was initially intended for conducting the test, as established in the
previous item, must be adopted.
7 - RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE FOR PERFORMING THE TEST

a) Carry out an inspection to check if the vessel meets the conditions established in item
6 a).
b) Check the water depth at the test place around the vessel with the help of a plumb
line, and make sure that the vessel can oscillate freely without touching the bottom.
c) Measure the vessel's main dimensions (breadth, length and depth as defined in items
2 c), 2 d) and 2 g), respectively).
d) Check which classification fits the vessel, considering the following aspects:
1) Vessels type I:
(a) check the absence of hull openings through which a progressive flooding of the
vessel may occur; and
(b) check if all eventually existing main deck openings have weathertight covers,
through the procedure described in Article 0707 of Chapter 7.
2) Vessels type II:
vessel may occur;
(b) check if all eventually existing main deck openings which cannot be shut and/or
made weathertight have coamings or doorsteps at least 15 cm high;
ANNEX 7-F
(c) check if the shortest transverse distance between the above described
openings' ends and the vessel's edges is greater than 30% of the breadth value; and
(d) check if all existing openings on the main deck have covers built with resistant
materials and are provided with devices that enable the attachment of the covers to the
openings and prevent their displacement on voyage (this item is dispensable for vessels
operating only in areas classified as AREA 1).
3) Vessels type III.
vessel may occur; and
(b) check if all existing openings on the main deck have covers built with resistant
materials and are provided with devices that enable the attachment of the covers to the
openings and prevent their displacement on voyage (this item is dispensable for vessels
operating only in areas classified as AREA 1).
e) Determine the place where the measurement of parameters BL1 and BL2 will be made,
according to the provisions of item 2 b) and Figure 7-07-2.
f) Measure the value of parameter b as defined in item 2 a) and figure 7-07-1.
g) Check if all the people that will be on board during the test are wearing lifesaving
jackets of appropriate sizes and model approved by the DPC.
h) Carry out the preliminary verification of the vessel's stability characteristics, in
accordance with the instructions contained in items 5.b), 5.c), 5.d) and 6.g).
i) Determine the adequate passenger capacity for conducting the tests, according to the
provisions of item 5 e).
j) Authorize the presence on board of a number of individuals corresponding to the
estimated maximum allowable capacity, observing the recommendations contained in item 6
f). The passenger distribution on each deck must be initially made evenly on each side (half
per side).
k) Wait for the end of vessel oscillations due to the entry of people on board. Check the
condition of the mooring lines, which must be loose enough to allow for the vessel's free
oscillation, and then measure the initial BL parameter (BL1) according to the instructions
presented in Figure 7-07-02. It is important to emphasize that the measurement of this
parameter must be made from the external side of the vessel with the help of a boat, to avoid
an additional inclination of the vessel which would alter the value to be measured.
l) Carry out the gradual displacement of people towards one of the sides. The people
must stay preferably standing, the nearest possible to the gunwale and not leaning over it, and
only the areas accessible to passengers on each deck during the normal vessel operation
must be occupied (the concentration of people near the gunwales do not need to be higher
than 4 passengers/m2).
m) After all passengers being placed in their positions near the gunwales, wait for the
end of oscillations due to their displacement, check the state of the mooring lines, and then
make the measurement of parameter BL after the inclination (BL2) at the same place where
the measurement of BL1 has been made , according with the instructions presented in Figure
7-07-2. The value of BL2 must be measured on the same side where the passengers are
grouped.
n) Check if the vessel meets the limits established in Table 7-07-1. If the vessel does not
present a satisfactory performance, the test must be repeated with a lower passenger
capacity. With the purpose of helping this checking, a mark may be made on the hull right after
the measurement of BL1, which corresponds to the
ANNEX 7-F
maximum percentage of this initial freeboard that may be submerged after the grouping near
the edge, which may be obtained in Table 7-07-1 (coefficient K2).
o) Authorize the gradual exit of people from the vessel.
p) Prepare a copy of the Report on the Checking of Passenger Capacity and Maximum
Cargo Weight (PMC) of Vessels with GT < 20, a model of which is presented in Annex 7-G,
with the results obtained during the test.
8 - CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF RESULTS

a) In order for the capacity to be authorized, the vessels must meet the following
criteria:
1) ((BL 1 - BL 2) / b) K 1
2) (BL 1 - BL 2) K 2 x BL 1
where:
BL 1, BL 2 - values observed for the BL parameter before and after the grouping
of passengers on one side, as defined in item 2 b), measured in meters
during the performance of the practical test;
b - value of parameter b, as defined in item 2 a), measured in meters during the
performance of the practical test; and
K1, K2 - coefficients that vary with the vessel's characteristics and navigation
areas, as indicated in Table 7-07-1.
Table 7-07-1
Type of Navigation K1 K-2

Vessel Area
I 1 0.134 0.90
II 1 0.134 0.90
III 1 0.106 0.70
IV 1 0.088 0.50
I 2 0.106 0.70
II 2 0.088 0.70
III 2 0.088 0.50
IV 2 - -
I 3 0.088 0.50
II 3 - -
III 3 - -
IV 3 - -
Notes:
a) For the Vessel Type / Navigation Area combinations for which there are no defined
coefficient values, it is recommended not to authorize the operation of vessels in the intended
classification and service;
b) For the type II or type III vessels used in areas classified as Area 2, the determination
contained in item 4 e); and
c) The definitions regarding the nomenclature used for vessel types and navigation areas are
shown in items 3 and 4.
d) When at least one of the expressions presented in the previous item is not met,
ANNEX 7-F
the capacity must be reduced and the vessel must be submitted to new tests until it meets a
passenger capacity compatible with the recommended criteria.
9 - DETERMINATION OF THE MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT (PMC)

a) The maximum load weight of vessels with gross tonnage lower than or equal to
20 intended exclusively for carrying passengers may be calculated through the following
expression:
PMC = 0.08 x Np
where:
PMC - maximum load weight in tons; and
Np - maximum number of passengers the vessel is authorized to carry, in
accordance with the results obtained from the practical test.
b) The maximum load weight of vessels with gross tonnage lower than or equal to
20 which carry cargo and passengers may be calculated through the following expression:
PMC = 0.08 x Np + {( 0.7 x C x B) x [( K2 x BL1) - BL2)]}
where:
PMC - maximum load weight in tons; and
Np - maximum number of passengers the vessel is authorized to carry, in
accordance with the results obtained from the practical test;
B - breadth, defined in item 2 c), in meters;
C - length, defined in item 2 d), in meters;
BL1 - value obtained from the measurement of parameter BL before grouping the
passengers on board, defined in item 2 b), in meters;
BL2 - value obtained from the measurement of parameter BL after grouping the
passengers on board, defined in item 2 b), in meters; and
K2 - coefficient obtained in Table 7-07-1.
c) The maximum load weight (PMC), determined in accordance with the expressions
shown in items a) and b), corresponds to the weight of the paid cargo plus passengers.
10- FINAL PROVISIONS

a) The vessels' passenger capacity determination must also consider a standard of
habitableness compatible with the type of service in which they are used, in accordance with
the provisions of these standards.
b) This instruction presents only the recommended procedure for determining the
passenger capacity and maximum load capacity for vessels with gross tonnage lower than or
equal to 20. Therefore, there are many items to be considered on occasion of the
regularization of these vessels and which are not included in this standard's scope, such as
those related to salvage, radio communications, navigation lights and inspections, among
others. Such items must be checked following the provisions of other specific DPC
instructions.
c) Any vessel authorized to carry passengers must affix in a well visible place at the main
deck, an indicative plate containing the passenger capacity and maximum load weight allowed
to be carried, the number of crew members and the telephone number of the CP, DL or AG
office of enrollment, for eventual calls. There must be on each deck, additionally, another
plate indicating the maximum number of passengers which
ANNEX 7-F
are allowed to be on that deck.

d) The use of the criterion presented in this standard's scope for determining the
passenger capacity does not guarantee the immunity against capsizing, nor it exempts the
Masters or shipowners from their responsibilities. They must, therefore, proceed with prudence
and observe the basic seamanship rules
- 7 - F - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 7-G
REPORT ON THE CHECKING OF PASSENGER CAPACITY

AND MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT OF VESSELS WITH GT 20

1) VESSEL'S CHARACTERISTICS: 2) MAIN DIMENSIONS:
a) Name: a) Total Length: m
b)IdentificationNo.: b) Breadth: m
c) Intended navigation type: c) Depth: m
2) DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE OF SERVICE / ACTIVITY OF THE VESSEL:
TYPE OF SERVICE: PassengerTransportonly() TransportationofCargoandPassengers()
3) DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL'S OPERATIONAL AREA:
NAVIGATION AREA TYPE: 1 ( ) 2 ( ) 3( )
5) VESSEL'S CHARACTERIZATION REGARDING TYPE YES NO N/A

a) Does the vessel have hull openings through which a progressive flooding
may occur? ( ) ( ) ( )
b) Are all the main deck openings provided with watertight covers? ( ) ( ) ( )
c) Are the main deck openings with no watertight covers
provided with non-watertight covers made of a resistant material? ( ) ( ) ( )
Specifythematerialusedinthecovers:
d)Dotheabovementionedcoverspresentanydeviceenablingtheir
attachmenttotheopenings,preventingtheirdisplacementduringvoyages? ( ) ( ) ( )
Specify the material used in the covers:
e)Specifytheshortesttransversedistancebetweenmaindeck'sopeningedgesandthenearesthullside.
f)Specifythecoamingheightofthemaindeck'sopenings.
h)Specifytheplacesnormallyusedforcarryingcargo,discriminatingtheestimatedcapacityofeach
place.
VESSELTYPE: I ( ) II ( ) III ( ) IV ( )
ANNEX 7-G
6) LIMITS PROPOSED INITIALLY BY THE 7) CAPACITY CONSIDERED FOR

PROPRIETOR OR SHIPOWNER PERFORMING THE TEST
MaximumLoadWeight: t - Main Deck:
PassengerCapacity UpperDeck:
MainDeck: - :
UpperDeck: Total:
- :
Total:
8) MEASUREMENTS TAKEN DURING THE TEST 9) VALUES TAKEN FROM THE TABLE
PERFORMANCE ACCORDING TO THE VESSELS'
CHARACTERISTICS
BL1 = m K1 =
BL2 = m K2 =
b = m
10) VERIFICATION OF THE ASSIGNED PASSENGER CAPACITY

a) BL1 - BL2 = m
b) ( BL1 - BL2) / b = Evaluation Criterion:
c) K1 = I) ( BL1 - BL2 ) / b K1
d) K2 x BL1 = m II) ( BL1 - BL2 ) K2 x BL1
11) DETERMINATION OF THE MAXIMUM LOAD WEIGHT (PMC)

Vessels intended exclusively for carrying passengers
PMC = 0.08 x Np = 0.08 x = t
Vesselsintendedforcarryingpassengersandcargo
PMC=0.08xNp+{(0.7xCxB)x[(K2xBL1)BL2)]}
PMC= t
12) INFORMATION ON THE TEST

Place of test performance:
Date: Beginning time: End time:

Persons present:
13) NOTES:
14) TEST RESULTS

PASSENGER CAPACITY: -------------------------------___ PMC: ---------------------------- t
Date:
Person Responsible
ANNEX 7-H
PROCEDURES FOR RENEWAL OF
CERTIFICATES OF EXISTING VESSELS
1 - APPLICATION
These proceedings apply to existing vessels which Freeboard Certificates were issued in
accordance with PORTOMARINST 21-02, presently not in force.
According to the regulations there provided, existing vessels should have their freeboard
assigned in compliance with the following criteria:
a) vessels used under the extinct navigation classes characterized by letters A, B, C, D,
H and I (Open Sea Navigation) should have their freeboard assigned in compliance with the
provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines (1966), excepting the following
vessels:
(1) ships constructed after 7/21/1968, with rule length lower than 24 m;
(2) ships constructed before 7/21/1968, with gross tonnage lower than 150;
(3) vessels intended exclusively for sports and recreation; and
(4) warships.
b) vessels used under the extinct navigation classes A, B, C, D, H and I (Open Sea
Navigation) for which the assignment of an International Freeboard was not required , as well
as those used under the extinct navigation classes characterized by letters E, F, G, L and M
(Inland Navigation), should have their freeboard determined in accordance with provisions of
the Rules and Procedures for Determining the National Freeboard, which are no longer in
force.
c) those vessels that would present at least one of the following characteristics were
exempted from the assignment of a National Freeboard:
(1) gross tonnage lower than or equal to 50;
(2) rule length lower than or equal to 20 meters;
(3) vessels intended exclusively for sports or recreation; and
(4) warships.
2 - PROCEDURES
a) National Freeboard
(1) The vessels to which a National Freeboard has been assigned must carry a
National Freeboard Certificate, a model of which is shown in Annex 7-I.
(2) The procedure for calculating this freeboard is not presented in this Annex for it is
not necessary to redo the calculations when renewing the certificate mentioned in the previous
item. If any challenging arises about the freeboard value assigned to these vessels, the
calculations must be redone in accordance with the new procedures in force.
(3) The National Freeboard Certificate is valid for five years.
b) International Freeboard
(1) The vessels for which an International Freeboard has been assigned must carry an
International Load Line Certificate, following the model contained in the International
Convention on Load Lines (1966).
(2) In accordance with the procedures previously in force., such certificate might be
issued by the Classification Societies or the Directorate of Ports and Coasts, at the interested
party's discretion.
ANNEX 7-H
3 - RENEWAL OF THE CERTIFICATES

(1) The National Freeboard Certificate must be renewed at the end of its validity,
through the emission of an identical certificate to the original one.
(2) The renewal certificate shall be issued by the CP or DL offices of jurisdiction for the
vessel's operation area, whenever the vessel has not undergone any alteration of its main
characteristics, tonnage or navigation type intended.
(3) The Freeboard Certificates issued by Classification Societies, in accordance with
the provisions of the Standards and Procedures for Maritime Navigation - NPNM (DPC
Ordinance 0005/97 presently in force) and Standards and Procedures for Inland Navigation -
NPNI (DPC Ordinance 0063/96, presently not in force) , must be renewed by a Specialized
Entity or Classification Society.
(4) The Freeboard Certificates issued by the DPC or the GEVI, in accordance with the
provisions of the NPNI or NPNM, including the certificates of classified vessels, must be
renewed by a Specialized Entity, Classification Society or by the CP, DL or AG offices,
following an identical procedure to that determined in article 0630 of NORMAM-02.
(5) The renewal of classified vessel's certificates issued in accordance with the
procedures provided for in NORMAM-01 or NORMAM-02 must be made by their Classification
Societies.
(6) Whenever a classified vessel undergoes modification causing a change in the
freeboard value, a new certificate must be issued by the Classification Society in accordance
with the procedures provided for in these Standards.
(7) A copy of the certificates issued in accordance with the provisions above must be
forwarded to the Directorate of Ports and Coasts, with a report about the performance of the
survey specified in item 4 a).
(8) The certificate itself must show a note specifying that it is a renewal of the original
certificate.
(1) The renewal of certificates issued by Classification Societies must be made by
those societies, in accordance with the procedures established in the International Convention
on Load Lines (1966).
(2) The renewal of certificates issued by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts for
vessels classified by a recognized Classification Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian
Government in the Open Sea Navigation must be made by that society.
(3) The renewal of the remaining certificates issued by the Directorate of Ports and
Coasts shall be made by a recognized Classification Society or by the GEVI.
(4) If it is found during the renewal process of an International Load Line Certificate
that an international freeboard has been unduly assigned to the vessel in accordance with the
provisions of item 1, a National Freeboard Certificate must be issued. The value attributed to
the National Freeboard in these cases must be equal to that indicated in the International
Certificate for the Summer Freeboard.
(5) The International Load Line Certificates eventually issued for vessels used
exclusively for fishing must be renewed by a National Freeboard Certificate, according to the
procedure specified in item (4) above.
ANNEX 7-H
4 - SURVEYS
(1) On occasion of the renewal of the National Freeboard Certificate, a survey must be
carried out in the vessel to check if the freeboard marks remain in the position determined in
the original certificate.
(2) The survey specified in the previous item must be conducted by the CP, DL or AG
office of jurisdiction over the vessel's operation area, independent of the vessel's size.
(1) The surveys and inspections of vessels for which the renewal certificates are
issued by Classification Societies must be carried out by those entities' technical staff. These
surveys or inspections must be made in accordance with provisions of the International
Convention on Load Lines (1966).
(2) The surveys of vessels that have the renewal certificates issued by the Special
Group of Surveys may be carried out by the GEVI or by a Classification Society. The checklist
for conduction of this survey is shown in Annex 7-J.
(3) The inspections for annual endorsement of the International Load Line Certificates
issued by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts or by the GEVI may be carried out by a
Classification Society or by the GEVI. For the conduction of this inspection, the items
contained in Annex 7-J relating to the protection of openings, handrails, bulwark ports and
access ways to the crew's quarters must be used.
ANNEX 7-I
CODE:
NATIONAL FREEBOARD CERTIFICATE

(ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NORMAM-01, ANNEX 7-H)
MARITIME AUTHORITY
Name of Ship Call Sign Port of enrollment Gross

(number or Tonnage
letters)
ACTIVITY OR SERVICE
NAVIGATION TYPE
DISTANCE FROM THE UPPER PART OF THE FREEBOARD DECK LINE THROUGH THE CENTER OF
DISC mm
THEDECKLINE'SUPPEREDGEISLOCATED____________mmFROM THE UPPER FACE OF THE

NEAREST DECK.
THEDISCCENTERISLOCATED_____mmFROMTHENOSE.
THE PRESENT CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED TO VERIFY THAT THE SHIP WAS INSPECTED AND THAT ITS
FREEBOARD AND LOAD LINE INDICATED ABOVE WERE PLACED AND SHALL BE CONTROLLED IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE PROVISIONS IN FORCE.
VALIDUNTIL / /
ISSUEDON / /
Person Responsible for Issuing the Certificate
ANNEX 7-J
SURVEY CONDUCTION CHECKLIST
CHECKLIST FOR CONDUCTING RENEWAL SURVEYS AND
ANNUAL INSPECTIONS RELATED TO THE INTERNATIONAL LOAD
LINE CERTIFICATE
Rule 12
DOORS
1 - Check if all access openings in external bulkheads of closed superstructures are

provided with watertight doors made of steel or other equivalent material and sealing
rubber joints.
2 - Check those doors' maintenance condition and tightness , as well as their clamping
devices.
3 - Check if those doors are capable of being operated from both sides of the bulkhead.
4 - Check if the height of the doorsteps accessing those openings are of at least 380 mm.
Rule 15
HATCHES CLOSED BY PORTABLE COVERS AND KEPT

WATERTIGHT BY TARPAULINS AND COVER SECTIONS
5- Check if the heights of those hatch coamings are of at least 600 mm for position 1 and
450 mm for position 2.
6 - In the case of wooden cover sections, check if their thickness are of at least 60 mm.
7 - When steel pontoon covers are used instead of portable covers, check if the plate
thickness of the covers' tops are no lower than 1% of the reinforcements spacing, with a
minimum of 6 mm.
8 - Check if the distance between clamps does not exceed 600 mm and if the last clamp on
ach side are no farther than 150 mm from the hatch corners.
9 - Check the maintenance conditions of the wood bars and wedges, for securing the
tarpaulins.
10 - Check the existence of at least two tarpaulins for each hatch, in good conditions of
strength and watertightness.
11 - Check the maintenance condition of the whole system, with special attention to
watertightness-related characteristics.
Rule 16
HATCHES CLOSED BY WEATHERTIGHT COVERS MADE OF STEEL OR

EQUIVALENT MATERIAL, PROVIDED WITH JOINTS AND CLAMPING DEVICES
12- Check if the coamings' height meet the provisions of item 5. Those heights may be
reduced or even abolished, by authorization from the DPC.
ANNEX 7-J

13- Check if the plate thickness of the covers is equal to or higher than 1% of the
13- Check if the covers' plate thickness is equal to or higher than 1% of the
reinforcements' spacing, and no lower than 6 mm.
14- Whenever possible, perform a tightness test with a water jet at a pressure of at least 2.1
kgf/cm2.
15- Check the maintenance condition of the system's components, with special attention to
the tightness characteristics.
Rule 17
ENGINE COMPARTMENT OPENINGS
16- Check if the openings of engine compartments in positions 1 and 2 are protected by steel
casings.
17- When there are access openings in exposed casings, check if they are provided with
weathertight doors with joints, operable from both sides.
18- Check the maintenance condition and watertightness of the doors indicated in item 17, as
well as their clamping devices and joints.
19- Check if the doorstep's height of the doors indicated in item 17 are of at least
600 mm at position 1 and 380 mm at position 2.
20- Check if the openings for smoke boxes are provided with tight steel covers.
Rule 18
MISCELLANEOUS OPENINGS IN THE

FREEBOARD AND SUPERSTRUCTURE
DECKS
21- Check if the manholes and scuttles placed in positions 1 and 2 or inside superstructures
that are not closed , are provided with watertight covers. Unless they are attached with
bolts (latches) with small spacing, these covers must be permanently attached.
22- Check if any existing opening in freeboard decks (excepting hatches, openings for engine
compartments, manholes and scuttles) are protected by a closed superstructure, deck
housing or half orange of equivalent tightness.
23- Check if any opening (excepting hatches, openings for engine compartments, manholes
and scuttles) in a superstructure's open deck or a freeboard deck's housing top, giving
access to a compartment under this deck or to a compartment inside a closed
superstructure, are protected by a deck housing or half orange..
24- Check if the access openings in deck housings and half oranges provided in item 23 are
equipped with watertight doors capable of being operated from both sides. Check the
maintenance condition and tightness of those doors.
25- Check if the doorsteps of the doors provided in item 24 are at least 600 mm high at
position 1 and 380 mm at position 2.
ANNEX 7-J
Rule 19
VENTILATION DUCTS
26- Check if the height of the ventilation duct's coamings located at the freeboard or
superstructure open decks which serve compartments under the freeboard or closed
superstructure decks are at least 900 mm for position 1 and 760 mm for position 2.
27- Check if the ventilation openings specified in item 26 are provided with tight closing
means. The ventilation openings which coamings are at least 4.5 m high above the upper
deck for position 1 and 2.3 m for position 2 do not need to be provided with closing
devices.
28- Check the general maintenance condition and the tightness of the ducts and covers
prescribed in items 26 and 27.
Rule 20
AIR PIPING
29- Check if the air vents of ballast tanks or other tanks located at the freeboard deck are no
lower than 760 mm above that deck.
30- Check if the air vents of ballast tanks or other tanks located at a superstructure deck are
no lower than 450 mm above that deck.
31- Check if the air vents mentioned in items 29 and 30 are provided with permanent means
for closure.
Rule 21
CARGO GANGWAYS AND OTHER SIMILAR OPENINGS
32- Check if the cargo gangways or other similar openings located at the ship's sides, below
the freeboard deck, are provided with watertight doors. Check those doors' maintenance
condition.
33- Check if the lowest level of the openings described in item 32 are not below an imaginary
line parallel to the freeboard deck, of which the lowest point corresponds to the upper
edge of the highest load line (this item must be checked after that load line mark has
been placed).
Rule 22
SCUPPERS, INLETS AND OUTLETS
34- Check if the outlet valves and closing devices meet the provisions of the present Rule.
ANNEX 7-J
Rule 23
SIDE SCUTTLES
35- Check if the side scuttles of compartments located below the freeboard deck or inside
closed superstructures are provided with combat covers, so they can be effectively shut.
36- There must be no side scuttle below an imaginary line drawn on the hull's side, parallel to
the freeboard deck, of which the lowest point is 2.5% of the breadth or 500 mm above
the loaded waterline, whichever of the two distances is the greatest (this item must be
checked after that load line mark has been placed).
Rule 24
BULWARK
PORTS
37- In ships provided with bulwarks, check the existence and maintenance condition of
bulwark ports which enable the quick drainage of deck-invading water.
Rule 25
PROTECTION OF THE CREW
38- Check the existence of handrails or bulwarks in all freeboard and superstructure decks'
exposed parts.
39- Check if the bulwark and handrail height is of at least one meter above deck.
40- Check if the handrail's lowest opening is no greater than 230 mm, and if the other
openings are spaced no farther than 380 mm.
41- If the vessel's deck has rounded edges, check if the handrail supports are placed on the
deck's flat part.
Rule 26
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPS TYPE A
42- Check the existence and maintenance condition of a safe crosswalk enabling the crew to
reach the ship's external parts.
43- If the ship is provided with bulwarks, check the existence of handrails in at least one half
of the length of the deck's part exposed to the weather.
ANNEX 8-A
CODE:
NATIONAL TONNAGE CERTIFICATE
BRAZILIAN NAVY
Date of keel laying

Name of Ship Ship's call sign Port of enrollment (see NOTE below)
(number or letters)

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

Rule Length (m) Breadth (m) Midship molded depth up through
the upper deck (m)
THE VESSEL TONNAGES ARE:
GROSS TONNAGE: GT

NET TONNAGE: NT
I hereby certify that this vessel's tonnages have been determined in accordance with the
provisions of the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships (1969)
and the Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels Used in Open Sea Navigation.
Issuedon / /
Signatureandstampofpersonresponsible
NOTE: date on which the keel was laid or equivalent construction stage, or date on which the ship underwent major alterations or
modifications.
ANNEX 8-A
SPACES INLUDED IN THE TONNAGE MEASUREMENT
GROSS TONNAGE NET TONNAGE
NAME OF SPACE PLACE COMP. NAME OF SPACE PLACE COMP.
NUMBER OF PASSENGERS
Total number of passengers in cabins with up to 8

berths;
Total number of the remaining passengers
EXCLUDED SPACES
MOLDED DRAUGHT
an asterisk(*) must be added to those spaces mentioned above

which are simultaneously considered as closed spaces and
excluded spaces
DATE AND PLACE OF THE ORIGINAL TONNAGE MEASUREMENT
DATE AND PLACE OF LAST TONNAGE RE-MEASUREMENT
NOTES:
ANNEX 8-B
NOTES FOR TONNAGE MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS WITH
RULE LENGTH (L) LOWER THAN OR EQUAL TO 24 METERS
1. - GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
NAME: TYPE:
SHIPOWNER: CLASSIFICATION:
BUILDER: PORT OF ENROLLMENT:
HULL MATERIAL: CONSTRUCTION YEAR:
Ct = m P= m
L= m B= m
Lpp = m Co = m
Ca = m H= m
Hc (Draught loaded) = m
Hl (Draught lightweight)= m
Dc (Displacement
Loaded) = t
Dl (Displacement Lightweight) = t
Pb (Deadweight) = t
Number of Crew Members =
N1...(Number of passengers in cabins with up to 8 berths) =
N2 (Number of remaining
passengers) =
2. - GROSS TONNAGE
WithB+C0= m,calculateortakefromtheTableofAnnex8F,M= m2
V1 (Volume of Closed Spaces below the Upper Deck) = Ca x M = m3
V2 (Volume of Closed Spaces above the Upper Deck) = m3-
3
V (VolumeofallClosedSpaceswithoutconsideringtheExcludedSpaces)=V1+V2 = m
With V, calculate or take from the Table of Annex 8-E, K1 =
Gross Tonnage = K1 x V =
ANNEX 8-B
3. - NET TONNAGE
a) Identify the Cargo Spaces;

b)CargoSpaces(Vc) = m3 ;
c) With Vc, calculate or take from the Table of Annex 8-E, K2 =
d) N1 + N2 = lower than 13, then N1 e N2 null
higher than or equal to 13, use N1
and N2
e) Calculate the expressions in the Notes:
2 2
I) (4H / 3P) = ( 4 x / 3 x )=
calculated value lower than or equal to 1, use the
calculated value calculated value higher than 1, use the
unit
2
II) K2Vc (4H / 3P) = x x =
2
Where (4H / 3P) corresponds to the value obtained in e) I)
calculated value lower than or equal to 0.25.GT, use 0.25.GT

calculated value higher than 0.25.GT, use the calculated value
III) 0,30 AB = 0,30 x =
f) Calculation or the Net Tonnage

NT = K2Vc (4H / 3P)2 + 1.25 x ( AB + 10.000 ) / 10.000 x (N1 + ( N2 / 10 ))
Where K2Vc (4H / 3P)2 corresponds to the value obtained in e) II)
NT = + 1.25 x ( + 10,000 / 10,000 x ( +( / 10 ))
NT = + =

g) Compare the value obtained in e) III (30% of the gross tonnage)
NTcalculatedhigherthanorequalto30%.GT,usethe NT =
calculatedvalue.
.
NT calculated lower than 30% GT, use NT = 30 % GT. NT =
ANNEX 8-B
NOTES FOR TONNAGE MEASUREMENT OF VESSELS
WITH RULE LENGTH (L) HIGHER THAN 24 METERS
1. - GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
NAME: TYPE:
SHIPOWNER: ENROLLMENT NUMBER:
CALL SIGN: PORT OF ENROLLMENT:
BUILDER: CONSTRUCTION SITE:
HULL MATERIAL: CLASSIFICATION
DATEOFLAUNCHING,KEELLAYINGORCONSTRUCTION
2. HULL CHARACTERISTICS
Ct = m P= m
L = m B= m
Lpp = m
FORE: m FORE
DraughtLightweight: AFT m Draught Loaded: AFT
AVG. m AVG.
3. - CREW MEMBERS AND PASSENGERS

Number of Crew Members:
Number of Passengers in cabins with up to 8 berths (N1): Number
ofremainingpassengers(N2):
4. - CALCULATED CHARACTERISTICS
Displacements:
Loaded: t
Lightweight t
Deadweight __________ t
3
Closed Spaces below the Upper Deck ________________ (m )
3
Closed Spaces above the Upper Deck ________________ (m )
3
Excluded Spaces ________________________________ (m )
3 GT:=
V (Total Volume of Closed Spaces) ___________________ (m )
3 NT =
Vc (Volume of Cargo Spaces) _______________________ (m )
ANNEX 8-B
5. - GROSS TONNAGE
a) Identify the Closed Spaces;
b) Identify the Excluded Spaces;
c) Closed Spaces below the Upper Deck = m3
d) Closed Spaces above the Upper Deck = m3
e) Excluded Spaces = m3
f) Closed Spaces (V) =
m3
g) WithV,getthroughtheformulaorbyinterpolationintheTableofAnnex8E,thevalue
ofK1 ; K1 =
h) Apply the formula: GT= K1 x V
AB = x =
6. - NET TONNAGE
a) Identify the Cargo Spaces;
3
b) Cargo Spaces (Vc) = m;
c) With Vc, calculate or take from the Table of Annex 8-E, K2 =
d) N1 + N2 = lower than 13, then N1 and N2 null
higher than or equal to 13, use N1 and N2
e) Calculate the expressions in the Notes:
2 2
I) (4H / 3P) = ( 4 x / 3 x )=
calculatedvaluelowerthanorequalto1,usethecalculatedvalue
calculatedvaluehigherthan1,usetheunit
2
II) K2Vc (4H / 3P) = x x =
where (4H / 3P)2 corresponds to the value obtained in e) I)
calculated value lower than or equal to 0.25.GT, use 0.25.GT
calculated value higher than 0.25.GT, use the calculated value
=
III) 0,30 GT = 0,30 x
f) Calculation of the Net Tonnage
NT= K2Vc (4H / 3P)2 + 1,25 x ( AB + 10,000 ) / 10,000 x (N1 + ( N2 / 10 ))
2
WhereK2Vc (4H / 3P) corresponds to the value obtained in e) II)
NT = + 1.25 x ( + 10,000 ) / 10,000 x ( +( / 10 ))
NT = + =
g) Compare the value obtained in e) III) (30% of the gross tonnage)
NTcalculatedhigherthanorequalto30%GT,usethe NT =
clalculatedvalue
NT calculated lower than 30% GT, use NT = 30 % GT. NT =
ANEXO 8-C
CDIGO:
CERTIFICADO INTERNACIONAL DE ARQUEAO (1969)
REPBLICA FEDERATIVA DO BRASIL

Expedido em virtude das disposies da CONVENO INTERNACIONAL
DE ARQUEAO DE EMBARCAES, 1969, sob responsabilidade do
Governo da Repblica Federativa do Brasil, para o qual a Conveno entrou
em vigor em 06 de janeiro de 1978, pela Marinha do Brasil.
Nome da Embarcao Indicativo de Porto de Inscrio Data (*)

chamada
CARACTERSTICAS PRINCIPAIS
Pontal moldado a meia nau at o

Comprimento (Art. 2(8)) Boca convs superior (Regra 2(2))
(Regra 2(3))
AS ARQUEAES DA EMBARCAO SO:
ARQUEAO BRUTA :
ARQUEAO LQUIDA :
Certifico que as arqueaes desta embarcao foram determinadas de acordo com as

disposies da Conveno Internacional sobre Medidas de Arqueaes de Embarcaes, 1969.
O abaixo assinado declara que est autorizado pelo Governo Brasileiro para emitir este certificado.
Expedido em , de de
ASSINATURA E CARIMBO DO RESPONSVEL
* Data na qual a quilha foi batida ou estgio equivalente de construo (Art. 2(6)), ou data na qual o navio sofreu alteraes ou modificaes
de maior vulto (Art. 3(2) (b)), a critrio da Administrao.
ANEXO 8-C
ESPAOS INCLUDOS NA ARQUEAO
ARQUEAO BRUTA ARQUEAO LQUIDA
NOME DO ESPAO LOCAL COMP. NOME DO ESPAO LOCAL COMP.

(CAV) (M) (CAV) (M)
NMERO DE PASSAGEIROS
(Regra 4(1))
Nmero total de passageiros em camarotes com at 8

beliches
Nmero total dos demais

passageiros
ESPAOS EXCLUDOS
(Regra 2(5)) CALADO MOLDADO
(Regra 4(2))
um asterisco(*) deve ser feito queles espaos acima

discriminados que sejam simultaneamente considerados
espaos fechados e excludos.
DATA E LOCAL DA ARQUEAO ORIGINAL
DATA E LOCAL DA LTIMA REARQUEAO
OBSERVAES:
CODE
ANNEX 8-C
INTERNATIONAL TONNAGE CERTIFICATE (1969)

Issued under the provisions of the International CONVENTION ON
TONNAGE MEASUREMENT OF SHIPS, 1969, under the authority of the
Government of the Federative Republic of Brazil for which the Convention came
into force on January, 6th, 1978, by the Brazilian Navy.
Name of Ship Call Sign Port of Registry * Date

Number or Letters
MAIN DIMENSIONS
Length Breadth Moulded Depth amidships

(Article 2(8)) (Regulation 2(3)) to Upper Deck (Regulations 2(2))
THE TONNAGES OF THE SHIP ARE:
GROSS TONNAGE :
NET TONNAGE:
This is to Certify that the tonnages of this ship have been determined in accordance with the provisions of the International Convention on
Tonnage Measurement of Ships, 1969.
The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.
Issued at the day of of
* Date on which the keel was laid or the ship was at a similar stage of construction (Article 2(6)), or date on which the ship underwent
alterations or modifications of a major character (Article 3(2) (b)), as appropriate.
ANNEX 8-C

SPACES INCLUDED IN TONNAGE

GROSS TONNAGE NET TONNAGE

NAME OF SPACE LOCATION LENGTH NAME OF SPACE LOCATION LENGTH
(Fr.) (M) (Fr.) (M)

NUMBER OF PASSENGERS
(Regulation 4(1))

Number of passengers in cabins with up to than 8 berths

Number of other
passengers

EXCLUDED SPACES
(Regulation 2(5)) MOULDED DRAUGHT
(Regulation 4(2))

An asterisk(*) must be added to those spaces mentioned
above which are simultaneously considered as closed spaces

DATE AND PLACE OF ORIGINAL MEASUREMENT

DATE AND PLACE OF LAST REMEASUREMENT

REMARKS:
ANNEX 8-D
FORMULAS
RIGHT TRIANGLE
a2 = b2 + c2
Area = b x c
2

ANY TRIANGLE
Area = b x h
2

SQUARE
Area = a2
d 2 = 2 x a2
RECTANGLE
Area = a x b
d2 = a2+b2
ANNEX 8-D
PARALLELOGRAM
Area = a x h = a x b x sen
TRAPEZOID
Area = ( B + b ) x h
2
CIRCLE
rea = x d2 = x r2
4
= 3.1416
CUBE
Volume = a3
D3 = 3 x a 3
ANNEX 8-D
PARALLELEPIPED
Volume = a x b x c
PRISM or CYLINDER
Volume = Area of Base x h
PYRAMID or CONE
Volume = 1 x Area of Base x h

3
TRUNCATED PYRAMID
Volume = h x (A1 + A2 + A1 + A2)

3
Note: A1 = Base Area

A2 = Upper Area
ANNEX 8-D
WEDGE
Volume = a x b x (2 x L1 + L2 )
6

ANNEX 8-E
COEFFICIENTS K1 (OR K2) AS A FUNCTION OF V (OR Vc)
V or Vc K1 or V or Vc K1 or V or Vc K1 or V or Vc K1 or
(m3) K2 (m3) K2 (m3) K2 (m3) K2
1 0.2000 10,000 0.2800 280,000 0.3089 640,000 0.3161
2 0.2060 15,000 0.2835 290,000 0.3092 650,000 0.3163
3 0.2095 20,000 0.2860 300,000 0.3095 660,000 0.3164
4 0.2120 25,000 0.2880 310,000 0.3098 670,000 0.3165
5 0.2139 30,000 0.2895 320,000 0.3101 680,000 0.3166
6 0.2155 35,000 0.2909 330,000 0.3104 690,000 0.3168
7 0.2169 40,000 0.2920 340,000 0.3106 700,000 0.3169
8 0.2180 45,000 0.2931 350,000 0.3109 710,000 0.3170
9 0.2190 50,000 0.2940 360,000 0.3111 720,000 0.3171
10 0.2200 55,000 0.2948 370,000 0.3114 730,000 0.3173
20 0.2260 60,000 0.2956 380,000 0.3116 740,000 0.3174
30 0.2295 65,000 0.2963 390,000 0.3118 750,000 0.3175
40 0.2320 70,000 0.2969 400,000 0.3120 760,000 0.3176
50 0.2340 75,000 0.2975 410,000 0.3123 770,000 0.3177
60 0.2356 80,000 0.2981 420,000 0.3125 780,000 0.3178
70 0.2369 85,000 0.2986 430,000 0.3127 790,000 0.3180
80 0.2381 90,000 0.2991 440,000 0.3129 800,000 0.3181
90 0.2391 95,000 0.2996 450,000 0.3131 810,000 0.3182
100 0.2400 100,000 0.3000 460,000 0.3133 820,000 0.3183
200 0.2460 110,000 0.3008 470,000 0.3134 830,000 0.3184
300 0.2495 120,000 0.3016 480,000 0.3136 840,000 0.3185
400 0.2520 130,000 0.3023 490,000 0.3138 850,000 0.3186
500 0.2540 140,000 0.3029 500,000 0.3140 860,000 0.3187
600 0.2556 150,000 0.3035 510,000 0.3142 870,000 0.3188
700 0.2569 160,000 0.3041 520,000 0.3143 880,000 0.3189
800 0.2581 170,000 0.3046 530,000 0.3145 890,000 0.3190
900 0.2591 180,000 0.3051 540,000 0.3146 900,000 0.3191
1,000 0.2600 190,000 0.3056 550,000 0.3148 910,000 0.3192
2,000 0.2660 200,000 0.3060 560,000 0.3150 920,000 0.3193
3,000 0.2695 210,000 0.3064 570,000 0.3151 930,000 0.3194
4,000 0.2720 220,000 0.3068 580,000 0.3153 940,000 0.3195
5,000 0.2740 230,000 0.3072 590,000 0.3154 950,000 0.3196
6,000 0.2756 240,000 0.3076 600,000 0.3156 960,000 0.3196
7,000 0.2769 250,000 0.3080 610,000 0.3157 970,000 0.3197
8,000 0.2781 260,000 0.3083 620,000 0.3158 980,000 0.3198
9,000 0.2791 270,000 0.3086 630,000 0.3160 990,000 0.3199
NOTES: coefficients K1 or K2for intermediate values of V or Vc must be

obtained by linear interpolation.

ANNEX 8-F
"M" MULTIPLIER AS A FUNCTION OF THE SUM OF BREADTH + CONTOUR
Coefficient "M" Coefficient "M"

B + Co B + Co
(m) Wood or Steel or (m) Wood or Steel or
Concrete Fiberglass Concrete Fiberglass
1 0.0425 0.0450 26 28.7300 30.4200

2 0.1700 0.1800 27 30.9825 32.8050
3 0.3825 0.4050 28 33.3200 35.2800
4 0.6800 0.7200 29 35.7425 37.8450
5 1.0625 1.1250 30 38.2500 40.5000
6 1.5300 1.6200 31 40.8425 43.2450
7 2.0825 2.2050 32 43.5200 46.0800
8 2.7200 2.8800 33 46.2825 49.0050
9 3.4425 3.6450 34 49.1300 52.0200
10 4.2500 4.5000 35 52.0625 55.1250
11 5.1425 5.4450 36 55.0800 58.3200
12 6.1200 6.4800 37 58.1825 61.6050
13 7.1825 7.6050 38 61.3700 64.9800
14 8.3300 8.8200 39 64.6425 68.4450
15 9.5625 10.1250 40 68.0000 72.0000
16 10.8800 11.5200 41 71.4425 75.6450
17 12.2825 13.0050 42 74.9700 79.3800
18 13.7700 14.5800 43 78.5825 83.2050
19 15.3425 16.2450 44 82.2800 87.1200
20 17.0000 18.0000 45 86.0625 91.1250
21 18.7425 19.8450 46 89.9300 95.2200
22 20.5700 21.7800 47 93.8825 99.4050
23 22.4825 23.8050 48 97.9200 103.6800
24 24.4800 25.9200 49 102.0425 108.0450
25 26.5625 28.1250 50 106.250 112.5000
NOTES: multiplier "M" for intermediate values of (B + Co) must be

obtained by linear interpolation.
ANNEX 9-A
Unit Type
Equipment
SurfaceUnits(1) Self-Elevating Semi-Submersible Fixed (inhabited) Fixed (uninhabited)

Distributed in at least two Distributed in at least two

abandonment stations abandonment stations
separated in such a way
separated in such a way that,
One or more on each side,
with a capacity to that,ifonestationbecomes if one station becomes
Two(2)abandonment
1 disabled, all people on disabled, all people on boardFor 150% ofthe
accommodateallembarked board (100%) can abandon (100%) can abandon the unit maximumnumberof organicboatsonoars(9)
people (100%) per the unit through the other through the other stations individualsonboard
side stations.(8)

For 100% of the For 100% of the For 100% of the For 50% of the Two (2) lifesaving rafts
2 maximum number of maximum number of maximum number of maximum number of ClassIII(9)(10)
individualsonboard(6)(10) individualsonboard(8)(10) individualsonboard(10) individualsonboard(4)(10)
3 01(one)(7) 01(one) (7) 01(one) (7) 01(one) (5) (7) N/A

Lifejacketsstowedineach
For at least (100%) of the For at least (100%) of the For at least (100%) of the For at least (100%) of the abandonmentstation,
4 maximum number of maximum number of maximum number of maximum number of enoughforthemaximum
individualsonboard(3) individualsonboard(3) individualsonboard(3) individualsonboard(3) numberofindividuals
eventuallyembarked(11)
Installed on the sides in Installed on the sides in Installed on the sides in Installed on the sides in Installedonthesidesin

such a way that a person such a way that a person such a way that a person such a way that a person suchawaythataperson
5 doesnothavetowalkmore doesnothavetowalkmore doesnothavetowalkmore doesnothavetowalkmore doesnothavetowalk
than 12 meters to throw than 12 meters to throw than 12 meters to throw than 12 meters to throw morethan12metersto
onetothesea(2)(12) onetothesea(2)(12) onetothesea(2)(12) onetothesea(2)(12) throwonetothesea(2)(11)

6 12(twelve)atthebridgeor 6(six)atthebridgeormain 12(twelve)atthebridgeor 6(six)atthemaincontrol N/A
maincontrolstation controlstation maincontrolstation station
01 (one) with four lines and 01 (one) with four lines and 01 (one) with four lines and 01 (one) with four lines and
7 capacity for four shots capacity for four shots capacity for four shots for four shots N/A
Equipment Types: 4 - Lifesaving jacket Class I (The use of inflatable lifesaving jackets is not allowed
1 - Fire-proof survival craft in platforms)
2 - Lifesaving raft Class I 5 - Lifesaving buoys Class I
3 - Rescue craft Class I 6 - Manual rocket, red star with parachute
7 - Line-throwing device
Notes on back
- 9-A-1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 9-A
(9)
Note The platform may allocate abandonment organic boats or lifesaving
(1)
Drill Ships, FPSO, FSU and barge-type units rafts as survival craft, if the capacity of each boat or raft is sufficient to
(2) accommodate the maximum number of individuals eventually embarked.
The minimum number of buoys must be no lower
(10)
than: Lifesaving rafts stowed on board at heights over 4.5 m of the sea level
- 10 if the unit is between 100 and 150 m long; must be provided with a launching device. Alternatively, the launching
- 12 if the unit is between 150 and 200 m long; and device may be replaced by a rigid ladder giving access to the sea level, in
- 14 if the unit is over 200 m long. order to
(3) allow the embarkation next to the place in where those rafts are launched
The life jackets
to the sea. The maximum distance from the intended embarkation place
- one for each existing berth at the infirmary plus one for each
must not be farther than 5.0 meters to the vertical line of the respective
nurse;
raft's stowage, and there must be no obstruction blocking or making it
two at the command room; difficult to bring the raft's line to the ladder's lower end. Platforms not yet
one at the radio station; in compliance with this requirement must meet it no later than 12/31/2005.
three at the Engine Control Station, or Engine Room of the (11)
Optionally, these lifesaving jackets and buoys may be taken to the
Platform if manned; and platform on occasion of the eventual embarkation of individuals.
- additionally stowed jackets in each abandonment station, for (12)
At least one lifesaving buoy on each side of the Platform must be
105% of the corresponding survival vessel's capacity. equipped with a floating line with its length equal to double of the height
: from where it will be stowed to the vessel's lightweight load line or 30 m,
(4)
Lifesaving rafts used in fixed maritime platforms do not need to be whichever is the greatest;
provided with the automatic release device. At least half of the total number of buoys, on each side of the Platform,
(5)
Mobile units with keel laying prior to 7/1/1986 and fixed platforms may must be equipped with an automatic lighting device;
be provided with rescue crafts class I or II. At least two of the buoys above must be equipped with a floating 15-
(6)
If the lifesaving rafts cannot be readily transferred for launching through minute smoke artifact;
the other side of the unit, the total available capacity on each side must be The distribution of buoys with automatic lighting devices and floating 15-
sufficient for all the people embarked. minute smoke artifacts, and the buoys with lighting devices, must be
(7)
A survival craft may be accepted as rescue craft if meeting all the evenly made along the platform sides; and
requirements established for a rescue craft. The distribution of lifesaving buoys as described above must be carried
(8)
It may be accepted that the lifesaving craft accommodate only 100% of out on each deck exposed to the sea in which there is operation or normal
the embarked people, if the lifesaving rafts are launched by davits. transit of individuals.
- 9-A-2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 9-C
REQUEST OF COMPLIANCE SURVEY FOR AN OFFSHORE INSTALLATION (SPCP)
........................(shipowner or representative).........................................
..........................(requests from this CP/DL Office the conduction of a Compliance Survey for the
Operation of an Offshore Installation (Activity of Oil Drilling, Production and/or Storage), in accordance
with the provisions of NORMAM-01. Chapter 9. The installation will be ready to be surveyed, in
accordance with the provisions of NORMAM-01, on ........................(dd/mm/yyyy)......................, at the/in
............................ (place/state)................
VESSEL DATA:
Name: IMO No.:
AB(GT): Vessel Type:
Keel laying date: Classification Society:
PROPRIETOR DATA:
Business name:
Name(s):
Origin (Country):
Tel/Fax/Email:
SHIPOWNER DATA:
Business Name:
Name(s):
Origin (Country):
Tel/Fax/Email:
OPERATOR DATA:
BusinessName:
Name(s):
Origin (Country):
Tel/Fax/Email:
CONCESSIONAIRE DATA:
Business Name:
Name(s):
Origin (Country):
Tel/Fax/Email:
P&I CLUB DATA:
(Place and date) _, / /
(Signature)____________________________________________________________________________
(Agent/ForwarderName)
(Agency/Forwarding Office):
(Complete address/fax/tel/e-mail of Agent/Forwarder):
ANNEX 9-C
Attached Documents List:
( ) Application to the CP/DL - (all authorization requests);
( ) Vessel's Certificate of Registration, issued by the flag state;
( ) Liability Certificate for Damages from Oil Pollution, or any other equivalent financial guarantee - (for
oil tankers, mobile platforms and drill ships);
( ) Proof of P&I Insurance with clause of wreck removal;
( ) Official Power of Attorney from the shipowner to their agent or legal representative, showing
compulsorily and explicitly the assignment of power to this Attorney to receive on their behalf,
notifications of infringement, judicial summons and any kind of communication coming from a
Brazilian governmental authority;
( ) Crew List for visas by the CP/DL at which the vessel is to be enrolled;
( ) Copy of the Union Official Diary (DOU) with the published extract of the Grant issued by the
ANP (National Petroleum Agency) to carry out prospection, drilling, production and storage of oil;
( ) Copy of a document verifying the presentation of the Field Development Plan in which the unit will
operate (only for oil production and storage platforms, including FPSO and FSO); and
( ) Proof of payment of the fee provided in Annex 10-D of NORMAM-01.
ANNEX 9-D
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(SEAL OF THE
CP/DL)
(-------------------------------------------------------------)
CP or DL Name
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS
Enrollment No - - .
I hereby certify that the ship.......(platform, drill ship, FPS or FSO)......, flag ....................,
o o
IMO n ............................, Enrollment n ...................classified by .........................(name the ship's Classification
Society) ....., has been submitted to the Compliance Survey for the activity of drilling, production and storage of
oil and/or gas on ......./........./.........., at ..............(place) .............
..................., in accordance with the provisions of the Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels Used in Open
Sea Navigation - NORMAM-01 and is authorized to operate until the validity date of this
Statement.
This Statement, issued under the terms of the Agreement signed between the DPC - Directorate
of Ports and Coasts and the National Petroleum Agency - ANP, constitutes a valid document for operation in
Brazilian Jurisdictional Waters - AJB.
Issued in ....................., on ........./ ............/ ...............
Valid until.........../............./...............
.....................................................................................
(Name and Signature)
Harbor Master / Delegate
- 9 - D - 1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 9-E
BRAZILIAN NAVY
(SEAL OF THE
CP/DL)
(-------------------------------------------------------------)
CP or DL Name
INTERIM STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS
Enrollment No - - .
I hereby certify that the ship.......(platform, drill ship, FPS or FSO)......, flag ....................,
IMO no............................, Enrollment no ................... classified by .........................(name the ship's
Classification Society) ....., has been submitted to the Compliance Survey for the activity of drilling, production
and storage of oil and/or gas on ......./........./.........., at ..............(place) .............
..................., in accordance with the provisions of the Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels Used in Open
Sea Navigation - NORMAM-01 and is authorized to operate until the validity date of this Statement, conditioned
to the fulfillment of the demands contained in the attached Survey Report.
ThisStatement,issuedunderthetermsoftheAgreementsignedbetweentheDPCDirectorate
ofPortsandCoasts andtheNationalPetroleumAgencyANP,constitutesavaliddocumentforoperation in
BrazilianJurisdictionalWatersAJB.
Issued in ....................., on ........./ ............/ ...............
Valid until.........../............./...............
....................................................................................
(Name and Signature)
Harbor Master / Delegate
ANNEX 9-E

Rua Tefilo Otoni, 4 Cpies to:
Rio de Janeiro - RJ, Brasil Master: DPC
20,090-070 and CP/DL:
Surveyor:
PLATFORM SURVEY REPORT
Vessel Name: IMO No.:

Enrollment No:
Date of Survey: Place of Survey:
No Codeofthe Deficiency nature Reference Action taken

Deficiency

Issue Office:
Telephone (s):
Fax:
Name:
Signature:
Notes:
1. This Expert Survey has not been a complete survey and the deficiencies listed may not represent all the existent
deficiencies.
2. The Shipowner must make sure that all deficiencies pointed out are corrected, prior to effecting a request for a new
survey for withdrawal of these demands.
ANNEX 9-F
INHABITED FIXED PLATFORMS
CHECKLIST FOR COMPLIANCE SURVEY
I) OPERATIONS SECTOR
A) Control Room
1) Are the internal communications systems for the platform's several sectors working?
2) Are the two artificial respiration devices in good maintenance state and duly
conditioned? Are they homologated by the DPC? If manufactured abroad, follow Chapter 4 of
these Standards (at least one of them must be of the autonomous type).
3) Are the two firefighting vest sets in good state and duly conditioned?
4) Are there fire extinguishers in number compatible with the Firefighting Plan? Do they
carry the INMETRO compliance seal? Were they revised by an INMETRO-accredited
company? Are they within the validity period and conditions? Are their charges within the validity
period?
5) Is there a table affixed to a bulkhead, with the platform's characteristics
(length, width, total height between decks, tower's height, etc)?
6) Do the publications below exist and are marked with the platform's name?
a) Last Survey Report, check the fulfillment of demands;
b) Heliport Homologation Ordinance issued by the DAC; and
c) International Medical Guide for Ships;
d) International Code of Signals (last edition);
e) Standards and Procedures of the Harbor Master's Office (NPCP) of the jurisdiction
they are operating in;
f) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), last edition and
supplements (for units that use or carry packaged dangerous goods on board);
g) MFAG - Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods
(IMO - ILO - WHO), for units that use or carry packaged dangerous goods on board
(not necessary if they have the IMDG supplement which includes the MFAG);
h) Infirmary Registry Book (when applicable);
i) Radio Communications Log Book (electronic media accepted); and
j) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 73/78)
and its amendments.
7) Is the alarm system working? Test the several signals.
B) Navigation Safety
8)Do the following indications for navigation aid exist?
a) A rectangular panel painted orange with numbers in black, one meter high,
containing the platform identification; and
b) A fixed red light located at the platform's highest point, with a 10-mile range, and
white lights six meters high, blinking in Morse code the letter U, on each platform's
corner, with a 10-mile range.
9)Is the heliport's lighting system for night landing working?
ANNEX 9-F
C) Radio Communications
10) Are all the radio station equipment units working? Test the transmitters and receivers
in the frequencies authorized by the relevant federal agency.
11) Does an electric lamp provided with a flexible cable long enough to inspect the whole
station, powered by a reserve power supply source, or a portable flashlight exist?
12) Are the antennas, isolators and equipment clean, especially the contacts subject to
sparks?
13) Is the radio station prefix affixed to a station's bulkhead?
14) Is an instruction board affixed with the Distress Procedure in Radiotelephony?
15) Is there a clock attached to a bulkhead, with a diameter no lower than
12.5 cm and provided with a central pointer for seconds (or digital), and with the
mandatory watch sectors marked?
16) Are the Maritime Mobile Service and the Satellite Maritime Mobile Service manuals
existent?
17) Is (are) the operator(s) certified?
18) Is the helicopter approach radio-beacon (if existent) working?
Note: Check the Private Mobile Service License issued by ANATEL.
II) HOTEL SERVICES SECTOR

19) Are the cabins, living quarters, halls, bathrooms, sanitary units and living rooms clean
and well maintained?
20) Are the lifesaving jackets in good condition, marked with the platform's name,
in the quantities prescribed in these Standards? Are they homologated by the DPC?
21) Is the Safety Plan affixed in each messroom?
22) Are the ventilation, exhaustion and air conditioning systems working normally?
23) Do lifesaving jackets exist in the infirmary, enough for all berths?
24) Do medications and first-aid boxes exist in compliance with these Standards?
25) Are the fire extinguishers in conformity with the Firefighting Plan? Do they carry the
INMETRO seal of conformity? Have they been revised by an INMETRO-accredited
station? Are their charges within their validity periods?
III) ENGINE SECTOR
A) Fire Pumps
26) Are the piping nets free from leaking?
27) Are the diesel engine's discharge pipes with their thermal insulation in good condition?
28) Are the low pressure testing valves working?
29) Are the flow-control valves working?
30) Is the pumps' automatic starting system working?
31) Can the pumps be operated from the control room or from operation points distributed
through the platform when there is no control room?
32) Is the fire piping ring in condition for ready use?
ANNEX 9-F
B) Substations Electric Switchboards

33) Is there an Artificial Respiration Board affixed near the switchboards?
34) Are the ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, frequency meters and synchroscopes
working?
35) Are the distribution boards, distribution boxes and switches in good condition?
C) Emergency Power Source

36) Is the emergency power source working and in good maintenance condition? If it is a
diesel engine, pay attention to the indications of tachometers, manometers and
thermometers, besides checking for leaks; in the case of batteries, check the
electrolyte level, density, cleaning of poles and general maintenance.
D) Turbo-generators
37) Are the emergency stoppers and the ventilation working?
38) Is there an ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION board attached in the turbo-generator control
room?
39) Is the alarm panel working?
40) Is the fuel cut off system working?
41) Are there gas and fire sensors in the turbo-generator compartment?
42) Is the turbo-generator compartment well maintained and clean?
43) Are there safety signs against accidents as prescribed by the Ministry of
Work and Employment? (Boards about precaution, glasses, helmets, masks, etc)
E) Compressors / Water Heaters
44) Are the air compressors, water heaters, their manometers, pressurestats, safety
valves and thermometers, when applicable, working?
45) Are the several piping nets in good condition and free from leaking, with special
attention to flanges and valves?
46) Is the thermal insulation of the piping in good maintenance condition?
F) Refrigerating Chamber, Air Conditioning and Distiller Group
47) Are the refrigerating installations working and in good maintenance condition with the
thermometers, manometers, thermostats and pressurestats working?
48) Are the alarms and safety latches working?
49) Is the platform's air conditioning system working and in good maintenance condition?
50) Are the distiller groups working?
IV) FIREFIGHTING SECTOR AND ABANDONMENT STATIONS
51) Is the fire alarm working?

52) Are the "deluge" valves in good maintenance condition?
53) Are there enough fire stations compatible with the Safety Plan?
Are they numbered and with the nozzles, hoses, hose wrenches and damage-control
axes? (The equipment list contained in the inventory existing at the station, signed by
the professional responsible for the
ANNEX 9-F

Existing inventory at the station, signed by the professional responsible for
platform safety, may be accepted)
54) Are the inert gas cylinders of the fixed fire extinguishing system's compartment in
appropriate hangers, charged and labeled within validity? (Maximum loss 10% of the
charge, in weight). Has the revision been carried out by a company licensed by
INMETRO? Request a certificate of the hydrostatic pressure test, valid for ten years,
if the system has not been discharged since installed. If there has been a need for
recharging the cylinders prior to five years from installation, there is no need for the
test considered. However, if that happened after those five years, they must be
submitted to tests.
55) Are the non-habitable compartments in good maintenance condition and with the
lighting points protected with globes, sconces or protectors?
Note: Check if the escape routes are delimited in compliance with the Safety Plan.
V) SALVAGE SECTOR
56) Are the emergency procedures affixed at the living quarters, recreation rooms,
messroom and control rooms?
57) Is the Safety Plan placed in the Lodging Module (one per deck), office area,
messroom and recreation area?
58) Does the platform have a rescue craft as prescribed in these Standards?
59) Does the rescue craft with engine installed have protection against the propeller?
60) Is the rescue craft homologated by the DPC? If made abroad, follow Chapter 4 of
these Standards. Is it in good maintenance condition?
61) Is the rescue craft ready to be lowered and the quick release system working
perfectly, allowing for the total release from the restrainer. through a single
movement?
62) Is the rescue craft's fuel tank full as indicated by the manufacturer?
63) Is the rescue craft's engine crank-up system working? It must start at the first try with
the craft afloat.
64) Does the rescue craft carry inside its functioning instructions? Also check the
existence at the platform of the operation and maintenance manuals for the craft and
the davit/winch.
65) Is the rescue craft's drain plug duly installed? There must be at least two.
66) Are the rescue craft's inflatable floats (if provided) inflated and in good condition?
67) Does the rescue craft have its respective inventory kit as specified in these
Standards?
68) Does the rescue craft have approved retro-reflective tapes in accordance with the
specific regulations? Are they in good maintenance condition? Case negative,
determine replacement
69)Is the rescue craft marked with visible and indelible letters on both sides, with the name
of its respective platform?
70) Does the rescue craft have marked externally, in a visible place, the length, breadth
and depth?
71) Does the platform have lifesaving craft as prescribed in these Standards?
72) Are the lifesaving craft units ready to be lowered and the quick release system
working perfectly, allowing for the total release from the restrainer. through a single
movement?
ANNEX 9-F

73) The diesel oil tanks of lifesaving craft are full, as
73) Are the diesel oil tanks of the lifesaving craft units full, as indicated by the
manufacturer?
74) Are the external surfaces of the lifesaving craft units clean and degreased? Is the
orange coloring in good condition?
75) Are the lifesaving craft units with their places duly marked and the number of seats
corresponding to their total capacity?
76) Are the doors and hatches of the lifesaving craft units watertight?
77) Is the air supply system for the engine and passengers of the lifesaving craft units
working?
78) Are the fresh water tanks of the lifesaving craft units full?
79) Is the engine crank-up system of the lifesaving craft units working? It must start at the
first try with the craft afloat.
80) Are the sprinkler systems of the lifesaving craft units working?
81) Is the lifesaving craft's bottom plug in place?
82) Is the bilge pump of the lifesaving craft units working?
83) Is the compass of the lifesaving craft units lighted and with no air bubbles?
84) Are the lifesaving craft units marked with visible letters on both sides with the
platform's name?
85) Do the lifesaving craft units have marked externally, in a visible place, the length,
breadth, depth, capacity, homologation certificate number, craft serial number and the
Classification Society that certified the craft's series? (The Classification Society's
name is required only for Brazilian made lifesaving craft units).
86) Do the lifesaving craft units have retro-reflective tapes in their contour and bottom, in
compliance with the specific regulations? Are they in good maintenance condition?
Case negative, determine replacement.
87) Are the inventory kit and accessories specified in these Standards, found in each
craft?
88) Are the lifesaving craft units' batteries charged? Check the electrolyte level and
density.
89) Is there a protection device against the propeller?
90) Are the lifesaving and rescue craft's davits homologated and in good condition,
especially regarding corrosion of their parts and component lubrication, including
cables?
91) Are the davit winches working and in good maintenance condition?
Note that the steel cables must be inverted each 30 months, and replaced each 5
years.
92) Is the winches' arresting device (automatic and manual) working?
93) Can the manual brake be operated by both the operator on deck or the crew member
in the lifesaving craft? For the rescue craft, only the operation by the deck operator
must be checked.
94) Is the davit's electric system working and with no sign of encrustation?
95) Are there clear instructions posted in the abandonment stations regarding the davit's
operation? Also check the existence in the platform, of the operation and
maintenance manual.
96) Does the rescue craft's launching station have lighting, and is there a spotlight
capable of illuminating the water surface?
97) Is the manual operating system of the davits working?
98) Is the platform provided with rafts as prescribed in these Standards?
99) Are the liferafts' containers marked with well visible and indelible characters: the
authorized capacity, manufacturing date and serial number, manufacturer's brand
and name,
ANNEX 9-F

the manufacturing serial number, the brand and the manufacturer's name, the name
platform name, last revision date, length, breadth, maximum allowed stowage height
and instructions for launching?
100) Have the liferafts been revised by a Maintenance Station authorized by the DPC? Is
the Authorization Certificate within validity? Does the Certificate show the
manufacturer's name for the raft inspected? Do the rafts have an approval certificate
by the original country's Administration?
101) Is the rafts' painter line system attached to the platform?
102) Is the platform provided with lifesaving jackets as prescribed in these Standards? Are
they marked with the platform's name and in good maintenance condition?
103) Are the jackets homologated by the DPC? If they are manufactured abroad, do they
have a certificate from the originating country in accordance with SOLAS?
104) Are there special lifesaving jackets for the daily chores (working jackets)
for at least 15% of the people on board?
105) Are the jackets provided with whistles and retro-reflective tapes approved and in good
condition (not applicable to the working jackets)?
106) Do the jackets show the following inscriptions: Homologation Certificate Number,
Class, Size, Manufacturer, Model, Serial Number and Manufacturing Date?
107) Is the platform provided with lifesaving buoys as prescribed in these Standards? Are
they marked with the platform's name? Are the retro-reflective tapes and holders in
good condition? Do they show cracks?
108) Are the buoys homologated by the DPC, or by the originating country's Administration
if manufactured abroad?
109) Are the buoys' automatic lighting devices homologated by the DPC, or by the
originating country's Administration if manufactured abroad? Are they working?
110) Are the buoys' 15-minute smoke floating devices within validity? They should be
homologated by the DPC, or by the originating country's Administration if
manufactured abroad.
111) Are the lifesaving buoys provided with a floating line at least twice as long as the
height of the deck where they are stowed, in relation to the water surface, or 30m,
whichever is the greatest?
112) Are there portable VHF transceivers available, at a rate of one per lifesaving craft,
kept in an easily accessible place so they can be moved in case of an emergency?
113) Are the escape routes signaled, unobstructed and adequately lighted?
114) Are there ladders as provided in these Standards? Are they adequately lighted?
VI) DECK SECTOR

115) Are the steel cables lubricated and in good maintenance condition?
116) Are the fiber and nylon cables in good maintenance condition?
177) Do the piping nets above deck show leakage? Check flanges and valves.
118) Is the insulation of piping nets above deck in good maintenance condition?
119) Are the cranes and winches (if existing) in good maintenance condition?
120) Are the storage rooms (holds) treated, lighted and ventilated?
121) Are the external decks' common and emergency lighting systems working?
122) Are the external decks safe, arranged and clean?
123) Are the consumables' receiving stations in good general condition?
ANNEX 9-F

124) The stair-rails,external ladders and handrails around the platform
124) Are the stair rails, external stairs and handrails around the platform in good general
condition?
125) Are the personnel transshipment baskets homologated, in good maintenance
condition and revised by the manufacturer? Check the Revision Certificate issued by the
manufacturer.
NOTES:
1) The firefighting equipment may be revised and labeled by a specific commission qualified
and designated by PETROBRAS. Check the verifying document issued by PETROBRAS. The
recharging of cylinders and hydrostatic pressure tests must be carried out by a company
certified by INMETRO; and
2) The platforms may be provided with foreign-made safety and salvage equipment, if they
are duly approved by the originating country. Follow these Standards' provisions.
FIXED, UNINHABITED PLATFORMS
CHECKLIST FOR COMPLIANCE SURVEY
I) EQUIPMENT SECTOR
1) Are the electric power generators and their engines, or any other power generating
system if existing, working and in good maintenance condition?
2) Are the main switchboard's ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters frequency meters, etc,
working?
3) Is there an Artificial Respiration Board next to the main switchboard?
4) Are the power distribution boards and circuits and their switches in good maintenance
condition?
5) Are the pumps working? Check the manometer readings.
6) Are the several piping nets in good condition and free from leaking? Pay special
attention to flanges and valves.
7) Are the discharge piping of combustion engines adequately insulated?
8) Are there adequate protection grids around the equipment, when necessary?
9) Is the radio equipment working? Test the transmitters and receivers in the frequencies
authorized by the relevant federal agency.
10) Are the isolated antennas and equipment clean, especially the contacts subject to sparks
(if existing)?
11) Is the call sign affixed to a station's bulkhead (if existing?)
12) Do the existing equipment correspond to what is prescribed in the license issued by the
relevant federal agency?
13) Do(es) the operator(s) have certification?
14) Are there a prompt-use portable flashlight in good maintenance condition and a spare set
of batteries and a bulb?
15) Are there safety signs as prescribed by the Ministry of Labor and Employment (Accident
Prevention Board and Individual Protection Gear - EPI)?
II) INSTALLATIONS SECTOR

16) Are the external decks safe, arranged and clean?
ANNEX 9-F
17) Are the stair rails of external stairs and safety handrails around the platform in good
general condition?
18) Are there the following navigation aid signs?
a) a rectangular panel painted orange, with numbers in black, one meter high,
identifying the platform; and
b) a fixed red light at the platform's highest point, with a 10-mile range, and white lights
6-meter high and blinking the letter U in Morse code (..-)
on each platform corner, with a 10-mile range.
19) Are the common and emergency lighting of the decks working?
III) SAFETY AND RESCUE MEANS SECTOR

20) Is there a first-aid box?
21) Is there a hammock?
22) Is there a Class II lifesaving buoy homologated by the DPC and in good maintenance
condition, stowed in each deck? Is it located in an easily accessible place and ready for
launching?
23) Are the lifesaving buoys provided with a floating line at least twice as long as the height
of the deck where they are stowed, in relation to the water surface, or 30m, whichever is the
greatest?
24) Are the lifesaving buoys marked with the platform's name?
25) Is one of the buoys provided with an automatic lighting device and a self-activated 15-
minute smoke signal, both homologated by the DPC? If they are manufactured abroad, the
provisions of these Standards must be followed.
26) Is there a Class II lifesaving jacket. homologated by the DPC in good maintenance
condition, for each person normally present at the platform?
27) Are the jackets kept in a convenient place and easily accessible?
28) Are the jackets marked with the platform's name?
29) Are there three red-star manual rockets with parachute, homologated by the DPC and
within validity? If they are manufactured abroad, the provisions of these Standards must be
followed.
30) Are the fire extinguishers in accordance with the safety plan and showing the INMETRO
seal of conformity? Were they revised by an INMETRO-certified station or by a PETROBRAS-
trained personnel? Are their charges within the one-year validity period? Are they marked with
the platform's name?
31) Are the fire stations numbered and provided with nozzles, hoses, hose wrenches and
damage-control axes? (The equipment list contained in the inventory existing at the station,
signed by the professional responsible for the platform safety, may be accepted)
32) Are the fire pumps, when existing, in good maintenance and operation condition?
33) Are the emergency stop systems (ventilation and fuel supply) working?
34) Are there two abandonment boats on diametrically opposed sides, each for 100% of the
people normally present at the platform? Is their orange coloring in good condition?
35) Are there at least two abandonment ladders?
IV) DOCUMENTS AND PUBLICATIONS

36) Were all the demands from last survey fulfilled?
37) Is there a table with the platform's characteristics? (Length, width, total height and height
between decks, tower's height, etc).
38) Are the boards in adequate place: "FIRST-AID" and "ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION" ?
ANNEX 10-A
CHECKLIST FOR SOLAS VESSELS
This list has been prepared based on the regulations established in the several
chapters of these Standards and the SOLAS Convention.
However, it should be used by the parties concerned only as a basis for inspection,
without limiting the universe of items to be inspected.
I - PUBLICATIONS CHECKING
1) Check the presence on board, when applicable, of the publications listed below, in an
accessible and adequate place and marked with the vessel's name:
a) Sailing directions for the intended navigation places, issued by the DHN (last
edition);
b) Lighthouse List (last edition);
c) Radio Aids List (last edition);
d) Tides Table (last edition);
e) International Code of Signals (last edition);
f) Booklet Ao do Rebocado (Action of the Towed);
g) Booklet Ao do Encalhado (Action of the Stranded);
h) Standards and Procedures of Harbor Master Offices (NPCP) of the places where
the vessel is operating;
i) Search and Rescue Manual (MERSAR);
j) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (RIPEAM - 1972) - last
edition;
k) Up-to-date National or International nautical charts, relative to the vessel's areas of
operation;
l) Infirmary Registry Book (when applicable);
m) International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code), last edition and
supplement (for vessels which carry packaged dangerous goods);
n) MFAG - Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods
(IMO - ILO - WHO), for vessels that carry dangerous goods (not necessary if they have the
IMDG supplement which includes the MFAG);
o) IGC Code (for vessels which carry liquefied gases in bulk);
p) IBC/BCH Code (for vessels which carry liquid chemical substances in bulk);
q) Registry Book of Chronometers;
r) Book of Azimuths;
s) Nautical Almanac (last edition);
t) Navigation Table (Norie HO-214 or similar);
u) Navigation Log Book (electronic media accepted);
v) Radio Communications Log Book (electronic media accepted);
w) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea - SOLAS/74 and its
amendments;
x) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL
73/78) and its amendments;
y) International Medical Guide for Ships(vessels used in navigation between Brazilian
and foreign ports);
z) Standard vocabulary of maritime navigation (vessels used in navigation between
Brazilian and foreign ports); and
aa) International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watch-
keeping for Seafarers 1995 (STCW/95 and its amendments).
- 10 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
II - CHECKING OF BOARDS
2) Check the presence on board, when applicable, of the boards listed below in places
of easy visualization:
a) Steering and Sailing Rules;
b) Tables of Rescue Signals;
c) Beaconing;
d) First Aid;
e) Artificial Respiration;
f) Sound and Light Signals;
g) Lights and Marks;
h) Emergency Stations (Fire, Collision and Abandonment);
i) Alphabetic Codes of Flags and Semaphore Flags;
j) Procedures Necessary for Pilot Embarkation (whenever applicable);
k) Standard Symbols for the Indication of Emergency Equipment;
l) Clouds Board;
m) Wind and Sea Conditions Board;
n) Instruction board on How to Fight Fires on Board (classes A, B and C);
o) Board on How to Dress Lifesaving Jackets; and
p) Deck and engine watchkeeping service timetables.
Notes.: 1) vessels with gross tonnage up through 50 are exempted from keeping on board the
above listed boards, with exception to the boards of subparagraphs a) and b); and
2) for chartered foreign vessels, the boards adopted by the vessel's originating flag
country, as indicated by the Master, shall be required.
III - CHECKING OF TABLES

3) Check the presence on board, when applicable, of tables with the following vessel's
information, either at the bridge or at places of easy visualization:
a) ship's tactical data: gyration curves for different speeds, and their respective
advances and deviations;
b) ship's characteristic data: length, maximum breadth, depth, minimum and
maximum draughts and light ship and loaded displacements;
c) heights: above the waterline, from the compass bridge, the bridge and the main
deck, as well as the corresponding distances to the horizon; and
d) correspondence between the motor revolutions per minute (rpm) and the vessel's
speed in knots.
IV - CHECKING OF DOCUMENTS
4) Check the presence on board of the following documents, when applicable:
a) Maritime Ownership Register Provision (PRPM) or Vessel Enrollment Title
(TIE);
b) Certificate of Registry issued by the originating country (for chartered foreign
vessels);
c) Charter Authorization Certificate (CAA), from the National Agency of
Waterways Transportation - ANTAQ (for chartered foreign vessels);
e) Compulsory Insurance Policy for personal injury caused by vessels or their cargo
(DPEM); and
f) Magnetic Compass Compensation Certificate and Deviation Curve.
Note.: Vessels with GT up through 50 are exempted from keeping on board the documents
listed above, except for the ones of sub-paragraphs a), e) and f), when applicable.
5) The vessels should carry, when applicable, the following documents besides the
items previously mentioned:
- 10 - A - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
a) SOLAS
(a) Passenger Ship Safety Certificate - for all ships carrying 12 or more
passengers;
(b) Cargo Ship Construction Safety Certificate - for all cargo ships with GT 500
and above;
(c) Cargo Ship Equipment Safety Certificate for Cargo Ships with the Equipment
Registration annex - for all cargo ships with GT 500 and above;
(d) Cargo Ship Radio Safety Certificate with the
Equipment Registration annex - for all cargo ships with GT 300 and above;
(e) Safe Manning Document - for all ships;
(f) Safety Management Certificate and a copy of the Document of
Compliance; and
(g) ISPS Certificate (for vessels performing international voyages).
b) GC/IGC 1983 AMENDMENTS TO SOLAS
(h) Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk - for all
carriers of liquefied gases in bulk which had the keel laid prior to July 01, 1986; and
(i) International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk -
for all carriers of liquefied gases in bulk which had the keel laid on or after July 01, 1986.
c) MARPOL 73/78
(j) International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPP) - for tanker ships of
GT 150 and over, and other ships of GT.400 and over;
(l) Oil Registry Book - Part I - for tanker ships of GT 150 and over, and other
ships of GT.400 and over;
(m) Oil Registry Book - Part II - for all tanker ships of GT 150
and over;
and (n) International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Transportation of
Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk - for all ships which carry noxious substances in bulk,
excepting for ships which carry dangerous chemicals (for which one of the two certificates
mentioned above apply).
d) BCH/IBC 1983 AMENDMENTS TO SOLAS
(o) Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk - for all
carriers of dangerous chemicals in bulk which had the keel laid prior to July 01, 1986;
(p) International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in
Bulk - for all carriers of dangerous chemicals in bulk which had the keel laid on or after July 01,
1986; and
(q) Cargo Registry Book - for all ships obliged to carry one of the three last
certificates mentioned.
e) LOAD LINES - 1966
(r) International Load Line Certificate - for all existing ships of GT 150 and over,
and new ships 24 m long and over.
f) TONNAGE - 1969
(s) International Tonnage Certificate - for all ships.
V - EQUIPMENT SECTOR CHECKING
Informative Board
6) Check, in the vessels carrying passengers, the presence of a plaque affixed in a place
visible to the passengers and containing the vessel's enrollment number, maximum load weight,
maximum authorized number of passengers per deck
- 10 - A - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
and the telephone number of the vessel's enrollment office.
Documents
7) Check the existence of updated copies of the Safety /Firefighting Plan at the bridge,
accommodations hall and external deck. Booklets containing all necessary information on
firefighting may also be accepted, if distributed to each officer and one copy left available in an
accessible place on board.
Note.: These plans or booklets should be prepared in Portuguese, and English or
French;
8) Check, when appropriate, if the vessel has a document showing compliance with the
requirements for transportation of dangerous cargoes;
9) Check if the ship has an instruction manual for the inert gas system;
10) Check if the last abandonment/firefighting drill has been carried out within the last 30-
day period and recorded in the navigation diary;
11) Check the navigation diary for records of periodic inspections of equipment and
lifesaving craft units;
12) Check the navigation diary for a record of the last chore in which a lifesaving craft has
been lowered to the deck level. These craft units must be launched to the water and
maneuvered at least once every three months; and
13) Check if there is a record of fire occurred on board needing the operation of the fixed
fire extinguishing systems or portable extinguishers since the last survey. Case affirmative,
check if the systems or portable extinguishers have been recomposed, observing the
certification of the cylinders and extinguishers used.
Equipment
14) Check the availability inside each lifesaving craft or in a near, easily accessible place,
of at least two line-throwing devices;
15) Check if the fire pump, the emergency fire pump, hoses, outlets, valves, nozzles and
universal connection are in good maintenance condition and operational. Test two simultaneous
jets from different outlets;
16) Check if the fire extinguishers are distributed in accordance with the Safety /
Firefighting Plan (sample checking). All of them must show the INMETRO seal of conformity;
17) Check if the firefighting vests are complete and in good conditions, and if their
cylinders, including the spare ones, and the autonomous breathing device are duly charged
(hydrostatic test every 5 years) (ABNT);
18) Examine the fixed fire extinguishing systems for engine and cargo spaces, when
applicable, checking if their operation means are clearly marked. Check if the cylinders are
charged within the one-year validity period, and if the revision was carried out by an INMETRO-
certified company. Request the hydrostatic pressure test certificate. within the 10-year. validity;
19) Check if the remote shutting and emergency stopping devices of ventilation and
engine equipment, including flammable liquids' discharge pumps, skylights, boiler fans and
especially the devices located outside engine compartments are operational (test if practicable);
20) Check and if possible test the fire detection and alarm system;
21) Check if the remote shutting means of the fuel, lubricating and diesel oil tank valves
are operational (test if possible);
22) Check if the launching devices (davits) of the survival and rescue craft units and their
components (structural, cables, winches, engines, brakes) are in good maintenance condition
and operational. There must be clear instructions
- 10 - A - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
at the abandonment stations, with sufficient information for the operation by any crew member;
23) Check if the survival crafts (inflatable lifesaving rafts) are provided with a hydrostatic
escape device (excepting the bow raft) and if both have been revised by a Maintenance Station
approved by the DPC. Check for certificates within validity (rafts and devices);
24) Check if the survival craft (whaleboat-type craft) existing on board are ready to be
lowered, with their inventory complete and in good condition. They must be moved at least to
the embarkation position, and if possible, one must be lowered to the water and then withdrawn.
Note: in the case of arrangement with a free fall-type whaleboat, the test is not necessary;
25) Check if the engine's crank-up system of the survival craft (whaleboats) is working.
The functioning on forward gear and backward gear must be demonstrated with the craft
stowed;
26) Check if the radio-telephony communication devices of the survival craft (whaleboats) -
VHF radios and radar transponder - are in operational conditions;
27) Check if the ship has an approved rescue craft, in good maintenance condition and
ready to be lowered. Test if practicable, including its recovery. Check if the craft's inventory is
complete;
28) Check if the engine's crank-up system of the rescue craft is working. Test with the craft
stowed. The functioning on forward gear and backward gear must be demonstrated with the
craft stowed;
29) Test the general alarm;
30) Check the line-throwing apparatus, observing the validity of the launching device when
applicable;
31) Check if the pyrotechnic artifacts, buoys and lifesaving jackets are of approved types
and in good condition, including the retro-reflective tapes and whistles. Test randomly the
position indicator lamp of buoys and life jackets;
32) Check the existence of at least three immersion vests for each survival craft
(whaleboat) and rescue craft (when existing). Ships with totally closed whaleboats are exempted
from this item;
33) Check the existence on board of thermal protection means in equal number to the
total of individuals indicated in the Cargo Ship's Equipment Safety Certificate, minus the number
of immersion vests available on board. Ships with totally closed whaleboats are exempted from
this item;
34) Check the validity of smoke / lighting devices associated with the bridge wings'
lifesaving buoys, and if they comply with the provisions of the safety plan;
35) Check if the navigation lights, daylight marks and sound signalling equipment
(whistles, bells and gongs or equivalent equipment) and power systems are operational,
including their alarms;
36) Check the allocation and the functioning, when possible, of the equipment prescribed
in the specific DPC Standards, additional to the required by SOLAS. Items not verifiable at the
port must be checked by means of records;
37) Check if the internal communications systems (bridge, engine, steering gear, controls)
are operational;
38) Check the existence on board of an approved pilot ladder or apparatus for hoisting the
pilot, in good maintenance condition and operational;
39) When examining the fixed fire-extinguishing system for cargo or engine spaces,
confirm that, as appropriate, all the foam compound (within validity) and the CO2 capacity are
checked and the nozzles are unobstructed;
- 10 - A - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
40) Test the operation of remote-control means for opening and shutting the skylights,
smoke exits, the shutting of the funnel and ventilation openings, the shutting of automatic doors
and other, the cutoff of ventilation and boilers, fans and fuel oil and other flammable liquids;
41) Test all the fire detection and extinguishing systems;
42) Test the operation of remote shutting means for the valves of tanks containing fuel,
lubricating or any other flammable oil; and
43) Test the operation means for remote shutting of the several cargo space openings.
Additional Items for Oil Tankers

44) Check if the ship has portable equipment for measuring the oxygen level and the
concentration of flammable vapors (oxygen meters, explosion-meters) in satisfactory condition
and calibrated;
45) Check if the inert gas system (if installed) is functioning normally and with its
accessories, installation, alarms, indicators (O2 level and inert gas pressure) and safety device ,
showing no leaking or abnormalities;
46) Check if the fixed O2 analyzer of the inert gas system is working and calibrated;
47) Check the fixed fire extinguishing system for the cargo pump compartments;
48) When examining the fixed fire-extinguishing system for the pump room confirm that,
as appropriate, all the foam compound was checked and the nozzles are unobstructed. Check
the operation of the remote shutting means for the pump room's ventilation; and
49) Examine internally the deck's water seal for the inert gas system and
check the conditions of the no-return valve.
VI - CHECKING OF THE HULL, ENGINE AND ELECTRICITY SECTOR
Documents
50) Check the original or copy of the following approved and definitive plans: General
Arrangement, Capacity Plan, Master Section, Structural Profile, Plating Expansion (transverse
and longitudinal), Lines Plan, Navigation Lights and Safety Plan.
51) Check if there is on board the Manual of Trim and Stability Intact and in Damage, and
the Damage Control Plan; and
52) Check the navigation log book for the quarterly record of the emergency steering
system's test and the record of the operation test prior to the ship's departure.
Equipment
53) Check if the hoisting machinery (windlasses, capstans and winches)
including chain stoppers and brakes, are operational;
54) Check if the anchor chains, anchors and accessories and mooring lines are in
satisfactory conditions;
55) Examine the bilge pump and confirm if the bilge pumping system for each watertight
compartment is in satisfactory condition;
56) Carry out a general exam of the engine, boilers, and the steam, hydraulic, pneumatic
systems and other systems, including their accessories, to check if they are adequately
maintained, with particular attention to fire and explosion risks;
57) Examine and test the operation of the main and auxiliary steering systems, including
their associated equipment and control systems;
58) Check if the communication means between the bridge and the compartment of the
- 10 - A - 6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
steering gear and the rudder angle indicators are operational;

59) Check if the alarms required for the steering gear are operational;
60) Check if the ventilation of engine spaces is operational;
61) Check if the engine room telegraph, the alternative communication means between
the bridge and the Engine Room, and the communication means with any other location from
which the engines are controlled are operational;
62) Confirm if the engine call alarms are audible in the living quarters;
63) Examine the devices related with an unmanned Engine Room, including a random
testing of some alarms, automatic control and shut-off functions;
64) Confirm if the escape means of the accommodations, Engine Rooms and other
spaces are satisfactory, free and unobstructed;
65) Examine significant spaces used for ballast water (for ships 5 -years old or over);
66) Examine internally some chosen cargo spaces (for ships over ten years old and not
carrying dry cargo only);
67) For ships 15 or more years old which carry only dry cargo, examine internally some
chosen cargo spaces;
68) Examine the bottom valves and their connection to the hull; and
69) Examine the mooring and anchoring equipment. The anchor chains must be lowered
and recovered by using the windlasses or capstans.

70) Check the cargo tank openings (ellipses and covers), examining gaskets, coamings
and screens;
71) Check if potential ignition sources in or near the pump house have been eliminated,
such as lose equipment parts, combustible materials, and if
there are no signs of excessive leakage and the access ladder is in good condition;
72) Examine and test in detail the several pumping systems (including the cargo pumps)
which should be checked under pressure, by thickness measuring or both. Particular attention
should be paid to items like doubles;
73) Examine some previously chosen cargo spaces (for ships over ten years old); and
74) Test the isolation resistance of electric circuits in dangerous zones such as the pump
room and areas adjacent to cargo tanks (when an appropriate record of tests is kept, recently
recorded measures may be taken into consideration).
Additional Items for Hull Bottom Inspection (applicable to all ships)

75) Examine the hull plating, including plates of the bottom, bow, keel, bilge keel, stem,
stern and rudder;
76) Check if the allowances of the rudder stock shaft have been measured, and if they
meet the criteria specified by the ship's Classification Society;
77) Examine the propeller and the propeller shaft's seal, as far as possible;
78) Check if the allowances of the propeller shaft have been measured, and if they meet
the criteria specified by the ship's Classification Society; and
79) Examine the condition of sea chests, discharges and suction ends.
- 10 - A - 7 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A

VII- CHECKING OF THE POLLUTION PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO THE
OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION CERTIFICATE (IOPP)
Documents
80) Check if the Oil Registry Books (I - Engine and II - Cargo / Ballast) are updated and
correctly filled in;
81) In oil tankers, check the existence on board of the crude oil washing (COW) manual or
the clean ballast tank (CBT) manual, approved by the ship's Classification Society (when
applicable);
82) Check if the ship has control and a complete record of the structural conditions and
the plate thickness measurement made by the Classification Society (mandatory after July/1995
for crude oil tankers with 20,000 tdw or higher and for derivative product tankers with 30,000 tdw
or higher, with over 5 years of age).
83) Check the existence of the ballast monitor's manual, approved by the ship's
Classification Society; and
84) Check if the ship has an emergency plan for pollution by oil (SOPEP) approved by the
Classification Society.
Equipment
85) Examine externally the oil-water separator at the Engine Room and check its
functioning, testing its alarms when practicable;
86) Check the existence of the standard flange connection of the bilge waste discharge at
the Engine Room;
87) Examine the oil-water separator or oil filtration equipment or processing unit, when
installed, and the associated pumps, piping and equipment in relation to wearing and corrosion;
88) Examine the OCM (oil content meter) (15 ppm alarm and keel monitor) for obvious
defects, deterioration or damage and check when the last calibration record was made in
accordance with the manufacturer and the instruction manual;
89) Confirm, if necessary through simulation tests or equivalent, the satisfactory operation
of the oil-water separator or oil filtration system;
90) Confirm the satisfactory operation of the oil filtration system alarm; and
91) Confirm the satisfactory operation of the homogenizers, oily waste incinerators or
other approved means for the control of oily waste, when the oil residue tank's size is approved
based on such installations.

92) Check externally the ballast monitor and, if practicable, its functioning, the manual and
remote operation and the effluent shutoff means, observing if the indicators and the recorder are
operating, and check if there is enough paper and consumables for the recorder;
93) Test the shutoff device for discharge into special waters, when installed;
94) Check if the oil-water interface detector in the slop tanks is in operational condition;
95) Check the existence in the cargo pump compartment of a stowed portable reel for
connecting the cargo piping with the ballast piping in case of an emergency, with retention
valves and a warning plaque about restrictions of use;
96) Check if the ballast monitor's records are being kept as recommended (last 3 years);
97) Check visually if there was no contamination by oil in the segregated ballast tanks or
tanks intended for clean ballast (CBT);
- 10 - A - 8 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
98) Check if the crude oil washing system (COW), if applicable, is in satisfactory condition
and is being used routinely;
99) Test the communications system between the deck's observation positions and the
cargo control center - CCC (e.g., portable radio);
100) Examine the oil discharge control and monitoring system and OCM (oil content
meter) for obvious defects, deterioration or damage and check when the last calibration record
was made in accordance with the manufacturer and the instruction manual;
101) Confirm the satisfactory operation of the oil-water interface detector;
102) For the crude oil washing system COW):
a) examine the crude oil washing piping outside the cargo tanks. After the
examination and if no apparent problem is found, the piping must be tested under pressure,
have its thickness checked or both. Particular attention must be paid to items such as doublers;
b) confirm the satisfactory operation of by-pass valves of the washing water steam
heaters, when installed; and
c) examine all the selected cargo tanks aiming specifically at checking the
continuous effectiveness of the COW and draining systems;
103) Examine the manual or remote operation of the individual valves of the tanks (or other
similar shutting device) to be kept closed when at sea;
104) Confirm the satisfactory arrangement of the waste tank or cargo tank assigned as
such, and the associated pumping system;
105) Confirm, if necessary through simulation tests or equivalent, the satisfactory operation
of the oil discharge control and monitoring system and its associated equipment, including the
oil-water interface detector;
106) Confirm that the arrangements of pumps, piping and valves are in accordance with
the requirements of the SBT system;
107) Confirm that the arrangements of pumps, piping and valves are in accordance with the
Revised Specifications for Oil Tankers with Dedicated Clean Ballast Tanks;
108) Confirm that the COW system is in accordance with its specific requirements
(MARPOL 73/78/90 Annex I Reg. 9 and 15) and, particularly:
a) proceed to pressure testing the system, at least with the working pressure; and
b) examine the by-pass valves of the washing water steam heaters, if installed;
109) Check through internal inspection of the tanks or by other alternative means accepted
by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts, the effectiveness of the COW system;
110) Confirm the absence of any leakage of ballast piping passing through cargo tanks or
cargo piping passing through ballast tanks;
111) Confirm that the arrangements of pumping, piping and discharge are satisfactory, and
in particular:
a) confirm that the pumping systems associated to the discharge of dirty ballast
water or contaminated oil are satisfactory;
b) confirm that the draining means of cargo pumps and lines are satisfactory,
including the exhausting device and the pumping connections to the waste tank and shore; and
c) confirm that the partial flow system is satisfactory, when installed;
112) Confirm that the shutting devices installed in the cargo transfer and cargo pumping
system are satisfactory, as appropriate; and
113) Confirm, as appropriate and practicable, that the arrangements for oil pollution
prevention in the case of collision or going aground are satisfactory.
- 10 - A - 9 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
Additional Items for Chemical Tankers

114) Check the validity of the International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage
of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk;
115) Check the validity of the Compliance Certificate for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk;
116) Check if the Master, officers and crew are certified as required by the STCW
Convention;
117) Check if the Procedures and Arrangements Manual is on board;
118) Check if the Cargo Record Book is being correctly used, i.e., with the records up-to-
date and correctly posted;
119) Check if the ballast monitor is certified for the oil-like substances listed in the IOPP
Certificate; and
120) Check the availability on board of the International Code for Chemical Tankers
(when applicable).
Additional Items for Gas Tankers

121) Check the validity of the Compliance Certificate for the Carriage of
Liquefied Gases in Bulk;
122) Check if the information about survival capacity in the case of damage is available in
the loading manual for all the forecasted loading conditions and variations of draught and trim;
123) Check if the necessary information for the safe transportation of the products to be
carried has been supplied; and
124) Check the availability on board of the International Code for Gas Tankers
(when applicable).
VIII- CHECKING OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOAD LINES (RELATED TO THE

FREEBOARD CERTIFICATE)
125) Check the existence of the trim and stability booklet and/or loading and ballast
manual;
126) Check visually if the sides and decks are in satisfactory conditions, with no significant
deterioration and no dents, cracks or holes by corrosion which may affect the ship's safety,
structural strength and watertightness;
127) Check if the load and deck lines are correctly marked and painted and in compliance
with the Freeboard Certificate;
128) Check the fans and vents, examining their shutting devices and coamings;
129) Check the integrity and watertightness of the shutting means of any lateral cargo
openings of the ship below the freeboard deck;
130) Check visually if the scuppers, suction and discharge ends, side scuttles, hatches and
skylights are in satisfactory conditions regarding watertightness;
131) Check the bulwark, including the existence of bulwark ports, with special attention to
the shutting devices eventually installed; and
132) Check if the handrails of the sides, superstructure and crosswalks are in appropriate
conditions for the crew's safety.
Note: if alterations and/or significant deformations are found in the ship's structure,
plating and watertightness, the ship's Classification Society must be called by the shipowner or
representative for checking the occurrence. The ship's release shall be conditioned to a
favorable opinion from the Classification Society verifying that the structural and/or
watertightness conditions are satisfactory.
- 10 - A - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-A
IX - CHECKING OF THE RADIO SECTOR
RADIO STATION GMDSS

Documents
133) Check the documentation verifying the execution of a battery capacity test within the
last 12 months;
134) Check the validity of the Radio Station License
135) Check the radio operator's License Certificate
136) Check if the Radio-telegraphic Service Diary is correctly filled in since the last survey;
137) Check if the UIT publications are up-to-date;
138) Check the operation manuals of all equipment;
139) Check the maintenance manuals of all equipment, when the on-board maintenance
option has been adopted; and
140) Check the Radio Safety Certificate and the Equipment Record of the
Radio Services.
Equipment
141) Check the position, physical and electromagnetic protection and lighting of the radio
installation;
142) Check the reserve power source;
143) Check if the VHF transmitter is operating in channels 6, 13 , 16;
144) Check the functioning of the DSC VHF controller and the DSC call/watch receiver in
channel 70;
145) Check the functioning of the MF/HF radio-telephony equipment;
146) Check the functioning of the HF radio-telex equipment;
147) Check the functioning of the INMARSAT;
148) Check the functioning of the NAVTEX;
149) Check the functioning of the 406 MHz satellite EPIRB;
150) Check the functioning of the duplex VHF radio-telephony unit, and also its battery;
and
151) Check the validity of the Radar Transponder battery.
- 10 - A - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
NON-SOLAS VESSELS USED IN OPEN SEA NAVIGATION
CHECKLIST FOR INITIAL AND RENEWAL INSPECTIONS
This list has been prepared based on regulations established in these Standards'
several chapters.
I- CHECKING OF PUBLICATIONS
1) Check the presence on board of the publications listed below in an accessible and
appropriate place and marked with the vessel's name:
a) Sailing Directions for the intended navigation places, issued by DHN (last
edition);
c) Tide Tables (last edition); and
d) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, (RIPEAM-1972) -
last edition; and
e) Up-to-date national nautical charts, relative to the vessel's intended areas of
operation;
Vessels with gross tonnage up to 50 are exempted from maintaining on board the
publications listed above, except for the one of subparagraph d).
2) Check the presence at the bridge of the boards listed below, in easily visualizing
places:
b) Table of Rescue Signals;
c) Beaconing;
d) First Aid;
l) Clouds Board;
n) Instruction board on How to Fight Fires on Board (classes A, B and C);
o) Board on How to Dress Lifesaving Jackets; and
p) Deck and engine watchkeeping service timetables.
Note.: Vessels with gross tonnage up to 50 are exempted from keeping on board the
above listed boards, with exception to the boards of subparagraphs a) and b).
III - CHECKING OF DOCUMENTS

(TIE);
vessels);
vessels);
-10 - B - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
(DPEM);
f) Magnetic Compass Compensation Certificate and Deviation Curve;
g) Radio Direction Finder Calibration Certificate and Correction Tables;
h) National or International Tonnage Certificate; and
i) National or International Load Line Certificate.
Note: Vessels with GT up to 50 are exempted from keeping on board the documents
listed above, except for the ones of sub-paragraphs a), e), f) and g), when applicable.
IV - EQUIPMENT SECTOR CHECKING
Informative Board
maximum authorized number of passengers per deck and the phone number of the vessel's
Enrollment Office.
Safety Equipment
5) Check the presence and functioning of a steering magnetic compass, duly

compensated (valid one-year Certificate) and its deviation table or curve available on board;
6) Check the presence and functioning (for passenger vessels with GT grater than 300)
of a radar installation capable of operating in the 9 GHz frequency band. Existing passenger
vessels not carrying a radar installation in this band and carrying a conventional radar
installation must allocate, starting January 15,
1999, a radar capable of operating in the 9 GHz frequency band;
7) Check the presence and functioning of the echo-sounder; and
8) Check the presence and functioning of the following equipment:
a) 1 pair of 7x50 binoculars;
b) 2 chronographs;
c) 1 chronometer, duly conditioned;
d) 1 bridge watch;
e) parallel rulers, dry-point compasses, pencil, rubber and magnifying lens; and
f) 1 sextant.
Note: Passenger vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 50, and the remaining self
propelled vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 100 are exempted from allocating the
instruments of subparagraphs b), c), d), e) and f). All vessels which have satellite navigation
equipment are exempted from allocating the instruments of subparagraphs b), c) and f).
Requirements for Fishing Vessels with GT>500

9) Check the presence and functioning of the indicators of rudder angle, rotation speed
of each side thrust propeller, pitch and operation mode of those propellers. These indicators
must be installed in a way they can be read from the steering station.
Salvage Equipment
10) Check:
a) the readily available usage condition and good maintenance state of the salvage
material;
b) if the installation of survival craft is not interfering in the handling of other
craft,including the rescue craft units; and
c) if the salvage equipment is being used for purposes other than
-10 - B - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
salvage.
11) Check if all the survival craft, lifesaving buoys and jackets are marked with:
a) number of the Homologation Certificate;
b) equipment class;
c) equipment manufacturer;
d) equipment model and serial number;
e) manufacturing date;
f) size (lifesaving jackets only);
g) vessel's name; and
h) port of enrollment.
Note: the surveyor must carry a list of all DPC-homologated material, and check if all
equipment on board are in the list. If an item found on board is not in the list, a copy of its
Homologation Certificate must be requested.
12) Check if the class I and II lifesaving rafts carry a hydrostatic escape device so they
can be released in the case of the ship's sinking.
13) Check if the lifesaving jackets are stowed in a way they will be readily accessible, and
if their location is well indicated.
14) Check if the immersion vests and thermal protection aids are marked with capital
roman letters, with waterproof paint and showing the name and port of enrollment of the vessel
they belong to.
15) Check if the buoys are free to be thrown; they must be hung over fixed supports, with
their lines' end not tied to the ship.
16) Check if the allocation of survival craft is in compliance with the specific Standards for
the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan, it must be used as a reference).
Note: For the purpose of these standards, the lifesaving craft and rafts shall be considered
as survival craft.
17) Check if the boat gear bag's inventory of the survival craft is in compliance with the
specific standards for the matter, and if such bags are capable of floating, waterproof and if the
abandonment rations (if existing) are within validity.
18) Check if the allocation of lifesaving jackets is in compliance with the specific
Standards for the matter and if they are in good maintenance condition (for vessels with an
approved safety plan, it must be used as a reference).
19) Check if the allocation of immersion vests and thermal protection aids are in
compliance with the specific Standards for the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan,
it must be used as a reference).
20) Check if the allocation of lifesaving buoys is in compliance with the specific Standards
for the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan, it must be used as a reference).
21) Check if the allocation of automatic signalling and lighting devices associated with
lifesaving buoys is in compliance with the specific Standards for the matter.
Pyrotechnic artifacts
22) Check if the craft units carry pyrotechnic artifacts in accordance with the provided
allocation, homologated and within validity.
pyrotechnic artifacts on board are on the list. If one of the items is not on the list, a copy of its
Homologation Certificate must be requested, duly issued by the Directorate of
-10 - B - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
Ports and Coasts.
Abandonment Rations
23) Whenever possible, check the markings on ration packages, which must be made in
contrasting colors and include the following information: Number of the DPC Homologation
Certificate, ration type, manufacturing date and validity date. If any of the specific data is
missing, the ration cannot be accepted. Samples of the non-conforming units must be forwarded
to the DPC.
Other Equipment
24) Check if the vessels used in Maritime Support carry on board an homologated line-
throwing device. The line-throwing device must:
a) be capable of throwing a line to a minimum of 230 m with acceptable precision;
b) include at least 4 launching projectiles;
c) include no less than 4 lines each;
d) have clear and succinct instructions, illustrating the correct manner for using the
device; and
e) be contained in a humidity-proof package.
Note: Other types of line-throwing devices may be accepted, if they are homologated
and capable of performing at least 4 throws.
25) Check the existence on board of an Internal Communications System for
emergencies, composed of fixed or portable units (or a mix of both), for bi-lateral
communications among emergency control stations, meeting stations and embarkation stations.
26) Check if the vessel is provided with an emergency general alarm system satisfying all
the prescriptions below, which will be used for calling the passengers and crew to the meeting
complemented by a loudspeaker system or by other adequate communications media.
The emergency alarm system must be capable of sounding the emergency general
alarm signal, consisting of seven or more short blasts followed by a long blast, produced by the
vessel's whistle or siren, besides a bell or an electrically operated horn, or another equivalent
alarm system, which will be energized by the vessel's main electrical power source and the
emergency power source. The system must be capable of being operated from the bridge and,
with exception of the ship's whistle, also from other strategic spots. The system must be audible
in all the accommodation spaces, all the spaces where the crew customarily work and at the
open deck. The alarm must continue to sound after being turned on, until it is manually turned
off or temporarily interrupted in the communications system.
Sound and Light Signals

27) Check the functioning of the navigation lights, and if their heights and colors are in
compliance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (for vessels with
an approved lights arrangement plan, it must be used as a reference).
28) Check if the allocation of sound equipment (whistle, bell, gong or equipment producing
similar sounds) is in compliance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (for vessels with an approved lights arrangement plan, it must be used as a reference).
First Aid
29) Check if the infirmary is conveniently separated from other habitable spaces, and has
physical dimensions allowing for an adequate assistance to the sick person. The entrance must
have both the width and position such as to enable for an easy passage of a hammock. The
place should not
-10 - B - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
be used for purposes other than those related with the attendance of sick or injured people.
30) Check if the infirmary is provided with wash basin, sanitary toilet and a bathing tub or
shower, in a space accessible from its interior or in its vicinity. It must also be provided with
cabinets for keeping medicinal products and medical-surgical material, besides all necessary
supporting furniture.
31) Check if the infirmary is provided with beds at the ratio of one bed for every 12 crew
members or fraction of the ones not lodged in single cabins. However, the total number of beds
does not need to exceed 6.
32) Check the allocation and validity of the medicinal products inside the First Aid Box
(for vessels obliged to carry it).
Fire Detection, Protection and Combat

33) Check if the quantity, capacity, location and type of fire extinguishers are in
34) Check if the extinguishers with gross weight greater than 25 Kg (when charged) have
adequate hoses or nozzles, or other practicable means so they can serve the space they are
intended for.
35) Check if all portable extinguishers carry the INMETRO seal.
36) Check if the gas cylinders are positioned in external areas, in safe and aerated places,
protected against the sun and far from possible ignition sources.
37) Check the state of the gas distribution hoses. If the hoses are plastic, check if they
meet the ABNT standards.
38) Check if the quantity, flow rate, drive and type of fire pumps (if existing) are in
compliance with the approved Descriptive Memorandum.
39) Check if the fire pump(s) can keep at least two distinct fire piping outlets with a water
jet from their hoses never shorter than 15m.
40) Check if the quantity and location of fire outlets and stations are in compliance with the
specific Standards for the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan, it must be used as a
reference).
41) Check if the quantity and type of equipment in the vessel's fire stations are in
42) Check if there is at least one fire station at sight for a person who is near any of the
fire outlets.
43) Check if the material used in the fire piping is of a type subject to be damaged by heat
(like plastics), and if the fire outlets are disposed in a way as to facilitate the connection of
hoses.
44) Check the existence of a valve or similar device on each fire outlet, allowing for the
outlet's closure even with the pumps working.
45) Check if the fire piping and outlets are painted red.
46) Check if the quantity and length of fire hoses are in compliance with the specific
Standards for the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan, it must be used as a
reference).
47) Check if the diameter of the fire hoses is no smaller than 38 mm (1.5 in).
48) Check if there is total interchangeability among unions, hoses and nozzles
(unless there is one hose and one nozzle for each fire outlet).
49) Check if the nozzles have a diameter equal to or greater than 12 mm.
50) Check if the piping running next to the hull, the scuppers, sanitary discharges or other
discharges placed below the main deck and in places where a material failure in
-10 - B - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
case of fire may bring a risk of flooding, are made of cast steel or bronze (only for vessels with
GT greater than 500).
51) Check if the windows or hatches indicated in the Safety Plan as escape ways have a
free opening of at least 600 mm x 800 mm.
V - CHECKING OF THE HULL SECTOR
PRIOR TO EXITING THE DRY DOCK

52) Check visually if the vessel's arrangement is in accordance with the approved General
Arrangement Plan. A checking must be made regarding the compartments and their positioning
and destination, besides the positioning of the vessel's main equipment (for vessels carrying
such an approved plan).
53) Check if the vessel's hull total length, molded breadth, and molded depth are in
accordance with those recorded in the approved Descriptive Memorandum (item 2 - Main
Characteristics of the Hull).
54) Check if the materials used in the vessel's construction are in accordance with those
mentioned in the approved Descriptive Memorandum (item 3 - Characteristics of the Material
Structure)
55) Check if the positioning of the consumables' tanks are in accordance with those
recorded in the approved Capacity Plan. If necessary, the opening of the double bottom or the
raising of linings or floor planks or, further, the removal of any obstacle to the volume checking
of those tanks may be requested.
56) Check if the vessel's cargo equipment are in accordance with the approved Descriptive
Memorandum (item 10 - Cargo Equipment). In the case of equipment units contained in the
Descriptive Memorandum's item 10, which are found inoperable, they must be discriminated
in the field "notes" of the CSN as INOPERABLE, if they are not considered as essential to
the vessel's safety.
57) Check if the vessel is in compliance with the habitableness requirements indicated in
the General Arrangement Plan.
58) Check visually, inside and outside, the state of discharges, sea chests and any and
every opening in the vessel's hull below the main deck and, if deemed as necessary, request
the testing of the corresponding valves.
59) Check visually if the hull and decks are in satisfactory conditions, with no significant
For vessels with a metallic hull, starting from the second renewal survey a thickness
measurement report must be produced and signed by a competent professional, encompassing
at least the hull and main deck plating and containing a minimum of two measurement points
per plate. Furthermore, a statement by a Naval Architect and his respective ART must be
presented, regarding the report mentioned above and certifying that the vessel has a
satisfactory structural strength.
60) Check if the vessel has the following markings:
a) vessel's name at the stern together with port of enrollment, and vessel's name at
the bow on both sides (letters with a minimum height of 10 cm); and
b) draught scale on both hull's sides forward, at midship and astern.
61) Check if the number and types of propeller shafts and rudders are in accordance with
the Descriptive Memorandum.
62) Perform a visual inspection of the propellers, checking the existence of cracks or dents.
63) Inspect the sea chests.
-10 - B - 6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
AFTER EXITING THE DRY DOCK (AFLOAT)

64) Check if the Plimsoll disk and deck line are correctly marked and painted and in
compliance with the Freeboard Certificate.
skylights are in satisfactory conditions regarding watertightness.
the shutting devices eventually installed.
67) Check the handrails of hull's sides, superstructure and crosswalks (if existing)
regarding their maintenance condition, positioning, and if their hight is no lower than 1.0 meter.
68) Check if the delimiting stripe for the deck cargo areas is indelibly marked, with a
minimum width of 5 cm, a contrasting color against the deck color and in accordance with the
approved Deck Cargo Plan.
69) Check if the position of loading and unloading elements (suction hoses, connections,
valves, etc) and valves of the draining and ventilation system of tanks placed on deck are in
accordance with the approved Deck Cargo Plan.
70) Check if the access ways to the places listed below are free and in accordance with
the approved Deck Cargo Plan:
a) access doors (and their effective closing) for the crew and passengers;
b) salvage and firefighting equipment;
c) scuppers, water outlets of the fire piping, sounding tubes, air vents and fan outlets;
d) mooring and anchoring elements and the access to deck machinery for mooring,
anchoring and towing maneuvers; and
e) cargo holds.
VI - CHECKING OF THE ENGINE SECTOR

71) Check if fuel tanks and piping are not positioned in a place where any spilling or
leaking coming from them may constitute a risk of fire, from the contact with heated surfaces or
electric equipment.
72) Check and test, at the exit of each tank, the functioning of a valve or shutting device
capable of interrupting the pipe's flow.
73) Check the presence at the Command Center and/or Engine Room of visual and/or
sound alarms of lube oil low pressure and cooling water high temperature, for the internal
combustion engines used for propulsion and power generation.
74) Check the presence and request a functioning test report of the safety valves of
pressure recipients (boilers, etc), if the vessel carries such recipients.
75) Check the presence and request a functioning test report of the engine startup
compressed air cylinders' safety valve, if the vessel carries such system.
compartment is in satisfactory condition.
77) Check if the equipment installed on board are in accordance with those contained in
the approved Descriptive Memorandum (items 8 - Propulsion Characteristics and 15
- Sewage, Ballast and Antipollution Equipment). In the case of equipment units contained in the
Descriptive Memorandum which are found inoperable, they must be discriminated in the field
"notes" of the CSN as INOPERABLE, provided they are not considered as essential to the
vessel's safety.
VII - CHECKING OF THE ELECTRICITY

SECTOR
78) Check the functioning of the power generation system(s) (when applicable).
-10 - B - 7 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
79) Check the functioning of the emergency power generator (when applicable).
80) Check the state of electrical installations regarding the existence of lose or uncovered
wires, inadequate attachment of switch boards or any other condition that may cause a short-
circuit.
81) Check the general condition and attachment of batteries regarding the connecting
poles, closing of covers and the presence of verdigris.
82) Check if the vessel's installed equipment are in accordance with the
approved Descriptive Memorandum (item 9 - Power Generation).
VIII - CHECKING OF THE RADIO SECTOR

83) Check if the vessel's allocation of radio communications equipment is in accordance
with Chapter 4 rules.
84) Check if the vessel carries a valid Radio Station License.
CHECKLIST FOR AN INTERMEDIATE SURVEY
I - CHECKING OF THE HULL SECTOR
PRIOR TO EXITING THE DRY DOCK

1) Check visually if the vessel's arrangement is in accordance with the approved General
Arrangement Plan. A checking must be made regarding the compartments and their positioning
and destination, besides the positioning of the vessel's main equipment (for vessels carrying
such an approved plan).
2) Check if the vessel's hull total length, molded breadth and molded depth are in
accordance with those recorded in the approved Descriptive Memorandum (item 2 -
Main Characteristics of the Hull).
3) Check if the materials used in the vessel's construction are in accordance with those
mentioned in the approved Descriptive Memorandum (item 3 - Characteristics of the Material
Structure).
4) Check if the consumables' tank volumes are in accordance with those contained in the
approved Descriptive Memorandum (item 5 - Cubic Capacity Characteristics). If necessary, the
opening of the double bottom or the raising of linings or floor planks or, further, the removal of
any obstacle to the volume checking of those tanks must be requested.
5) Check if the vessel's cargo equipment are in accordance with the approved Descriptive
Memorandum (item 10 - Cargo Equipment).
6) Check visually, inside and outside, the state of discharges, sea chests and any and
every opening in the vessel's hull below the main deck and, if deemed as necessary, request
the testing of the corresponding valves.
7) Check if the access ways to the places listed below are free (for vessels with GT
greater than 50):
c) scuppers, water outlets of the fire piping, sounding tubes, air vents and fan
outlets;
e) cargo holds.
8) Perform a visual inspection of the propellers and rudders, checking the existence of
cracks or dents.
-10 - B - 8 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
CHECKLIST FOR AN ANNUAL SURVEY
I- CHECKING OF PUBLICATIONS
1) Check the presence on board of the publications listed below in an accessible and
appropriate place and marked with the vessel's name:
a) Sailing Directions for the intended navigation places, issued by DHN (last
edition);
c) Tide Tables (last edition);
d) International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, (RIPEAM-1972) -
last edition; and
e) Up-to-date national nautical charts, relative to the vessel's intended areas of
operation.
Note: vessels with gross tonnage up to 50 are exempted from maintaining on board the
publications listed above, except for the one of subparagraph d).
2) Check the presence at the bridge of the boards listed below, in easily visualizing
places:
b) Table of Rescue Signals;
c) Beaconing;
d) First Aid;
l) Clouds Board;
n) Instruction board on How to Fight Fires on Board (classes A, B and C); and
o) Board on How to Dress Lifesaving Jackets.
Note: Vessels with gross tonnage up to 50 are exempted from keeping on board the above
listed boards, with exception to the boards of subparagraphs a) and b).
III - CHECKING OF DOCUMENTS

(TIE);
vessels);
vessels);
(DPEM);
f) Magnetic Compass Compensation Certificate and Deviation Curve;
g) Radio Direction Finder Calibration Certificate and Correction Tables;
h) National or International Tonnage Certificate; and
i) National or International Load Line Certificate.
-10 - B - 9 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
Note: vessels with GT up to 50 are exempted from keeping on board the documents listed
above, except for the ones of sub-paragraphs a), e), f) and g), when applicable.
IV - EQUIPMENT SECTOR CHECKING
Informative Board
maximum authorized number of passengers per deck and the phone number of the vessel's
Enrollment Office.
Safety Equipment
5) Check the presence and functioning of a steering magnetic compass, duly
compensated (valid one-year Certificate) and its deviation table or curve available on board.
6) Check the presence and functioning (for passenger vessels with GT grater than 300)
of a radar installation capable of operating in the 9 GHz frequency band. Existing passenger
vessels not carrying a radar installation in this band and carrying a conventional radar
installation must allocate, starting January 15, 1999, a radar capable of operating in the 9 GHz
frequency band.
7) Check the presence and functioning of the echo-sounder.
8) Check the presence and functioning of the following equipment:
a) 1 pair of 7x50 binoculars;
b) 2 chronographs;
c) 1 chronometer, duly conditioned;
d) 1 bridge watch;
e) parallel rulers, dry-point compasses, pencil, rubber and magnifying lens; and
f) 1 sextant.
Note: Passenger vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 50, and the remaining self
propelled vessels with Gross Tonnage lower than 100 are exempted from allocating the
instruments of subparagraphs b), c), d), e) and f). All vessels which have satellite navigation
equipment are exempted from allocating the instruments of subparagraphs b), c) and f).
Requirements for Fishing Vessels with GT>500

9) Check the presence and functioning of the indicators of rudder angle, rotation speed
of each side thrust propeller, pitch and operation mode of those propellers. These indicators
must be installed in a way they can be read from the steering station.
Salvage Equipment
10) Check:
a) the readily available usage condition and good maintenance state of the salvage
material;
b) if the installation of survival craft is not interfering in the handling of other
craft,including the rescue craft units; and
c) if the salvage equipment is being used for purposes other than salvage itself.
11) Check if all the survival craft, lifesaving buoys and jackets are marked with:
a) number of the Homologation Certificate;
b) equipment class;
c) equipment manufacturer;
d) equipment model and serial number;
-10 - B - 10 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
e) manufacturing date;
f) size (lifesaving jackets only);
g) vessel's name; and
h) port of enrollment.
Note: the surveyor must carry a list of all the material homologated by the Directorate
of Ports and Coasts, and check if all equipment on board are on the list. If an item found on
board is not on the list, a copy of its Homologation Certificate must be requested.
12) Check if the class I and II lifesaving rafts carry a hydrostatic escape device so they
can be released in the case of the ship's sinking.
13) Check if the lifesaving jackets are stowed in a way they will be readily accessible, and
if their location is well indicated.
14) Check if the immersion vests and thermal protection aids are marked with capital
roman letters, with waterproof paint and showing the name and port of enrollment of the vessel
they belong to.
15) Check if the buoys are free to be thrown; they must be hung over fixed supports, with
their lines' end not tied to the ship.
Pyrotechnic artifacts
16) Check if the craft units carry pyrotechnic artifacts in accordance with the provided
allocation, homologated and within validity.
pyrotechnic artifacts on board are on the list. If one of the items is not on the list, a copy of its
Homologation Certificate must be requested, duly issued by the Directorate of Ports and Coasts.
Abandonment Rations
17) Whenever possible, check the markings on ration packages, which must be made in
contrasting colors and include the following information: Number of the DPC Homologation
Certificate, ration type, manufacturing date and validity date. If any of the specific data is
missing, the ration cannot be accepted. Samples of the non-conforming units must be forwarded
to the DPC.
Other Equipment
18) Check if the vessels used in Maritime Support carry on board an homologated line-
throwing device. The line-throwing device must:
a) be capable of throwing a line to a minimum of 230 m with acceptable precision;
b) include at least 4 launching projectiles;
c) include no less than 4 lines each;
d) have clear and succinct instructions, illustrating the correct manner for using the
device; and
e) be contained in a humidity-proof package.
Note: other types of line-throwing device may be accepted, if they are homologated
and capable of performing at least 4 throws.
19) Check the existence on board of an Internal Communication System for emergencies,
composed of fixed or portable units (or a mix of both), for bi-lateral communications among
emergency control stations, meeting stations and embarkation stations.
20) Check if the vessel is provided with an emergency general alarm system satisfying all
the prescriptions below, which will be used for calling the passengers and crew to the meeting
complemented by a loudspeaker system or by other adequate communications media.
The emergency alarm system must be capable of sounding the general alarm signal
-10 - B - 11 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
consisting of seven or more short blasts followed by a long blast, produced by the vessel's
whistle or siren, besides a bell or an electrically operated horn, or another equivalent alarm
system, which will be energized by the vessel's main electrical power source and the emergency
power source. The system must be capable of being operated from the bridge and, with
exception of the ship's whistle, also from other strategic spots. The system must be audible in
all the accommodation spaces, all the spaces where the crew customarily work and at the open
deck. The alarm must continue to sound after being turned on, until it is manually turned off or
temporarily interrupted in the communications system.
Sound and Light Signals

21) Check the functioning of the navigation lights, and if their heights and colors are in
compliance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (for vessels with
an approved lights' arrangement plan, it must be used as a reference).
22) Check if the allocation of sound equipment (whistle, bell, gong or equipment producing
similar sounds) is in compliance with the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea (for vessels with an approved lights' arrangement plan, it must be used as a reference).
First Aid
23) Check if the infirmary is conveniently separated from other habitable spaces, and has
physical dimensions allowing adequate assistance to the sick person. The entrance must have
both the width and position such as to enable for an easy passage of a hammock. The infirmary
shall not be allowed for uses other than those related with the attendance of sick or injured
people.
24) Check if the infirmary is provided with wash basin, sanitary toilet and bathing tub or
shower, in
a space accessible from its interior or in the vicinity. It must also be provided with cabinets for
keeping medicinal products and medical-surgical material, besides all necessary supporting
furniture.
25) Check if the infirmary is provided with beds at the ratio of one bed for every 12 crew
members or fraction of those not lodged in single cabins. However, the total number of beds
does not need to exceed 6.
26) Check the allocation and validity of the medicinal products inside the First Aid Box
(for vessels obliged to carry it).
Fire Detection, Protection and Combat

27) Check if the quantity, capacity, location and type of fire extinguishers are in
28) Check if the extinguishers with gross weight greater than 25 Kg (when charged) have
adequate hoses or nozzles, or other practicable means so they can serve the space they are
intended for.
29) Check if all portable extinguishers carry the INMETRO seal.
30) Check if the gas cylinders are positioned in external areas, in safe and aerated places,
protected against the sun and far from possible ignition sources.
31) Check the conditions of the gas distribution hoses. If the hoses are plastic, check if
they meet the ABNT standards.
32) Check if the quantity, flow rate, drive and type of fire pumps (if existing) are in
compliance with the approved Descriptive Memorandum.
33) Check if the fire pump(s) can keep at least two distinct fire piping outlets with a water
jet from their hoses never shorter than 15m.
-10 - B - 12 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
34) Check if the quantity and location of fire outlets and stations are in compliance with the
specific Standards for the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan, it must be used as a
reference).
35) Check if the quantity and type of equipment in the vessel's fire stations are in
36) Check if there is at least one fire station at sight for a person who is near any of the
fire outlets.
37) Check if the material used in the fire piping is of a type subject to be damaged by heat
(like PVC or other plastics), and if the fire outlets are disposed in a way as to facilitate the
connection of hoses.
38) Check the existence of a valve or similar device on each fire outlet, allowing for the
outlet's closure even with the pumps working.
39) Check if the fire piping and outlets are painted red.
40) Check if the quantity and length of fire hoses are in compliance with the specific
Standards for the matter (for vessels with an approved safety plan, it must be used as a
reference).
41) Check if the diameter of the fire hoses is no smaller than 38 mm (1.5 in).
42) Check if there is total interchangeability among unions, hoses and nozzles.
(unless there is one hose and one nozzle for each fire outlet).
43) Check if the nozzles have a diameter equal to or greater than 12 mm.
44) Check if the piping running near the hull, the scuppers, sanitary discharges and other
discharges placed below the main deck and in places where the material failure may cause a
risk of flooding in the case of a fire are made of cast steel or bronze (only for vessels with GT
grater than 500).
45) Check if the windows or hatches indicated in the Safety Plan as escape ways have a
free opening of at least 600 mm x 800 mm.
V - CHECKING OF THE HULL SECTOR
Hull and Main Deck

46) Check visually if the hull and decks are in satisfactory conditions, with no significant
47) Check if the vessel has the following markings:
a) vessel's name at the stern together with port of enrollment, and vessel's name at
the bow on both sides (letters with a minimum height of 10 cm); and
b) draught scale on both hull's sides forward, at midship and astern.
48) Check if the access ways to the places listed below are free (for vessels with GT
greater than 50):
c) scuppers, water outlets of the fire piping, sounding tubes, air vents and fan outlets;
e) cargo holds.
49) Check if the Plimsoll disk and deck line are correctly marked and painted and in
compliance with the Freeboard Certificate.
skylights are in satisfactory conditions regarding watertightness.
-10 - B - 13 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-B
the shutting devices eventually installed.
52) Check the handrails of hull's sides, superstructure and crosswalks (if existing)
regarding their maintenance condition, positioning, and if their hight is no lower than 1.0 meter.
53) Check if the delimiting stripe for the deck's cargo areas is indelibly marked, with a
minimum width of 5 cm, a contrasting color against the deck's color and in accordance with the
approved Deck Cargo Plan.
54) Check if the position of loading and unloading elements (suction hoses, connections,
valves, etc) and valves of the draining and ventilation system of tanks placed on deck is in
accordance with the approved Deck Cargo Plan.
VI - CHECKING OF THE ENGINE SECTOR

55) Check if fuel tanks and piping are not positioned in a place where any spilling or
leaking coming from them may constitute a risk of fire, from the contact with heated surfaces or
electric equipment.
56) Check and test, at the exit of each tank, the functioning of a valve or shutting device
capable of interrupting the pipe's flow.
57) Check the presence at the Command Center and/or Engine Room of visual and/or
sound alarms of lube oil low pressure and cooling water high temperature, for the internal
combustion engines used for propulsion and power generation.
58) Check the presence and request a functioning test report of the safety valves of
pressure recipients (boilers, etc), if the vessel carries such recipients.
59) Check the presence and request a functioning test report of the engine's startup
compressed air cylinders' safety valve, if the vessel carries such system.
compartment is in satisfactory condition.
VII - CHECKING OF THE ELECTRICITY SECTOR

61) Check the functioning of the power generation system(s) (when applicable).
62) Check the functioning of the emergency power generator (when applicable).
63) Check the state of electrical installations regarding the existence of lose or uncovered
wires, inadequate attachment of switch boards or any other condition that may cause a short-
circuit.
64) Check the general condition and attachment of batteries regarding the connection
poles, closing of covers and the presence of verdigris.
VIII - CHECKING OF THE RADIO SECTOR
65) Check if the vessel's allocation of radio communications equipment is in accordance

with the requirements of Chapter 4 of these Standards.
66) Check if the vessel carries a valid Radio Station License.
-10 - B - 14 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-C
(MODEL)
REQUEST FOR CONDITION SURVEY
.......................... (shipowner or representative)................informs this (CP/DL Office)

that the ship which its data are discriminated as follows, has an estimated date of arrival on
(dd/mm/yyyy)....., at the Port of ....................., State ................ and requests a CONDITION SURVEY, in
compliance with the provisions of NORMAM-01 Chapter 10, Section IV.
The ship will be ready to be surveyed in accordance with the provisions of NORMAM-01 Chapter
10, item 1020, on (dd/mm/yyyy) , at/in(place/state).,,
*^The ship must load quantity) tons of ........ .(discriminate cargo) ............... in holds
............... (discriminate the holds to be loaded) .............. at the ........... Port/Terminal ....................................... State
.................. on .....(dd/mm/yyyy)....... destined to ............... (port of unloading - country...................)*
Declares that the present survey is the ......(ordinal number) ....... condition survey to which the ship
will be submitted.
Reports also that the Classification Society hired to perform the survey is *(...................................)
and the company hired for plate thickness gauging is * (.....................................................................).
Requests further, for the effect of the compensation provided in item 1006 and Annex 10-D of
NORMAM-01, to be informed if the survey will be accompanied by a GEVI representative.
SHIP DATA:
Name: IMO No.:
AB(GT): TPB(DWT):
Date of Delivery: Classification Society:
Number of cargo holds: Number of Tanks (per type):
Type: BulkCarrier( ) Ore-Bulk- Oil ( ) Ore-Oil ( )
SHIPOWNER DATA: OPERATOR DATA:

Shipowner Business Name: Operator Business Name:
Name(s): Name(s):
Origin (Country): Origin (Country):
Office (City/Country): Office (City/Country):
Office Tel/Fax/Email: Office Tel/Fax/Email:
P&I CLUB DATA:
(Placeanddate): __________________________________________________............/................./............
(Signature)__________________________________________________________________________
(NameofAgent/Forwarder)______________________________________________________________
(Agency/ForwardingOffice): ____________________________________________________________
(Complete address/fax/tel/e-mail of Agent/Forwarder): __________________________________________
(*) cancel paragraph if data are not available by the time of application. However, data shall be reported as soon as
known.
-10 - C - 1- NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-D
COMPENSATION TABLE
1.0 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 2 (EC2)
GROSS TONNAGE (GT)

SURVEY
Up to 20 >20 through 50 >50 through 100
1.1DrydockedforobtainingtheCSN(initialand
N/A R$ 150,00
renewal).
1.2AfloatforobtainingtheCSN(initialand
N/A R$160,00
renewal).
1.3ValidationoftheCSN(annualand N/A R$120,00
1.4Freeboardsurvey(initial,annualandrenewal). N/A N/A R$ 130,00
1.5Freeboardverification N/A N/A R$90,00
1.6Seatrial. R$90,00
1.7Reclassificationforasinglevoyage. R$120,00
1.8EmissionofExpertSurveyReportforthe
preparationof a CTS R$90,00 R$180,00
NOTES:
1Thecompensationsforcheckingthefulfillmentofdemandscontainedinsurveyreportsshallbe
equalto50%ofthevalueofcompensationsforthesurveystowhichtheyrelate;
2Observeitem10ofthisAnnexwhendisplacementsareneeded;and
3N/A - .Not Applicable. If the shipowner desires to have the service performed even if not mandatory,
the compensation value shall be taken from the GT range immediately above.
2.0 - TONNAGE OF NON-CLASSIFIED VESSELS
RULE LENGTH (L)

SURVEY
from 5 to 12 m > 12 to 24 m > 24 to 100 m > 100 to 150 m > 150 m
2.1Tonnage R$ 50,00 R$ 100,00 R$280,00 R$440,00 R$570,00
NOTE:
Observe item 10 of this Annex when displacements are needed.
3.0 - VESSELS CERTIFIED AS CLASS 1 (EC1)
GROSS TONNAGE (GT)

SURVEY/SERVICE
>50 through >100 through >500 through > 1,000
3.1Drydockedforobtainingthe R$ 290,00 R$ 290,00 R$ 290,00 R$ 290,00
CSN (initial and renewal).
3.2Afloatforobtainingthe R$ 410,00 R$ 510,00 R$ 720,00 R$ 1,010,00
CSN (initial and renewal).
3.3ValidationofCSN R$ 280,00 R$ 370,00 R$ 510,00 R$ 720,00
(intermediate).
3.4Emissionofthe R$ 220,00 R$ 290,00 R$ 440,00 R$ 580,00
Freeboard Certificate (initial and
renewal)
3.5Freeboardannual. R$ 150,00 R$ 220,00 R$ 320,00 R$ 440,00
3.6EmissionofExpertSurvey R$ 280,00 R$ 290,00 R$ 440,00 R$ 720,00
Report
3.7Plananalysisforemissionof R$ 550,00 R$ 600,00 R$ 700,00 R$ 800,00
licenses.
3.8Statictractiontest R$ 200,00 R$ 250,00 R$ 300,00 R$ 350,00
accompanied by the GEVI.
3.9Reclassificationforasingle R$ 280,00 R$ 360,00 R$ 500,00 R$ 720,00
voyage.
- 10 - D - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod13
ANNEX 10-D
NOTES:
1Thecompensationsforcheckingthefulfillmentofdemandscontainedinsurveyreportsandforplan
analysisshallbeequalto50%ofthevalueofcompensationsforthesurveystowhichthey
relate; and
2Observeitem10ofthisAnnexwhendisplacementsareneeded.
4.0 - HOMOLOGATION OF HELIPORT (Independent of Gross Tonnage - GT):
GROSS TONNAGE (GT)

SURVEY/SERVICE
ANY
4.1Initial/Renewalinspectionofheliport R$ 3,902,50
4.2Analysisofplansanddocuments R$390,25
4.3PreparationofaHeliportSurveyInstrument R$167,25
4.4HeliportInspectionforwithdrawalofdemandsor
R$ 2.230,00
checking of parameter alteration
4.5Certificationofheliport R$836,25
4.6Valuestobepaidforsurveys:
a) Heliport Initial or Renewal Survey: Value
= 4.1 + 4.2 + 4.3 + 4.5 = R$ 5.296,25
b) Survey for demand withdrawal:
Value = 4.3 + 4.4 = R$ 2.397,25
c) Survey for checking heliport parameter alteration: Value = 4.2 +
4.3 + 4.4 = R$ 2.787,50
4.7Thecompensationvaluesshowninsubparagraphs4.1and4.4,forservicesoutsidethecityofRiode
Janeiro, shall be increased by the Surveyor's stay and airway transportation expenses from Rio de Janeiro to
the place where the survey will be conducted.
NOTE
5.0 - GENERAL SERVICES
SERVICE COMPENSATION
5.1EmissionoftheVesselEnrollmentTitle(TIE) R$ 30,00
5.2SimplifiedEnrollmentofaSmallVessel R$ 30,00
5.3Emissionofa2ndcopyoftheTIE/TIEM R$ 45,00
5.4EmissionoftheInterimDocumentofProperty R$ 80,00
5.5CancellationofaVessel'sEnrollment R$5,00
Vessel'sPropertyand/orJurisdictiontransfer R$ 30,00
5.7Alterationofregistrationdataofavesseland/orshipowner R$ 30,00
5.8Registrationandcancellationofdebtsandannotations R$ 80,00
5.9EmissionofaCertificaterelatedwiththevessel R$ 30,00
5.10Emissionofa2ndcopyofCertificatesandLicenses R$ 30,00
5.11EmissionandAlterationofaContinuousSynopsisRecord(CSR) R$ 150,00
5.12EmissionofanExemptionCertificate R$ 300,00
- 10 - D - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod13
ANNEX 10-D
6.0 - STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FOR VESSELS CARRYING PETROLEUM AND DERIVATIVES:

GROSS TONNAGE (GT)
EXPERT SURVEYS
>5,000 through 10,000 >10,000 through 15,000 > 15,000

1)Emissionofa
Statementof R$ 1.900,00 R$ 2.250,00 R$ 3.300,00
Compliance
Vessel
2)Withdrawalof

demands regarding a
R$ 1,200,00
Statement of
Compliance

3)Emissionofa
Fixed platforms Statementof R$ 1,900,00
Compliance

Mobile Platforms, Drill 4)Emissionofa
Ships, FPSO and FSU R$ 1.900,00 R$ 2.200,00 R$ 3.300,00
Statementof
Compliance

Fixed and Mobile
5)Withdrawalof

Platforms, Drill Ships, demands regarding a
R$ 1,200,00
FPSO and FSU Statement of
Compliance

NOTE:
7.0 - CONDITION SURVEY:
GROSS TONNAGE (GT)

SURVEY/SERVICE
Up to 15,000 >15,000 through > 50,000
50 000
7.1WithfollowupbytheGEVI R$ 1.600,00 R$ 2.500,00 R$ 5.000,00
7.2WithoutfollowupbytheGEVI R$450,00
NOTE:
8.0 - WITHDRAWAL OF DEMANDS FROM A FLAG STATE INSPECTION:
Survey for withdrawal of demands from a Flag State inspection: R$ 800,00
NOTE:
9.0 - LIABILITYCERTIFICATEFOROILPOLLUTION:
Emission of the Certificate: R$100,00
10.0 - ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR DISPLACEMENT:
10.1ThecompensationsshallbemadeinReals(R$);and
- 10 - D - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod13
ANNEX 10-D
10.2 To the values of compensations for expert surveys, surveys or services rendered outside the
headquarter cities of the DPC or CP/DL/AG Offices will be added the Surveyor's displacement expenses
accordingtothefollowingformula:
IDL = DP + DM + DT
IDL = DisplacementCompensation QE
DP = PersonalExpenses(dailyfee)
DM = MaterialExpenses(equipmentdepreciationandmaintenance)
DT = Transportation Expenses (*)
QE = Number of vessels to be surveyed
(*)AtthediscretionoftheMaritimeAuthorityAgent,whoshalldeterminetheadequatetransportation
meansforthedisplacement.
Where
: DP=DailyFeeStayexpensesofthesurveyor/inspector: R$350,00forthefirstdayandR$
250,00 for each subsequent day; and
DT=TransportationoftheSurveyor/Inspector.
Two-way air transportation of the Surveyor/Inspector from Rio de Janeiro to the place of expert
survey, survey or service; or
Two-way land transportation of the Surveyor/Inspector, by adequate means as determined by
the Maritime Authority Agent, from the Surveyor/Inspector headquarters to the place of inspection, survey or
service.
- 10 - D - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod13
ANNEX 10-E
NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE

(ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NORMAM-01)
NUMBER

BRAZILIAN NAVY
________________________________________
ISSUER
Name Call Sign Enrollment No.:

Navigation type Service

Construction Year: Hull Material Gross Tonnage Net Tonnage Length

Ship Authorized to Carry Ship Authorized to Carry Number of Passengers

Dangerous Goods Merchandise on Deck Authorized to the Ship

(YES/NO) (YES/NO)
Type of Propulsion Plant Total Effective Power Nominal Electric Power Towing Destination

A (1) certifies:
thatthevessel.........was,on.../.../....,objectofthe

survey.....(2)NORMAM01ofthe in compliance with the provisions regulated by
DirectorateofPortsandCoasts;
(3) that the vessel meets the accessibility requirements for the waterways collective transportation of passengers;
and
that the surveys have shown that its state is satisfactory and meets the indicated provisions.
The present Certificate shall be valid until the indicated deadline, subject to the conduction of annual and
intermediate surveys which must be recorded, between the limit dates established.
Issuedin..............,on..../..../.....
PlLACE
SIGNATUREOFRESPONSIBLEPERSON
(OFFICE / CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY / Specialized Entity)
(1) Harbor Master, Delegate or Agent Office issuing the Certificate.

(2) Indicate if Initial or Renewal.
(3) AccessibilityRequirements.
- 10 - E - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod. 20
ANNEX 10-E
VALIDATION
It is hereby certified that the vessel has been the object of surveys as follows, with
satisfactory results, in the specialties and dates indicated, respectively.
TO BE PERFORMED BETWEEN AND PLACE AND DATE SURVEYOR

OF.PERFORMANCE
1st ANNUAL SURVEY
2nd ANNUAL SURVEY
INTERMEDIATE SURVEY
3rd ANNUAL SURVEY
4th ANNUAL SURVEY
NOTES:
Valid until: ..../..../....
- 10 - E - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
Mod. 20
ANNEX 10-F
BRAZILIAN NAVY
INSTRUMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY ON NAVIGATION SAFETY
I hereby, ..............................................................................,
....................................... (full name) .............................................,
............... (nationality) ......................, born on ......./......./........, bearer of the
ID Card ......... (number) ............, ........ (issuing office) .........., issued on ....../....../......, (CPF/CNPJ)
.................................................., home address ........................... (street/Av.)
..........................................................................................................., ......... (neighborhood) ............,

(CEP)........................,........................(City, State)........................., telephone ..............................,
owner of the vessel ........................................ (name) ........................., classified as
....................................................................., enrolled at the ..................................
(CP/DL/AG Office)
............................, under the n. .................................. , state under the penalty of law that:
1 - The mentioned vessel presents the hull, propulsion, equipment and accessories on board in
perfect maintenance and safety condition, meeting all requirements provided for in the
Standards in force, as well as the required material allocation for the navigation class it belongs
to, shown in this Document;
2 - I am aware that the fact of delegating the responsibility for keeping the good maintenance
condition of the vessel and its safety material to agents or third persons, professional or not,
does not exonerate me of the personal responsibility I am now taking through this Document of
Responsibility, without releasing the responsibility imputable to such agents or third persons in
case of use of the vessel in improper maintenance conditions and/or bringing risk to the safety
of the vessel and/or its passengers and/or cargo and/or third parties; and
3 - I am aware of my administrative, civil and legal responsibilities for the consequences of the
vessel's use in disagreement or violation to the laws and standards in force regarding the
navigation safety, safety of human life at sea and water pollution, particularly the Maritime
Authority Standards for Vessels Used in Open Sea Navigation (NORMAM-01/DPC) which I
declare to know, by myself, agents or third parties to whom the vessel's use may come to be
granted, and especially, for the default of my obligations formally accepted through this
Document of Responsibility.
I sign this Document of Responsibility before this .......................................... (CP/DL/AG
Office)
............................., ........... (city, state) ..................., on ......../ .................. / ............, before the
witnesses who also sign the present document.
1st Witness (Signature)

Name: (Signatures Notarized by similarity) CPF:
2nd Witness (Signature of the CP, DL or AG) Representative

Name: Name:
CPF: CPF:
NOTES:1)ExemptfromnotarizingifsignaturesaremadebeforetheCP,DLorAGRepresentativewhoshall
certifythisfact;
2) If signatures are notarized, the CP, DL or AG Representative shall not sign the present Document; and
3) Valid only with the stamp of the CP, DL or AG Office in which the vessel has been enrolled, reclassified or
had owneralteration.
- 10 - F - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-G
BRAZILIAN NAVY
CONDITION SURVEY
Issued on behalf of the Brazilian Maritime Authority, in compliance with the

requirements established in Chapter 10 of the Maritime Authority Standards for Vessels
Used in Open Sea Navigation (NORMAM-01), by the Classification Society
(Name of the Classification Society)
STATEMENT OF CONDITION SURVEY
Ship: IMO No.:

Call Sign: Port of Flag :
Registry: Construction Year:
P&I: - Classification
Shipowner: Tel/Fax:
Operator: Tel/Fax:
Agent: Tel/Fax:
The Classification Society .................................. exclusive surveyor signing below, acting on

behalf of the Brazilian Maritime Authority, hereby declares to have conducted on
/ / a Condition Survey in the.......................................................................,

(nameofship)
in compliance with the requirements established in Chapter 10 of the Directorate of Ports and
Coasts NORMAM-01, and has considered the mentioned ship:
( ) in satisfactory structural conditions ( ) in not satisfactory structural conditions
The survey scope was:
a) checking of Statutory Certificates;
b) visual inspection of internal structures including thickness random measurement of cargo

holds no................................, double bottom ballast tanks no................................, wing ballast
tanks no......................., and collision tanks ............................, and
c) visual and watertightness inspection of hatch covers, flush bunkers, scuttles, and coamings,
including their locking and sealing means.
Considering the survey described above, within the existing conditions for its conduction, the
surveyor states that: (mark only one of the following options)
1. ( ) there are no repairs to be
recommended.
2. ( ) the deficiencies noted DO NOT IMPEDE THE SHIP FROM LOADING and the repairs
specified as follows must be carried out subject to approval by the Classification Society.
3. ( ) the deficiencies noted DO IMPEDE THE SHIP FROM LOADING by reducing significantly
its structural strength / watertightness, and the repairs specified as follows must be carried out
subject to approval by the Classification Society.
- 10 - G - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 10-G
Repairs to be carried out:
The detailed survey report must be presented to the Shipowner or its representative, and a copy
forwarded to the Directorate of Ports and Coasts.
CONCLUSION
( ) SHIP APPROVED FOR LOADING ( ) SHIP NOT APPROVED FOR LOADING
Survey place and date: ................................ , ............../ .................../ ........................ . Signature:

.....................................................................................................
.......................................... Name of surveyor
.........................................................................................................
(Classification Society Stamp)
RESOLUTION (to be filled in by the CP/DL)
GIVEN THE SURVEYOR'S CONCLUSION, THE SHIP

(stamp of the IS:

CP/DL Office)

( ) RELEASED FOR LOADING..
On ...../....../........., at ......hr:....... min
( ) IMPEDED FROM LOADING
..........................................................
..
(Name and Signature) (Harbor
Master/Delegate)
- 10 - G - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
COVER OF THE NAVIGATION LOGBOOK

COMPANY LOGO NAME OF THE SHIPPING COMPANY
NAVIGATION LOGBOOK

Vessel:
Beginning on:
Ending on:
- 12 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
SHEET No 1 OF THE NAVIGATION LOGBOOK
NAVIGATION LOGBOOK
AUTHORIZATION FOR INITIALING
I hereby assign Mr. ___________________________ to

initial the sheets of this book, which shall serve as
Navigation~Logbook~of~the_________________________
On board the __________________________ ,
on............../.................................. / ..........
Captain
Opening Instrument
At ............hours of the ........... day of the month of ............................, year ............. ,

on board the national vessel ............................................................................ owned
by ............................................................................................, enrolled at the Harbor
Master Office of the Port of ......................................................., has been started the
filling in of present book which shall serve as Navigation Logbook for this vessel,
in which the main occurrences on board shall be recorded, as well as the
navigation details. And for the records, by order of Mr. Captain this opening record
is made and signed by him and written and signed by me,
serving as register keeper

(name and function)
Captain
Function, register keeper
- 12 - A - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
BACK OF SHEET No 1
VESSEL IDENTIFICATION
Vessel: .................................................................................... Call Sign: ....................................................................
Shipowner: ................................................ Builder: ........................................................ Date: ......................................................
Incorporated on: ........................................... Port of Enrollment; ............................................

o:
Enrollment N .....................................
No Reg. T.M.: ............................. Class: ...................................... Division: ..................................... Subdivision: ..............................
HULL CHARACTERISTICS
LENGTH - Total: .............................................................. / Between perpend.....................................................................
DRAUGHT - Maximum: ...................................................... / Minimum: ..........................................................................................
BREADTH - Maximum: ....................................................... / Molded: ........................................................................................
DISPLACENT - Maximum: .................................................. / Minimum: ..........................................................................................
TONNAGE - Gross: ..................................................................... / Net: ..........................................................................................
FREEBOARD - Tropical: ............................ / Summer: ........................................................ / Winter: .....................................................
GROSS LOAD (TDW): .................................................................... Mast height (w/ minimum draught): ............................................
Reduction for fresh water: .............................................................................................................................................................................
MANUFACTURERS OF THE NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
- Gyro Compass: ............................................ Autopilot: ........................................ Magnetic Compasses: ...................................
Radar: .......................................................... Echo Sounder: Bottom Odometer: ...................................
Course Recorder: ....................................... Radiotelegraph or Radiotelephone Station ....................................................................
Long Range Navigation Equipment .......................................... Satellite Navigator: ..........................................................................
MACHINERY INSTALLATIONS
Type of Inst. Propulsion: ............................... N of Propellers ........................................

o
Propulsion Power: ................................
o No of Steam Engine Stages: ................... o
N of Boilers: ........................................... N of Main Engines: ............................
R.P.M. (max.): ........................ Speed (max.): .................... RPM (service) ... Speed (service) ..
NN of Power Generators: ...................................................................

o o
N of Bilge Pumps: ............................................................
Fire Pumps: ................................................................................................................................................................................
Capac. Fuel Tanks: ............................... Capac. Lube Tanks: .................................. Capac. Water Tanks: ................................
Fuel Consumption at Service Speed: ..................................... Lube Consumption at Service Speed: ......................................
Water Consumption at Service Speed: ................................................ Range: ..................................................................................
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
No.:of Craft Units: ......................................... Total Capac. of Craft Units per Side: No.:of Motor Craft Units: ....................
o o
N of Lifesaving Jackets: .............................. N of Lifesaving Buoys: .................................. Smoke Indicating Devices: ...................
o o o
N of CO2 Extinguishers: . N of Foam Extinguishers: N of Fire Piping Outlets: ..........................
Line-Throwing Apparatus (brand): .............. Emerg. Radio St. Whaler boat (brand): .Artificial Respiration Equip. (brand):
o
N Crew Members (Initial Complement): ...... Complement Alterations: ................................ Alteration Date: .........../............/............
1 Class: ..................................... 2nd Class: ..................................... 3rdClass: ..............................

a
Passenger Number -
Passenger N Alteration - 1 Class: .............................. 2ndClass: ......................... 3rdClass: ...............................

o st
- 12 - A - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
EVEN SHEET - FRONT
COMPANY LOGO NAME OF THE SHIPPING COMPANY Navigation Logbook of the _____________, VOYAGE
(when existing) on voyage from_________to_________
......................................................
Day......./............../............. Days elapsed

COURSE BOTTOM
ODOMETER WIND CLOUDS SEA
S P A I S V
U R T P O N I QD I AN
R O PM OR R T EG UI S P P D D
LEGAL TIME F F ROTATION RO GU NV UE E SN A I TR TA I ALT. B MDA
A U ES AR A TA ML R N PI NE B EE ES R BEL A
TIME ZONE (+)(- TRUE GYRO MAGN C N DO SF OL IA S EF T I MS MS E DA A RM
E D S SEC DO H DT I CI I L PE PA N QA
) I I R OOI DO AI D IC DO I ON OD VAG URO E
C PROPEL C MAR E DV A EA A D T O O A
I LER D A EA D D A E
E A E E D
D (NS) O E
E
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
04.00
08.00
12.00
16.00
20.00
24.00
SOUNDINGS MIDDAYDATA
TIME 08:00 TIME: 16:00 CONSUMED SHIP POSITION:
COMPARTMENT CONSUMABLES EXISTENT
BB BE BB BE EM COORDINATES LATTITUDE LONGITUDE
Propulsion Estimated
FUEL Auxiliary Observed
Boiler SAILING
Miles medium speed Knots

Propulsion
CURRENT
LUBRICANTS auxiliary
Direction Speed Knots
Received APPROVED
WATER
Produced
DRAUGHT
FORE REAR (1) MASTER
- 12 - A - 4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
ODD SHEET - FRONT
- 12 - A - 5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
ODD SHEET - BACK
- 12 - A - 6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-A
SHEET No 223 OF THE NAVIGATION LOGBOOK
AUTHENTICATION AND INITIALS
This book has sheets numbered in arabic

characters and initialed by me with the initials
which I use.
Onboardthe............................................................................,
on........./......................../..........
CLOSURE INSTRUMENT
At hours of the ....... day of the month of ................. of year .................., on
board the national vessel .............................................................................. owned by

...................................................................................................................... has been
ended the bookkeeping of this book which served as this vessel's Navigation Logbook.
And for the records, by order of Mr. Captain the present instrument was prepared,
read, found correct and signed by him. And written and signed by me,
serving as register keeper.
(name and function)
Captain
Function, register keeper
- 12 - A - 7 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B
COMPANY LOGO NAME OF THE SHIPPING COMPANY
COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LOGBOOK
Vessel:
Beginning on:
Ending on:
- 12- B -1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B
AUTHORIZATION FOR INITIALING
I hereby assign Mr.

to initial the sheets of this book,
On board the ,
on........./......................../..........
Captain
OPENING INSTRUMENT

At ........hours of the ...... day of the month of ..........., year ......... , on board the national vessel
.................................................................................................................................... , owned
by ............................................................................................................ and enrolled at the
Harbor Master Office of............................................................., was started the bookkeeping
of present book which shall serve as this vessel's Communications Service Logbook, in
which the main occurrences shall be recorded. And for the records, by order of Mr.
Captain this opening instrument is made and signed by him and written and signed by me,
(name and function)
Captain
Register keeper
- 12- B -2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B

(Company Stamp or Logo)
Identification Data
IMO No.
Ship Call Sign
Shipowner Port of Registry
Gross Tonnage (AB)
Radio Station License

Issued on: Valid until:
Radio Safety Certificate
Issued on: By: Valid until:
Company paying the station's national bills Company paying the station's international bills
GMDSS-TRAINED CREW MEMBERS

Name Category Function on Board
INSTALLED EQUIPMENT Main

Systems
Transmitter/Receiver - Radio Telephony/DSC - VHF Band
1.1 Brand Type
Powering Type SerialNo.
DSC Coder
1.2 Brand Type
Transmitter/Receiver - Radio Telephony/DSC - MF/HF Band
2.1 Brand Type
DSC Coder
2.2 Brand Type
DSC Watch Receiver - MF Band - 2187 Khz
2.3 Brand Type
DSC Watch Receiver - HF Band
2.4 Brand Type
Reserve Power Source
3.1 Brand of Batteries Battery Type (Acid or Alkaline)
Final Voltage Capacity in AMP/Hours
INMARSAT Station (SES)
4.1 Brand Type
Equipment No. Powering Type
NAVTEX Receiver
5.1 Brand Type
EGC (Enhanced Group Calling) Receiver
6.1 Brand Type
Radio Telegraphic Receiver w/ Direct Printing in HF-NBDP
7.1 Brand Type
Satellite EPIRB (COSPAS-SARSAT/INMARSAT/VHF)
8.1 Brand Type
Ship's Radar Transponder (SART TRANSPONDER)
9.1 Brand Type
- 12- B -3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B
SHEET - BACK
PUBLICATIONS
a) Call sign alphabetic list of the stations used in the Edition of

Maritime Mobile Service
b) Nomenclature of Coastal Stations Edition of
c) Nomenclature of Ship Stations and Supplement Edition of
and of
10 d) Nomenclature of Radio-determination and Stations performing Edition of

Special Services
e) Maritime Mobile Service usage manual Edition of
f) Radio Regulations (UIT)) Edition of
g) Inform if there is a table of radio-telegraphic tariffs of the countries with most frequent
traffic with the station Yes No
NOTES:
- 12- B -4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B



Ship Call Sign
NAME

VOYAGE FROM TO

OR AT THE PORT OF DATE

LATTITUDE LONGITUDE TIME (GMT) WATCH ZONE

TIME (GMT) STATION FREQ. & CLASS
DETAILS OF OCCURRENCES
Start End Origin Destinati Emitted Received

- 12- B -5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B
SHEET - BACK

TIME (GMT) STATION FREQ. & CLASS
DETAILS OF OCCURRENCES
Start End Origin Destinati Emitted Received

Initials of the Station Chief Captain's initials
- 12- B -6 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B



Weekly Information
Ship

Call Sign Performed on

ON VOYAGE
1 - Tests of the Portable Transceptors

Time Result

ON VOYAGE OR AT PORTS
2 - Charge of Reserve Batteries (Reserve Power Source)

Starting Time End
NOTES
Initials of the Station Chief Captain's initials
- 12- B -7 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B

- 12- B -8 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B
SHEET - BACK
- 12- B -9 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 12-B
SHEET No 223 OF THE COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE LOGBOOK
AUTHENTICATION OF INITIALS
This book has sheets numbered in

arabic characters and initialed by me with the initials
that I use.
On board the ,
on / / .
CLOSURE INSTRUMENT
At hours of the day of the month of of year , on board the

ship owned by
was ended the

bookkeeping of present book which served as this ship's Communications Service Logbook.
And for the records, by order of Mr. Captain the present closure instrument was prepared
and read, found correct, and signed by him. And written and signed by me,
(name and function)
Captain
Register keeper
- 12- B -10 - NORMAM-01/DPC

ANNEX 13-A
No /
CERTIFICADO DE SEGURO OU OUTRA GARANTIA FINANCEIRA RELATIVO

RESPONSABILIDADE CIVIL POR DANOS CAUSADOS POR POLUIO POR
LEO.
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE OR OTHER FINANCIAL GUARANTEE IN RESPECT

TO CIVIL LIABILITY FOR OIL POLLUTION DAMAGE
Emitido de acordo com as disposies do artigo VII da Conveno Internacional sobre

Responsabilidade Civil por Danos Causados por Poluio por leo, 1969.
Issued in accordance with the provisions of Article VII of the International Convention on Civil
Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969

LETRAS OU NOME E ENDEREO DO PROPRIETRIO
NOME DO NAVIO NMERO PORTO DE INSCRIO
DISTINTIVO Port of Registry Name and address of Owner
Name of Ship
Distinctive Number
or Letters
O abaixo assinado certifica que o navio supramencionado est coberto por uma aplice de seguro ou outra
garantia financeira, satisfazendo as disposies do Artigo VII da Conveno Internacional sobre
Responsabilidade Civil por Danos Causados por Poluio por leo, 1969.
This is to certify that the above-named ship is covered by an insurance policy or other financial guarantee satisfying
the provisions of Article VII of the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969.
TIPO DE GARANTIA. Type of guarantee

..........................................................................................................................
DURAO DA GARANTIA. Duration of guarantee ...............................................................................
NOME E ENDEREO DO(S) SEGURADOR(ES) E/OU DA(S) PESSOA(S) QUE TENHAM DADO UMA GARANTIA
FINANCEIRA. Name and Address of the Insurer(s) and/or Guarantor(s).
NOME .............................................................................................................................................................. Name

ENDEREO ..............................................................................................................................................................
Address
NOME .............................................................................................................................................................. Name
ENDEREO ..............................................................................................................................................................
Address
O PRESENTE CERTIFICADO VLIDO AT. This certificate is valid until .................................................................
Emitido pelo Governo da Repblica Federativa do Brasil por intermdio da Diretoria de Portos e Costas da
Marinha do Brasil. Issued by the Government of the Federative Republic of Brazil through the Brazilian Navy
Directory of Ports and Coasts.
FEITO EM ...................................................... AOS .......................................................................................................

Issued at ....................................................................................... on .........../................./.................
Assinado .............................................................................
Signature
Diretor de Portos e Costas

Director of Ports and Coasts
BRAZILIAN NAVY
- 13 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-A
MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SAFE MANNING OF TOURISM

AND RECREATION SUBMERSIBLES
Besides the required qualification of the crew as shown in the Safe Manning
Document for their respective categories, the following additional requisites are required:
1) Have a basic knowledge of physics and diving medicine to enable the application
of Decompression Tables for Air Diving and Treatment Tables for Diving Accidents;
2) Identify the technical characteristics of the submersible and its subsystems;
3) Operate the ballast systems in the TRIM controlling maneuvers, diving maneuvers
and returning to surface maneuvers in normal situations and emergencies;
4) Know the propulsion system and its operation;
5) Know and operate the electrical systems of power distribution, main batteries,
emergency and lighting;
6) Know and operate the internal communications systems, gyro compass, odometer,
and the boards of control, operation, distribution and entertainment;
7) Know and operate the systems of VHF communications and submarine telephony;
8) Know and operate the storage systems of compressed air and oxygen;
9) Know and operate the resources for firefighting on board the submersible;
10) Know and operate the general alarm systems;
11) Operate the panel analyzers and portable analyzers for detecting oxygen, CO2
and hydrogen;
12) Operate the manual pump and reacting tubes for analyzing gases;
13) Coach the passengers for the correct use of salvage resources;
14) Steer the submersible through visual orientation and support from the sonar and
estimated navigation;
15) Conduct the battery charging procedures;
16) Describe the predictable accidents and analyze their causes and effects;
17) Conduct the procedures for special emergency situations;
18) Describe the general concepts and procedures for the rescue chores;
19) Develop and use standard phraseology for transmission of information to the
surface;
20) Perform the procedures of lift up, anchoring, mooring and unmooring;
21) Know and apply the planned maintenance system to the submersible; and
22) Have sixty operation hours with the submersible (steering, immersion, etc) under
supervision, from which at least thirty hours of conducting real operations.
- 14 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-B
TECHNICAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF MANNED SUBMERSIBLES FOR

TOURISM AND RECREATION
a) Design
The following documents and information must be presented by the owner or legal
representative to the recognized Classification Society:
1) General Arrangement Drawing including floor plans, cross sections and profile.
It must show the submersible's main dimensions;
2) Lines Plan;
3) Structural calculations of the resistant body, including:
I) Design Criterion;
II) Plans with structural arrangements, scantlings, welded unions, appendices
and supports, door details, side scuttles, penetrations, flanged and welded connections;
and
III) Structural tolerances of construction, including for lack of circularity and
sphericity;
4) Collapsing depth and design depth;
5) Maximum operational depth;
6) Maximum duration of a dive under normal conditions;
7) Maximum number of crew and passengers;
8) Calculations of: weights, volumes, stability submerged and on surface,
displacement on surface and submerged;
9) Procedures for conducting inclination tests submerged and on surface;
10) Calculations of intact and on-damage stability;
11) Environmental conditions considered in the design, including: maximum and
minimum sea water temperatures, maximum and minimum external air temperatures,
compartment temperatures, external currents, worst sea condition and the associated
significant wave height, limit conditions of longitudinal (trim) and lateral (list) inclination and
maximum and minimum sea water densities in the operation region;
12) Calculations demonstrating that the submersible presents conditions of
keeping itself stable and on positive flotation, and is capable of coming to surface within a
time compatible with the normal emerging times, after suffering damage in any of the
ballast tanks (see paragraph 19 below);
13) Calculations verifying that the submersible presents adequate freeboard and
stability for enabling the disembark of passengers under the worst considered sea
conditions for operation;
14) Maximum estimated speeds on surface and submerged;
15) Information about time periods for recharging the systems: electrical,
revitalization, environmental control and compressed air;
16) Description of the systems below, including diagram plans and relevant
calculations:
I) Electrical propulsion system and charging of batteries;
II) Control systems in general, including control of maneuvers, navigation and
communications;
III) Detection system for H2 and hydrochloric
gas;
IV) Firefighting system;
V) Ballast system;
VI) Sewage system;
VII) Compensation system;
VIII) Hydraulic system;
IX) Revitalization and environmental control system;
- 14- B -1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-B
X) Power distribution system; and

XI) Compressed air system.
17) Specification list of the materials to be used, including structural steels, acrylic
for panoramic side scuttles, materials for lining and insulation, etc;
18) Testing and quality control procedures during the construction;
19) Analysis of failures and consequent effects, in order to characterize those that
may place the submersible and the safety of its occupants in danger, identifying previously
the critical or catastrophic failures which may occur, allowing for their elimination or
minimization. The analysis must necessarily encompass the events contained in
paragraph 18 of item d); and
20) Draft of an Operation Manual containing at least the following information:
I) Normal operation procedures including immersion and return to surface,
submerged operations (visibility, currents, communications, surface traffic, etc), surface
operations, passenger embarkation, etc;
II) Information about the support vessel;
III) Emergency procedures, focusing on typical failures such as impossibility of
returning the submersible to surface, loss of power, leaks in the resistant body, collision,
fire, emergency abandonment, etc). All the possibilities of bringing the submersible back to
surface, either in normal situation or in emergency, must be clearly detailed;
IV) Procedures of mooring/unmooring, anchoring and information on berths;
V) Information on the submersible autonomy in normal and emergency
conditions, including necessarily breathing air, oxygen and batteries (ampere-hours);
VI) Information on salvage resources existing on board, such as lifesaving
jackets, buoys, etc;
VII) Information on existing rescue possibilities in the operation area; and
VIII) Definition of the submersible's vital systems.
b) Operation Manual
The Operation Manual's final version must be available on occasion of the
submersible's operation tests, both berthed and at sea for obtaining the Class Certificate,
subject to approval by the Classification Society. After this approval, the manual must be
forwarded to the DPC.
c) Failure Types
One "failure" is here defined as:
1) inadvertent action of a component or system;
2) lack of precision of a sensor/measuring instrument or damage in a
system/component implying in operating differently to the way for which it was designed;
and
3) Any accident that may occur with the submersible or with a crew member or
passenger, impeding the submersible from operating normally.
d) Technical Requirements
Besides meeting the requirements specified by the Classification Society, the
submersible's design must satisfy the following stipulated conditions::
1) Compartments and arrangement:

I) Submersibles designed for carrying 49 or less passengers and / or which
resistant body is less than 19.8m (65 ft) long do not need to have internal watertight
subdivisions, when intended for operating in sheltered waters;
- 14- B -2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-B
II) The access of passengers to the submersible's control compartment must

be avoided, in order to prevent interference during its operation;
III) The engine's compartment must be physically isolated from the
passenger's compartment, and the access door to the former must be kept closed during
operations with passengers;
IV) The submersible must be provided with a handrail or bulwark along the
open deck, on both sides, in order to prevent the fall of passengers or crew members
overboard;
V) The open deck, through which the passengers will access the submersible,
must be designed considering the possibility of passenger transfer from/to other vessel
regarding the relative height between decks, different rolling periods, wave effects,
appendix protections, etc; and
VI) The submersible's internal arrangement must be such that presents
maximum restriction to the simultaneous movement of a great number of passengers to the
same side of the vessel.
2) Panoramic side scuttles - the side scuttles must be adequately provided with
internal and external protection in order to preserve them from impacts , and must be
necessarily replaced after ten years from manufacturing, or shorter intervals if showing
evidence of any damage or deterioration.
3) Static stability - the distance between the vertical positions of the center of
buoyancy and the center of gravity must be always positive, i.e., the center of buoyancy
must be always above the center of gravity for any and every loading condition forecasted.
4) Escape means - the submersible must have at least two access hatches, in
such a way that if one of them cannot be used due to fire or excessive trimming, the other
one is not affected. The access ladders to those hatches may be stowed in easily
accessible places. The hatches must be capable of being operated both from inside and
outside the submersible.
5) Lifting devices - the submersible must be provided with devices on deck
allowing for its lifting by external means.
6) Re-floating devices - the submersible must be provided with the following
possibilities allowing for its re-floating by external means:
I) Devices installed on the resistant structure for the attachment of inflatable
rescue pontoons; and
II) Ballast tank outlets for receiving air hoses fed by an external compressor or
compressed air cylinder.
7) Be provided with an emergency breathing system with individual respiration
masks for all crew members and passengers.
8) Be provided with a manual pump and reacting tubes(DRAGER pump type) for
analysis of oxygen, CO2 and hydrogen.
9) Reserve of buoyancy - the submersible must have a buoyancy reserve
enough for providing an adequate freeboard for the safe embarkation and disembarkation
of passengers, under the worst sea condition considered for operation.
10) Balance when submerged:
I) The submersible must operate permanently with positive buoyancy. The
necessary effort for depth keeping must be obtained by means of the propellers;
II) When dimensioning the compensation system, the effects of compressibility
of the resistant body and sea water density variation must be considered; and
- 14- B -3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-B

III) The submersible must be designed considering the possibility
of simultaneous moving of the maximum possible number of passengers to a same side of
the vessel (see previous paragraph d)1)).
11) Protection against fire:
I) The design must be elaborated in the sense of maximum restriction to the
use of materials which produce toxic gases, fire and smoke when burning;
II) The use of CO2 extinguishers shall not be allowed, for they are asphyxiating
when in closed environments, and also chemical powder extinguishers are not allowed, for
reducing the visibility and thus making more difficult to abandon or operate the
submersible;
III) The submersible must carry at least two portable fire extinguishers of a
capacity adequate to the submersible's size. The extinguishers must be stowed in easily
accessible places; and
IV) Fire detectors must be installed in the unmanned compartments where are
kept electrical equipment or machinery in general. These detectors must have an
emergency power system enabling them to operate for a time interval no shorter than
double the duration of the longest considered operational dive or two hours, whichever is
the greatest.
12) Navigation equipment - the submersible must be provided with at least a gyro
compass, a sonar system to prevent collision with obstacles, echo-sounder, a depth
indicator and a list and trim indicator. The submersible must be further provided with a
lighting system in order to facilitate its operation submerged.
13) External communications equipment:
I) The submersible must be provided with a communications system in VHF;
and
II) The submersible must be provided with a normal underwater telephony
system and one emergency system powered by its own battery.
14) Bilge wells:
I) The submersible must be provided with an alarm capable of detect flooding
of any level; and
II) The submersible must be provided with resources allowing for the drainage
of bilge wells as soon as the admitted levels are surpassed.
15 )Power distribution system:
I) Cabling - low smoke level cables must be used for the submersible's internal
cabling;
II) Emergency power distribution system - the submersible must be provided
with a power distribution system totally independent of the main system, for the systems of
lighting, emergency recovery, emergency environmental control, emergency underwater
communications and fire detectors; and
III) Batteries - the charging of batteries should only be performed with the
submersible on the surface, with no passengers. The internal environment, including the
battery room, must be kept open to the exterior.
16) Materials - flame-retarding materials should be used in linings, floors, ceiling
coverings, insulations, dividing walls and decks.
17) Ballast system:
I) The submersible must be provided with a regular ballast system using
external or internal ballast tanks, which must be designed in such a way as to be operated
without power supply; and
II) The submersible must be provided with an emergency ballast system
independent from the regular system, capable of bringing it to surface in emergency
situations. This system may use additional ballast tanks, permanently full in normal
situations, or the releasing of weights.
- 14- B -4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-B

18) The analysis of failures mentioned in paragraph 9 of item a) must be
The failure analysis mentioned in paragraph 19 of item a) must be conducted in the
sense of encompassing the following events::
I) Flooding/leaks;
II) Collision;
III) Fire/explosion;
IV) Air contamination;
V) Sickness or wounding of passenger/crew member;
VI) Passenger fall into the water;
VII) Passenger fall on deck;
VIII) Impossibility of the submersible to emerge;
IX) Impossibility of the submersible to be rescued;
X) Excessive trim or list;
XI) Loss of communications;
XII) Seizure of the used steering system; and
XIII)Stranding.
- 14- B -5 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-C

BASIC LIST OF TESTS AND CHECKINGS OF SURVEYS IN SUBMERSIBLES
BASIC LIST OF TESTS AND CHECKINGS FOR SURVEYS OF
TOURISM / RECREATION MANNED SUBMERSIBLES
This list should be used by the parties concerned only as a basis for
inspection, with no intention of exhausting the item's universe to be inspected.
1 - BASIC LIST FOR INITIAL SURVEY

a) During the Initial Survey, the following tests and checking must be conducted:
I) Inclining Tests in the conditions of submerged and on the surface;
II) Hydrostatic tests, including watertightness tests of hatches, access ways, side
scuttles and high pressure piping;
III) Circularity measurements, before and after the hydrostatic tests;
IV) Electrical insulation tests under all conditions, including immersion;
V) Tests of materials in general;
VI) Deep immersion, down to the maximum operational depth, where all systems
must be operationally tested. In this immersion, special attention must be given to the
systems of revitalization and environmental control, propulsion control, fire protection and
emergency;
VII) Ballast system test, which must be performed considering the limit conditions
of list and trim; and
VIII) Crew evaluation tests.
b) Furthermore, the failures considered in paragraph sof Appendix II, item 4 must be
simulated to confirm the results obtained in the initial evaluation.
c) Particular attention must also be given in this survey to the calibration of all
instruments and equipment on board, especially those essential to the safety of the
submersible and its crew and passengers.
2 - BASIC LIST FOR ANNUAL SURVEY

a) During the Annual Survey, at least the following tests and checking must be
conducted:
I) Visual inspection of the submersible's resistant body and structure (internally
and externally);
II) Checking of the maintenance records, to certify that the maintenance routines
are being accomplished;
III) Calibration and testing of all monitoring and measuring instruments, particularly
those associated with the Revitalization and Environmental Control System;
IV) Operational immersion to a depth smaller than the design depth, to be defined
by the Classification Society, during which all systems must be tested operationally; and
V) Crew evaluation tests.
b) After approval of the Classification Society, the results of these tests and
inspections must be forwarded to the DPC.
3 - BASIC LIST FOR RENEWAL SURVEY

a) Besides the procedures provided for Annual Survey mentioned in item 2 of this
Annex, during the Renewal Survey at least the following inspections and tests must be
conducted:
I) Inspections of the submersible's resistant body and structure (internally and
externally) including appendices, penetrations, hatches, closing devices, etc;
- 14 - C - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 14-C

II) Dimensional inspection of the resistant body (thickness, circularity, etc), the
II) Dimensional inspection of the resistant body (thickness, circularity, etc) for
checking its geometrical integrity;
III) Inspection of all system valves subject to corrosion; and
IV) Test of the Ballast System.
b) After approval of the Classification Society, the test results must be forwarded to
the DPC as soon as possible..
- 14 - C - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-A
PROCEDURES FOR CONDUCTING AUDITS RELATED TO THE

CERTIFICATIONS PROVIDED IN THE ISM CODE
1.0 - Introduction
The audit team involved in the certifications provided in Code ISM, and the
Classification Society for which they work, must meet the requirements established in this
Annex.
2.0 - Basic Requirements

2.1 - The organizations responsible for checking the compliance of SGS units
with Code ISM must have experience and competence to:
a) Evaluate the aspects pertinent to Code ISM, the conformity of
instructions on the ship's administrative organization, crew training, equipment
maintenance and the control of certifications required by the Brazilian Government
including those coming from international conventions, related with the material and
personnel embarked;
b) Perform the necessary audits to evaluate the SGS of Companies and
issue the corresponding certificates;
c) Indicate measures to be adopted to adequate the SGS to the ISM Code;
and
d) Evaluate the results of implementing the SGS in the operation and the
conduction of ships.
2.2) Any organization performing checking services of compliance with the ISM
Code prescriptions must ensure the independence between the personnel rendering
consulting services to the Company and the personnel involved in the certification process.
3.0 - Competence Standards

3.1) Management processes of Code ISM certification.
The management of certification processes of Code ISM must be
performed by people with practical knowledge of Code ISM certification procedures.
3.2) Basic competence to develop the checking.
The personnel to be engaged in the compliance checking regarding Code
ISM requirements must have, at a minimum, formal education in the following fields;
a) Qualification, in a 3rd degree level, at an institution acknowledged by the
Brazilian Government, in a relevant field of engineering or physical or mathematical
sciences; or
b) Qualification at a maritime or nautical institution and a significant and
relevant experience at sea as an embarked officer.
3.3) Training
The personnel engaged in the certification process must be submitted to
training to ensure adequate competence and skill for performing the compliance checking
before the requirements of Code ISM, particularly regarding:
a) Knowledge and understanding of the Code;
b) Mandatory rules and regulations;
c) Reference terms required by the Code;
d) Techniques of inspection, interview, evaluation and preparation of
reports;
e) Safety management operational and technical aspects;
f) Basic knowledge of ships and their operation; and
- 15 - A - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-A
g) Participation in at least one audit of a maritime safety system.

3.4) This competence may be obtained through the combination of competences
of the personnel composing the audit team.
3.5) The competence referred to in the present item must be demonstrated
through written and oral exams, or other acceptable means.
3.6) The personnel in charge of conducting the initial and renewal checking must
have, at least, five (5) years of experience in the technical or operational areas relevant to
the corresponding aspects of safety management and have participated in, at least, three
initial or renewal checking services. The participation in the compliance checking with other
management standards may be considered as equivalent to the participation in compliance
checking with Code ISM.
3.7) Competence for initial and renewal checking
Besides the basic competence established above, the personnel
conducting an initial or renewal checking for the emission or extension of a DOC or a SMC
must have competence for:
a) Determine if the SGS elements meet the requirements of the
ISM Code;
b) Determine the effectiveness of the Company or ship's SGS for
ensuring compliance with the rules and regulations evidenced by the records of statutory
and classification surveys;
c) Evaluate the SGS effectiveness in guaranteeing compliance with other
rules and regulations not covered by the statutory and condition surveys, and in enabling
the checking of compliance with them; and
d) Evaluate if the safety practices recommended by the IMO and DPC,
Classification Societies and other maritime industry organizations have been considered in
the SGS preparation.
3.8) Competence for the periodical, intermediate and interim checking.
a) The personnel in charge of conducting the periodical, intermediate
and interim checking must meet the basic requirements provided for in items 3.2, 3.3 and
3.5 and must have participated in at least two initial, periodical or renewal checking
services. The personnel must receive the necessary special instructions for ensuring that
the team has the necessary competence for determining the effectiveness of the
Company's SGS.
b) In order to facilitate the implementation of Code ISM, the participation in
compliance checking with other management standards may be considered as equivalent
to the participation in compliance checking with Code ISM, if the audit team is led by a
responsible person meeting all the requirements of item a) above.
4.0 - Qualification Systems

The Classification Societies recognized by the DPC for developing actions
relevant to Code ISM certification shall implement a system of qualification and continuous
updating of knowledge and competence for the survey team personnel. The system must
encompass theoretical training courses covering all requirements of competence and
related procedures, adequate to the certification process, as well as an oriented practical
training, producing a documentation capable of verifying the training's satisfactory
completion.
- 15 - A - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-A
5.0 - Certification Procedures and Instructions

The Classification Societies must have a documented system ensuring that the
certification process has been developed in compliance with these Standards. This system
must include, among others, procedures and instructions for:
a) Contracts executed with Companies;
b) Planning, programming and performance checking;
c) Final report of the checking performed;
d) Emission of the definitive and interim DOC and SMC; and
e) Corrective actions and follow-up checking, including actions to be taken
in cases of non-conformity.
- 15 - A - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-B
REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET BY EVERY COMPANY FOR THE

EMISSION OF A DOCUMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH CODE ISM
(DOC)
The emission of a DOC for a Company is conditioned to the meeting of all

requirements listed below, which must necessarily be checked by the DPC or by a
recognized Classification Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian Government in the
certification process provided in Code ISM.
These are requirements for the emission of a DOC:
1- The establishment of Safety and Environmental Protection policies for meeting the
Code ISM goals under safe working conditions;
2- The development, implementation and maintenance of a SGS ensuring that the
Safety and Environmental Protection policies are followed;
3- The definition of duties for the Company's personnel involved in the SGS;
4- The definition of authority levels and communication lines between the personnel
on shore and on board;
5- The appointment as ASSIGNED PERSON of, at least, one officer of the Company
on shore, who has access to the highest management level, with the responsibility and
authority for monitoring all the aspects of safety and pollution prevention in the operation of
each ship, ensuring the adequate resources and on-shore support as required;
6- The definition of procedures for communicating accidents and non-conformities;
7- The definition of procedures to be adopted in situations when any of their ships are
in danger;
8- The definition of procedures to be adopted in the preparation of personnel for
fighting the above mentioned risks, considering the risks involved of personal accidents;
9- The supply to each ship of first-aid resources compatible with predictable
accidents, and individual protection equipment compatible with the ship's operation. If the
carriage of dangerous merchandise is forecast, the ships must be provided with the
corresponding protection equipment as provided for in the International Code for the
Carriage of Dangerous Merchandise;
10- The establishment of instructions on the operation and maintenance of the main
equipment of the systems of propulsion, power generation and distribution, pumping and
circulation of the fire piping, fire extinguishing (including sprinkler and dampening by CO2 or
equivalent systems), bilge pumping of engine and cargo holds, salvage equipment and
steering;
11- The crew's training schedule in the operation and maintenance of equipment
pertaining to the above mentioned systems;
12- The embarked personnel's training schedule in the adoption of measures for
pollution prevention and operation of water pollution-fighting equipment compatible with the
type of cargo carried by the ship;
13- The preparation of instructions defining the responsibilities and relationship
among the people who manage, perform and check the activities related to the safety and
pollution prevention;
14- The preparation of instructions on procedures to be followed by the ASSIGNED
PERSON, to ensure the provision of training for the personnel and the necessary material
means for meeting the SGS requirements;
15- The preparation of internal standards emphasizing the competence, duties,
authority and responsibilities of the ASSIGNED PERSON for supplying the means and
- 15- B -1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-B
performing the control of each ship's SGS, involving all the aspects of safety and pollution
prevention;
16- The preparation of internal standards defining clearly the responsibilities of the
Master in relation to:
(a) implementation of Safety and Environmental Protection policies;
(b) motivation of the crew for observing those policies;
(c) emission of orders and instructions in a clear and simple way;
(d) control of compliance with the specified requirements;
(e) periodic review of the ship's SGS; and
(f) reporting to the management on shore of the noted deficiencies and corrective
actions taken.
17- The inclusion in the on-board SGS of a statement emphasizing the Master's
authority to make decisions in relation to safety and pollution prevention, as well as to
request the Company's assistance whenever he finds it necessary;
18- The establishment of conditioning rules for the Command of ships operated by the
Company, besides the professional qualification items required in the Safe Manning
Document, ensuring the perfect familiarization of the Master with the Company SGS and
with that of its own ship;
19- The preparation of standards establishing the obligingness for all crew members
to know the ship's SGS and a specific training period for each crew member in the first
thirty (30) days after embarkation or transfer to new functions related with the safety and
environmental protection;
20- The inclusion in the Company's internal standards of a provision for periodic
meetings of the on-shore personnel involved with the SGS, for discussing and debating
about the SGS and relevant documents;
21- The provision in the Company SGS of periodic meetings with the crew for
evaluating the procedures and collecting suggestions for improving the on-board SGS;
22- The monitoring of the ships' activities in order to identify the need for specific
training of the personnel involved. For such purpose, periodical analyses must be made of
their several activities, such as:
(a) loading and unloading;
(b) entry and exit of ports;
(c) firefighting drills;
(d) man overboard drills;
(e) flooding control drills;
(f) dangerous merchandise spilling control drills; and
(g) loss of steering.
Whenever found opportune, the Master should call a meeting for criticizing and
record in a report his evaluation of the activities performed. One copy of his evaluation
must be forwarded to the ASSIGNED PERSON;
23- The SGS-related documentation on board, including all safety procedures, must
be composed in idioms understandable by all crew members;
24- The guarantee that all crew members are capable of communicating among them
when performing their tasks, particularly those tasks related to the SGS. The embarkation
of any crew member not mastering the work idiom must be conditioned to the existence on
board of another crew member in the same working area who is capable of communicating
both in the idiom of the former and also in the work idiom on board;
- 15- B -2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-B
25- The establishment of standards guiding the preparation of plans and instructions
for the ship's key operations related to the safety and pollution prevention, for each ship
operated by the Company;
26- The establishment of instructions defining the tasks of each crew member in
relation to activities provided in the SGS;
27- The definition of procedures for preventing and for reacting to potential
emergency situations, such as:
(a) fire;
(b) explosion;
(c) flooding;
(d) stranding;
(e) personal accidents;
(f) accidents with the cargo;
(g) spilling of a dangerous cargo;
(h) cargo displacement;
(i) loss of steering;
(j) loss of propulsion;
(k) environmental
pollution;
(l) damage from severe weather; and
(m) collision;
28- The establishment of a program for the training and drills to prepare the crew for
reacting to the identified risks;
29- The inclusion in the Company's SGS of an action plan indicating the procedures
to be adopted by the Company to support their ships in case of danger, accidents and
emergency situations. The plan should contain a list of telephone numbers and facsimiles
of their agents in the several ports visited, as well as of the representatives of Maritime
Authorities of countries regularly visited by ships operated by the Company;
30- The provision in the SGS of the Company and ships, of a systematic for issuing
brief reports to the Company informing about any noticed non-conformity, accidents
occurred, dangerous situations happened and their causes;
31- The establishment in the on-board SGS, of a maintenance program of the ship's
main systems, observing the DPC instructions and the relevant international regulations;
32- The provision in the on-board SGS of:
(a) periodic inspections of the ship's main systems;
(b) corrective actions for non-conformities and the corresponding reports; and
(c) recording of inspections, their results and actions adopted for correcting the
irregularities found;
33- The definition in the on-board SGS of critical systems and equipment of which a
sudden failure may result in dangerous situations. The actions to be adopted in case of
failure of such systems, as well as a program of intensive maintenance and periodical tests,
must be included in the on-board SGS. Special attention must be given to the equipment
not continuously used such as the emergency motor-generator and emergency fire pump.
Among the systems considered as critical, the following ones are distinguished:
(a) steering system;
(b) propulsion;
(c) anchoring;
(d) power generation and distribution;
(e) alarms;
(f) cargo; and
- 15- B -3 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-B
(g) safety equipment (explosion-meters, oxygen meters, etc);

34- One set of all documents in force, related to the SGS of the Company and of each
ship, must be available at the Company's office and their facilities or supporting bases. On
board each ship must be kept a set of all valid documents related to the ship's SGS, and
the Company DOC;
35- The establishment in the SGS, that all document changes must be analyzed and
approved by authorized personnel, and that obsolete documents must be promptly
removed or replaced, according to the case;
36- The preparation of a SAFETY MANAGEMENT MANUAL, which may be obtained
by gathering the documents used for describing and implementing the SGS. Such
documentation may be prepared in the way deemed as most convenient by the Company;
37- The provision of periodical audits on shore and on board for checking the
compliance with the SGS regarding its goals of safety and pollution prevention;
38- The provision of periodical evaluation of the ships' SGS, not just through internal
audits but also through the analysis of the Master's reports on drills and activities
developed on board. Such evaluations must consider the results of surveys conducted by
the Harbor Master Offices and their Delegates and Agents, and by Classification Societies ,
as well as the experience obtained in eventual accidents or dangerous situations occurred;
39- The provision in the SGS of the obligingness to file the last report and
corresponding corrective actions, as well as the file control systematic for all SGS-related
documentation;
40- The provision in the SGS of the prohibition for the personnel of any sector to
perform self-evaluation;
41- The provision in the SGS of the obligingness of a criticism meeting after each
audit or SGS review, involving all the ship's or Company's personnel;
42- The provision for immediate adoption of correction steps for discrepancies noticed
or identified in the audits, and its prompt reporting to the Company; and
43- The provision of obligingness for the Company and each of its ships, to undergo
external audits.
- 15- B -4 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-C
REQUIREMENTS TO BE MET BY EACH SHIP, FOR THE EMISSION OF A SAFETY

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATE (CGS)
The emission of a SMC for a Company is conditioned to the meeting of all

requirements listed below, which must necessarily be checked by the DPC or by a
recognized Classification Society acting on behalf of the Brazilian Government in the
certification process provided in Code ISM.
These are requirements for the emission of a SMC:
1- The implementation and maintenance of a Management Safety and Environmental
Protection System in conformity with the corresponding Company policies;
2- The knowledge of authority levels and communication lines with the personnel on
shore;
3- The knowledge of names and all necessary contact data, such as:
(a) telephone no ;
(b)telex no ;
(c) office address; and
(d) electronic address (internet), if existent, as well as any other communication
means allowing for the fast location and contact;
4- A systematic for fast reporting to the Company of noticed non-conformities,
dangerous situations and accidents occurred with the ship;
5- The availability of first-aid resources and individual protection gear compatible with
the normally transported cargo;
6- The existence of instructions on operation and maintenance of the main equipment
of the following systems: propulsion, steering, power generation and distribution, pumping
and circulation of the fire piping, fire extinguishing (by water, foam, CO2 or equivalent), bilge
pumping of the engine room and cargo holds;
7- The existence of a schedule for training of the crew in the operation and
maintenance of the systems mentioned in the previous item, and the records of the training
performed;
8- The existence of standards defining clearly the responsibilities of the
ship's Master in relation to:
(a) implementation of safety and pollution prevention policies;
(b) motivation of the crew for observing those policies;
(c) emission of orders and instructions in a clear and simple way;
(d) control of compliance with the specified requirements;
(e) periodic review of the ship's SGS; and
(f) reporting to management onshore, of noticed deficiencies and the corrective
actions adopted;
9- Familiarization of the Master with the Company's SGS and that of his ship;
10- The existence in the ship's SGS, of clear instructions from the Company regarding
safety and pollution prevention, as well as for requesting assistance from the Company
whenever the Master judges necessary;
11- The familiarization of crew members, within thirty (30) days from the embarkation
date, through the individual application of a familiarization program with the ship's SGS;
12- The provision in the ship's SGS of periodical meetings for the evaluation and
information gathering on the on-board SGS, and the requirement for recording the
meetings conducted;
13- The performance evaluation of the ship's personnel, for identifying the need of
crew training in activities such as:
(a) entry and exit of ports;
- 15 - C - 1 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-C
(b) navigation in restricted waters;

(c) man overboard drills;
(d) firefighting drills;
(e) steering loss drills;
(f) flood control drills;
(g) cargo accident drills, particularly with dangerous merchandise;
(h) abandonment drills; and
(i) loading and unloading operations, including through the checking of files from
the
IMO-recommended checklists (Ship/shore safety checklist);
14- The existence of a work idiom mastered by the entire crew. The embarkation of
crew members not mastering the work idiom must be conditioned to the existence on board
of other crew members mastering a common idiom, and to the preparation of SGS-relevant
documents in idioms understandable by all crew members;
15- The existence of instructions for the ship's key operations related to the safety and
pollution prevention, for each ship type operated by the Company;
16- The existence of instructions defining the tasks of each crew member in relation to
activities provided in the SGS;
17- The existence of procedures for identification, description and reaction of the
crew, at least in the following emergencies:
(a) fire;
(b) flooding;
(c) grounding;
(d) abandonment;
(e) cargo accidents;
(f) personal accidents;
(g) dangerous cargo accidents;
(h) loss of steering;
(i) loss of propulsion; and
(j) water pollution.
18- The existence of a training program to prepare the crew for reacting to the risks
identified;
19- The existence of standards guiding the emission of brief reports to the Company
to inform about noticed non-conformities, accidents occurred and dangerous situations
found;
20- The existence in the on-board SGS, of a maintenance program for the equipment
of the ship's main systems, and for the ship itself, observing the DPC normative instructions
and the relevant international conventions;
21- The inclusion in the on-board SGS of:
(a) an inspection program for the ship's main systems and for the whole ship;
(b) records of the main relevant aspects noticed and of the non-conformities
identified; and
(c) the provision of reports to the Company informing on the corrective actions
adopted regarding the non-conformities;
22- The definition in the on-board SGS of the considered critical systems and
equipment of which a sudden failure may result in dangerous situations. The actions to be
adopted in the case of failure must be described, besides a program of intensive
maintenance and periodical tests. Special attention must be given to the equipment not
continuously used such as the emergency motor-generator and emergency fire pump.
- 15 - C - 2 - NORMAM-01/DPC
ANNEX 15-C
At least the following systems must be considered as critical:

(a) steering system;
(b) propulsion;
(c) anchoring;
(d) power generation and distribution;
(e) alarms;
(f)abandonment;
(g) cargo;
(h) fire extinguishing;
(i) bilge pumping;
(j) ballast;
(l) communications;
(m) navigation; and
(n) salvage.
23- A systematic of control and filing of relevant documentation of the
SGS must be part of the own SGS on board;
24- The existence of a complete SGS document set of the Company and of each ship
type at the headquarters and facilities or support bases;
25- The establishment in the SGS, that all document changes must be analyzed and
approved by authorized personnel, and that obsolete documents must be promptly
removed or replaced, according to the case;
26- The existence on board of a safety management manual which may be
composed, at the Company's discretion, by the set of documents used for describing and
implementing the SGS;
27- The conduction of internal audits about safety in accordance with the SGS
provisions, and maintenance of the corresponding records; and
28- The provision of obligingness for the ships to undergo external audits.
- 15 - C - 3 - NORMAM-01/DPC

46584686684

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

46584686684

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

BRAZILIAN NAVY

DIRECTORATE OF PORTS AND COASTS

MARITIME AUTHORITY STANDARDS

AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET

Ordinance No. 279/DPC of

CHAPTER 1 - SAFE MANNING DETERMINATION FOR VESSELS

SECTION I - SAFE MANNING CERTIFICATE - CTS

SECTION II - SAFE MANNING DETERMINATION

CHAPTER 2 - ENROLLMENT, REGISTER, MARKINGS, NAMES AND COLORS OF

SECTION I - VESSEL ENROLLMENT AND REGISTER

SECTION II - MARKINGS AND APPROVAL OF NAMES AND COLORS

SECTION III - SHIP IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

SECTION IV - BRAZILIAN SPECIAL REGISTRY (REB)

SECTION V - CONTINUOUS SYNOPSIS RECORD (CODE ISPS)

REGISTER AT THE MARITIME TRIBUNAL................................................ 2-19

CHAPTER 3 - CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, RECLASSIFICATION AND REGULARIZATION

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION II - PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANT OF A CONSTRUCTION LICENSE

SECTION III - PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANT OF AN ALTERATION LICENSE

SECTION IV - PROCEDURES FOR THE GRANT OF A RECLASSIFICATION LICENSE

SECTION VI - OPERATIONAL AND PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

SECTION VII - SPECIAL CASES

CHAPTER 4 - SAFETY MATERIAL FOR VESSELS

S ECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION II - SURVIVAL AND RESCUE CRAFT

SECTION III - INFIRMARY, INDIVIDUAL SALVAGE EQUIPMENT

SECTION IV - ALLOCATION OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT AND DOCUMENTATION

SECTION V - ALLOCATION OF DRUGS AND SURGICAL MATERIAL

SECTION VI - ALLOCATION OF RADIO COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

0432 ALLOCATION TO THE MARITIME AREAS A1, A2 and A3 ..................................................... 4-16

SECTION VII - REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE PROTECTION AND FIREFIGHTING

SECTION VIII - INSTRUCTION AND WARNING POSTERS AND SYMBOLS

SECTION IX - PILOT EMBARKATION DEVICES

SECTION X - CREW AND PASSENGER PROTECTION

SECTION XI - MOORING AND ANCHORING DEVICES

CHAPTER 5 - CARGO TRANSPORT

SECTION I - TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS CARGOES

SECTION II - CARGO TRANSPORT ON DECK

SECTION III - TRANSPORTATION OF ALCOHOL, PETROLEUM AND DERIVATIVES

SECTION I - DEFINITIONS AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION IV - CERTIFICATION OF NON-SOLAS VESSELS

SECTION V - CERTIFICATION OF SOLAS VESSELS

SECTION VI - INTACT STABILITY

SECTION VII - INCLINING TEST

SECTION VIII - COMPARTMENTALIZATION

SECTION IX - DETERMINATION OF THE PASSENGER CAPACITY AND MAXIMUM

SECTION I - DETERMINATION OF THE TONNAGE

SECTION II - CALCULATION OF DISPLACEMENTS AND DEADWEIGHT

CHAPTER 9 - VESSELS AND PLATFORMS USED IN THE PROSPECTION AND EXTRACTION

SECTION I - GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION II - CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND RECLASSIFICATION OF PLATFORMS

SECTION IV - ALLOCATION OF SALVAGE MATERIAL FOR PLATFORMS

SECTION V - INFIRMARY AND DRUG ALLOCATION

SECTION VI - OTHER SAFETY EQUIPMENT

SECTION VII - OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION VIII - INSPECTION IN PLATFORMS, DRILL SHIPS, PRODUCTION AND

CHAPTER 10 - INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION

SECTION I - VESSEL INSPECTIONS

SECTION II - NAVIGATION SAFETY CERTIFICATE

SECTION III - TERM OF RESPONSIBILITY

SECTION IV - CONDITION SURVEY IN BULK CARRIER SHIPS

CHAPTER 11 - INSTRUCTIONS, TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE SECTION I -

INSTRUCTIONS AND TRAINING